The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
The Heaven Free from Strife
Toh 287
Degé Kangyur, vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82.a–318.a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b
- Tsultrim Gyaltsen
- Shang Buchikpa
- Sherap Ö
Imprint
Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha
First published 2021
Current version v 1.0.34 (2024)
Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1
84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.
This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.
Table of Contents
Summary
While on the way to Rājagṛha to collect alms, a group of newly ordained monks are approached by some non-Buddhists, who suggest that their doctrine is identical to that of the Buddha, since everyone agrees that misdeeds of body, speech, and mind are to be given up. The monks do not know how to reply, and when they later return to the brahmin town of Nālati, where the Buddha is residing, Śāradvatīputra therefore encourages them to seek clarification from the Blessed One himself. In response to the monks’ request, the Buddha delivers a comprehensive discourse on the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous actions, explaining these matters from the perspective of an adept practitioner of his teachings, who sees and understands all this through a process of personal discovery. As the teaching progresses, the Buddha presents an epic tour of the realm of desire—from the Hell of Ultimate Torment to the Heaven Free from Strife—all the while introducing the specific human actions and attitudes that cause the experience of such worlds and outlining the ways to remedy and transcend them. In the final section of the sūtra, which is presented as an individual scripture on its own, the focus is on mindfulness of the body and the ripening of karmic actions that is experienced among humans in particular.
Acknowledgements
Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. The translation was produced by Thomas Doctor with help from Benjamin Collet-Cassart and Timothy Hinkle. Thomas also wrote the introduction. Andreas Doctor checked the translation against the Tibetan and edited the text. The 84000 editorial team subsequently reviewed the translation and made further edits. Wiesiek Mical assisted by reviewing numerous passages against the available Sanskrit sources. Robert Kritzer generously shared several unpublished articles on the text with us, and Vesna Wallace and Mitsuyo Demoto kindly gave us access to drafts of their critical Sanskrit editions of chapters 1 and 3, respectively.
The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.
The generous sponsorship of Sun Ping, Tian Xingwen, and Sun Fanglin, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.
Text Body
The Heaven Free from Strife
Homage to all buddhas and bodhisattvas!
“The karmic effects of life as a god in the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife and the guardians of the world always manifest on the basis of cause and effect.
“When the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions has examined the exhilarated gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, he will next wonder about the identity of the gods who reside above them, and who are superior in terms of splendor, diligence, joy, radiance, and lifespan. Through his knowledge derived from hearing, he will see that those gods, who are far superior to the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three in terms of the methods they have applied in the past, and in terms of the ripening of their karmic qualities, are known as the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. He will also notice that beings are born in that heaven by observing various forms of discipline. Those gods have abandoned killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. They have practiced discipline in a way that is uncorrupted, unbroken, undefiled, and stable, thereby pleasing all the noble ones. Since they possess the karmic ripening of constant discipline, they will become spiritual practitioners who contemplate reality and pass beyond the ocean of existence by traveling across the bridge of discipline, the bridge that spans the ocean of cyclic existence and leads to the city of the transcendence of suffering. Just as before, their sevenfold discipline can be distinguished in terms of inferior, intermediate, and excellent levels.
“Observing the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, in whom positive past actions and spiritual qualities have ripened, he will see, [F.284.b] through knowledge derived from hearing, their lofty abodes near the king of mountains, Mount Sumeru, as well as their appearance and splendor, the distinctive features of their lofty abodes, as well as the number of these gods. He will notice that sentient beings attain those abodes by relying on, cultivating, and repeatedly engaging in the practices consisting in abandoning killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct, by teaching and establishing others in those practices, and by engaging in activities that benefit both themselves and others.
“Observing the height of those abodes, he will notice that they are located at an elevation of 168,000 leagues. He will then see that the Heaven Free from Strife—situated twice as high as Mount Sumeru—is divided into twenty-seven individual realms. Those abodes of the Heaven Free from Strife span five thousand leagues and hover in space, supported by the surrounding winds, like clouds. Just as this earth is supported at its base by wind, water, and rivers, so the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are supported by the single factor of the billowing wind, as if they were cloudbanks. All in all their abodes include the following twenty-seven realms: Supreme Strength, Moving in the Stream, Living on the Peak, Ornament of the Mind, Moving in Mixed Environments, Movement of Wind, Utterly Lofty, Endowed with Result, Total Pleasure, Endowed with Migration, Emanation of a Hundred Light Rays, Controlled Movement, Constant Bliss, Endowed with Increasing Bliss, Moving in Mountain Ranges, Shining in Manifold Ways, Pleasure Grove of the Moon Vision, Dwelling in the Environment, Devoid of the Sound of Concentration, Turning Away from Pride, Engaged Conduct, Sporting among Moving Groups, Moving in One’s Land, Infatuation with One’s Body, Splendor of the Signs of Pride, Supreme Pleasure Grove, and Light Rays of the Forest. [B45] [F.285.a]
“In those realms, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife is known as Musulundha; he reigns as the sovereign leader. Musulundha rules over the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, just as Śakra rules over the Four Great Kings and the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. He follows the Dharma and is a thousand times superior to Śakra in terms of qualities, size, and pleasures. His body measures five leagues and has the nature of light. It is said that Śakra measures one mile in height. Musulundha, who governs the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, is much bigger than Kauśika. The size of one thousand bodies of Śakra cannot even match the size of a single limb of Musulundha’s body. This is because extraordinary causes yield extraordinary results. At this point, the monk will recite this verse:
“Observing the pleasures attained by the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife as a consequence of their past karmic actions, the monk will notice that their abode is home to four great mountain ranges. Each of those mountain ranges measures ten thousand leagues, and they are called Utter Purity, Buoyancy, Great Buoyancy, and Vast Space. These mountain ranges, which are unlike the ranges found in other realms, contain thousands of mountains, each displaying a variety of magnificent colors, shapes, and qualities. They are carpeted with heavenly flowers and densely populated by the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. The twenty-seven realms are filled with mountains of various shapes; studded with hundreds of thousands of waterfalls, rivers, pools, parks, and woods; [F.285.b] and covered by a profusion of trees and lotus ponds with perfect shapes, smells, colors, and tastes. In comparison, the mountains, rivers, pools, forests, and parks in the realms of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three do not seem very special, just as the joys of the trees, rivers, pools, forests, and parks in the human realm cannot compare to the joys that are experienced by the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.
“The unique cause that pertains to the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife involves a strong causal relationship. Stated otherwise, such a birth is a result that arises in conformity with an abundance of merit accumulated through wholesome actions. It is impossible to describe the manifestations produced by virtuous karmic action. No one is able to describe all the causes that produce the variety of concordant actions, and no one is able to describe all the outcomes of these unnameable causal actions. Why? Because there are simply no words to describe the extent of such causal actions.349 Here, I will therefore only describe a hundred thousandth fraction of the wealth that those gods of equal fortune possess.
“Nevertheless, I must by all means explain the consequences of following a guileless form of discipline. This will generate strong enthusiasm in those who practice discipline and a degree of enthusiasm ten times stronger in those who possess wisdom. There is a big difference between discipline and insight. Through discipline, one takes rebirth as a god, and through wisdom, one reaches the transcendence of suffering. Thus, if someone describes the excellent qualities of discipline, those who possess insight will think, ‘If such results manifest for those who practice discipline, what, then, will be the results for us who possess insight!’ Furthermore, by generating such strong enthusiasm, those beings will put effort into developing their insight, and, as a consequence, they will lose their fondness for cyclic existence. [F.286.a]
“There is another reason for describing the higher realms; if even those beings who live for such a long time in those abodes and experience very little harm are subject to destruction, there is no need to mention the helpless world of humans, where beings seek to defeat one another, engage in wrongdoings, are small minded and unstable, harm each other, and develop such inclinations routinely and on a vast scale—a world full of the dangers caused by thieves, floods, or royal punishments.
“There is yet another reason for this, which is that there are some who think, ‘Those beings endowed with great magical powers are emanated by the Almighty and have no other cause than that.’ In order to refute that idea, the nature of these results is explained. There are no karmic effects that arise without causes. Such effects are not caused by the kindness of others, nor do they manifest just as one may wish. They arise based on similar causes. Causes will not create effects that are unrelated to them. There are no causes consisting in wholesome actions that result in a rebirth within the hell realms. Likewise, there are no causes consisting in unwholesome actions that result in a rebirth within the higher realms.
“Therefore, since this is the fundamental character of cause and effect, this account of the higher realms is concerned with the essential actions of generosity, discipline, insight, training, and certainty. There are two types of discussion: one concerns happiness—the happiness of the gods—and the other concerns suffering—the suffering of hell beings. It is not possible to talk about them both here. I will therefore only discuss the actions related to the former.
The Gods in Supreme Strength
“Next, as the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions examines the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he will apply knowledge derived from hearing and so correctly see a realm called Supreme Strength. Wondering what karmic actions cause people to be born there, he will examine this matter with knowledge derived from hearing and so see that there are holy people who observe discipline and [F.286.b] shun even the smallest misdeed. They are honest and sincere, free from deceit, and do not torment others. They have the genuine view and are guided by that. They always correctly see this world as impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self. They practice the recollection of the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha and observe the discipline of giving up killing and stealing in the way that was explained before.
“They do not engage in sexual misconduct either. Sexual misconduct refers to wishing for and engaging in sexual intercourse with someone who is associated with and bound to another. Having learned this, such holy beings will, if they see someone who is associated with and bound to another, not think about, consider, or contemplate that person. Moreover, they will dissuade those who entertain such thoughts about engaging in sexual misconduct by pointing out the consequences of such actions, telling them, ‘Don’t do this or you will be born into the hell realms!’ In this way they confidently explain the nature of karmic actions and their results without letting others influence them. When their bodies disintegrate, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Supreme Strength within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Those who are born there have maintained a wholesome livelihood and shunned sexual misconduct. When they are born into that realm, they will be surrounded by a hundred thousand gods and goddesses who sing for them. Like being woken up by drums from a deep sleep, as soon as they are miraculously born there, the melodies of songs and drums endowed with eight qualities will resound everywhere, and they will regain their senses. The songs that awaken them are appropriate, agreeable, auspicious, profound, and delightful, [F.287.a] are clearly audible across eighty thousand leagues, and teach the Dharma, and they are completely clear. Such are the eight qualities of the songs that wake up those who have previously engaged in very wholesome actions. The light emanating from their bodies shines up to a distance of five leagues and is comprised of blue, yellow, red, and rainbow-like colors. That light starts to shine the moment they stand up.
“Adorned in their garments, the gods are as radiant as the sun and the moon. When they have awoken, they will joyfully proceed to a grove known as Forest of Splendor surrounded by a hundred thousand other gods. That area of the Heaven Free from Strife abounds with groups of gods and goddesses and is studded with two types of flowers known as eye nectar and fragrance nectar. These flowers have the most exquisite colors and sumptuous fragrances. They never wither and are delightful even to hear about. The potency of those flowers are such that whenever someone remembers their names, their fragrances are sensed from the sky. Among the leaves of the trees in the grove there also grow two flowers called brighter than the moon and moving everywhere. Whenever the gods wish, those flowers come to them, and they transport the gods wherever they want to go. For transportation, the gods also ride on the trees. Staying in flower mansions too, they travel through the sky to wherever they want. Just like the gods who journey in celestial palaces, the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife travel while residing inside flower mansions. Emitting a blazing light, they can reach anywhere in the world in the blink of an eye, without ever growing weary.
“They also enjoy the trees that are called directly connected homes of joy. When the gods enter among them, they will find that those trees are far more delightful than the most pleasurable forests, pools, and parks anywhere else. [F.287.b] Due to the splendor of the trees, the gods are able to attract, according their wishes, each and every one of the magnificent objects found throughout the Heaven Free from Strife. Enraptured by their splendor, the gods enjoy themselves among those trees to the incomparable accompaniment of drums endowed with the eight qualities.
“There is another type of tree called manifesting fragrance that has the power to manifest any possible fragrance that the gods may desire. In other trees called delightful flower house, the gods establish homes while enjoying the forests, parks, and pools. The trees already are blue, yellow, and red and possess a variety of excellent fragrances and colors, but as soon as the gods enter among them, the trees and the flowers bloom in all kinds of colors, and they even cause the gods to absorb those same colors. Although the gods take on the same colors, these hues are not permanent. Such is the power of those trees and flowers.
“Riding on the trees called moving through space, the gods can travel a hundred thousand leagues through the sky in the blink of an eye. They journey at will and their splendor equals that of the sun. Adorned with many types of splendid garlands, fragrant powders, and ointments, the gods in that realm travel on their trees surrounded by a hundred thousand other gods and goddesses. During their travels, cheerful goddesses with the most exquisite physiques, who wear shimmering garments made of precious gems, fill the sky in front of them for many thousands of leagues, dancing, performing, posing, and singing songs. Since those gods have pursued positive courses of action in the past, those experiences now manifest within their minds. Here, I have given some examples using familiar descriptions, but these are a mere approximation of the actual experience of those gods. [F.288.a]
“Beautified by a hundred thousand past wholesome actions, like the moon amid moving stars, those gods will then proceed to that forest, all the while calling out in various ways, singing, laughing, posing, and playing music. The surroundings of the forest are utterly delightful. Home to hundreds of thousands of birds, it is adorned with many waterfalls and pools, and it shines brighter than a hundred thousand suns. To provide a comparison that may give some slight indication, the unique qualities of the most delightful forests, waterfalls, shores, and beautifully embanked pools that may be found in the human realms cannot match even a sixteenth of the unique qualities of the forests and parks found in the realms of the Four Great Kings. Similarly, the forests found in the realms of the Four Great Kings cannot, in terms of the pleasures experienced in those places, match even a sixteenth of the delightful forests and parks found in the realms of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Those increasing degrees of pleasure are directly proportional to the amount of virtuous or unvirtuous actions that one has previously performed. Not even through the combined insight of all intelligent and eloquent beings, who are one-pointedly focused on virtue without ever engaging in any other activity, could a mere fraction of this pleasure be expressed.
“Why is this so? Because one cannot conceive of something inconceivable. Therefore, no human or god in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, including their lord, could ever describe even a mere fraction of all the pleasure experienced by the gods in the Yāma Heaven—even if given a hundred thousand years to do so. Why? Because those are not the domains of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, and those realms cannot be perceived by them. What I have described here by means of examples can never be seen or heard. [F.288.b] Here I have simply praised a fraction of the experience of those gods to inspire beings to strive in virtue. I have seen and depicted only a tiny fraction of all the inconceivable forms of pleasure and happiness that are certain to be experienced as a consequence of completed and accumulated virtuous actions.
“When a skilled and experienced artist, or that artist’s apprentice, draws a representation of the moon or the sun, he or she is not able to capture its actual light, its light rays, its circular movements in the sky, its brilliance, its smoothness, or its harmful aspects. Such a person can only draw its approximate shape. Similarly, the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife cannot be described here. The simple depiction I have provided does not capture their actual joys and powers, the forests and parks where they live, their splendor, their mountains, their natures, the sense pleasures they indulge in, their brilliance, their garlands, or the pleasures they enjoy while traveling in the company of the goddesses. Here, I have only given a slight indication.
“Next, together with goddesses from that pleasure grove, the gods will travel to lands that abound with fine embankments and parks offering numerous pleasures and attractions. Agitated by their extreme attachment to the five sense pleasures, they are carried away by the river of cyclic existence, shaken by the waves of their flickering thoughts. Those gods are enraptured by everything they see. Observing their divine realm, they see that the forests are filled with the most delightful sense pleasures, rivers, waterfalls, trees and branches, and mansions draped with vines, as well as hundreds of thousands of singing birds. As they approach, they discover all around them the most perfect attractions of a kind they have never seen before. Surrounded by coteries of goddesses, [F.289.a] they see that the sand on the strips of land that lie between the rivers is made of pearls and is home to birds with golden, silver, and sapphire-like feathers. The banks of the great rivers are studded with trees that produce various melodies. There, on the banks of the rivers, they will then frolic and play around in the company of groups of charming and ravishing goddesses.
“After being attended to in various ways and having enjoyed the pleasures in that setting for a very long time, they will all together proceed to the forest called Jewel Shore. Upon entering that forest, they will see that the shining forest ground is formed from the seven precious substances and supports delightful mountains with peaks of precious gems. The forest features enrapturing riverbanks, waterfalls, pools, and lotus ponds, where a hundred thousand gorgeous bees swarm. The gods find that everything about this place is delightful, and they enjoy the vistas of the mountain ranges. Endowed with faculties that result from their previous wholesome actions, the gods will frolic, enjoy themselves, and indulge in pleasures in that jewel park amid troupes of goddesses. The pleasures experienced by the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are produced by roots of virtue, and the numerous resultant enjoyments there manifest in accordance with such virtuous causal factors. In those realms, the gods experience levels of happiness that are superior to even a hundred thousand of the other forms of pleasure one can imagine.
“When they have indulged in the pleasures of the five senses within that forest, they will next proceed to a location in the Heaven Free from Strife known as No Lack of Embankments. There, they will enjoy a variety of perfect pleasures and take delight in songs performed by troupes of divine singers wearing various costumes. All of this is indescribable. Overwhelmed by their deluded thoughts, the minds of such beings, whose hearts are consumed by the fire of craving, never take a pause. Longing for sense objects, their monkey-like, distorted minds pursue mirages, [F.289.b] and thus they carelessly indulge in the divine pleasures that are the result of their own previous acts. As they keep on cultivating their passion for women, they will drift from place to place, carried away by the river of their many pleasures. All around the realms in the Heaven Free from Strife grow magnificent lotuses made of precious substances. All those extraordinary and delightful sense pleasures cannot be robbed from those gods, but they never satisfy their senses. Those charming lotuses blossom according to the gods’ wishes and grow simply by being thought of. Such are the effect of the gods’ past positive actions.
“At that point, Musulundha will think, ‘Ah! I shall now remain in the sky together with these gods.’ As soon as that thought has arisen, Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will rise up into the middle of the sky together with all the gods that surround him. While traveling in the sky, Musulundha and the gods do not have to move at all or say a word, and not the slightest part of their body changes. In this manner, riding on lotus flowers, all the gods fly through the sky. Accompanied by the beats of the five types of drums, dancing, laughing, enjoying themselves, filled with bliss, captivated by and enjoying the fives sense pleasures, the cheerful gods travel on lotus petals. As in all perfect abodes, the surface of those flowers gives way when one places a foot on them, and it bounces back up when one lifts the foot again.
“When the gods travel on the petals of those lotuses made of the seven precious substances, each layer of petals is more beautiful than the one before. The petals are as radiant as the sun when it rises and sets in the human realm and illuminates the sky in copper-like colors. Enjoying each other’s company, all those gods will then [F.290.a] cheerfully travel to the utterly smooth and lofty mountain peak upon which lies a forest called Forest of the Assembly of Kubera. After reaching that mountain peak, they will proceed to a beautiful blossoming lotus grove that is adorned with many waterfalls, rivers, and pools formed from the seven precious substances. That place shines brighter than the light rays of a hundred suns and is home to many gatherings of gods and goddesses. The smooth and lofty mountain and its lotus grove are composed of many precious substances and studded with trees that shine in the same color as the sun. Arriving in that mountain’s forest, the gods will dance and enjoy themselves all together. They will then enter lotuses that grow a hundred thousand petals. Once inside those lotuses, they will start ascending that smooth and lofty mountain.
“With the intention to have a joyful experience, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will surround himself with throngs of gods and then journey to this place where the gods enjoy themselves in this manner. Upon seeing him, the delighted gods will dance, laugh, and celebrate. Also, Musulundha, lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, will become completely exhilarated.
“The modes of birth of the gods are the fruition of their predominant karmic actions. Those actions produce inferior, intermediate, or superior gods; they also yield inferior, intermediate, or superior results, engender inferior, intermediate, or superior bodies, and give rise to inferior, intermediate, or superior pleasures. Śakra will never enjoy even a sixteenth of the most inferior forms of pleasure that are experienced by the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. If it is impossible to describe the level of happiness experienced by Śakra, then how could anyone adequately describe the level of happiness that is enjoyed by the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife? The actions that those gods have practiced are three hundred times superior. Here I have described the fruition of positive actions and the flourishing of merit by extolling the sublime pleasures that are experienced by the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.290.b] I have not done so to induce clinging to cyclic existence, but to generate strong enthusiasm in those who observe discipline.
“Once Musulundha, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, has discovered the myriad qualities that are so excellent and incomparable within the lotuses and on that smooth and lofty mountain made of the seven precious substances, he will think to himself, ‘Ah! I must now enter this great lotus and remain there to enjoy its supreme pleasures, together with all the congregations of gods and my retinue of queens.’ So Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will place himself at the center of that lotus. By this mere act, and through the power of his past wholesome actions, the heart of the lotus opens up. In this way everyone can proceed to the innermost part of the lotus. A hollow will then appear in the center of the lotus, and from that opening light begins to shine. The light that radiates from the center of that great lotus is of a kind the gods have never before seen or heard of. Light rays spanning more than a hundred leagues now blaze forth in sundry colors. While this light shines from the center of the lotus, the gods and Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will all cry out in wonder. The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then say, ‘Gods, look well at the light that shines from this great lotus!’
“ ‘Regardless of its size,’ the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then continue, ‘we and everyone associated with our lands should enter the inner core of this great lotus and gaze at it for a long time!’
“All the gods will agree and say, ‘We shall do as the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife has said. Together with our retinues and surrounded by groups of gods and goddesses, we shall all follow the ruler of the Heaven free from Strife as he enters this great lotus.’
“Musulundha, surrounded by throngs of gods and goddesses, will then proceed to the center of the lotus to gaze at its interior and marvel in wonder. Reaching the opening at its heart, they will enter it. When sunlight and refined gold shine upon each other, it is as if a second sun appears in the sky. Similarly, when the gods gaze at the dazzling features of that great lotus, they will not be able to bear the brilliance of the light rays, and so they will have to close their eyes. Upon entering the lotus, they will cry out in utter delight, ‘Never have we seen or felt such an incomparable light before!’
“Musulundha will lead the way, quickly followed by the gods. Overjoyed and insatiable, Musulundha will enter the lotus accompanied by the gods. Once inside, they will encounter hundreds of forests illuminated by the light of hundreds of thousands of precious gems, hundreds of thousands of luminous mansions, and hundreds of thousands of radiant trees. They will discover areas adorned with hundreds of thousands of forests and parks—each made of the seven precious substances [F.291.b] and filled with hundreds of thousands of beautiful birds in numerous colors and shapes—hundreds of delightful mountains, pools, palaces, and waterfalls; as well as hundreds of springs, ponds, rivers, thickets, and caves. Everything is composed of the seven precious substances and the colors, shapes, and dimensions are enrapturing. If even the lord of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife has never seen such things before, there is no need to mention the other gods in that realm.
“The lakes found inside the lotus are filled with pristine heavenly water. Some have banks made of crystal, others contain silver stones and sand, some are of refined gold, others are of sapphire, still others are of ruby, and some are made of a combination of different precious gems. Likewise, the lotus ponds are studded with lotuses formed from various types of precious substances. Some are filled with lotuses of a single color and some with lotuses of multicolored leaves—blue, yellow, red, and white. The lotuses with blue leaves are made of stainless sapphire. Those with yellow leaves are made of gold, the white ones are made of silver, and the red ones are made of ruby. In that way, the gods will discover many types of lotuses inside that great lotus.
“Next, after taking possession of that lotus where a hundred thousand bees swarm, the gods will gleefully proceed to other enrapturing areas covered with the most delightful forests and parks. [F.292.a] To the accompaniment of endearing songs and drumming, and surrounded by further groups of boisterous gods and goddesses, the exhilarated and insatiable gods will travel through forests adorned with the seven precious substances. In those forests, the charming songs of a hundred thousand different birds can be heard, and the ground is exceedingly smooth, giving way when one places a foot upon it and bouncing back when the foot is lifted. Roaming through such places, the gods feel ecstatic. The more they see, the more intense their joy becomes. Savoring each other’s company, the mutually enamored gods go to enjoy themselves in those places. Lost in carelessness, they will remain in those parks for an extremely long time, together enjoying the highest forms of pleasure.
“Eventually they will proceed to a location that is made of various precious gems and is known as Garland of Pleasure Groves. Utterly charmed by songs and musical tunes produced by the five types of drums, these gods who strongly cling to the six pleasures remain attached to and infatuated with the scenery they gaze upon. In that way, they keep carelessly frolicking, playing, and enjoying themselves. As they approach the Garland of Pleasure Groves, they will see light rays and realize that they are like garlands of suns. Furthermore, as far as those light rays shine, the gods see utterly delightful lands that are colored yellow, red, and white.
“After enjoying themselves in such places in myriad ways, the gods next will travel to the mountains of entertainment. Never satiated by their sense pleasures, the gods take up residence at various places within those lofty mountains that are adorned with the seven precious substances. There are also hundreds of lush trees in that area [F.292.b] filled with nests of happy birds. There are waterfalls, rivers, pools, forests, parks, mountains, flatlands, and mountain slopes, as well as alpine meadows and streams, all beautified by flocks of wild animals and lotus ponds. Once there, they will rove around in those delightful mountains, enjoying the five divine sense pleasures, surrounded by heavenly maidens adorned with ornaments and costumes, and illuminating each other with the brilliance of their many divine garments. There, those beings will enjoy themselves for a long time without ever becoming fulfilled by their sense pleasures.
“Next, they will proceed to a place called Garland of Celestial Cottages. In order to indulge in the bliss of their sense objects, of which they can never get enough, the gods will insatiably indulge in the five sense pleasures. They will enjoy themselves in various ways and styles, consumed by the fire of craving that is ignited by their desires—the gatherings of gods and goddesses enjoy themselves in manifold ways. Together with Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, they will enjoy each other, delightfully gazing at each other and enjoying the five sense pleasures. They do so within that lotus, which shines brighter than a thousand suns, where they find peace and safety. There they enjoy in many ways the boundless sense pleasures that have manifested as a result of their pure and wholesome roots of virtue, which ensue from the virtuous and auspicious actions that delight noble beings. In that way, those gods will journey and converse with each other with mutual respect and thus enjoy themselves for a long time inside this lotus, without ever feeling satiated.
“Unfulfilled by the sense pleasures they enjoy, the gods will occasionally emerge from the lotus. [F.293.a] As they emerge, they will look around and then enter the lotus once again through the opening in its heart. Once back inside, they will then remain there for another long period. Upon seeing this, a bird called seeing reality that lives on that smooth and lofty mountain will sing these verses:
“In this way, when the bird called seeing reality sees the gods, it will instruct them in numerous fine ways, and yet the gods will not comprehend. Overwhelmed by carelessness, their minds will stray toward objects ever more. Carried away by their attachment to the five sense pleasures, they will fail to correctly comprehend reality. Hence, the terrors of death, transference, and birth that all sentient beings are bound to experience will certainly also befall them. Such are the facts of conditioned things.
“Next, after having resided in the lotus—after having stayed on that supreme, smooth, lofty mountain, within the petals at the heart of the lotus—the gods will decide to proceed to a lake called Inner Vastness. Accompanied by various songs, the rhythms of drums, and musicians playing their instruments, they will go there dancing, laughing, posing, and singing. That lake is surrounded by five hundred mansions that are built with railings made of the seven precious substances and that shine with incredible beauty. The surroundings of the lake are utterly delightful, providing the gods with playgrounds to frolic in. Among those mansions, some have windows and extensive platforms supporting the most delicious [F.295.a] food and drink and the most comfortable cushions. Attracted to each other, the gods will together enjoy those foods with great pleasure. These gatherings of gods and goddesses will enjoy themselves in this manner to the constant beat of the five types of drums.
“When the impassioned gods have enjoyed themselves in the heart of that lotus, the ruler of the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, and his entire retinue of gods shall proceed to the lake called Inner Vastness, floating in the sky. As they approach that area, Musulundha will see gods who enjoy themselves and indulge in sense pleasures to the accompaniment of drums and musical instruments. Upon seeing Musulundha, the intensity of pleasure experienced by those gods increases tenfold and they will rise together from their mansions, from all their cottages, from all the lotus ponds, and wherever else they may be. Singing, dancing, and filled with admiration and joy, they will all gather at the location in space where Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, has reached. With mutual respect and delight, they will all fold their hands and prostrate before him upon beholding him there in the sky. With Musulundha leading the way, all the gods will then arrive, dancing, at the lake called Inner Vastness, which is adorned with all manner of perfect features and rows of celestial palaces.
“The joyful gatherings of gods in the Heaven Free from Strife shine brighter than a hundred thousand suns, and they cry out in various impassioned ways. As they arrive at a setting where a hundred thousand trees are growing, [F.295.b] Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will receive the local gods’ praises. When in return he has delighted the gods of the area with many proclamations, Musulundha will proceed to the shore of the lake. By the lake, he will enter a mansion called Captivating the Mind. That mansion is extremely beautiful, decorated with glimmering ornaments formed from the seven precious substances, and endowed with thousands of splendid qualities. There, all the divine gatherings will pay reverence to him.
“When the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife enters that mansion, the king of the local gods, who displays the enjoyments of all the gods, will be seated on a lion throne adorned with the seven precious substances and featuring the most sublime divine splendor. Groups of very senior gods, who enjoy the highest forms of pleasure, surround him in attendance. Beautified in that way by hundreds of thousands of gods, that divine ruler will then ask the most senior gods in his retinue, ‘Why has our supreme master, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, whom we haven’t seen for a long time, come to this place riding a lotus?’
“Musulundha will then say, ‘Gods, I saw great wonders inside a lotus, and so I came here, riding this lotus filled with all the gods and goddesses.’
“In that setting, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will then gain extensive understanding about the excellent features he has seen, just as all the supreme elders did in the past.351 Upon hearing this, the gods, who are extremely pleasant to behold and who have the most perfect appearance, [F.296.a] will inspire in Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, a definitive understanding of his past lives. As he listens to the gods, he will hear about the great nature and the great splendor of what he saw inside the lotus.352 He will hear about all those desirable appearances with such excellent features that he witnessed inside that great lotus, which cannot be found anywhere else among the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife.
“He will be told, ‘Once upon a time, the Blessed One, the renowned Kanakamuni, the unsurpassed guide who tames beings, the teacher of both gods and men, appeared in the world. The Dharma he taught is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. With excellent meanings and excellent words, this Dharma is complete, pure, and perfect. This Dharma teaches that “this is form,” “this is the origin of form,” “this is the cessation of form,” and “this is the path that leads to the cessation of form.” It is virtuous in the beginning, middle, and end. Through his teachings, a huge number of beings from a hundred thousand different parts of Jambudvīpa realized the truth. In particular, he accomplished deeds that led beings to experience the fruition of the noble ones, gradually leading them to the attainment of the state of non-returners and stream enterers, as well as the attainment of the fourth concentration, the third concentration, and down to the first concentration. All the remaining beings engaged in the practice of the ten virtues. In that way, ten billion regions of the world turned to the Dharma and were established in wholesome conduct. [F.296.b] Then, through his divine vision utterly beyond that of humans, he saw that someone else still needed to be tamed by him: the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, who was known by the name Saumya. The virtues of this ruler were vanishing, and he lived carelessly—even more carelessly than those gods around him whose faculties had matured.
“ ‘The blessed Kanakamuni remained in this world out of loving kindness. He wanted to help the gods, do them good, eliminate their suffering, and bring an end to the carelessness polluting their minds. Surrounded by five thousand beings in whom defilements were exhausted, he emanated a mass of light much brighter than the light produced by the gods residing in the Heaven Free from Strife. When the gods who had never beheld an omniscient being before saw this, they became completely astonished. This divine form, the likes of which they had never seen before, superior in numerous ways and unmatched by anything else, completely filled this heavenly world with its light. When they approached, heard, or saw the blessed Kanakamuni, the gods became totally astounded. Wondering, “How can anyone possess such a light?” they approached this divine manifestation and drew close to him. The gods left their various lotus ponds and came to the blessed Kanakamuni to gaze upon him.
“ ‘When the Blessed One saw them approaching, he rose up into the sky and remained hovering there, emanating various kinds of miraculous displays and thereby a great variety of excellent qualities arose. [F.297.a] He manifested streams of water from the upper part of his body, and the color, taste, and fragrance of the water so produced were so exquisite that none of the waters found within these heavenly realms could compare to even a sixteenth of it. From around the upper part of his body, he radiated blazing fires in multiple colors—blue, yellow, red, and purple. The Blessed One also multiplied his miraculous displays in such a way that one became a hundred, and a hundred became a thousand, to the point where this entire heavenly world was filled with them. Then, the light rays and his other displays once again contracted into one.
“ ‘Next, as the Blessed One manifested such supreme miraculous displays, he lifted all these heavenly realms with one hand and placed them in the palm of his other hand. He then hurled them into the sky—with all their forests, parks, pools, waterfalls, and hosts of gods. He flung them so far that they could not be seen anymore. After he had thus made these realms disappear, he again restored them to their initial state.
“ ‘The Blessed One continued to produce great miraculous displays. He uprooted the greatest among all the mountains and threw them in the sky, so far that no one knew where those mountains with their forests, parks, pools, waterfalls, meadows, and gatherings of gods had gone. When he then brought them back down to where they had been, the gods were still confused and asked themselves, “Have we ever walked on these mountains?”
“ ‘After this, the Blessed One [F.297.b] projected physical emanations of himself, manifesting a variety of forms, colors, garments, and other excellent features. While those emanations were seen on mountain peaks, inside the different forests, on the lotus ponds, in the rows of mansions, in the canopies of the trees, on the banks of the rivers, on the lakes, in the pleasure groves, and in the parks, he constantly remained in concentration. He manifested various activities, such as lying down on a bed in the sky, and then again coming back down to earth. He walked in the sky, moved through the sky, and then again took a seat.
“ ‘Next, the Blessed One manifested his miraculous prowess by teaching the Dharma with a voice so melodious that it made the beats of the five types of drums seem ugly in comparison—just as the call of crows may seem ugly when compared to the sounds of drums played by humans. Upon hearing his voice, all the gods, who were otherwise obsessed with captivating songs, now completely lost that obsession.
“ ‘The Blessed One proceeded to emanate in the sky gods and goddesses endowed with qualities so great that the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife would not even seem like fireflies in comparison. When the gods saw the sizes, hues, shapes, bodies, garments, ornaments, and sylvan pleasures of those extraordinary divine emanations, they understood that, compared to them, they were nothing more than grass. With their hairs standing on end, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife were embarrassed and humbled, and thus they lost their conceit based on their bodies, youth, and pleasures. [F.298.a]
“ ‘The Blessed One knew who were of supreme acumen and who were not. He knew the different intentions of beings and the ways the effects of causal actions ripen. His wisdom was free from attachment and he benefited the world. When out of supreme compassion he thus manifested miraculous displays in the realm of Saumya, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, all of this ruler’s carelessness was completely crushed. Just like you, Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, have come out to enjoy the sights of the forests, Saumya and all the attending gods had at that time also emerged from the great lotus.
“ ‘The Blessed One then manifested those miraculous displays inside the great lotus to free Saumya from his conceit. Those are the emanations inside the great lotus that you, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, had never seen before. All those forests, pools, rivers, mountains, mansions, and domains—in all their delightful variety—were manifested in order to free Saumya from the influence of carelessness.
“ ‘Next, the gods who had entered the great lotus, along with all the emanations, said, “Let us sit upon the lotus at the residence of Saumya, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.” So they arrived upon the lotus and took their places on its one trillion petals. The Blessed One took his place at the heart of the lotus. On the petals, hearers manifested various types of miraculous displays. Some of them rose in the sky and then entered the lotus again. [F.298.b] Other hearers rose to the center of the sky riding on the backs of elephants and horses. Showering down a continuous rain of various fragrant substances, those hearers created many different miraculous displays.
“ ‘With his mind full of admiration, and urged on by his former wholesome actions, Saumya, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, then thought to himself, “By whose power do such displays manifest? Our own bodies and abilities are nothing compared to this!”
“ ‘At that point, the Blessed One, who saw former actions with his divine eye, said to the hearers,353 “Saumya, he is known as ‘the Buddha, the Blessed One.’ He is the omniscient and all-seeing teacher of the entire world, including the gods. He is the teacher of all sentient beings, including the demons, as well as mendicants, brahmins, gods, humans, and asuras. He teaches the Dharma in all worlds, and the Dharma that he teaches is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. With excellent meanings and excellent words, his Dharma is perfect and pure, and it leads to the definite attainment of nirvāṇa. Thus, he explains that ‘this is form,’ ‘this is the origin of form,’ ‘this is the cessation of form,’ and ‘this is the path that leads to the cessation of form.’ That blessed one is your teacher. He has come to the realms of the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife to bring the Dharma to the gods, to benefit them, and to bring them happiness.”
“ ‘When he heard those words, Saumya, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, asked, “When I serve our master, how should I worship him? [F.299.a] We have never heard accounts outlining how to worship him.”
“ ‘A mendicant then said to Saumya, “Serve the Thus-Gone One! Saumya, when you serve him, you must leave aside your crown and your other ornaments. With a properly subdued demeanor, acute faculties, and a composed mind, you must kneel on both knees and pay homage to him as if he were a king. Then, draping your Dharma robe over one shoulder, you should prostrate to the Blessed One and remain in his presence.”
“ ‘With full attention, all the gods together received the mendicant’s explanation of those excellent forms of conduct. Then, surrounded by a hundred thousand gods, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife put aside his crown, his ornaments, and all his elegant garments. He utterly subdued his senses and brought forth a serene state of mind.
“ ‘The Blessed One was residing in the heart of the great lotus surrounded by hearers. He was like the moon surrounded by a multitude of planets; like the central king of mountains, Mount Sumeru; like an ocean surrounded by great lakes; like a universal monarch surrounded by his eighty-four great kings; and like the sun surrounded by its light rays. Thus, the Blessed One remained in the heart of the lotus, surrounded by a multitude of hearers, shining and radiating light of incomparable splendor. Then, facing the Blessed One, Saumya, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, joined his palms above his head, and when he had taken a place in the gathering, he asked, [F.299.b] “How may one become genuinely free from carelessness?”
“ ‘At this point, with a profound and vast melodious voice that filled all the worlds of the Heaven Free from Strife, the blessed Kanakamuni said to Saumya, who was in front, “Saumya, I will expound to you the genuine Dharma. I will explain the Dharma that is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. With excellent meanings and words, this Dharma is complete, pure, and perfect, and it teaches pure conduct. So, listen to these words attentively and I shall explain.”
“ ‘Receiving the full attention of Saumya and the other gods, the Blessed One said to them, “There are nine causes, nine circumstances, or nine reasons for immature beings to resort to, become accustomed to, and increase carelessness. Those will lead them to destruction and ruin, and when their bodies disintegrate, they will be born in the unwholesome lower realms among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. When those causes are present, their suffering will greatly increase, they will remain bound to cyclic existence, they will not be able to reach the transcendence of suffering, they will not be free from their attachments, and they will never experience happiness but only misfortune.
“ ‘ “What are those nine causes of carelessness? The first is spending time ogling women. This leads beings to follow their unrestrained faculties by means of an impure body, speech, or mind. The carelessness of sentient beings comes from the single cause of lacking control due to unrestrained faculties. This agitation is related to indulging in inappropriate objects through an improperly motivated body, speech, or mind, and thus to lacking the inclination to listen to the sublime Dharma. Such careless beings do not engage in wholesome actions through their bodies, their speech, or their minds. Since they do not engage in wholesome actions through body, speech, or mind, they will instead engage in negativities with body, speech, or mind, [F.300.a] thereby completing and accumulating negative actions. Such fools will, after they die, be born in the unwholesome lower realms as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals because they have been completely corrupted by carelessness. For those reasons, sublime beings who always long for virtue should completely abandon carelessness. This is the first cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “Saumya, the second cause that leads to the development of carelessness consists in the opposing factors that destroy the roots of virtue. When beings with restless minds gawk at forms with their eyes, this will generate discursive thoughts. Repeatedly entertaining those thoughts, they will exclusively engage with those objects out of attachment. This will become a habit, and they will therefore only engage in unvirtuous actions. Those beings do not apply mindfulness and their minds are distracted. When their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms. This is the second cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “The third cause of carelessness is as follows. Those who do not follow the genuine Dharma, whose minds have not mingled with the Dharma, and who have not heard the Dharma before will give rise to profuse thinking. Whether their thoughts are based on desire, anger, or ignorance, when they think, their minds will pursue their thoughts without any other concern, and thus their minds will become distracted. Completely bound by this third cause of carelessness, they will engage in negative forms of behavior by way of their bodies, speech, and minds. When their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms. This degeneracy is the third cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “There is also a fourth cause of carelessness that will cause careless beings to be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms when their bodies disintegrate. [F.300.b] Saumya, what is this cause of carelessness? It is obsessively gaping at goddesses. Experiencing pleasure by looking at improper forms, one becomes mentally restless and develops thoughts. Those who indulge in meaningless chatter also entertain such thoughts. They do not adopt wholesome forms of behavior in body, speech, or mind. When their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms. This is the fourth cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “The fifth cause of carelessness is as follows. Those who enjoy groves, pools, forests, parks, or lotus ponds experience immense pleasure at the sight of them, and they folic and enjoy themselves gleefully in such settings. They never think about virtue, and they never develop mindful composure. Instead, they are governed by carelessness and thus, when their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms.
“ ‘ “Saumya, this fifth cause of carelessness consists in following unwholesome friends. Those who follow such friends will systematically develop unwholesome habits and participate in negative activities. They will adopt negative forms of behavior and engage in negative pursuits. Those who carelessly follow such evil friends will, when their bodies disintegrate, be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms.
“ ‘ “Furthermore, Saumya, the next cause of carelessness is engagement in many different activities while thinking excessively. Such beings will not undertake wholesome physical activities. Their minds are unstable, restless, and they cannot engage in any single action decisively. Every single physical action they undertake is undercut by their indolence. All their mundane and supramundane aims will therefore be undermined. [F.301.a] They do not practice generosity, they do not accumulate merit, and they do not keep in mind what they should. When those whose discipline is corrupted in this way later experience the disintegration of their bodies, their carelessness will make them take birth in the hell realms after they have died.
“ ‘ “This sixth cause of carelessness consists in adopting incorrect views while refuting the true view, the four truths of noble beings, and the eightfold path of the noble ones. Beings who adopt such a careless mindset will remain careless and distracted, and when their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms. This is the sixth cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “The seventh cause of carelessness occurs when careless beings continually crave delicious food and therefore become hostage to this craving. Such beings are attached to delicious tastes, and their minds always crave them. As they develop that habit, it becomes their nature. Such beings do not have anything else in mind, and they do not adopt any wholesome forms of behavior. They are agitated by nature and unrestrained. Those who are duped in this way by their craving for delicious food do not, even for a single moment, engage in wholesome activity such as contemplating impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and selflessness. They do not act in ways that benefit themselves. When their bodies disintegrate, Saumya, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms. This is the seventh cause of carelessness.
“ ‘ “The eighth cause of carelessness, Saumya, concerns beings who, for as long as they experience pleasures, cling to them and perceive them as being permanent, stable, and enduring without ever realizing that they are subject to change. As a consequence, they do not adopt wholesome forms of behavior in body, speech, or mind. They do not understand the difference between what is appropriate and what is not. [F.301.b] They lack the distinction between Dharma and non-Dharma and thus, governed by that suffering, they do not engage their minds properly. They never think about the fact that they will themselves have to experience many thoughts of suffering during their hundreds of thousands of lives among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Inert like a block of wood, they do not pursue any methods to ward off the Lord of Death. Strongly attached to those unwholesome forms of pleasure that undermine all beings in cyclic existence, they will, when the time has come for them to meet the Lord of Death, be consumed by the fire of regret that will be ignited as a consequence of their attachment to those negative enjoyments. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will be born among hell beings in the unwholesome lower realms.
“ ‘ “The ninth cause for carelessness, Saumya, concerns gods and humans who, overwhelmed by craving, are attached to various forms of pleasure and therefore do not follow the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha. They do not feel any inclination to do so. They do not listen to their words and do not follow them by becoming disciples of noble beings. They do not understand the difference between what is appropriate and what is not, they do not proclaim that difference, and they do not practice the teachings, but instead they teach worldly people that which is the most terrifying of all. They are not aware of the suffering of decline. Those beings undermine their own well-being, fooled by their own minds. When their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among hell beings in the lower realms.
“ ‘ “Saumya, what you have here is not given by an Almighty Lord, nor is it permanent, stable, or enduring. Instead, it is subject to change. Saumya, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, where have all the sundry pleasures that you experienced in the past gone? Experiencing their individual shares of the consequences of their own actions, beings cycle through the realms of cyclic existence, caught by the lasso of their wholesome and unwholesome actions. By performing wholesome actions, they are born among gods or humans. By performing unvirtuous actions, they are born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. [F.302.a] Therefore, Saumya, you should not live carelessly because such existences are not desirable! Why is that so? Because your life force, enjoyments, and lifespan are all impermanent; therefore, you should not fix your attention on things and you should not live carelessly! Carelessness causes hundreds of thousands of gods to fall into the lower realms, so you should not go along with your carelessness! It is the path of fools, not the path of holy beings. All beings live in close proximity to a certain death. The same applies with respect to old age, sickness, and being separated from what one likes. The experience of the consequences of virtuous and unvirtuous actions accompanies beings always and without fail, and it destroys them all.”
“ ‘At that moment, the Blessed One uttered these verses to the gods:
“ ‘In that way, the Blessed One used different methods to tame Saumya. This “eye of the world” did so while surrounded by hosts of gods. He made them understand the defects of carelessness, the terrifying bondage that causes the gods to fall helplessly into the lower realms.
“ ‘As the king of the gods heard those Dharma teachings from the Blessed One, he and twenty thousand attending gods reached the level of a stream enterer. At that point, the Blessed One analyzed the situation and thought, “Now that I have guided those beings, what else can I do to benefit the rest?” Since the Blessed One could foresee the future, he asked himself, “In the future, what else must I do to accomplish the welfare and happiness of sentient beings and bring an end to their suffering?”
“ ‘Then, through the force of his miraculous powers, the Blessed One once again produced miraculous emanations inside the lotus. [F.303.a] And through his miraculous powers, he also manifested flocks of birds that proclaimed verses. When those miracles had been performed, through the power of those miraculous displays, the following was declared:355 “In the future, after Saumya passes away, he will be reborn as the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife where he will be known as Musulundha. He will live carelessly but he will be a good being. One day, wandering through pleasure groves, he will reach a great lotus, on top of that smooth and lofty mountain, and he will take his place at the center of that lotus. He will then enter the flower where I have emanated this light, and with exclamations of wonder he will behold what is inside. He will then emerge from that utterly delightful great lotus, only to enter it once again. As he informs the other gods about what he has seen, those gods will in turn explain to him what is happening. They will explain the whole story about the delightful features just as they have heard it themselves. Merely by listening to those gods, Musulundha will then develop trust in the Buddha, the Blessed One, and that faith will lead him to the transcendence of suffering. Also, soon after that faith has arisen, the buddha known as Śākyamuni will appear, and Musulundha will receive Dharma teachings directly from him.”
“ ‘Musulundha, we have heard the oral account of these past lives from the gods who were here before us, and all the great wonders happened exactly in the way we were told. [F.303.b] Inside the great lotus you have seen all that we told you about, and the Blessed One who has now been born is the unsurpassed Śākyamuni. Therefore, without entertaining any doubts, listen to his Dharma! If you do so, you will achieve the definitive good.’
“When Musulundha hears those words from the gods, genuine joy and devotion will arise in him and he will think, ‘Since the discourse of Kanakamuni that has been transmitted to me is so satisfying to the minds of the gods, what need is there to speak of what will happen once I receive the words of the Dharma directly from the Blessed One!’
“With this understanding, he will set off on a journey to Vārāṇasī accompanied by eighty thousand gods. When they see the Blessed One, they will be unable to stop gazing at him. Adorned with the thirty-seven factors of awakening, his body blazes with golden light and he benefits all the realms of the world. He is the guide of all beings in the world and he expounds the teaching on the four truths of noble beings for hundreds of audiences. Arriving at the place where the Blessed One is residing, Musulundha will prostrate at his feet together with the eighty thousand gods, and the Blessed One will then address them, saying, ‘Welcome, Musulundha. Did you understand the Dharma discourse of the blessed Kanakamuni?’
“At that moment, Musulundha’s faith will intensify a thousand times and he will think, ‘Oh, this is a great wonder! Through his unimpeded and subtle realization of omniscience, [F.304.a] the Blessed One knows exactly what has happened to me!’
“Musulundha will then prostrate at the feet of the Blessed One and take his place in the gathering, together with the eighty thousand gods. At that point, the Blessed One will say, ‘Musulundha, the Dharma teaching that I will expound to you now is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. With excellent meanings and excellent words, it is complete, pure, and perfect. I will expound to you the Dharma teaching called The Joy of Divine Beings. Pay full attention, listen carefully, and take these words to heart. I shall explain.’
“Commanding the full attention of the gods, the Blessed One will then say, ‘Monks, what is this Dharma teaching called The Joy of Divine Beings? Those who enter and adhere to the following twelve divine paths will safely reach the divine abodes. For example, when people follow a royal highway, they may travel free from fears and worries. Without experiencing any injury and free from any physical, verbal, or mental weariness and fatigue, they arrive safely at their destination. Similarly, holy beings who carefully follow these twelve paths will reach the heavenly worlds. What are the twelve paths?
“ ‘The first path is the path of truth. Musulundha, there are five benefits related to truth. Those who speak the truth will be trusted by all beings, [F.304.b] they will always be influential, their faces will always be pure, their complexions will always be pure, and the gods will never revile them. Those are results that they experience in their present lives. Then, when their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among the gods in the joyous higher realms.’
“At this point, the Blessed One will utter this verse:
“ ‘Musulundha, this is the first path leading to the higher realms.
“ ‘Musulundha, the second path leading to the higher realms consists in practicing an uncorrupted form of generosity, being free from wrongdoings, not indulging in cyclic existence, and practicing wholesome thought. Those who maintain wholesome conduct by following this path will be born into the heavenly worlds. In short, there are three benefits related to generosity: those who practice generosity will live in harmony with worldly beings, they will experience mental happiness because they always train their minds, and they will be wealthy in the future. This is the second path leading to the heavenly worlds.’
“At this point, the Blessed One will utter this verse:
“ ‘Musulundha, the third path leading to the higher realms is patience. Those who cultivate patience will experience the following benefits. They will be free from strife, disputes, and wars—this is the first benefit. Also, no one will be able to rob them of their wealth, and they will live in harmony with all beings. When their bodies disintegrate, they will be born in the joyous higher realms.
“ ‘Musulundha, the fourth path leading to the higher realms consists in speaking pleasant words. Six benefits derive from speaking pleasant words. Pleasant words make everyone happy, and those who speak pleasant words will have no fear, they will always enjoy pleasures, they will be serene, they will be free from anxiety, and others will serve them. Those are the six benefits.
“ ‘There is also a verse about speaking pleasant words:
“ ‘Musulundha, the fifth path leading to the heavenly worlds consists in loving concern for everyone. Those who are filled with love will reach the transcendence of suffering. Each day of their lives, they will be surrounded by boundless retinues and possess immeasurable qualities.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, by following the sixth divine path, beings will encounter the sights of the heavenly parks. Beings who rest within a state of mental equipoise will engage in wholesome activities, develop wholesome thoughts, and speak wholesome words. These, in short, are the benefits related to mental equipoise.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, settling the mind within a state of equipoise is the root of all virtues.
“ ‘Musulundha, there is also a seventh divine path through which beings will reach the heavenly worlds. Those who observe an authentic view will attain the transcendence of suffering, so there is no need to mention that they will also reach the heavenly worlds. Every single activity they engage in with body, speech, and mind, even the most insignificant ones, is always beneficial and directed toward the realization of the transcendence of suffering. Such beings will be born in the heavenly worlds.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, the eighth divine path consists in abandoning unwholesome company. In short, this will prevent the following three faults. Those who give up unwholesome company will not abandon sublime beings. They will be trusted by such beings who will think, “They are following the same training as us.” This will also prevent special faults from occurring.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, the ninth divine path consists in listening to the sacred Dharma. In short, there are seven benefits derived from listening to the sacred Dharma. Those who have not heard the Dharma will be instructed, the knowledge of those who have heard the Dharma will increase, and those beings will abandon every negative action of ordinary beings, they will become naturally inclined to follow the example of noble beings, sincere faith in the Buddha will repeatedly arise in their minds, their lifespans will increase, and [F.306.a] when their bodies disintegrate, they will be born among the gods.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, the tenth divine path consists in cultivating a gentle mind. There are four benefits related to this. One will not become angry. In the unlikely event that one should become angry, one’s anger will not persist. One will not harm others out of hostility. When one’s body disintegrates, one will be born among the gods.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, the eleventh divine path consists in developing the power of trust in the way causal actions produce effects. Beings who have done so will abandon all negative actions and will shun even the smallest wrongdoing. They are aware of the consequences of wholesome and unwholesome actions. They do not perpetuate conditioned phenomena. Because they have familiarized themselves with wholesome actions, they will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, join the gods in the joyous higher realms.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Musulundha, those who enter this twelfth path that leads to the higher realms will be born in the worlds of the gods; this path consists in cultivating unmistaken and sincere faith in the Three Jewels. There are hundreds of benefits related to this, [F.306.b] so this beneficial path outshines and surpasses all the others. It is luminous and resplendent. Beings on this path will perfect the transcendence of suffering. Before that happens, they will experience the pleasures of gods and humans. By following this twelfth path, humans or gods who are free from the influence of carelessness will journey to the higher realms. On the other hand, careless beings will fail to achieve either mundane or supramundane happiness. Musulundha, the Dharma that the sage of the past, Kanakamuni, taught to Saumya, lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, is the very same Dharma that all the thus-gone ones teach. You have received it correctly from those very senior gods.
“ ‘There is also a verse about this:
“ ‘Those twelve paths are free from hindrances and always lead to their destination and nowhere else.’
“Upon hearing this Dharma teaching from the Blessed One, Musulundha and eight million gods will reach the fruition of a stream enterer. Then Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will prostrate at the feet of the Blessed One and utter these verses:
“Having uttered those verses, Musulundha and the accompanying gods will leave Vārāṇasī, rising up into the center of the sky, and thus return to the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife. Once there, all the gods will proceed to enjoy themselves and celebrate for a long time, continuing in this fashion until their lives come to an end. When that happens, they will next be born as humans who have ended their engagement in negative actions. They will have a youthful appearance, possess the most exquisite physiques, and be endowed with wealth and land. When those among them who have not yet reached the level of a stream enterer subsequently undergo death and rebirth, they will, in accordance with their karmic qualities, be born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Once they transfer from such existences, some among them may be born with the general lot in life of a human. In that case they will, in accordance with their causal actions, have a youthful appearance and enjoy delightful ornaments and clothing. [V70] [F.1.b] [B46]
The Gods in Traveling on Great Mounts356
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will see by means of knowledge derived from hearing, and so accurately perceive a realm known as Traveling on Great Mounts. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth there, he again uses knowledge derived from hearing to perceive how some holy people may receive teachings on good fortune from spiritual teachers. As a result, they are born as gods who experience the qualities of incomparable objects. They see forms that are desirable, attractive, and delightful in a way that is unlike anything else. Their ears hear various songs, songbirds, [F.2.a] and the sounds of cascades, streams, and ponds—all of which are uniquely and exceptionally desirable, attractive, and delightful—and thus they listen insatiably. Likewise, their noses will untiringly perceive desirable, attractive, and delightful aromas that are unique and unprecedented. With their tongues they will insatiably enjoy numerous exceptional tastes. Their bodies will likewise touch many different textures with various unique qualities. Thus, there is no pleasure that is not present within the forests in which they live, as all five divine sense pleasures are abundant, diverse, perfect, enticing, and unique.
“As soon as the gods see and enter these amazing forests, they immediately become astonished. So, there is no need to mention what happens when they behold the divine ruler Musulundha and join the gods living there. There, they are met by the smiling faces of nine quadrillion beautiful and youthful goddesses who bear many types of ornaments and attire. The goddesses sing and play music [F.2.b] as they proffer nine quadrillion offerings of splendid and superb sense pleasures.
“The gods hold King Musulundha in high regard, for the realm belongs to him. They proclaim their ruler to be like a father or a mother who teaches goodness throughout the realms in the Heaven Free from Strife. Hearing this, newly born gods will further behold that god who is surrounded by goddesses, and so they are born with inferior or intermediate bodies, garments, and ornaments.357
“They all experience nothing but enjoyable qualities and delightful sustenance for the five senses, and thus they frolic. The goddesses and the other gods all speak delightful and pleasing words, and whatever one might wish for manifests from the rows of hundreds of thousands of beautiful wish-fulfilling trees made of the seven precious substances and displaying thousands of excellent qualities.
“The gods who take birth among those trees, which possess such amazing qualities, completely lose themselves as they enjoy this copious wealth of wonderful objects. Enraptured, their eyes never stray from the trees, and so they stare uninterruptedly at these pleasures found in that great forest. The forest is also filled with thousands of streams brimming with food and drink. [F.3.a] The place is filled with the sweet calls of beautiful birds and the most captivating, perfect songs of goddesses. As the songs of the birds and goddesses mingle, they have the most enrapturing effect on the minds of the gods.
“As older gods arrive, the newborn gods will catch sight of an amazing lotus grove that is three leagues long, two leagues across, and brimful of lotus flowers in gorgeous shapes and appearances. Like resplendent planets and stars in the pure autumn sky, great multitudes of beautiful gods and goddesses assemble there. These gatherings of thousands of joyous gods and goddesses fill the great lotus grove, as they dance and frolic with each other to the tunes of the five types of instruments. The gods and goddesses converse intimately and spend each moment in joyous affection for one another. Never tiring, they become captured by this frame of mind and consciousness, and thus they bask in the midst of these throngs of exuberant gods.
“The enamored gods and goddesses also see numerous kinds of infatuated birds that frolic and play around in the waters of the lotus grove, and this further inspires them to enjoy each other’s company. The gods also inspire the birds and thus the swans, ducks, and geese likewise rollick in numerous ways within the lotus grove. [F.3.b] On the shores of this delightful lake, some gods pick lotuses with golden petals and drink nectar from them as they sing songs. In this way, surrounded by gatherings of goddesses, they enjoy an abundance of divine pleasures. Drinking in accordance with their karmic actions, there are other gods who imbibe nectar that is from lotus petals of the nature of silver, and who have teeth with a ruby-like color. Joyfully, they also imbibe from golden lotuses. There are also other gods who drink fragrant and cooling nectar from lotus petals made of crystal. In this way the gods drink nectars that correspond to their individual karmic actions. Moreover, within this lotus grove replete with magnificent wonders and sense pleasures, there are also some gods who drink that nectar from the petals of lotuses the color of sapphire. In this manner, they also celebrate among their joyful retinue.
“Other gods pass among trees that yield divine nectar and that are abloom with heavenly flowers. Infatuated and careless, they roam with their joyous retinue into these forests ripe with substances of exquisite divine taste, fragrance, and color. Gallivanting through these forests, they eat the fruits and enjoy the taste of various nectars, singing with their minds filled with joy. There are also other gods who sing and celebrate with goddesses within caverns and mansions festooned in blooming vines of gold, silver, crystal, and sapphire. [F.4.a] Still other gods linger on the banks of the rivers, where they don garlands made from flowers in five colors, which grow on trees that resound with the songs of birds. The trees stand on soft ground that yields to one’s step but bounces back when the foot is lifted. Some gods make bouquets of flowers so that they can enjoy the flowers together and relish their scents. Still other gods play music nearby, while other gods take seats on rocks made of sapphire, crystal, gold, and silver, where they enjoy themselves and celebrate.
“This continues until finally their completed and accumulated acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences have been exhausted. Once that happens, they will again be born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. When they transmigrate from such existences, they might, due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, be born with the general lot in life of a human. In that event they will be youthful, attractive, and strong. They will be happy, wealthy, and in control of the land. Such are the concordant consequences of their actions.
The Gods in Moving in the Stream
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he uses insight derived from hearing and so correctly perceives a realm known as Moving in the Stream. Wondering what karmic actions may cause beings to take birth there, he sees with insight derived from hearing. [F.4.b] Thus, he notices how some honest and sincere people who possess the power of faith may give up killing and stealing and become completely free from such acts. Furthermore, such people may avoid resorting to, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of sexual misconduct. In that way, they are no longer dependent on female attention, and their eyes no longer ogle forms with lustful desire. Rather, they overpower and relinquish any improper mental activity through their contemplations. They do not entertain any such thoughts but regard them as poison. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, such holy people will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Moving in the Stream within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, they will experience the dawning of the effects of virtues that are splendid like the sun. Living in a realm of divine substances, they will experience the pleasures of incomparable enjoyments. As soon as they are born, in their joyful and happy state of mind they will wonder whether they might be alone in that realm. As soon as they have this thought, they will notice goddesses who live in the forests approaching their dwelling place. These goddesses wear copious ornaments and garments, they carry garlands of resplendent lotus flowers upon their heads, and their apparel boasts an abundance of colors. Adorned with hundreds of thousands of ornaments, they artfully approach and surround the newly born god. The goddesses play music and sing beautiful songs as they draw near the god, whom they find attractive in numerous ways. In this fashion, the goddesses come to engage with that supreme god, whose perfect qualities captivate them. [F.5.a]
“At the sight of these divine maidens, the god will feel an unprecedented desire and wonder, ‘Who are they? Where do they come from?’ As the goddesses stand before him, many thousands of desirous tendencies will well up. The goddesses’ copious, resplendent ornaments shine from their bodies, their earrings of pure gold grace their cheeks, and with their hands they strum a variety of instruments. If even the youthful goddesses in the choirs of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three are incredibly beautiful, why even mention the beauty of the goddesses within the Heaven Free from Strife, who are born from qualities that are three times greater in terms of their associated virtuous and perfectly pure actions. In terms of their appearance, youth, proportions, and the ease with which they play their instruments, these goddesses are as far superior to those of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three as the latter goddesses are to human songstresses. Likewise, the forests, groves, lotus nectars, waterfalls, mansions, pools, and palaces in this realm are increasingly superior. The appearance, youthfulness, and joys associated with the goddesses also become greater, all the way up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations. Why is that? Because the weight of karmic effects continues to increase in correlation with the actions of their increasingly pure minds and discipline. Hence, the goddesses of the Heaven Free from Strife are incomparable.
“Nevertheless, all of this, without exception, is subject to impermanence. Otherwise, in terms of their pleasures, these realms are indeed desirable and praiseworthy, [F.5.b] which causes less intelligent people to take up discipline out of attachment to existence—less intelligent people, who are attached to existence, take up discipline, thinking that this will make them take birth as gods. This is why the shortcomings of such realms—such as impermanence, transience, and how all agreeable factors will be lost— must be explained. If it wasn’t, even a slight cause of craving for existence would become an obstacle for virtuous qualities to appear. Whether one looks above, below, or ahead, there is nowhere that is permanent, durable, or stable. It is from this perspective that the higher realms are praised, and not merely in terms of craving for existence.
“Next, as they serve the newly born god, the divine maidens sing and flirt seductively in sundry ways. Seeing these unprecedented sights, the god will think, ‘Who are these goddesses? Why have they come here? And why are they serving me?’
“As soon as he has had this thought, the maidens will speak to him, moved by his past positive actions: ‘New one, you are powerful and enticing, so we wish to follow you, serve you, take care of you, and make you happy. Since you are our master, we will do whatever you command.’
“Hearing those words, the new god will respond, ‘If indeed you all are mine, I must certainly explore the forests and groves with you! [F.6.a] This is because I have been born in this heaven due to the causes of pleasure.’
“The young divine maidens will then embrace the god and caress him, arousing him in many ways. As they do so, they will tell him, ‘Young god, you see that these forests and groves abound with different gatherings of gods. These forests are full of joys and, within them, many different birds sing their ravishing songs. Here are all sorts of beautiful waterfalls and ponds. Thousands of mountains formed from the seven precious substances shine in lofty splendor, replete with slopes and many gorgeous alpine vistas. The lovely calls of many species of birds can be heard throughout this land, which is arrayed with many ponds and exquisite contours. O god, come with us to enjoy and celebrate within this perfect realm. We shall serve you by giving you deep gratification.’
“Hearing these words from the goddesses, the newly born god will respond, ‘Definitely, let us do as you wish!’ He will then stand up and take off with his goddesses into the forests and parks in pursuit of pleasure. As they sing and play drums and various instruments, the inhabitants in this land of carelessness gad about, enjoying what their land has to offer. Living happily, they wander from place to place, frolicking with their own goddesses and any other goddesses they meet. Whenever they meet, they rush into each other’s arms, driven by their mutual attraction. They appreciate each other deeply and joyfully. [F.6.b]
“Thus, with mutual affection, these groups of gods and goddesses will travel to the Forest of Amusements, a divine forest that measures three thousand leagues. This forest abounds with many quadrillions of pleasures, and it is due to these many special pleasures that it receives its name. It also resembles an awe-inspiring jungle. For their pleasure, the gods in Moving in the Stream go to this Forest of Enjoyment.
“When a new god arrives in this forest, he will witness joys of a kind he never experienced before, thus seeing and hearing things that are absolutely unprecedented and unparalleled. When the goddesses there see the newly born god whose eyes sparkle in excitement, they will say, ‘Who is this new god who has now come to live with us?’
“Adorned with wonderful divine garlands, the gods also travel through the sky in mansions made of divine sandalwood, celebrating, singing, laughing, and strutting to the accompaniment of music. In this manner, they will journey to the residence of King Musulundha. Other gods in their sky mansions hold divine lotuses in their hands while seated on divine thrones as they travel through space in jubilant poses. Still others travel while holding vīṇās in their hands. Thus, free from any discomfort, they all travel in very refined ways, joyfully journeying to the residence of the great king Musulundha. Still other gods hover in the sky, from which they let a rain of flowers shower down. In this way, singing and in happy unison, [F.7.a] they travel smoothly to the residence of Musulundha.
“Seeing how the gods thus experience tremendous pleasure, enjoying themselves in numerous different ways, the newly born god travels along. On the way, he will engage in many delightful conversations with the accompanying gods and goddesses.
“At a certain point, in the far distance, he will perceive a light that is as brilliant as a hundred thousand suns. The light is so bright that even the gods are unable to look at it. At the same time, he will also hear a magnificent sound that is delightful, loud, and clear, and that seems to resound from all four directions.
“Exhilarated, the god will ask his companions, ‘What is this outstandingly beautiful, clear light, and what is this ravishing, loud sound we now hear?’
“His companions will reply, ‘Just as the lord of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife enjoys himself within a retinue of many hundreds of thousands of gods—receiving divine praises in the midst of hundreds of lotus flowers and surrounded by divine maidens—such is also the case with Praśānta, lord of the Heaven of Joy. He likewise frolics, enjoys himself, and celebrates.’
“Hearing this, the newly born god will be struck by further wonder. ‘Where,’ he will ask his companions, ‘is the residence of this ruler, Praśānta, of whom you now speak? Who is this Praśānta, whose realm is like that? [F.7.b] Where does he live? He sees us here, yet we cannot see him.’
“Thus, when he has heard the words of the others and considered them, the newly born god will propose, ‘Now that we have come to know of this great being, let’s go to see Praśānta!’
“Yet, to this call the other gods will respond, ‘The gods in the Heaven of Joy reside above us. Ours cannot be compared to even a hundred thousandth of their special features. All their pleasures are the result of the relationship between actions and results that the gods here in the Heaven Free from Strife cannot match in any way. Their splendor far outshines even that of the ruler here in the Heaven Free from Strife. They reside above us and, accordingly, not just any god can travel to that realm. Only the foremost among the gods, a select few who are endowed with tremendous power, may succeed. Not just anyone can travel to that realm.’
“At this point the newly born god will think, ‘Alas, what, then, are our pleasures? Those gods reside high above even the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife.’
“Still, such thoughts last only a moment and soon, with their fickle minds that are so keenly focused on objects, the gods will again continue taking in the pleasures in that realm. Hearts swelling with tremendous happiness, they will thus proceed in leisurely fashion to their destination.
“Meanwhile, at his residence King Musulundha sports joyfully within a retinue of a hundred thousand gods, [F.8.a] aglow with splendor in the midst of hundreds of lotuses and plentiful divine maidens. His form and attire are unrivaled, and he radiates joy and youth, shining indescribably with qualities of perfect glory. His light outshines all the other gods, just as the sun outshines all the planets, stars, and other celestial bodies.
“The king of the Heaven Free from Strife sits upon a magnificent and excellent lion throne made of the seven precious substances. Endowed with supreme splendor, it is soft to the touch and projects limitless light. Thus he sits, displaying the most wondrous form, attire, and splendor. In front of him the most amazing singing, drumming, and entertainment are performed, inspiring to the heart and ears. The whole place overflows with such rich sense pleasures that there is nothing like it anywhere. The splendors of Śakra cannot match even a fraction of Musulundha’s splendors. Whereas Musulundha’s body shines with five hundred royal lights, Śakra’s shoulders only shine with two supreme lights. The former’s six sense faculties are the result of infinite past actions and virtuous qualities that produce great fortune, and thus he surpasses Śakra hundreds of times. Hence, Śakra cannot serve as an analogy here. Musulundha’s appearance, pleasures, land, and retinue are all peerless. None of the gods of inferior splendor—not even Śakra—can compare in the slightest. Musulundha is a mountain of light, perfectly pure both within and without. No matter what analogy one uses to illustrate him, it falls short. [F.8.b]
“When the newly born god beholds from a distance Musulundha’s form, majesty, might, and light, he is humbled and thinks, ‘Alas, our own light cannot be compared to even one percent of his. In fact, it is not even comparable to a hundred thousandth of it. Musulundha, lord of gods, must surely have undertaken supremely virtuous actions. If his splendor is so overwhelming, then what can one say of the perfect splendor and appearance of the one I’ve heard of, he who is known as Praśānta? Indeed, the actions undertaken by the gods are increasingly outstanding.’
“Having come to this conclusion, he will listen leisurely to the singing, drumming, and music. Very few of the newly born gods come any closer than that to the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, since it is normally only senior gods who can approach him.
“Close at hand are seven thousand divine maidens who have the most beautiful appearance, attire, complexions, radiance, proportions, and voices. They sing, charm, laugh, and serve, surrounded by countless numbers of other goddesses. With great attention, they delight Musulundha with pleasures from near and far, and they offer him nectar to drink. Filled with passion, they all pursue the same objective, thinking, ‘I alone shall give Musulundha pleasures; no one else can do so. Without anyone interfering, I alone shall make him feel at ease. [F.9.a] I must make love to Musulundha in ways that far surpass those of ordinary sexual union, and that are suitable only here in the Heaven Free from Strife.’ Thinking in this way, the divine maidens approach him. Each of the goddesses thinks, ‘I alone must please him in all regards. I must delight the lord in any way I can. Musulundha and I shall be happy together—and not anyone else. I alone must be dear to him—no one else shall delight him. How can I have sexual intercourse with Musulundha in a way that it is considered an appropriate way to make love here in the Heaven Free from Strife?’ Thus, they all approach Musulundha with this motivation in mind, thinking, ‘I shall please him in any way I can. Indeed, I must be the one to experience all manner of shared pleasures together with the god.’
“Once again, the newly born god will approach the place where the divine ruler Musulundha resides. When he draws very close to Musulundha, he will behold him—exceedingly luminous and splendid in the midst of many hundreds of thousands of gods, who delight him with all manner of praises. For his part, Musulundha is aware of all the gods, including the newly born god. On some rare occasions, Musulundha will even cast a glance at the newly born god so as to acknowledge him. The other gods will then encourage the newly born god in pleasant words, saying, ‘He who now has placed his gaze upon you is king of the gods. Therefore, you must now properly prostrate yourself before him.’
“The newly born god will then approach [F.9.b] and offer his prostrations before Musulundha. In acknowledgement, Musulundha will tell him, ‘Newly born lord, enter among the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and you will see that the gods here are joyous, exceedingly overjoyed indeed! They are born here due to accumulations of virtuous actions. That is how they have come to such happiness, and that is why they now enjoy the effects of their own previous actions. Having acted carefully for an extremely long time, they now live in this divine world.’
“Then the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will speak these verses:
“Thus, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will speak to the newly born god, who in turn will reply, ‘Your Majesty, I am not aware of any such flaws here. On the contrary, I see that everyone has a meaning and purpose. How could all the gods, and I along with them, be so ignorant?’
“In reply, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will say:
“In accordance with reality, Musulundha thus introduces the newly born god to the way things actually are. When the god hears these words, he will feel sad for a short while, but soon he will once again be egged on by the dancing, singing, and laughter of the other infatuated gods. [F.10.b] If you wonder why, it is because the minds of ordinary, childish beings are fickle. In particular, when they experience happiness while governed by the forces of existence, their insatiability is increased a hundredfold. This is why these careless gods cannot properly pursue even a fraction of the Dharma in their hearts.
“As the newly born god then leaves the residence of Musulundha, he will join the gods in the Forest of Amusements, and there indulge in dance and merrymaking, enjoying the pleasures of the five senses as he continues to ramble through Moving in the Stream. Having attained such an enjoyable land, he will joyfully celebrate together with all the other gods.
“Enjoying himself together with all the others in this manner, he will gradually make his way to the park known as Spacious Palanquin Houses, which abounds with two trillion different joys. There are gardens of numerous colors and shapes, lotus ponds and pools, forests and groves, and many kinds of birds, waterfalls, and mountain peaks formed from the seven precious substances. Such are the many features of Palanquin Houses. Moreover, the positive karmic actions of these gods ensure that whenever they might think, ‘I wish that Palanquin Houses with all its forests, groves, and ponds would rise up into the sky,’ that will indeed happen. Thus, the houses, forests, groves, ponds, waterfalls, trees, [F.11.a] and lotus pools will all take off into the sky, like birds. When the gods then think, ‘For our pleasure, may the great park of Palanquin Houses remain like this without moving!’ that will indeed come to pass.
“As the gods continue making wishes, they may also wish for many great rivers of food and drink, in which case their positive karmic actions will instantly produce such streams with delicious, beautiful, and sweet-smelling food. This, however, is not understood by humans when the objects of past positive actions manifest for them.
“The gods might also think, ‘What if all the palaces within a hundred leagues were to open?’ The very moment they have this thought, they will all open. All the exquisite mansions with their many delightful pools, cascades, streams, caverns, rooms, and upper chambers, as well the great abundance of forests, parks, lotus groves, and trees, will at that point open up, and the gods will delight in them with abundant joy. Overjoyed, they will think, ‘Just as other beings live happy lives, we too shall live here in perfect and abundant happiness! We shall live here like such happy beings! Let us celebrate in numerous ways with the other joyous gods within those houses! [F.11.b] Now, if only all the gods who frolic in myriad ways within the realm of Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, could come to these houses!’ The moment they make that wish, all the gods of Moving in the Stream358 will begin to journey through the sky, riding different mounts. Thus, traveling on geese, peacocks, cuckoo birds, flowers, ducks, pheasants, and trees, they will all travel to the houses, followed by exuberant divine maidens who play musical instruments, strike drums, and sing joyfully. Playful and charming, they wear necklaces and lotus garlands.359 Perfectly youthful and joyous, they dance, play drums and musical instruments, and sing exquisite songs. While singing praises, these divine beings will journey to Palanquin Houses, where, appearing in the center of the sky, they will come to stay and celebrate in the houses of great playful joy.
“With strong mutual appreciation and joy, everyone frolics while remaining careless and mentally restless. Seeing the gods in this condition, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will wonder, ‘What method might there be to help these careless and thoughtless gods? As they focus only on what is vulgar and remain careless, I must use any available means to help them.’ [F.12.a]
“With this concern in mind, Musulundha will then travel along with all the other gods, who possess the shared karma to live in that realm.
“Musulundha will think, ‘How may I benefit the gods of Moving in the Stream? How can factors of unsurpassable virtue be employed to benefit both myself and others? How may I be free from obstacles? The supreme friend of the gods is the one who makes them reach liberation. The one who teaches them unvirtuous actions is, on the other hand, their enemy, for he is the circumstance for their engaging in the type of action that creates the hells.’
“So that he may counsel the gods in his realm, Musulundha will then travel toward the site of Palanquin Houses, using a special, miraculous palace for his journey. All the abundance and joys of the rivers, ponds, trees, cascades, forests, and groves in Moving in the Stream cannot match a hundredth, or even a thousandth, of the qualities of this miraculous palace, because Musulundha is the lord of all those who have accomplished positive actions. Among all the gods who have engaged in positive actions within the Heaven Free from Strife, he is the foremost, the master of positive activity. The positive deeds performed by him are vastly superior, as are his miraculous abilities. Therefore, based on such causes, Musulundha’s house appears splendidly bright and radiant, outshining all the palaces of the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.12.b] Just as no chariot is comparable or beautiful before the sun, so none of the other mansions can compare to Musulundha’s.
“Within a mansion of such abundant perfection, Musulundha will travel through the sky to the place where the gods of Moving in the Stream are celebrating. When the gods in this realm witness the arrival of the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, their liking for carelessness is diminished. The gods who otherwise wander carelessly and thoughtlessly will now quickly enter their houses and thus come forth to receive the king of the Heaven Free from Strife. At this point, however, Musulundha will intensify his miraculous powers a hundred thousand times, and thus the gods inside their houses become unable to see anything at all. Unable see anything around them, they remain confounded in their houses. In this way, the great god uses his miraculous powers to prevent them from seeing each other. Nor can they hear any form of joking, flirtation, or joyous games. In this way, his miraculous powers will render them blinded and stunned, and at this point, sitting inside their houses, they will wonder, ‘What has happened to those gods who were sitting right next to me here in this palace? Where has everyone gone?’
“Hence, as they approach Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, they will be able to see only him. [F.13.a] This experience is had only by the gods in Moving in the Stream and not by any of the gods outside of that realm.
“Stunned and frightened by the way things have been miraculously hidden, the gods will now say to Musulundha, ‘Your Majesty, inside the palaces were gods accompanied by divine retinues—where have they all gone?’
“Musulundha will reply, ‘All the gods who roam carelessly and thoughtlessly are subject to karmic actions, and when they die and transmigrate they must proceed based on their karmic actions. Therefore, they are born among hell beings, starving spirits, animals, or humans. Moreover, anyone who is careless and lives carelessly will sooner or later be destroyed by his or her own carelessness. Their craving for objects will ruin them. Those who are thoroughly attached to the five sense pleasures—people who are lost in the play of thought—will see the five peaks of existence ablaze, kindled by the tinder of their minds and fanned by the winds of karmic action. Then, as they have accumulated such factors in the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, they will later be burned in the painful fires of the hells. Deceived and destroyed by their own unwholesome minds, they are born in the hells once their bodies disintegrate. Carelessness is in this way the most severe among all flaws. Impaired by the flaws of carelessness, the gods fail to see any virtuous factors, and therefore they do not train themselves by means of a wholesome mind. Deceived by their own minds, they will without exception experience pain in the future.’ [F.13.b]
“When the gods hear such words from Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, they will fall into gloom and dread, and say, ‘Ruler of gods, in a single instant, all the gods have disappeared, died, and transmigrated. What has happened to them? Why are they now gone, leaving empty this land of Moving in the Stream? Among all suffering, that which is known as death and transmigration is indeed severe. Therefore, please teach us something that is not a wrong method. Please teach us something that can reverse our painful destiny, protect us from the suffering of separating from the beloved, save us from birth as a hell being, a starving spirit, or an animal, and bestow great fortune upon us.’
“As the gods hear these statements from the lips of Musulundha, their time of carelessness comes to an end. Turning again to Musulundha, they will say, ‘Ruler of gods, why have all the gods become completely invisible? Have they all died and transmigrated? Have they all passed away in the very same instant? Or have they gone elsewhere? Ruler of gods, by all means, please explain to us what has happened.’
“In response Musulundha will tell them, ‘Just as everyone comes here due to karmic actions, they must also leave due to karmic actions. Once their relevant karmic actions have been exhausted it is certain that living beings, no matter who they are, must experience the suffering that arises from having to leave one another. It is certain that aging, sickness, and death will occur, each of them in full. The living must face the loss of their life force, health, and youth. Whether human or god, one must not be careless—one must not live carelessly. Those who initially were careless must realize that they will not last. They must understand that from the beginning they are destined for destruction. They must become absolutely certain that their life force, health, and youth will eventually be crushed.
“ ‘In the future, when the Lord of Death arrives, there are three strategies for turning him back: generosity, discipline, and insight—those are the three strategies for turning him back.
“ ‘The three great terrors follow, always and continuously, when one has numerous concepts and ideas. [F.15.a] Those who cannot relinquish concepts will, when the time of death arrives, lie there inert with mouths and eyes wide open. Thus, leaving behind one’s people, friends, retinue, and family, one must die and transmigrate. Burning in the fire of having to leave so many dear ones, one will suffer as one is led away by the Lord of Death. All the many thoughts that arise from the five sense pleasures—all the dancing, laughing, posing, and celebrating, and all the boundless enjoyments of the forests and parks—all such pleasures are like poisonous friends that now become hurtful enemies. At that time, they will be the cause of terrible regrets.
“ ‘Steeped in agony, one will think, “What have I done? I have not accomplished anything in terms of insight, generosity, or austere discipline. Careless, I have remained absentminded and I have not practiced anything worthwhile. Now, all my people, all my friends, have left me alone, while they are still celebrating. Now I must leave behind all the delightful objects here in our divine world.”
“ ‘For as long as the King of Death continues to destroy us gods, we must frankly acknowledge disease and decline. We must be sure to crush carelessness, for those who give up carelessness will find perfect joy. Such people will not be burned in the fires when the time of the Lord of Death arrives. At the time of total decline, these paths will be deeply cherished. [F.15.b] Thus, if we perform, become accustomed to, and increase acts of generosity, discipline, and insight, this is what will save us at that time.
“ ‘The Lord of Death, who robs all beings of their life force, is undeceiving—he has no forbearance, and there is no way to avoid him. So, why do the gods not endeavor in that which could turn him back? Because the careless gods are so engrossed in meaningless activities that are like an abyss, fierce poison, or burning flames.
“ ‘Therefore, the enemy—carelessness—will make those gods who are governed by carelessness intensify their predilection for beholding their gorgeous maidens and expand the tremendous pleasures they get from frolicking in their forests, parks, and ponds and roaming among the beautiful mountain peaks. They will regard things that are in fact impermanent as if they were permanent. They will think, “I will forever enjoy myself with these divine girls! All these young maidens will always be here, and we shall never be without them.”
“ ‘In this way, those who are obsessed with the pleasures of objects will always be accompanied by that great destroyer who moves without any hindrance: the Lord of Death. And when he shows up, none of the divine women can offer any protection. Without giving any thought to those facts, the gods are constantly on the move, yet whenever their pleasures are examined, they are seen to be fake, false, and hollow. Hence, once the gods are destroyed by carelessness, they will be born among the hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Moreover, conquered by their own stupidity, the gods have not been destroyed by death, transmigration, and the pain of birth just once. They have been so continuously, since time without beginning, [F.16.a] and yet, lacking intelligence, they do not become any less desirous.’
“When Musulundha, ruler of the gods, speaks such words that convey the meaning of the Dharma, those gods who are free from mental faults will experience the ambrosial taste of his words. With that in mind, they will develop detachment, and so they will say to the king of the gods:
“When the gods have spoken about the other gods in this way, in distress, they will again address the king of the gods: ‘Ruler of gods, we are distraught and worry what might have happened to the gods who were inside the houses.’
“When Musulundha sees their distress and notices that they are no longer careless, he will release them from his magical power and once again reveal the gods to one another. As they see each other again, the whole congregation of like-minded gods will become completely overjoyed.
“To the happy gods Musulundha will then say, ‘The reason that you could not see each other was that I had used my miraculous powers to hide you from one another. Once the terrifying and overpowering Lord of Death has arrived with his tremendous strength, you will take rebirth as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. [F.16.b] At that time you will not see each other for trillions of eons. You should understand this and avoid being careless. Do not be preoccupied but pay attention. Without becoming wholly absorbed in objects, make sure to accomplish this understanding.’
“When Musulundha gives this teaching, a great number of gods will become intensely weary and thereby attain the stage of a stream enterer. Recognizing this, Musulundha will think joyfully, ‘I have done my job.’ With his wishes happily fulfilled in this way, he will then proceed to the Forest of Amusements.
“Some among the utterly careless gods in Moving in the Stream will thus develop a highly virtuous state of mind and become stream enterers. On the other hand, those among them whose minds remain fickle and incautious will recklessly indulge their fondness for being careless. Crazed, they will continue to celebrate together, enjoying themselves in the forests, groves, ponds, parks, and jungles. Without considering the terrors of the Lord of Death, they will enjoy themselves and play, frolicking in lotus grove after lotus grove, and moving from one mountaintop to the next. Sharing a mutual infatuation, they will continue in this way until finally their acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences have been exhausted.
“Once that happens, they will, if they have not done what is meaningful, take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. If, due to other karmic actions, they should be born human and possess the general lot in life of a human, they will always be happy and very successful. Their bodies will be most excellent, and they will enjoy tremendous wealth. [F.17.a] Everyone will appreciate them and find them endearing and delightful. They will have a natural fondness for the Dharma, just as they will enjoy dancing, singing, joking, and socializing. They will visit temples, gardens, ponds, and lotus groves. Becoming kings, or something similarly exceptional, they will remain free from harm, and their companions, friends, and family will always show them affection. They will enjoy themselves together with people who always speak truthfully and have candid and joyous minds, and thus they will maintain their honest conduct without any decline. All those perfect qualities and fortunate circumstances are karmic effects that accord with their causes.
The Gods in Living on the Peak
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he applies insight derived from hearing and so correctly perceives a realm known as Living on the Peak. Wondering what karmic actions may cause beings to take birth there, he sees with insight derived from hearing. He then notices how certain holy people who remain constantly concerned about the effects of karmic actions are also honest and sincere. They possess the correct view and pursue correct activities. They completely relinquish unwholesome company and always recollect the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. Fearful of even the slightest misdeed, they relinquish killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. When on the road, such people may come across women who dance and sing, or they may hear the sounds of their jewelry or voices. At that point they may give rise to incorrect mental activity and become attracted, but they will nevertheless recognize the flaws of such an inappropriate state of mind and completely refrain from any further such thinking. [F.17.b] Those who thus completely give up sexual misconduct will upon the disintegration of their bodies go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Living on the Peak.
“Once born there, their past engagement in positive actions will bring them the fortune of experiencing vast enjoyments. They will glow with their own natural light and be attached to the pleasures of the five senses. There is a mountain in that realm known as Heap in the Stream, on which grow trees made of the seven precious substances. The mountain is also full of supreme enjoyments, such as flocks of birds that frolic there with gracefully moving feet.360 Displaying many different behaviors, plumages, and appearances, the birds number in the hundreds of thousands and present the most delightful spectacle. The mountain also abounds with wild animals in a variety of looks, colors, behaviors, and shapes, and everywhere are delightful waterfalls, rivers, pools, jungles, vine-covered houses, fruits, and flowering trees. The mountain is adorned with wish-fulfilling trees and measures three hundred leagues in circumference. The mountain is home to gorgeous and captivating heavenly beings—groups of gods and goddesses fill the surroundings. As they take in the mountain, they discover its vast and stunning forests and groves.
“The ground that surrounds the mountain is sparkling and formed from the seven precious substances. One slope of the mountain is made of sapphire, and the light that it projects reaches a distance of sixty thousand leagues. Wherever that light reaches, it lends a blue color to the sky. Adorned with different ornaments and raiment, the bodies of the gods are colorfully decorated with various precious stones and the like. Yet, when they travel through the sky to that particular face of Heap in the Stream, [F.18.a] all of their different colors are overpowered, and thus they all take on the same deep blue color. This is what happens on that one face of the mountain.
“A second face of Heap in the Stream is made of crystal. Gods adorned with many different ornaments and various colorful implements also go to visit that slope of the mountain, and when they do so everything becomes of the color of crystal. Thus, all their forms and features come to match the mountain.
“A third face of Heap in the Stream is made of silver and radiates light across five hundred leagues. Perfectly white and dazzling, this slope of the mountain is stunningly beautiful, and when the gods come to visit, all their colorful ornaments and attire turn the same color. Perfectly white and brilliant, they all turn the same color as the mountain.
“A fourth face of the mountain is made of gold from the Jambu River and shines on its surroundings like a splendid sun. The light from the mountain shines brilliantly across one thousand leagues, illuminating the sky with its radiance. When gods travel through or rest in the sky above this face of the mountain, they all take on the color of pure gold.
“A fifth face of the mountain shines with a ruby light, thus lending a brilliant scarlet hue to all its surroundings as it shines across one thousand leagues. When gods come to this face of the mountain, all their many different forms become brilliantly red. [F.18.b] Any red jewels the gods may wear on their bodies will at that time become a hundred times more intense and precious. Such are the special qualities of that slope of the mountain.
“A sixth face of the mountain is the color of diamond, and its light reaches across a thousand leagues. Thereby the surroundings become bathed in millions of rainbow-like light rays. Due to the splendor of Heap in the Stream, the gods that visit this slope all become rainbow colored.
“A seventh face of the mountain is made of the seven precious substances. When the gods go to this brilliantly colorful face of the mountain, their bodies become ornamented in many colors, as do their garments. The light radiating from this slope of the mountain also extends across a thousand leagues and thus projects a glorious brilliance on the surrounding environment.
“Compared to Heap in the Stream, the splendors, joys, precious lights, and delightful jewel lights of Mount Sumeru, the king of mountains, cannot match a hundredth, or even a thousandth of the qualities of that mountain. Such are the delights of that mountain. Why is that? Because of the power of virtuous actions. The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife have previously engaged in extremely wholesome and pure actions, and those causal factors now make their surroundings exceptionally joyous.
“Moreover, on that mountain are areas that are draped with nets of pearls that are perfectly pure and splendorous. [F.19.a] These pearl garlands, which have arisen from past positive karmic actions, are decoratively arrayed so that the pearls rattle against each other, just as when a city has been decorated with nets of pearls during times of celebration. Where the mountain is festooned with such prodigious pearl nets, hundreds of thousands of flocks of different birds live. The birds call out to the careless and frivolous gods. For the benefit of these gods, the birds warble the following verses called ‘Detailed Appeals’:
“Wishing to help, the birds that live among the pearl nets thus speak these words in order to render the gods such help.
“Furthermore, the atmosphere around this mountain is adorned with numerous colorful, magnificent garlands. Thus, both the immediate atmosphere and the sky above are beautifully illuminated. Akin to the way the people of Jambudvīpa look at what is called the triple-colored ‘bow of Indra,’361 the gods on the slopes of this mountain enjoy the splendor of various jewel lights. [F.20.a] When the gods look at the individual faces of the mountain, they witness the extremely delightful, amazing lights of numerous jewels. Celebrating on each of these mountainsides, the exuberant gods experience the great joy arising from their numerous past actions.
“Just like Mount Sumeru, this mountain also supports forests: the four forests known as Beautiful Ornament, Joyous Play, Sunshine, and Beautiful Nectar. Likewise, there are parks, waterfalls, ponds, lotus groves, rivers, jungles, and caverns. Birds sing, colorful flowers bloom in the gorgeous trees, and the mansions and palanquin houses are all draped with garlands. Along with their retinues, the gods of Living on the Peak362 come to that mountain and those forests to continuously enjoy divine substances, reveling in incomparable sense pleasures.
“The four forests provide a supremely enjoyable environment. In one of the forests, the trees are made of gold from the Jambu River, their foliage is of beryl, and their flowers are ruby colored. Another forest supports silver trees with leaves of exquisite gold and many different flowers that emit perfect fragrances across a hundred leagues, bringing ecstatic bliss to the gods who smell them. [F.20.b] In the third forest, the trees are of beryl, their leaves are of silver, and they bear multicolored flowers with rich aromas. The fourth forest features a hundred thousand cascades, streams, ponds, and songbirds endowed with supreme qualities. The many different colorful songbirds can be compared to Śakra amid the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, for in terms of colors, powers, and splendor, the perfect qualities of the Heaven Free from Strife are exceptional. Because of the gods’ abundant engagement in virtuous karmic actions in the past, this mountain is now endowed with supreme splendor, and many hundreds of thousands of gods surround it as they enjoy the perfect qualities of manifold objects in numerous ways. That is to say, the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are capable of supremely miraculous feats, and they possess exceptional powers. Perfect sense pleasures manifest due to their own past karmic actions, and they relish the five types of objects by means of their six blissful senses. The gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are magnificent, and their past positive actions are what allow them to enjoy the features of this mountain.
“Seeing the joyous gods, flocks of the birds known as permanently happy will warble in spontaneous melodies produced by past karmic actions, to accompany these delightful verses:
“In this way, the birds convey many points of the sacred Dharma to the gods who roam on that mountain. Those among the gods who in the past engaged in wholesome deeds will understand what the birds are saying and keep it in mind. Yet those who did not previously practice the Dharma will not understand even a single word. Therefore, those who wish to benefit themselves and others must make ample efforts to increase the light of wisdom. Nothing else can save, heal, [F.22.a] and liberate beings from all the lower realms. Wisdom is truly the seed of supreme bliss. Those who rely on, contemplate, and venerate wisdom will gain insight endowed with many qualities and will thus be certain to attain the final transcendence of suffering.
“The gods who roam carelessly may comprehend the statements of the birds, and their carelessness will be pacified for a moment. Afterward, however, they will continue to enjoy their sense pleasures, reveling in joyous forests and parks and upon bright summits studded with numerous jewels. This will go on until finally their completed and accumulated acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences have been exhausted. At that point they will fall and enter a new existence, taking birth in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, in accordance with their karmic actions.
“Those who do not take such births may instead be born with the general lot in life of a human. In that case they will always be happy. They will not be subject to the commands of others but be able to do as they please. They will possess great wealth, be insightful, and have tremendous joy, supreme qualities, and perfect bodies. Everyone will treat them with affection and hold them dear, seeing them as delightful and agreeable. They will be served and adored by everyone, and they will be born in a pleasant location, in a marketplace, or in a city. They will be served by their families, companions, and friends. They will become kings or ministers, or sincere upholders and followers of the Dharma, who possess the genuine view. Such are the effects that accord with their karmic actions. [B47] [F.22.b]
The Gods in Living on the Peak364
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he applies insight derived from hearing and thus correctly perceives a realm known as Living on the Peak. Wondering what karmic actions may cause beings to take birth there, he sees with insight derived from hearing. Thus, he notices how people who pursue positive actions and perfectly observe discipline may continuously refrain from causing others pain, while engaging in and accumulating the supreme discipline that noble beings uphold. They adhere to such discipline in a way that is free from degeneration and flaws. This discipline is irreproachable and stable, and it opens up all the gateways to the higher realms while closing all the gateways to the lower realms. With such cooling karmic ripening, they become like fathers or mothers, who are able to give refuge to others and benefit the world.
“Such people are born in that realm due to being endowed with three qualities. What three? Giving up killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. The way killing and stealing are relinquished has already been explained, but how do they give up sexual misconduct? For example, when quickly passing by a group of women dancing, they may either see the women directly or hear the sounds of them and their jewelry from behind a wall. In such cases, they will not relish what they see or hear, they will not think about it, and they will not form any wishes in relation to it. If others should enjoy women dancing, they will not rejoice but seek to stop them and encourage them to confess their misbehavior. They will also explain to them about the problems that otherwise may ensue, saying, ‘Sexual misconduct is a source of flaws. It causes beings to go to hell.’ [F.23.a] In such ways, they help others to understand the character of sexual misconduct and give it up.
“While engaging in virtuous activities such people thoroughly observe discipline and maintain a pure and celibate lifestyle. Hence, when their bodies disintegrate, they go to the joyous higher realms and are born among the gods in Living on the Peak within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, such beings who have engaged in positive actions will experience the following pleasures. The mountain of Living on the Peak extends across five hundred leagues. Upon it, hundreds of species of lovely birds sing beautifully. The birds fill the environment with their deep and vibrant songs. These melodious songs can be heard everywhere.
“When a god first takes birth in that realm, he will do so in the vicinity of a tree composed of the seven precious substances. Just as when a human is woken up by the sound of birds singing at dawn, the god will wake up similarly enraptured by the singing of those birds. Just as when the first rays of the autumn sun shine on the mountaintops, the things around him will similarly become visible more and more. However, these examples are only slightly comparable.
“Once the god has become fully conscious, those birds, which manifest due to past positive karmic actions, will attempt to make him mindful by warbling these verses that are all about positive actions:
“As if in a dream, the gods hear these verses when they awaken. The birds that instruct the gods in this way possess numerous excellent qualities, such as their two wings. When the newly born gods hear these verses, which are sung by the birds that appear due to past beneficial actions, they feel trust in them. With the insight they gain, they become able to recollect their mind states of previous lives, and thus remember how they used to observe a desirable, attractive, and delightful discipline, which is endowed with three qualities. As they remember this, the newly born gods will speak these verses:
“Once the gods have seen the beauty of the frolicking birds and heard their sounds, they will joyfully begin to explore their divine world. Looking around, they will see that the mountain at Living on the Peak is covered with hundreds of thousands of trees that are draped in dazzling garlands. A hundred thousand cascades stream down the mountain, and the warbling of birds can be heard everywhere. The mountain is also adorned with a hundred thousand lovely lotus pools of various designs. The pools are made of numerous kinds of precious substances, and gorgeous humming bees buzz around them. This mountain is so enrapturing and unparalleled that when the inhabitants of the Heaven Free from Strife behold it, they attain a joy that matches its beauty.
“When the newly born god stands up from his seat by the foot of a tree, he will take a look at himself and see that his body is brilliantly luminous, radiating hundreds of light rays that illuminate his surroundings with a beautiful splendor. At the sight of his wondrous body, he is amazed and thus he becomes vain regarding his physical form.
“Then, as his arrogance begins to swell, he will think, ‘There is no one like me!’ As soon as that idea has occurred to him, he will be confirmed about his own perfection no matter who among the other gods he considers. Next, as his five senses perceive their respective objects, this will delight his heart and mind, and so his conceit will grow even larger. At this point his rapture will increase sevenfold, and therefore he will completely forget the virtuous qualities that he is supposed to pursue, because his mind is so fickle and habituated to carelessness. Thus, constantly frivolous, he lives carelessly. Tied by the noose of the five objects, [F.25.a] his longing will increase due to the stains of feeling desire for existence. In this way he will continue his blissful life upon that mountain of Living on the Peak.
“The mountain has three levels—there is a level above and another below. The lower level has five forests known as Traveling Fragrance, Light Ray Peak, Radiant, Constant Enjoyment, and Lofty Peak. Whatever grows in the forest of Traveling Fragrance is endowed with a special scent that can be sensed across five thousand leagues. The forest known as Light Ray Peak is lit up by numerous precious light rays of unparalleled splendor. The forest called Radiant shines with a light that is greater than a thousand suns, and the gods who stay there are blazingly radiant. The forest by the name Constant Enjoyment is filled with perfect sense pleasures. It is a site with many hundreds of thousands of pools and cascades that teem with the perfect taste, fragrance, and color of divine substances. Finally, the forest called Lofty Peak forms a towering and luminous summit formed from the seven precious substances.
“The middle level of the mountain features many hundreds of thousands of multistoried mansions made of the seven precious substances, and there are lotus pools in which flocks of hundreds of thousands of birds frolic about. This level abounds with desirable, attractive, delightful, and continuously appealing sounds, textures, tastes, sights, and aromas.
“The upper level measures five hundred leagues and is filled with gods of great power. It also contains the so-called Jewel Forest, which is filled with many different cascades, streams of food and drink, trees, ponds, lotus pools, groves, parks, wish-fulfilling trees, and divine flowers and fruits. This forest of a hundred thousand exceptional qualities is visited by hundreds of thousands of elated gods and goddesses. [F.25.b] In the Heaven Free from Strife, even Musulundha will travel there to enjoy the five divine sense pleasures related to sounds, textures, tastes, sights, and fragrances, all of which kindle the fire of craving. As the gods on that mountain of Living on the Peak enjoy their many pleasurable objects, they experience a delightful range of distinctive causally produced features.
“When the newly born god has become excited by the pleasurable objects, many of the other gods on the mountain will approach him. When they see that he is alone, they will come closer. Joyfully looking at him with their eyes wide open, they will tell each other, ‘That god is a newborn.’
“Another god will reply, ‘There are five signs to indicate that a god is newborn. A newborn god shines in a particular way. He is covered only in his own natural light and does not otherwise wear any clothing. That is the first sign of a newborn god. The second is that his eyes wander in amazement as he looks at the forests and parks that he has never seen before. That is the second mark of a newborn god. A third sign is that when he sees females, he becomes embarrassed, confused, and hesitant. Furthermore, a newborn god characteristically approaches other gods whom he has not seen before with hesitance. Finally, it is a sign of a newborn god that he becomes fearful and worried when levitating into the sky. Newborn gods are slightly smaller and move slowly; [F.26.a] they will stay close to the ground and support each other as they move. Those are the five signs of a newborn god. All of them indicate that a god has just been born. Now, I shall go to help this newborn god.’
“As the gods come closer to the newly born god, they will form a circle around him and say, ‘Look, you most fortunate one. Your birth here is the result of your own many beautiful past actions. This is due to your observance and cultivation of discipline free from damage, blame,369 or interruption.’
“When those gods whose minds are not consumed by carelessness have said this, they will all spread out and settle in Living on the Peak. Having settled into that world, the newly born god will watch and examine the other gods who, without exception, are engaged in mutual rapture while the sounds of delightful singing and music are heard. Seeing them, he will think, ‘I should go and stay alone in the mountains.’ Hence, he will take off to the mountains of Living on the Peak.
“At that point the god will notice large gatherings of goddesses who are adorned with numerous ornaments, attire, ointments, and powders, and who rejoice to the sounds of musical instruments, drums, and songs. The goddesses are adorned with the finest raiment and ornaments and when see the new god, they will surround him in an ecstatic circle. Gazing at him in amazement, they will offer their salutations.
“Drawing closer, the goddesses will be pleased by their first sight of the god, and so they will say to him jubilantly, ‘God, we have come here to behold you. These forests and parks, valleys, rocks, and mountains are the results of your own past deeds and virtuous activity. Please enjoy yourself. [F.26.b] This heaven is also adorned with dazzling garlands of the seven precious substances. The many mountains abound with groves of many species of trees that are in constant bloom. In the forests of the mountains stand houses draped with vines, and throughout this heaven you can listen to music, drumming, and song. The realm is illumined by pure radiant gold, and you will discover all sorts of waterfalls, rivers, jungles, and lotus groves. In the midst of the sky stand hundreds of thousands of delightful palaces. Please enjoy yourself together with us.’
“In reply, the god, who has manifested from a vast amount of virtuous actions, will say, ‘Let us enjoy and satisfy ourselves with pleasures throughout the heavens.’
“Thus, to the accompaniment of numerous instruments, they will all set out in joyful celebration, experiencing the full effects of their virtuous actions. At one point they will arrive at a forest known as Manifold Chariots, which abounds with beautiful sights, delightful tastes, delicious fragrances, and enjoyable textures. The ground yields to one’s step but bounces back when the foot is lifted. The forest also features fine garments that are smooth, delicate, and exquisite. Many different birds frolic and produce lovely calls. Likewise, many enchanting songs and musical tunes can be heard there. [F.27.a] Traveling to this place, the gods enjoy all those objects as they joyfully celebrate with divine damsels adorned with many kinds of jewelry and special garments. Arriving within this forest that is endowed with such utterly perfect qualities and filled with gods and goddesses, the new god is amazed as he lets his eyes wander among all the exquisite sights. Within the forests and parks stand emerald trees, and from their crowns dangle sapphire garlands. On the ground live many colorful birds adorned with bright circles in the colors of the seven precious substances. These joyous birds warble to each other in melodious ways. In the same way as he surveyed the land, so will he gaze upon the lakes in the forest. There he will notice the colorful forms of infatuated ducks, geese, and swans that make special calls. As the god looks around this vast and diverse forest adorned with sapphire garlands, he will delight in all its beautiful sights.
“As this god, who now possesses all these diverse sense pleasures, peers into the sky, he will see hundreds of thousands of goddesses adorned with the brightest and most colorful ornaments and raiment. They fill the environment and display their bright colors in the sky as if they were painted on a wall or a canvas—a wondrous spectacle of goddesses singing, dancing, and playing music. However, the flaws connected with seeing soon set in, for as he looks into the sky, he will see in its center a hundred sources of life that fluctuate in a variety of ways.370 Next he will cast his gaze upon the lotus groves [F.27.b] and behold with excitement their clusters of bright blue, yellow, and red flowers, as well as the many beautiful aquatic birds that inhabit them, and the various ways they appear. At that point, the gods who are watching all this—all the divine gatherings that are either in the water or gliding through the air, as well as the birds that swim in the lakes, and the coteries of gods that bathe in the water with their perfect and incomparable bodies—will declare that all these sights are the effects of past virtuous actions:
“In this way those gods will recollect their past deeds and, having thus remembered their past lives, will proclaim these verses. Once again, however, they will be led along, habitually, by their attachment to objects. The extremely deceptive attractions of the many desirable sounds, textures, [F.28.a] tastes, sights, and smells will only increase day by day, and so the gods are carried away in hundreds of ways. Celebrating together, they are ruined as they indulge in a glut of sense pleasures. Likewise, the many gods frolic together within the forests, parks, and pristine waters where hundreds of thousands of birds sing and the pathways are composed of the seven precious substances. Great gatherings of joyous gods also travel to celebrate with other parties of happy gods. As the visitors arrive, everyone engages in the most delightful and joyous conversations. Without any animosity, they all mingle as friends, sharing playful games and laughter.
“Even those among the gods with the least possessions are nevertheless followed by ten thousand goddesses, who remain constantly devoted to pleasure, always and insatiably indulging in the enjoyments of the senses as they sport with their seductive charms. The minds of the goddesses are filled with desire in hundreds of thousands of ways. You may wonder what causes and conditions give rise to such supremely gratifying women. Likewise, you may wonder why the vast majority of the inhabitants of the higher realms are female, and why males are few by comparison. There are reasons for this. Those born into the world of the higher realms possess desires to a very strong or a medium degree, whereas their anger is at a medium or a lesser level. In the intermediate state prior to their birth into the god realms, beings will perceive eminently desirable females. This sight will greatly intensify their desire and, as a result, most of them will become female. [F.28.b] It is because of their attachment to pleasure that these beings in the intermediate state assume a female form. This is the reason that females, and not males, predominate in the heavens.
“Some gods have ten thousand such goddesses while others have twenty thousand, thirty thousand, forty thousand, fifty thousand, sixty thousand, and so forth, up to a hundred thousand, and most gods have even more than that. Those who indulge their desires with such ladies are born insatiable. Concerning the process of sexual union, in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, it is the same as among humans. In the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, the gods have intercourse just as humans do. In the Heaven Free from Strife, they rely just on touch. In the Heaven of Joy, speaking is the medium. In the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations, the gods simply gaze at one another, and the gods in the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations insatiably smell aromas or listen to words that they perceive from a distance.
“Throughout all this, every single god remains in harmony with all the goddesses. Everyone is of one mind, and they all find each other attractive. The bodies of the gods are utterly free from flesh, bones, and worms. The gods are neither long nor short, and all of them are powerful. Their strength never wanes, they are capable of subduing others, and they possess tremendous splendor. In this way, a single god can remain in accord with many hundred thousand goddesses. Filled with a lustrous splendor, the gods move gracefully, and their hearts are extremely joyous. In this way they enter the heavens, going and coming as they please. As they enjoy themselves with one after another supreme goddess of the heavens, they relish such pleasures. [F.29.a] Enjoying their partners and the sensual pleasures, they joyfully revel as they please. In this way, by means of a great variety of features, they experience the higher realms. Spending an exceptionally long time on the level of Living on the Peak within the Heaven Free from Strife, they enjoy the pleasures of the five senses in conformity with their own previous karma.
“As the clusters of gods and goddesses roam about in this way,371 they gradually proceed to the forest called Shaken by Fierce Winds, where they will playfully pursue their enjoyments for as long as their past karma permits. When no such karma remains, their retinue of goddesses will abandon them. When the goddesses leave the gods, the following signs in the form of fatal disease will appear. First, whenever they approach an open lotus, it will close. That is the first omen. Another sign of death and transmigration is that whenever they go to a lotus pond or a cluster of trees, all the bees will leave that location. That is the second sign. The third sign is that when they frolic with the goddesses, the latter’s music will make their lust wane. The fourth sign is that whenever they go near a tree, its flowers will wither. The fifth is that when they go sightseeing through the gardens in their chariots, they will be unable to rise into the sky. Those signs pertain to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. There are also the signs witnessed by the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, such as profuse sweating from the armpits, and the like. [F.29.b] Those are signs of certain death and transmigration due to the exhaustion of virtuous actions. They are followed by death conditioned by unvirtuous factors.
“There are also twelve great signs that, as they arise, gradually foretoken death. When a god who possesses previous causes is about to die and transmigrate to a human existence, the light that shines from his body and accompanies him will begin to dim, as when the sun is setting. Likewise, when a god’s flower garlands and fruits begin to decay, that is an indication of impending death. Another sign of death is that the flowers that the god attaches to his hair begin to wither. A further sign of death is that when the god takes a bath, his body’s reflection in the water will appear the way he is about to be reborn—be it as a hell being, starving spirit, animal, or human. After those signs comes a fifth omen, which is that, upon seeing his reflection on the water, the god will be terrified and his body hairs will stand on end, as if they were thorns. At that moment, another sign of death and transmigration will manifest in the form of environmental changes. Thus, whether the god has been sitting upon a seat of beryl, silver, gold, or sapphire, the seat now transforms and turns into copper. Another sign of death and transmigration is that the wind will ruffle the god’s clothing. The ground will feel hot and he will have to get up from his seat, feeling as if a vajra had struck him. [F.30.a] These signs will cause the god’s state of mind to change. As his state of mind is transformed, the sounds, textures, tastes, sights, and smells that he perceives become unpleasant. Thus, the god draws closer to the fire of impermanence.
“The next signs of death and transmigration manifest conjointly. He will no longer see things as other than they actually are, such as stones which are the nature of beryl. He will also witness a complete fall in his standing.372 After that, the women will soon understand from those signs that the god is about to die and will therefore abandon him. They will also begin to speak badly of him, which causes him tremendous torment. The pain produced by this loss of his companions is so severe that none of his other enjoyments can match even a sixteenth of that.
“Next follows the onset of a tenth sign as the god’s faculties degenerate. He will begin to appear with rolling eyes, and so forth. Next comes an eleventh sign of death as his mind, like a water wheel, becomes incapable of staying still. Perceiving the pain of death and transmigration, his mind becomes highly unstable. Thereafter, the faculty of his life force will come to an end. The god witnesses this as akin to when the light of a candle dims and extinguishes once its wick is burned and its fuel is used up. Although he has not yet died or transmigrated, he will now perceive the trees he used to enjoy as if scorched by fire, and the birds that live in them will leave and go elsewhere. Nevertheless, others will still perceive all the former qualities. [F.30.b]
“In the midst of this, the goddesses will abandon the god and go elsewhere. When in his final moments the god comes to understand his decline, he will be overcome by despair and utter these verses:
“Seeing the goddesses leaving him, the god will speak these thoughtful verses that describe the nature of the world.
“Since the nature of the goddesses is crude, they will quickly forsake him and instead start to pursue another god. Just as bees hunting for nectar will leave the withered petals of a lotus destroyed by frost and fly off to other lotus flowers, so the goddesses will abandon the dying god for the sake of another. Then, once again, they will enjoy themselves and revel to the sounds of the five types of instruments. In the forests, parks, ponds, and lotus groves where colorful birds with melodious voices flutter among hundreds of thousands of wish-fulfilling trees, they will enjoy themselves while being attentive to the god they have now attached themselves to. Just as a hundred thousand lives can be forgotten in a single instant, so the goddesses destroy any remembrance of the qualities of their former partner. That is why these women are said to be available to anyone. [F.31.b] They are utterly unreliable, and they are even willing to destroy their companions and spouses just for the sake of a little wealth, or some other such objective. By their very nature, they will not stay to the end and will have no gratitude for all that was done for them in the past. Why? Because their minds are always in flux, like the rim of a water wheel, a city of gandharvas, or a mirage. Such is the nature of all women. When other gods, who have gone through previous training, see the condition of that god at the time of death and transmigration, they will utter the following verses:
“Recalling their previous lives in this manner, such gods will say these words in consideration of the human situation. In the god realms, there is constant daytime because the power of the gods’ own light prevents any nightfall, and thus they calculate time accordingly.
“Still, although they have gained that understanding, these gods will once more be compelled by their desires and thus resume playing around and enjoying themselves in the forests and parks. That is because this is the nature of gods and because it is certain and unquestionable that the consequences of performed deeds must be experienced. Thus, to the accompaniment of the sounds of the five types of instruments, they will enjoy themselves together with other divine gatherings by the rivers, in the jungles, in lotus groves, and in mountainous retreats. [F.32.a] Such gods also have fun sharing stories of daily life and making idle conversation with each other. This is all in conformity with the nature of things.
“This will continue until finally their completed and accumulated acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences have been exhausted. Once that happens, they will die and leave their divine world. Upon death and transmigration, they will proceed to be born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, in accordance with their completed and accumulated actions. Alternatively, should they be born with the general lot in life of a human, they will always be happy. They will be born in a country endowed with the Dharma, and they may also be born as princes. They will be intelligent, learned, and have love for everyone. They may also become kings. In the unlikely event that opposing armies should wage war against them, their country will never lose a battle to the enemy’s army. They will be cheerful and yet thoughtful. Due to their careful attention, they may end up becoming kings or royal ministers. In accordance with their causal actions, they will always be very happy.
The Gods in Ornament of the Mind
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he employs knowledge derived from hearing and so correctly perceives a realm known as Ornament of the Mind. With insight derived from hearing he will further see what karmic actions cause beings to be born there. Thus, he will see how some beings may be virtuous and wise, honest and sincere, endowed with the genuine view, constantly aware of the nature of karmic actions and their effects, and therefore thoroughly abstinent from killing and stealing. They will also refrain from sexual misconduct, just as explained before. Consequently, such people will not entertain any thoughts of sexual misconduct, nor will they ever rejoice when such actions occur. They will never cast a single glance upon a woman with an inappropriate motivation. [F.32.b] They will never have such thoughts or inclinations. Never do they ogle women while in the clutches of the desire that accompanies lustful craving. Never do they entertain inappropriate mental activity regarding sexual intercourse. Instead, they refrain completely, having understood that the ripening of sexual misconduct is undesirable, unattractive, and unpleasant. They do not under any circumstances engage in such conduct themselves, nor do they ever condone the performance of such actions by others.
“Such people benefit both themselves and others and engage constantly in what is certain to be good. They are great vow holders who are free from the terrifying fetters and who perfectly practice austerities to the utmost degree. They have constant mindfulness of what is meaningful. They regard the body as unattractive. They consider all entities to be the same. With constant mindfulness of the view of sameness, they are free from attachment. They are free from the shackles of female deception. They have transcended the condition of ‘female’ or ‘male’ condition. They are a source of everyone’s confidence and trust. Such are the effects of their discipline as they manifest in the present life.
“Such people extinguish the fire of desire that takes the form of thoughts associated with resorting to, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of desirous misconduct. They are perfectly stable and perfectly joyous. They abide in supreme bliss and experience supreme joy. When the bodies of such utterly pure beings disintegrate, they will, after their deaths, go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Ornament of the Mind within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, such beings who have performed actions that result in happiness will experience abundant divine pleasures. Their bodies will be free from flesh, bone, and lymph, possess a natural light, and remain constantly blissful. [F.33.a] They will constantly experience vast enjoyments. While relishing the joys of divine substances with great qualities, they will reside amid a hundred thousand goddesses like gorgeous Mount Sumeru, which towers, illuminated and resplendent, amid the planets and stars. These gods are adorned with a supernal light that is produced by their past positive actions. Always luminous, they enjoy themselves amid other gods, sustained by numerous enrapturing sounds, textures, tastes, sights, and smells that gratify their five senses.
“While residing in this way, a god of this kind may think, ‘I should go to some other delightful land.’
“No sooner has this thought occurred than his virtuous actions cause the attending goddesses to understand his wish. They will then say to him, ‘We have enjoyed the pleasures of this heavenly environment, but let us now go somewhere else. Let us go to the summit known as Encircled by a Thousand Houses, a place that is studded with numerous kinds of jewels, a dwelling place of many hundreds of thousands of gods.’
“Hearing about that forest, the god feels tremendously happy, and so he will exclaim, ‘Let us go where you wish!’
“The god will then ascend into the open sky, and thence they will journey to the summit of A Thousand Houses, which is endowed with myriad gems. From a distance of five hundred leagues, they will hear the songs of a hundred thousand joyous goddesses, and their delightful, arousing exclamations, as they perform their dances. The god who is flying through the sky, surrounded by his goddesses, will then join in the singing. [F.33.b] With great delight, he will quickly approach the summit of Encircled by a Thousand Houses. Hearing the enchanting sounds of song, dance, and romance, the goddesses are struck with excitement, and thus they follow him gleefully.
“As they arrive before the mountain of Encircled by a Thousand Houses, the god will notice its many riches, such as the abundance of the seven precious substances. There are also delightful lotus pools and serene and lovely songbirds that mingle with one another out of sheer joy. There are cascades and cool ponds from which the lovely sounds of water may be heard. The mountain also features forests that abound with birds of enrapturing sounds and appearances, numerous adornments made of the seven precious substances, and rows of delightful mansions arrayed along the ground, which is formed by many types of gems and filled with an abundance of lovely landforms. There, the gorgeous and smiling gods and goddesses sport throughout the glades in a state of great exaltation. This setting features marvelous and stunningly beautiful mountains, streams, and cliff overhangs. There are many elegant swans, ducks, and geese that sail through the waters as they make their enchanting calls of exuberant passion. There are myriad colorful standards and banners that flutter in the breeze and display their beauty. There are also rows of splendid mansions in the sky above that are made of copious dazzling jewels that are exceedingly beautiful to behold. [F.34.a] The gatherings of perfect gods and goddesses caress each other and lie down together, chuckling passionately. On the ground made of exquisite gems stands the massive and majestic mountain with its summit of splendid vajra and an abundance of exceptionally delightful terraces and parks. The terraces are studded with hundreds of thousands of types of flowers with unique shapes, colors, and scents. Among the leaves of these flowers, humming bees work busily.375 Such are the perfections of the mountain Encircled by a Thousand Houses.
“As the god and his host of goddesses encircle the mountain in the sky, they will behold all these features. Seeing such perfections, the god is overjoyed, and thus he will call out to the goddesses, ‘Look at this summit with its one thousand mansions! What a delightful and superb mountain!’
“The god will say many such things, and when the goddesses have listened to him, they will reply, ‘We do see all this beauty. We have always been coming to this place, and we have seen it many hundreds of thousands of times. O god, if you have never seen it before, then please look closely!’
“In this manner, accompanied by his own people and his own retinue, the newly born god will behold the summit of a thousand palaces. Having traveled there through the sky, he will, while his divine retinue make playful calls, gaze upon the ecstatic gods with his eyes wide open. Some of them will then come look at the recent arrival. [F.34.b] They will exclaim, ‘He is a newborn!’ and so jubilantly they will come forth and wrap their arms around him. They will say, ‘The more we gather, the more prodigious our group will be. In that way, our enormous divine congregation can perform a musical play. With this vast and powerful divine congregation of ours, we should perform our play before Lord Musulundha.’
“When, from a distance, other gods see the newly arrived god in this way, surrounded by a divine gathering, they will join their palms above their heads in veneration and say, ‘Come join our play. Please take a good look around.’
“Surrounded by gatherings of gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and their ruler, the newly arrived god will proceed to enjoy himself and have fun amid vast gatherings of gods, experiencing the consequences of his positive actions. While thus enjoying himself due to his positive actions, he will enter forests and the like. There, he will hear the inhabitants of the Heaven Free from Strife say, ‘A god who was not here before has come to celebrate!’
“Upon hearing such words, the newly born god will begin to think, ‘Where might the king of the Heaven Free from Strife be amusing himself with the five sense pleasures?’
“He will then call to the gods who follow him in attendance and propose, ‘Let us go to the place where King Musulundha amuses himself!’
“To the accompaniment of songs, drums, music, and jubilant tunes, everyone will then set out for the place where the king celebrates. They will see Musulundha from afar, residing in the middle of a red water lily. The flower that the king has entered is gorgeous, displaying a hundred thousand petals that form a cavern-like mansion with the most exquisite fragrance. Inside the flower, goddesses play with water birds that make many different lovely calls. [F.35.a] The red water lily is luminous and glowing in a radiance that resembles the light of many different jewels. However, it is even more beautiful than such light, for this is a most precious flower. Outshining the light of myriad jewels, it shines with a red light. The light is of such a deep red color that it somewhat resembles that of a ruby, or the shining autumn sun, and yet the intensity of this red light is far deeper.
“Entering the dazzling petals of the red water lily, the goddesses there enjoy the pleasures of the five senses while bees swarm around them. The gods who enter may think, ‘We should have bit of nectar to drink.’ The moment they have this wish, numerous fragrant and cooling streams begin to flow amid the petals. While the gods and Musulundha, ruler of the gods, experience the vast and supreme pleasures of their objects, they may think, ‘Ah, there should be some beautiful songs for us who have entered this water lily.’ At that very moment, a delightful breeze will stir and begin to fan the petals. As the petals touch one another they will produce music so delightful that the five types of instruments cannot match even a sixteenth of it. Hearing such unprecedented music, the gods will keep listening with ecstatic attention. [F.35.b] In this way, the gods who have entered among the petals of the red water lily will enjoy themselves together with Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.
“As they enjoy themselves, the gods may come to think, ‘Ah, while we abide here, enjoying ourselves and having fun, it would be nice if this water lily would fly up into the sky.’ The moment they form this idea, the water lily will indeed take off into the sky, like a swan. From there, the gods inside the water lily can watch how other gods frolic and enjoy themselves within the forests and parks, enjoying pleasures in accordance with their own karmic actions. By the power of their incomparably immaculate discipline, those who have entered the water lily are able to enjoy numerous such heavenly features together with King Musulundha. In this way, they experience concordant karmic consequences, which are either lesser, medium, middling, or superior, within their forests, parks, ponds, and splendid assemblies.
“When the newly born god has watched and examined all this for a long time, he will approach the summit of Encircled by a Thousand Houses. As he arrives in this land produced by inconceivable karmic actions, he will proceed with an ecstatic mind toward the anthers of the red water lily where Musulundha resides. There, in this vast realm of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will celebrate surrounded by numerous goddesses to the sounds of drums, music, and song, blissfully engaging in perfect sense pleasures.
“The radiance from Musulundha’s red water lily fills the environment with a red light so dazzling that there is no example for it. [F.36.a] The color is so red that the color of the blooming aśoka tree cannot match even a sixteenth of it. Within that water lily, the gods and goddesses enjoy diverse and copious divine pleasures, as the newly born god approaches the place where Musulundha, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, resides with his retinue. Standing before him, he will join his palms above his head and prostrate. Musulundha will then address the newly born god with the following verses:
“In this way, Musulundha will instruct him with great sincerity about the Dharma. Once he has delivered his instructions, Musulundha and a retinue of thousands of gods will leave the red water lily and go to a mountain peak known as All Worlds. Made of the seven precious substances, this peak measures five hundred leagues and is full of the most wonderful waterfalls, pools, lotus ponds, forests, parks, flowers, and flocks of birds. All the major and minor parts of the mountain are replete with excellent qualities. As Musulundha arrives there, he will joyfully amble among the mountain’s numerous exquisite cascades and pools.
“The five hundred leagues of this mountain, All Worlds, feature the following delights. At the base of the summit lie a group of pools called Joyous to Behold. These pools surround the summit, which looms like an elephant’s tusk in the center. [F.37.b] Also, all around the mountain stretch plateaus of the seven precious substances that illumine the summit in the most magnificent way. Extending from the summit as if they were its shoulders, seven ornamental terraces protrude from the mountain five hundred leagues above the divine world. The terraces are respectively made of gold, silver, beryl, sapphire, pearl, ruby, and mother-of-pearl, and they are filled with vast and exquisite parties of joyous gods and goddesses. Seeing and hearing them is enrapturing, and they shine brilliantly as they are adorned with the finest jewels. Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, hastens to this mountain surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of gods. As he surveys the billions of frolicking gods, he will speak these words:
“As he sees the summit of All Worlds, Musulundha will speak these verses out of compassionate love, noticing the many billions of ecstatic gods and goddesses who fill the realm. He notices how totally attached to objects they are and how they fail to see the truth of the way karmic actions have consequences. He sees that they are bound by the chains of careless craving, and thus scorched in the flames of burning desire. Once he has spoken those words, he will then advance into the realm of All Worlds.
“Since the consequences of karmic actions are certain to be experienced, Musulundha partakes of the resultant experiences of joyous excitement. Thus, escorted by many hundreds of thousands of gods, he will enter amid the celebrations in the parks and settle on the mountain peak. The gods on that mountaintop possess the five sense pleasures and are therefore all happy, sustained by the food of joy. When they see Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, some will fly up into the middle of the sky, others will put on numerous garlands and ointments, still others will travel through the sky within chariots that are like birds, and some among his female partners will come to attend on him. To the accompaniment of music of the five types of instruments, troupes of goddesses will form around him in passionate yearning. [F.38.b] Adorned with numerous kinds of ornaments and costumes, they will approach the king as he arrives. Still other gods will scatter a shower of heavenly fragrant flowers that never wither on the path where the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife strides. Some gods will play golden great drums, lutes, earthen drums, and cymbals, and others will sing melodious songs as they welcome Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Some goddesses will come forth with wine that has the most sumptuous flowery fragrance. Casting glances at him, they will also proffer garlands of divine substances, while their garments flutter in the breeze as they travel through the sky to receive the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. There are also gods who will ascend into the open sky to receive Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Thus, according to their individual karmic actions that may be inferior, intermediate, or extraordinary, the gods will come forth to present offerings to the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, each one of them adorned with numerous ornaments, garments, and designs. As the king of the gods receives the praises of the gods in this way, he arrives on the summit of All Worlds.
“Upon his arrival, the king of the gods will be exhilarated by what he sees, and thus he will experience the pleasures of the beings in this land that is filled with sense pleasures. All the incomparable divine substances will keep increasing day by day, due to the power of these beings’ past positive actions. As he experiences the numerous pleasures of the forests, parks, pools, and lotus groves, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will rejoice upon the summit of All Worlds together with the playful gods. [F.39.a]
“As for the goddesses there, they have taken such a birth among great congregations of gods by virtue of the power of their past positive actions combined with the manifestation of unskillful means. When the time for their death and transmigration draws near, the following early signs of their impending death will be observed. Their breasts will dry out, they will become wrinkled, all the flowers that adorn them will wither upon touch, and even the red flowers that they bind to their heads will become yellowish. A further sign of their approaching death and transmigration is that they will be unable to walk properly. Other such signs are that the wind will tussle their garments, and their unwoven fabrics will now become woven instead and will feel coarse to the touch. Another sign of the death and transmigration of a goddess is that she will become fatigued when flying through the sky. Perspiration will appear on her skin. Her bright luster will become darkened. It is also a sign of death and transmigration that when, for example, she reaches out to pick the flowers or fruits of a tree, they will suddenly move far away and she will be unable to touch them. Also, when the gods listen to her, although they used to desire her, they now lose their lust for her, and instead they will see her as physically unattractive. As a further sign of her death and transmigration, a goddess’s hair will also be tussled by the wind and become stiff. Reckoned in human terms, the above signs of death last for a thousand years, but they take ten days according to the gods’ own calculation. After these have appeared, the signs of the death and transmigration of these divine beings will manifest with double force and then they will die. [F.39.b]
“The gods who are always extremely attached to pleasure experience the following signs that they are about to pass away. When they walk on the ground it feels unpleasant, and it no longer yields to their steps and bounces back when they lift their feet. They will find themselves alone without any goddesses for companionship. Moreover, at that moment there are some other foretokens of imminent death. For example, against their wishes the ground will shake. Another omen of death and transmigration is that they will forget their playful songs and they won’t see anyone who can sing them correctly. The performances of dance and song that the goddesses otherwise know so well due to their unique karmic actions will now end and be forgotten. Another related sign of death and transmigration is that whenever they go to a lotus pool, pond, or stream they will see their future birth reflected in the water. An omen of immediately impending death is that their bracelets, necklaces, and side ornaments will begin to feel heavy. Another such sign is that the colors of their fine seats will fade, and whether they were made of gold, beryl, or sapphire, they will now turn into wood. Yet another sign of imminent death is that they will misperceive those ponds that have just manifested. When perspiration drips from their body, just as it does with humans, it is a terrifying foretoken that the time of death has come. Another omen of death is that all these gods will become dizzy. [F.40.a] They will feel wobbly and discombobulated as when a person has been spinning on a wheel. That experience will be detrimental to all their faculties, and thus the gods will become joyless and perceive only distressing sights. As karmic actions are what maintain their life force, when the time for taking birth elsewhere has come, the gods will begin to perceive things in accord with their future birth, just as mentioned before. The goddesses will also experience the intermediate existence in a similar fashion due to their passionate minds. When Musulundha observes in this way how they die and transmigrate, he feels intense weariness. Seeing how the goddesses suffer a terrible downfall, he will speak the following verses:
“Thus speaks Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, having seen all this and being unable to stop the terrors of death and transmigration. He sees how everyone is bound to change and how, nevertheless, the joyous and playful gods with their numerous sense pleasures still fail to realize the terrors of death and transmigration. Understanding how in this way they are just like cattle, he thinks, ‘Alas, how can they be so near to death, and yet not be terrified!’
“With this thought, he becomes terrified, and yet he cannot make the others understand the horrors of death and transmigration. Although there are many reasons to teach them about their inappropriate objects and situations, all the gods believe their objects are perfect. Their minds are so absorbed in them that there is no proper occasion, and thus he is unable to introduce the gods to the Dharma. Therefore, while terrified inside, he outwardly engages in abundant joyous games and celebrations so as to make the gods follow him.
“And so, at the summit of the world the gods and goddesses live in their exceptionally delightful lotus groves, flower meadows, and parks, where they remain intoxicated in each other’s company. Engaged in that single pursuit, their craving for all the delightful objects there continually increases. In this way, they enjoy the forests, parks, ponds, and landscapes, as they sing songs and drink nectars that have exquisite fragrances and consistency.
“While singing a variety of songs and enjoying themselves in this way, the gods will at some point come to the central terrace of the mountain and will notice that this terrace is made of beryl. At that moment, a transformation of the gods will take place. [F.41.a] All of their many different gems will turn blue due to the light that shines from the beryl. It causes everything to turn blue—everything there turns completely blue. When the gods notice this extraordinary blue color, they will be filled with amazement and exclaim, ‘We have seen hundreds of thousands of chariots, but this beryl light is unlike anything that we have seen before! What is it that gives this mountain such splendor?’
“At that time, a god among them will say, ‘Listen carefully to this account that I have heard concerning the causes of this. Regarding the splendors of this great blue light, I have heard the following. When in the past the king of the Heaven of Joy, Praśānta, descended to Jambudvīpa to worship the perfect buddha Kāśyapa, he inserted a jewel among the beryls here at the summit of All Worlds in order to amaze and delight the gods. The splendor of that jewel made the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife understand how karmic effects may be either heavy or light, and their pride was crushed. In that way, they came to possess the essence of the Dharma. Based on seeing this jewel, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife understood how the gods of the Heaven of Joy are greater than them. They realized how their own happiness is minor when compared to the happiness of the gods of the Heaven of Joy, and how their own lights, colors, and shapes, as well as their powers and realms, are extremely insignificant in comparison. In the course of these events, they became enraptured by watching the splendor of this jewel. [F.41.b] Those among them who were careless became free of their infatuation. They became true followers of the Dharma, adhered to the Dharma, and, in the future, they kept following the Dharma in better and better ways. For those reasons, the ruler of the Heaven of Joy inserted the jewel.’
“The great gathering of gods will listen to these words of this god with tremendous appreciation and then, in amazement, go looking for the jewel at the summit of All Worlds. There they will find it, radiating light that is a hundred times brighter than other gems. This jewel shines even brighter than other very bright gems, so what need is there to mention lackluster gems? Hence, the gods will abandon all the luminous and splendid jewels that are found in the Heaven Free from Strife and now only be preoccupied with this one jewel, which remains resplendent, spreading its light across a thousand leagues. Its light outshines all the jewels of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Just as the rising sun shines brighter than all the planets, stars, and other celestial bodies, so this jewel shines brighter than all other gems within the Heaven Free from Strife. Witnessing such splendor, the pride of the gods is pacified. Humbled by its overpowering light, the gods will now look at this one jewel only. They will then notice these verses that liberate beings from attachment, written in letters of pure gold:
“When the gods hear these verses at the great beryl stone, those of them whose minds are accustomed to virtue will develop great sadness. However, those who are fooled by objects will, due to their delusion, again become excited by their objects and enjoy them.
“Thus, having gone to All Worlds, the gods will circumambulate the jewel, completely amazed by the features of its light. Then, as it is in their nature to be careless, they will once again indulge themselves in their bountiful pleasures. It is impossible to provide any example for the happiness that they feel.
“As they once again become careless, they will next proceed to the river called Great Waters, playing various drums and musical instruments. Pulled along by the noose of their tenacious craving for objects and pushed by the relentless concern for objects to which they have become habituated since beginningless time, they now proceed to the river of Great Waters, as they enjoy themselves lustily to the sounds of music and song. [F.43.a] The river of Great Waters is lined with trees and filled with lotuses, and many kinds of songbirds warble delightfully there. The river’s banks are perfumed with the fragrance of lotuses, and the ravished gods will assemble there, singing their songs, having arrived there from a lesser existence. With elated minds, they will enjoy themselves on the riverbanks, experiencing a plethora of sense pleasures while they listen to the captivating and delightful music of the five types of instruments. Meanwhile, the river rushes by with tremendous force.
“On the banks of the river lives the bird known as the one that dwells in fresh foliage. Stirred by past positive actions, the joyful bird will tweet these verses to help the gods:
“In this way, the bird that dwells in fresh foliage will chirp these verses, motivated by positive karmic actions. When the gods hear these genuinely caring verses, they will become tremendously sad and think, ‘Even though you are an animal, you are still capable of following the Dharma in this way. Our case is different. With minds like ours, we will fall headlong into the lower realms.’
“Having gained that understanding, some of the gods will now leave the river behind and assemble elsewhere. To each other those gods will say:
“With such verses, the gods make a common commitment to follow the Dharma, and for a short while, they will indeed keep the Dharma in mind. However, since their faculties are so fond of pursuing objects, they will soon go back to the other gods when they see how they are enjoying, relishing, and experiencing an inconceivable array of desirable, attractive, and delightful pleasures. In this way, deluded by objects, they will only indulge more and more with each passing day. They will continue to enjoy these perfect divine sense pleasures until finally their many positive acts with desirable and delightful consequences have been exhausted. Although they keep relishing the five objects that manifest as supremely delightful divine substances, [F.44.a] once their actions are exhausted, they will again move on, driven by their karmic actions, and will thus take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals.
“Should they die and transmigrate otherwise, they may be born with the general lot in life of a human. In that case they will possess supreme enjoyments. Free from injury and with many possessions, they will be born in a supreme family. They will live in harmony with all the people of the land and everyone will honor them. They will be free from harm and disease, extremely intelligent, and in perfect accord with their male and female servants, employees, and laborers. They will be born in a desirable land with exquisite cities. They will not be born in a barbaric place where people do not know how to distinguish Dharma from non-Dharma. Their faculties will be fully intact, and they will possess mature intellects, be attentive, and be in full control of their minds. To become such exalted beings with three excellent qualities is the result of having carried out and accumulated positive actions. It is an effect that is in accordance with karmic actions that are certain to cause birth as a god. [B48]
The Gods in Continuous Movement
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he applies insight derived from hearing and so correctly perceives a realm known as Continuous Movement. Wondering what karmic actions may cause beings to take birth there, he sees with insight how some people engage in positive actions, are honest and have honest minds, practice and adhere to the Dharma, and conduct themselves in ways that are pure, irreproachable, and wholesome. Such people will have the mind of a spiritual teacher who has given up desires. [F.44.b] They are wary of even the subtlest speck of evil, have realized the authentic view, have given up unwholesome friends, and have constant faith in the way karmic actions carry consequences. With their minds in equipoise they practice positive physical and verbal actions and maintain discipline endowed with three qualities.
“As for the way they give up killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct, the former two are as explained before. In terms of giving up sexual misconduct, monks do not look at or enjoy females for even a moment. Even at night they do not contemplate the appearances of women. They have few wants and perfect contentment, and when they go on walks during the day, their minds are in utter equipoise. With the rope of mental control, they quickly rein in their senses. They pay attention to the body. They delight in keeping their minds well guarded and enjoy examining the elements, sense sources, and aggregates. They have no fondness for gatherings or groups and do not become entangled in their society for even half a day. They do not associate with people who are deceptive or aggressive, and they do not keep a household. They are not inclined to go to town or frequent cities, highways, or intersections. They do not pursue meetings with friends or companions and aim to keep them brief. They are diligent and pursue knowledge and understanding with constant endeavor. Directing their minds in the proper way, they follow spiritual masters. When the bodies of those who practice such discipline later disintegrate, these beings will after death [F.45.a] be born among the congregations of the gods in Continuous Movement within the Heaven Free from Strife. Once born there, they will enjoy perfect music and supreme happiness. They will attain abundant and diverse pleasures, as if those were the imprint left by a seal.
“On the outskirts of Continuous Movement lie two mountains, and this realm also features four forests: Rich and Dark Shade, Diverse Movements, Universal Growth, and Buoyant Movement. In the forest of Rich and Dark Shade the trees are all the color of sapphire, and they bear leaves of gold and silver. With perfect beauty that transcends description, the branches of the trees cast their shadows across five hundred leagues, making them appear like blackish-blue rainclouds. The forests of Diverse Movements and Universal Growth are different, for within them grow many species of trees with different colors and shapes. The sizes and trunks are all different, and many different birds live in them. Thus, there are trees having golden trunks with silvery leaves, beryl trunks with coral leaves, coral trunks with silver leaves, and a variety of trunks that bear a variety of leaves and cast a variety of shadows. There are also trees draped with vines, and in certain areas there are secluded huts made of vines.380 All the land is extremely vast and delightful, and it is adorned by swarms of beautiful, humming bees. Within the second of the two forests, Universal Growth, the gushing and splashing noises of various waterfalls and streams can be heard. Everywhere throughout that land, one hears the sound of gushing water as well as the lovely calls of peacocks and cuckoos. Finally, in the forest of Buoyant Movement, the appearances of the trees are indescribably enjoyable and resplendent. [F.45.b] Throughout its shady glades, parks, and lotus groves, one sees everything extremely clearly. The gods who stay in or visit this place are able to see through things, as if they were made of glass or crystal.
“The splendor of the mountains is such that they display, accurately and completely, the contexts of the gods’ death and transmigration. Hence, as they invariably foresee their own death and transmigration, the gods develop weariness with existence, cognizant of their own impending destruction. Being born in a place that has such qualities is the effect of numerous virtuous actions.
“Thus, while the gods initially take birth in these mountains, they will not live carelessly, for they would then fall into the lower realms. Once born there, they begin to enjoy the numerous perfect sense pleasures that are available to them amid the forests, pools, and blooming lotus groves. To the sounds of music and surrounded by hosts of goddesses, they enjoy themselves and celebrate. Thus, as the effects of their previously explained virtuous actions, they will fully enjoy themselves in myriad ways among these mountains. As effects of their positive actions, they will become supremely powerful and splendid, and while they enjoy themselves in this way, they will behold the five great wonders of those mountains. They will perceive how they themselves died and transmigrated in previous lives, how they took birth in their current realm due to actions in past lives, how they eventually will die and transmigrate into other existences, [F.46.a] and how much happiness they will experience in those future lives. They will also see the same with respect to others, perceiving those who will be born into that god realm after a hundred eons, or even a billion eons. In this way, they foresee those who will take birth in that heavenly realm, except for those instances obscured due to very long timespans and therefore inaccessible to their investigations. Such are their wondrous visions caused by the splendor of the mountains, which the gods witness as the result of their virtuous actions.
“As the gods witness those many wonders, they grow disenchanted as an outcome of their positive past karmic actions. The flaws in the abyss of existence throughout birth, death, and transmigration will initially make them feel weary of even meritorious actions. These unbearably painful and horrifying flaws will then make them feel weary of mixed actions as well. Witnessing the blend of flaws connected to the abyss of existence, they will keep watching as they come to the mountains.
“Cyclic existence is an abyss of constant death, transmigration, and rebirth. The flaws of that abyss cannot be stopped and only increase day and night. Seeing this waterwheel of suffering, the gods will no longer be happy with anything. Their extremely delightful divine sense pleasures—all the exquisite sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents—will now seem to them like rice meal mixed with poison. No longer seeing them as enjoyable, they will instead develop strong aversion to their copious pleasures of heavenly substances. Displeased, the gods will now begin to instruct many other gods out of a wish to benefit them and bring them happiness. In that way, the gods will train by means of body, speech, and mind and engage in many positive actions. Emerging as teachers of the sacred Dharma, [F.46.b] they will convey clearly and elaborately the teachings of the buddhas for the sake of those who live in carelessness.
“They will explain that careless beings who remain in carelessness and are lost in the great abyss of objects will encounter five terrors: birth, aging, disease, death, and their own karma. Those terrors await them due to karmic actions and are their lot in life. They will explain that careless beings will encounter the terror of losing what is agreeable and beautiful, the terror of being separated from their companions, and the four terrors. They will explain these matters free from desire, without any wish for respect, and without being influenced by conceit or arrogance. Free from such factors, they will teach the words of the buddhas. They will only explain a portion of the buddhas’ teaching at this point, however, for they fear that their learning is insufficient, since they have not elsewhere received further teachings or illustrative examples. Also, worrying that it might take too long, they will provide no other reasoning or examples. Yet, in the future, they will transmit what was not yet heard. They only explain the Dharma out of a wish to make others abandon their many desires, and from their teaching it is discernible how one circles through the horrors of death, transmigration, and rebirth.
“The following contexts of teaching the Dharma have particularly prodigious effects: Teaching the view of peace to one’s mother, one’s father, a sick person, or someone who adheres to a mistaken view. Teaching the Dharma to beings at the place and time of their death. Teaching the Dharma to eliminate the view that there are no causes, such as in those who believe that beings are in cyclic existence randomly and independent of causes. Teaching the Dharma to those who live in remote places and have never heard it before. Teaching those who are on the road, those traveling the high seas, or those living on the ocean. Teaching the careless. [F.47.a] Pacifying the pride of kings, princes, or those who are reckless due to their youth. Teaching the Dharma in a way that shows the unfortunate consequences of killing to those who kill excessively and are careless, thereby causing them to give up killing. Teaching the path in the higher realms to those who are fond of fighting. Teaching those with deficient learning about how to pursue learning and to endeavor in the Dharma in numerous ways. Teaching the Dharma to women who are suffering from arrogance and afflicted by the terrifying flaws of stinginess, so that they may stop and bring an end to their avarice.
“If genuine Dharma teachers correctly explain the Dharma to people of those twelve kinds they will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, be born in the realm of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. There, they will see how birth, death, and transmigration occur due to karmic actions, and they will develop weariness with respect to the entirety of cyclic existence.
“Those gods who are not taught the Dharma and who do not experience any such Dharma teaching will instead continue to enjoy themselves and celebrate. Among their perfect and abundant enjoyments, where birds sing delightful and inspiring tunes while large and small bells jingle, they will enjoy their pleasures at lotus pools of exquisite color and fragrance where hundreds of thousands of bees are buzzing. Next, they will go to enjoy themselves at the feet and on the terraces of the mountains. Together with goddesses who have perfect physiques and marvelous, supreme qualities, they will sing and enjoy themselves. For their perfect pleasure, the gods drink nectars of impeccable flavor, fragrance, and color, and, as they do so, the already careless gods will become even more infatuated. [F.47.b] Excitedly, they will journey to a forest on those mountains known as Joyous Birds. There they will dwell on a terrace formed from beryl. The terrace is decorated with golden ornaments and gems of the seven precious substances, and around it fly gorgeous birds with superb qualities. As the gods keep reveling in their sense pleasures, they are never satisfied, and their yearning is never fulfilled. So long as a fire is fed fuel and fanned by the wind, it will never burn out. Likewise, childish beings with craving will never be satisfied. Why? Since time without beginning they have been deceived by their craving, their minds have been ruled by insatiable craving, and objects have never satisfied them. In such childish, ordinary individuals, the faculties for pleasure are never satisfied.
“On that delightful terrace, the gods enjoy themselves together. Within supremely enjoyable mansions that have magnificent and superb qualities, they experience a great variety of myriad enjoyable sense pleasures. When other gods, who are cautious and careful, see how those gods roam about absorbed in careless pursuits, they will address them out of love:
“With such verses, those gods who are not careless and who do not live carelessly instruct the others. As they see the nature of karmic actions and the way things are produced by one’s individual karmic actions, they develop fear of their own karmic actions. With this, they are filled with love, and thus they begin to explain this to the others. It is apparent that the gods in Continuous Movement enjoy themselves in numerous ways on the mountains there, just as they ascertain reality in various ways.
“Additionally, the supremely delightful forests and parks that the gods who live on these mountains experience [F.48.b] are for the most part made of beryl and silver. The foremost among them is called Sole Shadow, which is a forest in which there are no shadows. Also, the Sole Shadow forest is made of the most delightful beryl. The ground there gives way to one’s step and bounces back when the foot is lifted. Birds sing and the forest has hundreds of lotus groves, cascades, ponds, and pools. There, the happy gods enjoy themselves in numerous ways.
“Sole Shadow contains five great pools that are home to exquisite swans, ducks, and geese. The infatuated birds produce calls in many enrapturing ways, thus filling the environment with their tunes. Numerous aquatic flowers emerge from the water, yet they are never sullied by mud stirred up by the wind that ripples the surface of the water. Within the lotuses and other flowers that grow in those pristine ponds, the gods befriend each other as they enjoy themselves and celebrate. There are five ponds there, known as Delightful to Behold, Water That One Never Tires Of, Joyous Birds, Constant Happiness, and Joyful Gods. Hundreds of thousands of bright bees in many shapes and colors flit about there, producing a sonorous humming as they sip the flower nectars with an intense fervor for their taste. Hearing the buzzing of the bees makes the gods ecstatic, and when they see the bees they will rush forward. The ponds are filled with extremely clear water, and their colors, shapes, and aromas are all gorgeous. When the gods behold the ponds, they will enter them one after the other and play with each other in the waters. [F.49.a] Relishing these most perfect sense pleasures, they will joyfully frolic among the many enjoyments.
“At that time, the most enrapturing sounds can be heard, for the sounds of nāgas, gandharvas, the water, and the many different birds all blend into a rich symphony. In this way, numerous sounds and words mingle, and joyous words and sounds ring out in a magnificent stream. The sounds of the exuberant gods blend with the singing of the birds, and the myriad sounds made by nāgas also join the mix. This produces an entrancing symphony that captivates the attention of the gods who reside on other mountains, so that they can no longer focus on their own enjoyment of supreme and superb pleasures. Likewise, when the deer and birds that live in other locations hear these enrapturing tunes, they stop eating their rich and delicious foods. Without moving their eyes or ears, they now listen to the symphony of bird song and sounds produced by the nāgas. They keep relishing, again and again, the unusual and enchanting sounds of the nāgas, tones that are so delightful that even gods who live elsewhere become inspired.
“When the gods in Continuous Movement have enjoyed the pleasures at these five delightful ponds for a very long time, they will proceed to Enjoyment of Drinks, a forest that abounds with drink, in order to enjoy themselves there. In pursuit of beverages and an inspiring place to hang out, they gradually turn up there. [F.49.b] Upon arrival, they will, by the power of their positive actions, immerse themselves in the pristine waters of a fathomless river. This river flows with ambrosias that have sublime fragrance, taste, and color. The aromas of the river can be sensed across five leagues382—they gather and spread across the full five leagues.383 The waters in the river manifest in accordance with whatever drinks the gods may wish for. Ruled by their desirous minds, the gods participate in the most terrifying games of pleasure. People who roam about in search of pleasure feel their enjoyments increase when their minds can pursue such pleasures, even if they no longer have a home. What then to think of those who enjoy free access to whatever they like while music from the five types of instruments is playing?
“The frolicking gods enjoy beverages that are completely free of any negative side effects. What they drink is perfectly agreeable and endowed with the most exquisite aromas. The joy that they feel is therefore indescribable. Traipsing around joyfully, they drink nectars and enjoy each other’s company for a long time. Since their minds have been involved in tenacious craving since beginningless time, this is what they continue to cultivate.
“Intoxicated by the poison of craving, the gods in Continuous Movement are insatiable, and so they think, ‘We haven’t yet been to the backside of these mountains, so let’s ascend over there.’ They will all entertain this notion collectively, and everyone one will agree: ‘Let’s do it!’ [F.50.a]
“Experiencing their past karmic actions, these luminous gods of supreme splendor will joyfully descend onto the mountain summits, having flown there by the power of their minds. Endowed with perfect miraculous powers, they will assemble to the accompaniment of music of the five types of instruments resounding throughout all directions, and even the sublime aromas will increase. Outmatching the stars, their playful bodies gather in the midst of the sky. Then, through their mastery of miraculous powers, which they have obtained due to their past positive actions, they will journey to their destination, the backside of the mountains. There, they will find large and small bells, waterfalls, streams, ponds, groves, embankments, flowers, the most delightful singing of birds, and divine substances with delectable fragrances. When they have thus toured the bright and harmonious environment of the mountains’ backside, they will once again congregate in the sky.
“As these happy friends assemble, some of them will gather in groups of one hundred, whereas others will join groups of two or three hundred. Such differences are due to differences in their karmic backgrounds. Thus, these groups of gods who celebrate together are of various sizes, some containing one thousand, others two thousand, still others three thousand, and so forth, up to twenty thousand assembled gods. Joyfully participating in various dances, playing drums, and singing songs, they will roam from forest to forest. Visiting one nectar-producing lotus grove after the other, they wind their way through the nectar-laden groves to the sound of music of the five types of instruments.
“The backside of the mountains also displays other supreme and delightful elements. All the stones there are gems [F.50.b] and the ground is strikingly colorful, much more resplendent than the sun. It yields to the step and bounces back again when the foot is lifted, as if it were made of the perfectly soft cotton that is produced in Gonakī in Jambudvīpa, or as if it had been supplied with soft padding, or made of some other soft substance so that it is always soft whether a foot is placed on it or not. On the backside of the mountains every single precious stone, all of the ground itself, as well as all the branches of the trees, the mountain summits, the lotuses, and the jewels, are without exception incredibly soft and delightful to touch. Everything is enchanting to behold, and therefore the joy of the gods is as rich as the land. Having gone to the backside of those beautiful mountains, the gods enjoy themselves and celebrate.
“Endowed with the fortune of having all these diverse pleasures, these desirous beings will celebrate with each other in groups where they experience the happiness of touching objects that have all manner of perfect qualities. Having gone to the backside of the mountains, many hundreds of thousands of ecstatic gods experience the pleasures of those divine objects while attended to by divine ladies who perform amazing songs and dances. Their celebrations will continue for a long time, accompanied by the music of the five types of instruments. In their joyous gatherings and assemblies, they enjoy the pleasures of the five objects.
“While they remain attached to their beautiful songs, there comes a time when these gods in the Heaven Free from Strife witness a bright light that is so tremendously dazzling, like nothing they have ever seen before. This light is so bright that the gods of lesser powers cannot take it, [F.51.a] and they will collapse to the ground, covering their eyes with their hands. Unable to bear the light, other gods will hide among the trees. Some will take cover together with their companions within the jewel caves. Those among the gods who are particularly bold will muster courage and gather to take in the wonder they are witnessing. Without letting themselves become intimidated, they will keep watching, wondering, ‘What is this? Where does this light come from? It shines so wonderfully on the backside of this mountain—what a precious, blazing light!’
“As the gods think, ‘Never have we seen anything like this!’ they will watch the sky and behold a great light that descends from space. The bright shining light shimmers as it descends through the sky. Watching this downward-streaming light, the gods will wonder, ‘How far might this light reach?’ and they will begin discussing their various estimates. Meanwhile, the blazing and dazzling light will descend five thousand leagues through the sky of the Heaven Free from Strife. It is so brilliant that its radiance defies measurement. As it approaches, the light is so strong that even the boldest among the gods will be unable to watch and must close their eyes. This is because the brilliance is so overwhelming that their eyes cannot take it in, and hence they must cover them.
“Yet, just a moment later the excited gods have to open their eyes again to look at the sky once more. [F.51.b] As they look at the sky, they will step forward and keep watching. At odds about the light, they will discuss it in amazement: ‘What is this light that is descending through space? It is unlike anything else! What is this amazing light that blazes through the entire world of the gods?’
“The downward-streaming light will keep descending for an extremely long time before it finally fades, burns out, and disappears. When the light in the sky has finally vanished, the weak hearted among the gods will begin to emerge from their caves together with their attendants. Now free from fear, they will talk about the amazing thing that has occurred, wondering, ‘What was that astonishing light that so frightened us?’ In this way, they will try for a long time to figure out what that astonishing occurrence might have been. At first, they are amazed and discuss what this wonder might have been. Then, after thinking about it for a long while, they become afraid for a moment.
“However, since the gods on the backside of these mountains are particularly inclined toward joyous festivities, they will again become captivated by their objects. Enjoying them in numerous ways to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, they will spend a long time within these forests and parks. Accompanied by many trillions of gods and goddesses, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and their ruler, Musulundha, [F.52.a] will stay there while the melodies of music from the five types of instruments resound.
“Spending an extremely long time at the backside of these mountains, the perfectly joyous gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and their ruler, Musulundha, take their places upon lotus seats while music from the five types of instruments rings out. With their numerous ornaments and garments, many hundreds of thousands of these radiant gods will sing and play hundreds of thousands of enrapturing melodies and songs as they joyfully fill the sky. Among them are throngs of goddesses with hundreds of thousands of special features, ornaments, costumes, shapes, and qualities. In this way, the divine gatherings at the backside of the mountains can be seen to enjoy the pleasures of the five senses.
“To Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, this sight is utterly enrapturing, and he will rush forth into the playful masses. When the participants see him, they too will come forth and join the ruler of the gods. In this way, all the exuberant singers and musicians will mingle and perform continuous dances in the sky and on the backside of the mountains. Singing songs of praise to Musulundha, and playing music from the five types of instruments, they will keep frolicking for a long time. [F.52.b]
“When the gods have thus played and enjoyed themselves for a long time, the exact same light as before will once again appear. This is very surprising to the gods, and some of them will be so terrified that they will run to the ruler of the gods in panic. Others will look into the center of the sky and see it as an omen of great portent. Those among the gods who are free from carelessness, such as Musulundha, and who have heard about the import of the descending light and therefore understand what is happening, will reverently pay homage to the Buddha. Others who have poor strength of heart and whose steadfastness has crumbled will take cover in the caves and the dense forests. Still others will run to the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, looking for protection. Since the gods understand that Musulundha knows about such supreme wonders and amazing events, they will all request him, ‘Please explain to us gods the nature of this bright light that descends through the sky. Please make us gods properly understand what this descending light is.’ In this way the gods will request their ruler to explain this matter that they do not understand. They will say, ‘We do not understand this. Divine ruler, please explain what it is. We do not understand what we are witnessing, so please explain it to us.’
“In response to the assembled gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then say, ‘All right, let me tell you about this dazzling light that streams downward through the sky, which is too dazzling to behold [F.53.a] and which alarms and amazes you.’ Addressing the gathering of amazed and uneasy gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will continue, ‘Listen, what you see descending is a class of gods that live above us, beings who in terms of extent, color, shape, lifespan, and karmic actions are a hundred times our superiors. Above us towers a palace of bodhisattvas into which are born those humans who observe the pure fivefold discipline in a way that is flawless, unbroken, undefiled, steadfast, and genuine. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, such humans go to the joyous higher realms and take birth among the gods in that Heaven of Joy. Their amusements, joys, parks, goddesses, radiance, and bodies; their splendor, intelligence, and longevity; and their many enjoyments, physical and mental pleasures, and the appearance of their goddesses are all such that our own cannot even match a sixteenth of them. We inhabitants of the Heaven Free from Strife cannot even find a way to express their splendor. Compared to them, we do not even possess the splendor of a firefly. The same goes for our enjoyments—they are only remotely similar. Their long-lasting abundant delights, their heavenly happiness, and their perfect sense pleasures are all utterly beyond us gods here in the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.53.b]
“ ‘However, when a long time has passed and their karmic actions are exhausted, they will definitely encounter and experience impermanence. All sentient beings are certain to experience the impermanence of enjoyments, age, and consciousness. By the force of impermanence, their lives will run out and their positive actions will become exhausted. When reaching the time for death and transmigration those gods will fall from their divine kind in the Heaven of Joy. Their karmic formations of becoming are like various kinds of firewood combined with water,384 yet the factors of formation that determine where they will be born cannot be demolished by any force within the three realms. If they were inexhaustible and endless, they would live on forever, yet no sentient being can be seen in such a situation because destruction is the essence of all conditioned things. Since all beings must eventually fall, those gods will also fall from the Heaven of Joy. Upon the exhaustion of their past positive karmic actions, they will die and transmigrate. The wind of time brings gloom around the lamp when its oil and wick are exhausted. Just as the disintegration of the features of a seed are followed by the growth of the sprout, so death and transmigration will follow the exhaustion of that life during which karmic actions had remained hidden. What you saw is the light of those falling beings. The light comes from their disintegrating bodies, their corpses that are the result of the exhaustion of their karmic actions. This supremely dazzling light appears due to a particular kind of karmic action. It is an exceptionally vast karmic effect of dying, a manifestation of virtue. Such is the nature of this light. [F.54.a]
“ ‘O gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, you should understand these indications. Someone who possesses such radiance must be endowed with lights and ornaments that are so beautiful that they cannot be described. Still, even their manifestations, which are created by virtuous actions and are four times greater, will eventually wane. What then to say of the products of your own virtuous actions, which are three times as inferior? Born in the Heaven Free from Strife, your possessions are polluted and your bodies inferior in comparison.’
“At this point Musulundha will speak these verses:
“In this way, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife teaches in various ways the path of Dharma to the frightened gods. He does so in a way that is connected with the intrinsic nature of things. The gods have different outlooks and so at this point some will grow disenchanted. Others will turn their minds toward cyclic existence, and others will become terrified. Still others will, upon hearing these words that are free from deception, once more actively pursue their objects. Thus, they will enjoy themselves within forests, parks, and groves; by waterfalls and ponds; among creepers and trees; in delightful locations made of precious substances where many birds sing enchantingly; and at sites adorned by hundreds of lotus pools and by the seven precious substances. In this way, on the delightful backside of these mountains where numerous singers perform beautiful songs, they will experience a variety of sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents. Together with their retinues, those who thus crave objects will fail to observe what is supreme. Falling once again under the control of objects, they will have an enjoyable time and frolic within their gatherings of assembled companions. Chasing after the pleasures of the many objects found on these mountains, which are so difficult to encounter, their monkey-like minds will savor all the divine substances.
“Some will journey with Musulundha through the sky to the Forest of Amusements. [F.55.a] Some will travel on great mounts, some will drive in various kinds of chariots, some will ride on the backs of peacocks, some will ride elephants, some will ride swans, and some will ride ducks. Some will move in procession, surrounded by ladies who, ahead of Musulundha, sing and play drums and various other instruments as he travels to his residence in the heavenly park known as the Forest of Amusements.
“The mind states of the gods are affected in different ways, and therefore some will feel sadness. Some will remain careless and enjoy themselves, enjoying the pleasures of the objects in various ways. The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife who stay in the Forest of Amusements, and those who arrive there, have various outlooks and perspectives as they enjoy themselves happily on the backside of these mountains. Some of them will feel weary. And so, they will enjoy themselves in a variety of ways, with various perspectives, and with a variety of objects. The gods in this realm will therefore continue to have fun and celebrate until finally their desirable, attractive, and delightful actions have become exhausted, decomposed, and decayed. Once that happens, these gods, who are insatiable in their enjoyment of various objects, will die and transmigrate. At that point, they are in the noose of karmic actions, and thus they will be pulled into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Should they instead be born with the general lot in life of a human, they will remain youthful, and their faculties will be free from impairment. [F.55.b] They will be intelligent and brilliant, have more than they need, and be venerated by the entire land. They will possess fine physiques, be free from fear, and become kings, royal ministers, or the like. Such are the concordant consequences of their actions.
The Gods in Moving in Vast Environments
“As the monk who has knowledge of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, he will with insight derived from hearing correctly perceive a realm known as Moving in Vast Environments.385 Wondering how beings may be born there, he will use insight derived from hearing and so perceive how some excellent people may follow holy people, have faith in the way karmic actions carry consequences, be honest and sincere, apply themselves to the Dharma, and observe discipline. By the power of faith, they are always attentive to their actions, they possess the correct view, and they base themselves on that view so that their minds become workable. They receive instructions from the elders and always follow spiritual teachers. They have a natural trust in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, just as they have trust in the continuation of death, transmigration, and rebirth. They always guard their senses and they are fearful of the objects that populate cyclic existence. They have clear awareness of the suffering of separation, just as they fully comprehend the sufferings of birth, aging, death, encountering what is undesirable, and lacking the desirable. They understand the flaws of the five appropriated aggregates. They always practice virtuous actions zealously and give up unwholesome company. They delight in listening to the sacred Dharma, examine its contents, and apply their minds to the reality of the subject matter they hear. In this manner they continuously increase such qualities. [F.56.a] Knowing that it is futile to relish pleasures, they always guard their five faculties.
“The way such people give up killing and stealing is as described previously. As for the way they refrain from sexual misconduct, such people will not pay attention when they see women, nor will they relish the sound of their songs or their ornaments. Should they happen to see or hear even a little about women, they will not dwell on it or become attached due to inappropriate mental activity, nor will their minds begin to wander. They will not associate with women, even in their dreams. During the day they will not develop any attachment, and their minds will not become captivated or focus incorrectly. They will never pursue women and their minds will always be involved in proper mental conduct. They thus abandon sexual misconduct as if it were poison.
“With such qualities, those people constantly apply themselves to virtue and engage in virtuous conduct, thus purifying their minds of defiling stains. Honest and sincere, they maintain pure discipline. Therefore, when their bodies disintegrate, they go to the joyous higher realms and take birth among the gods in Moving in Vast Environments within the Heaven Free from Strife. Possessing the three qualities, they follow, cultivate, and increase their practice of discipline, which is desirable, attractive, and delightful. It is as the result of this that they are born in the heavenly realm Moving in Vast Environments within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Upon taking birth there, they will behold heavenly birds of magnificent colors that warble in the most enchanting way. The birds will also afford them enjoyable fragrances. Upon arriving, they will also experience the most enjoyable objects of touch. These objects are so pleasant to touch that they are unlike anything the gods have ever experienced. The gods’ minds become bright and utterly free from turbidity, [F.56.b] perfectly enraptured and ecstatic, and totally jubilant. The gods will also experience all manner of delicious tastes. In these ways, they will experience things they never knew before, and their six collections of consciousness become attached to and enamored by those unprecedented pleasures. At this point, they may think, ‘What is this world? Where have I arrived? Everything is so perfectly enjoyable! All that I behold in this world are forms that are desirable, attractive, and delightful.’
“As they notice the constitution of their own bodies, they will see that they are powerful and more radiant than the sun, yet devoid of flesh, bone, lymph, and impurities. Their eyes do not blink, and their bodies are free from veins, sinew, and skeletons. There are no joints or knuckles. Their bodies do not cast shadows and are free from any crudeness. All their body parts are extremely supple and free from perspiration, and movement does not tire them. Their bodies have no tendons and are free from any discomfort due to desires or all the comings and goings in pursuit of things. They are free from any hair on their heads or bodies.386 Their mobility and vision are unimpeded, and they are free from any confinement with respect to objects of sound, touch, taste, form, and smell. None of the gods has a body that is longer or shorter than any other, and there is no sense of being more or less youthful. They know no miserliness, jealousy, fear, or attachment with respect to females, and do not take pleasure in hoarding. They have no fear of begging, no ego-clinging,387 and no fear of being attacked when traveling. They also have no worries about locations infested with snakes. They are free from the flaws that arise from clinging to one’s own women. They are free from fear when journeying through forests, [F.57.a] free from the fear of enemies, and free from the troubles of having any prohibitions. They are happy and free from any insufficiency in their needs and pleasures.
“Chasing after the many divine substances, they develop an ever-increasing yearning and hankering for pleasure at the expense of their intelligence. And so, these beings will begin to wonder, ‘Who am I? How did I get here? What is this place called?’
“When a drunkard who has fallen asleep is suddenly woken up late at night, he does not at first know who or where he is. Only when he has come to his senses will the drunkard understand. In the same way, the newborn god will puzzle over this for a very long time before he finally realizes that he was previously a human being, but then died, transmigrated, and was reborn there. His mind is now unlike how it was when he was a human. The mind that formerly was conditioned for human life is now here in this divine world, where it craves sense objects. Since the mind is now conditioned in this way, it hankers for the pleasures of the divine world. Understanding that his mind has been conditioned over an extremely long period, the god will finally conclude that he was born in this divine world due to positive actions.
“He will also see that upon dying and transmigrating from the Heaven Free from Strife, he will not be born as a god, for such is the nature of that state. If, after death and transmigration from this divine state, he should next be born as a human, his nature will be of a similar kind as before, because his mind has been so conditioned. Likewise, when someone dies and transmigrates from a human condition, his nature will be similar to what it was before, since his mind is still conditioned in that way. Thus, as a god, the experience will be similar, since his nature is the outflow of his mind. However, if someone dies in hell and transmigrates to become a god, [F.57.b] this is due to karmic powers to be experienced in the next life, after hell. Even small measures of such actions by a hell being will have results to be experienced in other lives. Thus, when a being in hell engages in just a slight measure of holy conduct, it will lead to birth in the heavens in other lives. Once born there, his previous experience of suffering will cause him to respond to the perception of pleasures with an especially strong yearning that resembles suffering. He will also be unusually wrathful, and he will want to stay in the coolest forests, parks, waterfalls, and ponds. He will move restlessly and experience food with a special fervor. Such are the effects of the conditioning of his mind.
“When a starving spirit dies and transmigrates to a divine state his numerous former activities will have created strong conditioning that will cause him to experience food and drink with special passion. Such a god will also always be fond of cool places, and he will indulge avidly in the company of women, for such is the way that his mind has been conditioned with karmic imprints.
“Alternatively, if, due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, an animal dies and is reborn among the gods, it will be inclined toward the enjoyment of drink and food. Since many kinds of animals may take rebirth as gods, the characters of their subsequent lives as gods also differ, but, in short, they shall experience varying degrees of perfection when it comes to their food. Such gods are also subject to especially powerful delusions about their pleasures because that is the way their minds have been conditioned.
“In cases when a god dies and is reborn as a god, such a being may, for example, die after having achieved the attainments of the four formless realms. In the subsequent divine existence, the conditioning of his mind will ensure [F.58.a] that the god does not become distracted by the experience of desirable sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells. That is an effect of his former conditioning. If a being practices one of the four concentrations of the form realm and subsequently is born among the gods in the realm of desire, the quality of his mind and his interest in concentration will correspond to his previous achievements, and he will be less fond of objects than otherwise might be the case.
“If gods in the desire realm die and are reborn in the desire realm, it occasionally happens that their subsequent experience is determined by previous virtuous actions within the realms of gods or humans. As a result, they will be reborn as gods due to their wealth of these two types of former actions as well as their proper conduct. This, however, is not the case with the gods in the pure abodes because such gods do not possess any karmic actions to be experienced either in the subsequent or any other future life.
“In this way, the entire world is blown around by the winds of karmic action. Bound and fettered in such numerous ways, the five classes of beings breed myriad inclinations, thoughts, and lives as they continue wandering. As these matters become evident to the newly born god, he keeps them in mind. With this understanding, he will now comprehend how he died and transmigrated from a previous existence into his present life. Whether he died and transmigrated from a human existence, or whether he was reborn once more as a god, the god will know when the causal karmic action is of the kind that is to be experienced in a subsequent life. But if the causal karmic action is of the kind that is to be experienced in other lives, he will not necessarily recognize it, because such actions may be beyond the scope of his mind. [F.58.b] In some cases, the conditions that bring to ripening karmic actions to be experienced in other lives may occur only after the passage of hundreds of eons. It is even possible that such ripening occurs only after a hundred thousand eons. Thus, if the cause of the god’s birth occurred a hundred thousand unfathomable eons earlier, his divine eye will not be able to perceive the given causal action.
“In this way, the god will dwell for some time on the perception of the causes of his birth. Thereafter, the many objects that manifest through his former practice of virtue will become evident, for he now realizes that he has been born among the gods in Moving in Vast Environments. As soon that knowledge dawns on him, due to the force of his virtuous actions, a vast gathering of goddesses will come rushing toward him. Conditioned by the god’s virtues, they call out, ‘He has just been born!’ In this way they will raucously dash toward him from far away.
“Surrounded by all those divine beings, the newly born god will then enjoy himself within the delightful forests and parks. Endowed with the supreme possessions that his karmic capital has furnished him with, he will now experience amazing pleasures. His realm is filled with mountains, forests, parks, pools, jungles, waterfalls, lotus ponds, slopes, lush groves, caverns, houses covered with vines, and hundreds of thousands of lovely birds that warble enchantingly. Thousands of goddesses who constantly aim to please sing and dance delightfully, doing so in parks that sparkle with the seven precious substances and where live enchanting deer. [F.59.a] In this realm stands the mountain known as Great Summit, which shines with the light of hundreds of thousands of stones made of the seven precious substances. On the mountain’s radiant jewel summit stand houses festooned with vines, and the ground is beautifully paved with large tiles. There are woods, lotus groves, parks, ponds, cascades, riverbanks, valleys, and peaks endowed with exquisite shapes and qualities. At hundreds of thousands of waterfalls that cascade with cooling drops of water, the gods, whose bodies are formed due to a variety of virtuous actions, enjoy themselves and frolic, experiencing their many pleasures.
“The gleeful frolicking of those divine gatherings assumes myriad forms. But, in short, those who enjoy the water, and thus joyously play around in it, have for the most part come from the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They delight in each other with an exceedingly attached state of mind, yet they do not associate with those who practice wholesome conduct. On the bodies of these gods appear scripts that describe the related karmic actions of all the types of gods. They describe how the gods previously engaged in positive karmic actions, what those karmic actions were and how often they performed them, the manner and duration in which they practiced and what the conditions were, what their lives were like then, whether the beneficiaries of their actions were inferior, intermediate, or supreme, and the qualities of the entities involved. All this information, including the timing, is described and listed in writing. As when a shrewd and attentive scribe writes clear and distinct letters, [F.59.b] the accomplished scribe of the gods will write all their past positive actions upon the present surface of their past positive actions. The gods’ magnificence, their shining beauty, and their enrapturing appearance are all perfect due to their past positive actions. Yet, the splendid writing that conveys their many superior characteristics makes them appear hundreds of times more beautiful. Just as a most splendid and shining piece of gold, which has been purified hundreds of times, can be studded with rubies, sapphires, or some other precious gem of supreme beauty, those gods are, similarly, brilliantly adorned by the accounts that describe the ways they performed their past karmic actions.
“Still, the gods do not see what is written on them with their own eyes, because the writing appears on their throats and chests. Nevertheless, they may recognize it upon each other, and at such times their minds will not be utterly careless—at such times they will see everything clearly. This is a supreme wonder of the gods in the realm of Moving in Vast Environments. Another astonishing fact concerning those gods is that just as they have their positive actions displayed on their chests, so they also have writing on their foreheads. Written there in fine lettering is when they will die, where they will transmigrate to, how they will be born, and how long they then will live. That is another wonder of these gods, produced by their karmic actions. The exceptionally elegant rows of bright and beautiful letters are similar to the many garlands of blooming flowers that adorn the gods in other realms. [F.60.a] This particular adornment is due to their having performed a unique type of past positive action.
“The gods do not understand the messages written on their bodies due to karmic actions and, consequently, they go on frolicking together in the heavenly parks decked out in their sundry costumes and ornaments. When in this way they have spent a long time enjoying the realm of Moving in Vast Environments, they will promenade to the banks of the river called Colorful Waters, which flows from one mountain to the next, passing among many different kinds of precious substances. Flocks of birds warble, there are dense forests, hundreds of thousands of different flowers bloom, and the banks are visited by coteries of goddesses. An amazing feature of this river that flows from the beautiful mountain peaks, Colorful Waters, is that when its surface becomes still for a long period, those gods who previously died and transmigrated from the hells will, as they approach the river, be prompted to remember their previous lives and the actions that gave rise to that existence. They will recollect how the constant enjoyment of perfect sense pleasures among jubilant gods and goddesses kindles an ever-growing attachment in them, which causes them to engage in further endless pleasures that will eventually lead to suffering. Recollecting this, they will forget all their pleasures and, with sadness, speak the following verses:
“For as long as they remain on the banks of Colorful Waters, the gods will recollect their past lives, but as soon as they leave, they will once again forget all they remembered. Forgetting the pain they experienced in other lives, they will develop craving for external objects and thus together enjoy all the exceptionally delightful sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and fragrances of divine substance.
“The gods will also travel to the mountain called Radiant Streams. The area around the mountain is studded with supremely delightful trees and clear waters that are home to swans, ducks, and geese. The streaming currents shimmer with the radiance of gold and produce the most delightful sounds as they rush by. There are a vast multitude of these currents—tens of thousands—and they all have the same length, strength, and shape. The many gorgeous trees and birds there only increase the beauty of all these rivers.
“Nevertheless, among all the streams, four of them stand out. They are known as Flow of Beauty, [F.61.b] Gold Garland, Beryl River, and Flow of Bliss. As they experience their own past karmic actions, the jubilant gods who bear many great ornaments, garments, and garlands, will playfully proceed to Flow of Beauty. On its banks spreads a glade of long white flowers and within it one finds a lake called Numerous Joys. Flowering vines of the most exquisite kind grow there, as do thousands of lovely flowers. There are also birds of many different sizes and shapes that bear various ornaments and plumages. The birds produce magnificent songs in the most enchanting ways.390 On the opposite bank of Flow of Beauty lies Hovering Bees, a wonderfully fragrant lotus pool that glimmers like the sun at dawn and has a constant profusion of exquisite lotus flowers. This lotus grove is five hundred leagues long and five leagues wide.391 By the stainless waters grow lotuses and other flowers with colorful petals that send forth their delicious fragrance across five leagues.
“According to their wishes, the great congregations of splendid gods and goddesses joyfully gallivant in the forest or by the lotus pool, having been born in this realm due to their completed and accumulated actions. When they see Flow of Beauty with its ravishingly beautiful and fragrant flowers, the gods in Moving in Vast Environments will frolic joyfully on its delightful banks by Mount Radiant Streams.
“Gold Garland is another river that flows down Mount Radiant Streams. [F.62.a] This river shines brightly, which is why it received its name. It features the following delights. Free from all flaws, its water transforms as one drinks it. Extremely fragrant, the water assumes any flavor, color, scent, or substance one may desire, yet without being intoxicating. As they experience this extraordinary drink, the gods enjoy themselves in a state of great careless abandon. While their minds remain attached to their sense objects, they will rollick together in great gatherings to the rhythmic, melodious, and harmonious music from the five types of instruments. Attended to by beautiful servants adorned with jewelry and costumes, they will freely enjoy whatever they desire. Infatuated with the rich sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents that they find on the banks of Gold Garland, they will roam about, enjoying the irresistible objects that this supremely delightful stream provides.
“With the sounds of enchanting music and dance in their ears, and with their minds thoroughly attached to their sense objects, the gods will ecstatically gallivant from mountain to mountain, valley to valley, summit to summit, river to river, lotus pool to lotus pool, forest to forest, terrace to terrace, and tree to tree, infatuated and crazed by their rich and prodigious pleasures. While euphorically gadding about in this way, they will at some point also come to the current known as Beryl River. The gorgeous features of this river are as follows. Flowing with immaculate beryl water, the river courses along beryl stones [F.62.b] amid many trees of beryl. Resplendent in their beryl colors, the trees are filled with songbirds and fruits that look exceedingly delicious. The pure, stainless water flows delightfully and produces deep and appealing sounds due to the force of positive karmic actions. The gods will journey to this river because they seek pleasure. Attached and craving for objects, the gods will roam around that area. Some will frolic on the banks and others will play together in the water. Some will ride gracefully on the backs of birds, from wave to wave. Circling over the waters392 and along the banks of the river, the gods will pass over its billowing waves and the many groves of lotuses and water lilies. In these ways, they will enjoy themselves at the river.
“Sometimes, when the river is serene, due to their positive past actions, these gods who enjoy all these incomparable pleasures will perceive images upon the stainless beryl that display the record of their former excellent practice of discipline and insight and the karmic effects thereof. There, they will clearly observe the causes, circumstances, connections, and conditions that led to them taking birth in this divine realm. As they perceive and apprehend those mental states and the faith they had in the proper objects at that time, they will keep it in mind and are thereby able to recollect their past lives.
“At this point, they will think, ‘Alas, I am swept away by the river of craving with its wild and treacherous rapids of clinging to objects. [F.63.a] And yet, I have failed to understand the hideous fall that follows from this. Now I have seen the drawings that clearly reveal what happened in the past, and I have witnessed the story of my past lives. Based on those positive acts, I now experience these enjoyments. However, once they become exhausted, I shall fall once again and no longer be one of the gods.’ Sharing such thoughts with each other as they witness the terrors of the five classes of beings, the gods all feel disenchanted. Then, on the banks of the river of beryl, they will utter these verses:
“Seeing what is written on their throats, the gods will utter these verses in a terrified state of mind. Yet as soon as they have done so, the gods who are assembled on the banks of the river will once again become careless, for such is their nature. Although the writings on their throats are still there, they will no longer see them because the conditions for doing so are now absent; things that arise in dependent origination do not occur when their conditions are lacking. Since their nature is such, the gods will again act recklessly, and thus they will proceed to a mountain known as Luminous Jewels that rests upon Mount Radiant Streams.
“Adorned with ornaments and costumes, the ecstatic gods are pulled by their attachment to the objects before them, and so they ignore any fear of their time coming to an end. Drawn along by their fickle senses and the euphoric nature of the heavens, they will again begin to dance. Exhilarated, they will gallivant along the river through lovely flower meadows and embankments covered with exquisite vines that are home to flocks of joyous birds. Wishing to take in further sights, they will proceed to the mountain known as Luminous Jewels, which is adorned with hundreds of thousands of bright jewels.
“The gods will see the mountain from afar, majestically reflected in the waters. It sparkles brilliantly, as if the sky had burst open. The sight of the mountain is unlike anything they have ever witnessed before, and yet just as flawless as they had wished. It shines with a light that reaches across ten thousand leagues in colors of blue, yellow, red, [F.65.a] green, and various blended hues. All the surrounding mountains, wreathed in beams of jewel light, are outmatched by the brilliant radiance of Luminous Jewels. Just as, for example, the light of Mount Sumeru outshines all other mountains, the supreme and expansive light of Luminous Jewels stirs awe and delight in those who behold it.
“The mountain also satisfies a second faculty, that of the ears, for the jewels transmit numerous sounds that can be heard by the ear faculty. Numerous streams flow down Mount Luminous Jewels, producing the most delightful, enchanting sounds, and there are also many species of colorful birds, with feathers of the seven precious substances, that sing while sitting in trees studded with bells that are wafted by the wind. It is impossible to illustrate the character of all this, because these features are so stupendous. In this way, the great mountain known as Luminous Jewels is also gratifying to the ear faculties of the gods.
“Third, the nose faculty will also be satisfied from afar, for the gods can smell the aromas emanating from the numerous different flower beds and from the rivers that are lined with fragrant flowers. Mount Luminous Jewels is also gratifying to the fourth faculty because the tongues of the gods relish numerous kinds of fruit that have perfect taste, color, appearance, and fragrance. Likewise, the delightful touch of unwoven fabrics and the caresses of the wind satisfy their bodies. In this way, all of the gods’ five faculties experience blissful versions of their specific objects, [F.65.b] and their minds that receive such gratification are deeply satisfied. In these ways, Mount Luminous Jewels yields pleasures of the five senses. and thus the gods linger there in utter happiness.
“As the gods arrive on this brilliant mountain, the many precious jewels shine with a flood of light. At the sight of the thousands of gorgeous streams, waterfalls, ponds, and lotus pools dotted with flowers with bright and colorful petals of gold, beryl, sapphire, and silver, the gods will run joyfully toward it all as their happiness increases a hundredfold. Along with their joyous companions, they all take in the delightful environment without any sense of animosity between them. Exulted, they will all go to explore the special sights at Mount Luminous Jewels, visiting the caverns and the highland retreats and traipsing among the lotus pools, summits, riverbanks, encampments, and jewel forests. Encountering flocks of birds that are enchanting to behold and to listen to, the gods will continue their tour to the sounds of music from the five types of instruments, enjoying themselves and celebrating together. Everything they hear, touch, taste, see, and smell is nothing but gratifying, and thus they relish the five objects of sound, texture, taste, form, and smell. Their minds revel in the experience of these sense objects as they enjoy indescribable and superlative pleasures. Experiencing incomparable heavenly ecstasy, the gods relish the great variety of sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and mental objects. [F.66.a] As the gods are overcome by their present pleasures and the suffering they lead to, they will stray into carelessness with their minds attached to these objects. Although the effects of karmic action are written conspicuously upon them, they will no longer recall any of that.
“Still, as a result of their past positive actions their frolicking will lead the gods to the many summits of Mount Luminous Jewels. There, they will find a mirror known as the stainless one. That mirror is so immaculate that even a small particle becomes perceptible upon it and so, of course, the mirror also reflects the vivid and delightful features and colors of their agile and magnificent bodies, upon which are written their individual past actions. Indeed, their chests and throats bear the accounts of their past lives, revealing what beings they were, how they died and transmigrated, and what the underlying causes were. By the power of their past positive actions, they will now realize the flaws of existence and develop sadness.
“The experience of pleasure prevents childish beings from developing sadness. But when they are shown the flaws of pleasure, or understand them on their own, such beings are indeed able to apprehend pleasure’s flaws. When childish and ignorant beings gain understanding in this way, they will no longer be attached to the experience of pleasures. Rather, they will clearly perceive its flaws. The fire of regret will eventually consume all pleasures, because their entire body will be discarded. The gods will think, ‘The fire of objects will ultimately bring us the weapons of hell! We will be scorched by the fires of regret.’ In this way, those whose minds are accustomed to objects will feel displeasure with the experience of enjoyments and instead perceive their shortcomings. They will no longer value the experience of pleasures. [F.66.b] Although they still have all their pleasures, they will no longer be subservient to them, and they will not dwell on them. At that point, they will no longer be subject to the rule of pleasure.
“Moreover, the remedy against attachment to pleasures is as follows. When seeing a form, one should consider how all forms are subject to destruction. By correctly considering it in this way, one will destroy longing and desire. When this way of correctly observing the flaws of the five objects becomes natural, one will become free from the craving of lustful desire that serves as the seed of cyclic existence. Realizing that pleasures are in fact defects, one will understand them as such and then regret will follow. One will no longer be harmed by any desire for cherished objects.
“Experiencing things based on what occurred in the past, the gods will occasionally assemble on the summit of the mountain, where they are able to see all their limbs in the immaculate mirror. The gods whose bodies and minds are so passionate will then clearly see the descriptions on their foreheads detailing the effects of their actions, as well as their death and transmigration, the circumstances thereof, and their next birth. They will see when, where, and how the gods will die, as well as all the causes for their death. Seeing this written on their foreheads, they come to understand how their former physical, verbal, and mental misdeeds, whether from previous lives or from their present existence, cause them to take birth among the hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, once they die and transmigrate from their heavenly realm. They will see the details of how, once they are free from the animal realm, [F.67.a] they will again be fooled by their careless urges and hence continue to spin through cyclic existence, driven by the winds of karmic action.
“On their foreheads they will see descriptions of the flaws and meaningless character of pleasures. They will also see how individuals can rely on specific remedies to understand that pleasures are impermanent and meaningless. Seeing this written on their foreheads, those gods who have trained their bodies and minds to a great extent in the past will give up all their pleasures. Understanding how pleasures have defects, they will regard them as poison. They will now see how attachment to even subtle objects is like eating poisoned food and how it leads to horrendous downfalls. By cultivating that understanding, they will now abandon all objects. All of this is described on their foreheads. They will see how birth and life in the lower realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals also comes to an end, and how that is achieved by positive actions. They also become convinced about the power of actions and the need to engage in positive actions, and they see that actions are only exhausted when they form the seed for the transcendence of suffering.
“Other gods, whose mindset is inferior, will notice the description of how the passionate enjoyment of pleasures results from past positive actions and will thereupon think, ‘When I die, I shall become a human, and after that I will become a god again.’ Thinking in this way, they do not become terrified. Later, those gods will again carelessly soak in the waves of the five objects within the river of craving. As their knowledge derived from hearing ceases, other actions that produce birth393 will follow. They will be deceived by their desires and, when the relevant karmic actions have been exhausted, they will take birth in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. After that, this will make them take further births as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. [F.67.b]
“Seeing the gods who have a view of carelessness, the bird known as supported by mastery will sing the following verses inspired by virtuous karmic actions:
“In this way, it is hard to guide even those gods who have trained their bodies and minds and who have developed awareness of death. Still, those gods who have respect for discipline may, once they die and transmigrate, [F.68.a] be reborn among superior gods. They may also become kings, royal ministers, or individuals who engage in actions conducive to liberation. Those who diligently engage their minds may gain any accomplishment apart from the three kinds of awakening. They may also repeatedly become universal monarchs, for such is the power of their virtuous accumulations. Nevertheless, if they are influenced by stinginess and fail to engage in virtuous practices because they lack proper discernment and because their minds are hard to train, they will again be born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals.
“As the monk keeps examining the highly amazing, wondrous ripening of karmic actions, he will see that those who with strong faith produce paintings of the Blessed One, or that those with bright and devoted minds who copy sacred Dharma books, will attain awakening. Those who lack faith will gain faith once they see all that is drawn on their throats and chests. When they see what is written on their chests, they will become faithful. Even those who have no faith at all, or those who worry about becoming enlisted in the service of kings, or those who generally are not diligent, or those who write down such texts or draw such depictions for their livelihood, may attain birth in the higher realms. At that point, when they then see the writing concerning their former actions, they will achieve faith, although later they will again become careless. In this way their actions that functioned as seeds for good fortune will become exhausted. They will even lose their mind that is free from carelessness. There are no actions whatsoever that lack causal powers.
“Then, since the gods are fond of carelessness, and since they indulge in carelessness, they will become infatuated by the substances of their sensory objects, and thus they will insatiably enjoy them. In this way their many desires keep increasing and hence, having spent much time enjoying the sense pleasures at Mount Luminous Jewels, [F.68.b] they will excitedly proceed in festive processions to a third mountain known as Shining Jewel Light, which is also filled with sense pleasures. Enraptured, they will proceed in charming and joyous gatherings to tunes of music from the five types of instruments. Traveling through a land of perfect splendor, the gods enjoy many pleasures and display the most enchanting poses and attire.
“In this way they will approach the third great mountain, Shining Jewel Light, which stands ablaze with jewel light by the banks of a river. The more gorgeous objects they experience, the more their craving and lustful desire will increase, and since their minds are not liberated, the fire of desire burns them. Hence, they swim like insatiable fish in the river of objects—sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents—as they approach this enchanting third mountain. The four faces of this mountain are made of sapphire, ruby, coral, and silver. Utterly spellbound by the sight of this splendid mountain, the gods will say to one another, ‘Gods, take a good look at this mountain with such abundant beauty. It’s made of precious materials and extends across ten thousand leagues! Its light bathes the surrounding lands in blue, yellow, and white, and any god will surely be outshone in its midst.’
“Next, the gods will approach a forest on the mountain known as Majestic Trees. Playing music, singing, [F.69.a] and having fun, the infatuated and ecstatic gods and goddesses pour into the forest. Keen on seeing more, they will spread throughout the forest, all the while sporting their supreme ornaments and costumes and enjoying themselves passionately to the tune of music from the five types of instruments. In this way, they enjoy the consequences of their positive past actions within the great forest of Majestic Trees. Governed by craving and acting carelessly, they will spend a long time in the forest.
“Through the middle of this forest filled with trees of the seven precious substances flow two superb rivers brimming with milk. They have exquisite color, taste, and texture, and the streams manifest in accordance with one’s wishes. There the gods can traipse carefree among stones of lapis lazuli and many desirable objects. Swans and geese abound along the cooling rivers. One of these rivers is called Variation and the other is known as Wish-Fulfilling Waters. The river known as Variation flows with an enormous diversity of drinks and liquids. It is always pristine, yet it displays a great variety of colors. For those reasons, it is known as Variation. Wish-Fulfilling Waters yields a veritable profusion of boons. Manifesting in perfect accordance with the gods, this river will, if the gods so wish, turn into thousands of immaculately white and perfectly fragrant streams. Following the wishes of the gods, it may also flow with ambrosias of perfect colors, tastes, scents, and textures. It may also turn into streams of colorful flowers, just as it may flow with flowers of numerous exquisite colors and fragrances. [F.69.b] Hundreds of thousands of bees, the names of which can hardly be determined, gather by the river as it runs its delightful course through this enchanting glade of majestic trees and blooming flowers.
“When the infatuated gods enter the two rivers, they will enjoy, just as they please, the numerous different sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents, thereby experiencing the consequences of their positive actions and enjoying their ripening. Frolicking in numerous ways, they drink elixirs and their ears are filled with delightful music. Within an environment that remains free from sorrow, pain, or the fear of attacks, they enjoy their objects insatiably. As when drinking salty water, they never become satisfied, and so they will continue to enjoy the many different features of the heavens, relishing them in many different ways. As they watch how the gods cavort in their pleasures, the birds that live along the rivers will warble these verses:
“In this way, inspired by positive karmic actions, birds that live by the river will tweet these words while everyone remains lost in carelessness. But as they hear these verses, the careless gods who are enjoying the river will say to one another, ‘Those birds have made me understand. What they say is true. Without realizing it, we have been acting carelessly and heedlessly. Although animals are not our superiors, here they have made us understand our own mindless recklessness. Alas, great suffering that will destroy all our pleasures is certain to befall us! We must do our utmost to prevent that!’
“Since their minds have been virtuous for an extremely long time, the gods will at this point understand and become determined to overcome their desires. [F.70.b] For an extremely long time, they will maintain this frame of mind, keeping in mind the flaws that ensue from the singular pursuit of beauty and the enjoyment of pleasure. They will set their minds on gaining freedom. However, since their minds are fickle and fluctuating, and because they have been habituated to desire for such a long time, the gods will once again go astray, as their many objects repeatedly distract their minds. Completely carried away, they will begin to frolic, play, and celebrate again amid and the many exquisite pleasures. They will enjoy the songs of numerous species of birds and romp through forests and parks, visiting delightful ponds and mountains made of the seven precious substances. At hundreds of thousands of lotus pools graced by birds and millions of humming bees they will enjoy a continuous stream of food and drink. Among hundreds of thousands of trees with magnificent canopies, exquisite flowers, and houses covered with blooming vines and festooned with splendorous flower garlands, they will live free from any harm, illness, or pain. In this way, they will experience the individual effects of their inferior, intermediate, or superior actions. Never subject to the flaws of envy and dispute, they shall cavort among each other without any animosity and remain free from harm.
“While reveling in abundant joys, the gods will entertain the following notion: ‘We have heard of the ruler of all the gods, Musulundha, who is said to live well, joyfully, and in prosperity. However, since we have never seen him, it would be nice to pay a visit to the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.’ At that point, the gods will hear his voice clearly, up to a distance of five thousand leagues. [F.71.a] The delightful sound of his voice will reach them from afar, accompanied by beautiful hymns and the singing of birds. Those sounds will be audible throughout that heavenly realm.
“And so, their unstable minds become captivated by Musulundha’s many excellent qualities. Listening insatiably to the songs, again and again, they will entertain the wish to see him. Due to such conditions, they will decide, ‘We should go enjoy ourselves together with the divine ruler Musulundha, who possesses all excellent qualities.’
“Throngs of gods will therefore promenade in festive processions along the rivers that have such exquisite qualities, adorned with numerous ornaments, costumes, and unwoven fabrics. Attached to the songs they hear, they will advance with such lavishness toward their majestic leader. Free from mutual animosity, they will proceed with yearning hearts. Some will travel through the sky, some will ride pink lotuses, some will ride white lotuses, and some will ride superbly fragrant lotuses around which swarm humming bees. Some will ride on masses of white lotus petals that resemble the disk of the moon. In this way, with their minds entranced by the songs, the celebrating gods roam while enjoying the five types of objects. Following their desirous minds, they will ride in splendid carriages, which are manifested by thought and created by their own inferior, intermediate, or exceptional virtuous karmic actions. Whether their bodies, enjoyments, intelligence, and lifespans are inferior, intermediate, or supreme, all the gods now fill the sky, and thus they will parade together to the residence of Musulundha in the Forest of Amusements, which has an abundance of perfect qualities. [F.71.b]
“As they travel in the direction of that supreme realm, the Forest of Amusements, they do not see anything except for a light that shines as if from a torch. Then elsewhere in the sky they will see a sapphire light, and then in other directions they will also see yellow, white, and orange light. Beholding all this light shining in the sky, the gods will be struck with great wonder and say to each other, ‘What an amazing sky before us! Never have we seen anything like it—it looks as if the sky is draped in colored fabrics. What could this be?’
“Discussing this among themselves, the gods will insatiably enjoy these marvels. Yet, before long they will again hear the sounds of totally enchanting songs. Once more spellbound by the songs, the gods who have been filling the sky will again turn toward the ground with excitement. Wanting a closer look, they will descend from the sky with their delightful ornaments and costumes. From afar they will perceive many beings who are adorned with precious ornaments, costumes, and jewels. In their midst is the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, seated on a throne of the seven precious substances within a cavern made of the seven precious substances. One of his earrings is of sapphire and the other of ruby. Around are arrayed jewel standards radiating an astounding light that illumines everything within a thousand leagues and permeates the sky with bright light, as if various fabrics had appeared there.
“Seeing this light, the gods of Moving in Vast Environments will be struck with wonder. [F.72.a] Then, when they clearly see the gatherings of gods milling around, they will draw ever closer to Musulundha’s Forest of Amusements. They will think to themselves, ‘We must go to join them. We should befriend those distinguished gods who seem so agreeable. All together, we will be very charming.’
“When the assembled gods see the visitors, they will at first wonder who they are. Then, as they see them more clearly, they will understand, ‘They are gods from Moving in Vast Environments. They have come to visit the palace of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. We lesser gods should also join them and go to the Forest of Amusements.’
“In this way, everyone is free from animosity and trusts one another. All those gods who are utterly free from strife will then blend together in large congregations that spread throughout the land. Holding aloft standards and banners, they will ride on chariots and birds to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments as they travel to see the sights of the great Forest of Amusements, which displays such superb sense pleasures. They will proceed there to experience all its perfect and incomparable enjoyments. Amazed, they yearn for its sense pleasures without ever tiring or getting satisfaction. Gratified by the wonders, they insatiably enjoy all the excellent qualities in the forest.
“When the monk sees how these gods are united in their insatiable pursuit of pleasure, [F.72.b] he will speak these verses that point out some facts about the consequences of karmic actions:
“In this way, knowing the nature of the continuum that goes from one birth to the next, the monk thinks of the gods with caring. Meanwhile, the gods look at one another and mingle joyfully as they continue their journey to Musulundha’s castle in the Forest of Amusements. Adorned with ornaments and dressed in numerous costumes, they are happy to gallivant and enjoy the many pleasures that are produced by their former actions. Enjoying the many parks, forests, and ponds, they will proceed accompanied by hundreds of thousands of ladies, and along the way they will also visit many thousands of residences of other gods. As they move ahead, they fill the sky with light, and become lost in their songs, dances, and the sound of music from the five types of instruments. They are adorned with necklaces, powders, [F.73.b] ointments, wreaths, crowns, and flower garlands, and they hold aloft banners that flutter in the wind. Their ear ornaments grace their cheeks and they shine with a natural light. They carry silken ribbons and garlands threaded with delightful flowers, and whenever a breeze stirs, the delightful young ladies around them will hold them by their hands and feet. Some gods become so infatuated by the tunes of the lutes that it further intensifies their wish to enjoy themselves in the Forest of Amusements.
“In this way all these gods who inhabit the world of the Heaven Free from Strife will proceed to the castle of Musulundha, who rules the Heaven Free from Strife. Briefly stated, everyone moves with a poise that conforms to their karmic actions. As they approach, the sounds of their ornaments can be heard in all directions, as can the melodious songs of the ladies that cluster around them. Everyone is aware that soon they will see Musulundha, and with this in mind they fill up the residence of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Musulundha is exalted due to the effects of his past actions. The way causes and effects manifest can be understood through the example of a seed and a sprout. Hence, upon their arrival, all the visitors will be subdued due to the superior character of all the pleasures that are found there. The joys of that place are beyond compare, so the following is just a partial description. From all the surrounding areas many birds fly into the forest from the skies, circling its outer perimeter while precious garlands made of the seven precious substances dangle from their beaks.395 [F.74.a] There are also other birds in the forest that carry in their beaks many bells of various sizes that ring delightfully, beckoning the gods. As the gods arrive, they quickly notice all this and enter among the birds while milling around and circumambulating the forest. The plumage of the birds is colorful and made of the seven precious substances. The birds always circle to the right as they fly around the perimeter of this forest. In this way, the birds encircle the perimeter of the forest. There are also multicolored peacocks that dangle garlands of the seven precious substances from their beaks.
“Farther away, other wonders may be found. There lie lotus pools where many different birds sing and hundreds of thousands of bees buzz merrily. In the water called utter brightness grow flowers with petals of beryl and other precious substances. There are lotus flowers of the most fragrant sort that fill the atmosphere with their fragrances across five leagues. In this way, the environment farther afield abounds with tremendous beauty and splendor.
“Other great wonders are found higher up in the forest. Residing upon the anthers of lotus flowers, the gods here play among these flowers. They are surrounded by hundreds of goddesses, who sing in the most enchanting way. Together with the goddesses they express their passion as they play flutes, drums, tambourines, and conches and sing songs. As they carouse together, their bejeweled bodies glimmer in their own light. Furthermore, there are other great marvels that unfold by the trees higher in the forest. As emanations created by the gods’ own positive karmic actions, wish-fulfilling trees in full bloom flourish at various elevations, and their lush canopies are brightly embellished with the seven precious substances. [F.74.b] The gods linger by these trees where they drink ambrosia, sing, and experience the bliss of divine substances. Moreover, the wonders of the glittering garlands in the forest are such that near each of them loom colorful wish-fulfilling trees where the gods can enjoy themselves, absorbed in their pleasures. Without oppressing one another, the gods can sing and play carelessly. When they first see these great wonders, the gods, who are adorned with their perfect ornaments and costumes, will be overcome by joy and wonder as these garlands enchant them.396
“A second wonder they perceive is as follows. The so-called Garland of Lotus Ponds consists of twenty thousand pools that contain no mud but have sand of gold and silver. The ponds are full of water endowed with the eight qualities and abound with swans, ducks, and geese. Inspired by positive karmic actions, the infatuated swans will call out the following verses:
“These birds were born in that realm due to the virtuous provisions accumulated through their virtuous activities in pursuit of the Dharma. Hence, they tweet those verses in recollection of their past lives that were filled with virtuous action. Therefore, one should study the sacred Dharma with a buoyant mind free from distraction, because such causes will not be wasted. Even for those born in the animal realm, the effects of having studied the Dharma will not be absent.
“Once again, all the gods will proceed to the lotus pools of the Heaven Free from Strife. They will find two million lotus pools where joyous and agile gods play around, adorned with ornaments and garments and surrounded by beautiful goddesses in fine costumes. Thus adorned with supreme ornaments and garments, the gathered gods will then enter the middle of the lotus pools, enjoying themselves by the millions. [F.76.a] Frolicking to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, they will enjoy the pleasures of the five senses together with bevies of goddesses. Some enter the lotus groves, some play bells of various sizes,397 and some perch on the petals. Some take a seat within the hearts of the flowers, making their bodies small or large according to their wishes. Seated there, they may then travel a hundred thousand leagues in the wink of an eye, and return just as quickly. They can engage with objects simply by sight, and therefore nothing ever feels cramped. Just as a hundred eyes can look at a single fingertip without crowding it, a hundred or a thousand gods can sit on a single lotus without the flower ever becoming congested.
“Due to their positive past actions, the gods are able to multiply, increase, and refine their many fine entities without causing any congestion. Due to their positive past actions there is no congestion at all, and so the gods’ own actions allow them to indulge in their games by the splendid lotus pools, celebrating just as they please. Drinking delicious ambrosia, they revel in extremely vast crowds at thousands of locations. They also befriend gods who live elsewhere and who otherwise do not frolic to the same extent. Their bodies, which are free from unwholesomeness, shine brighter than a hundred thousand suns. With bodies suffused with bliss, they relish the many delightful objects while they drink ambrosia. Then eventually, after a very long time, they will once again entertain the wish to see Musulundha.
“In that forest, all the enjoyable sights manifest in accordance with the gods’ own wishes, [F.76.b] and so, in the forest of Musulundha, lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, they only see what they want to see. The delightful spectacles in the forest of the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife are of unprecedented beauty.
“Looking at these sights that they have never seen before, the gods, who are adorned with delightful ornaments and costumes, will joyously enter the forest. As they enter the splendid forest, their bodies will have been massaged with heavenly sandal oil, and they will be adorned with supreme ornaments and raiment that befits the heavens. Upon seeing the sights of the forest, they are struck with wonder. Seeing in accordance with their many unique past actions, they will now behold a rich display that brings them unprecedented joy. As they stroll leisurely through the forest, taking in the sights, their rapture increases. While exploring the forest in this way, they will adorn each other with jewelry, bathe in the lotus pools together, and spend their time taking in the sights.
“There are also parrots that sit in their nests, holding various jewel garlands, and the like. Highly attracted to each other, those infatuated parrots hold pearl garlands in their beaks that they twirl to the right. In the midst of the forest, the parrots sing these verses:
“In this way, verses that express freedom emerge from the beaks of the parrots. [F.77.a] As the gods hear the verses, they will calm down and, realizing how the effects of their own actions will be experienced, they will think respectfully, ‘Those wonderful parrots have explained that the effects of karmic actions will be experienced. Amazing. Before, we celebrated joyfully out of desire, but now they have made us understand this.’
“Once again wishing to see Musulundha, they will then continue deeper into the forest where he resides. On the way, they will come across a forest of mandārava trees of a hundred thousand colors, filled with blooming flowers and flocks of many different birds. The forest is radiant and resplendent, like a thousand suns, but the light does not burn like the sun. Seeing those resplendent trees, the gods will feel overjoyed. Likewise, as they hear the continuous melodious sounds of that remote forest, they will feel tremendous joy. They will also gain much joy through their noses. In that way, all their five senses are gratified, for the scents of the flowers are fragrant, the divine fruits that they taste with their tongues are delicious, and their physical sensations are blissful, due to the unwoven fabrics they wear. Moreover, their minds are euphoric because their five senses are perfectly satisfied. Relative to their senses, their minds conceive of all the phenomena. As their consciousness thus experiences its objects, they perceive the mandārava forest. They will observe that the whole mandārava forest is filled with joyous gods and goddesses with unparalleled ornaments and costumes, who act with unfathomable grace.
“That incomparable forest, which is filled with billions of good qualities, [F.77.b] is covered in beryl. There is no god there who does not follow Musulundha, lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, because the gods are fond of him and they understand that it is their foremost duty to follow him. Riding the mounts that were described before, the gods enjoy the many pleasures of a land that is adorned with gorgeous cascades, rivers, ponds, and lotus groves, as well as a ground that yields to one’s step but bounces back once the foot is lifted. The ground in this forest looks like a bright, golden garment. With a single-minded concern to see Musulundha, the gods will move on and approach the residence of the Lord of the Heaven Free from Strife. Leaving the lands just mentioned behind them, they will proceed on their mounts, just as described before.
The Gods in Moving in Gatherings398
“In this way the gods will come to a land that is five hundred times more delightful than where they were before. The mountains there are of beryl and the trees of ruby with foliage of refined gold that is adorned with silver ornaments. There are also trees of pure gold as well as coral trees that are home to many birds. Other beautiful features of this land include ornaments made of many different precious materials as well as a variety of elegant deer and birds; magnificent cascades, pools, rivers, and jungles; mansions draped entirely with ornamental vines and creepers; and golden fruits [F.78.a] and golden creepers. There are also beryl-colored fruits and fruits with golden petals. Around those fruits fly hundreds of thousands of bees, and the fruits all have the most pleasant tastes, fragrances, and textures. Along rivers flowing with food and drink live gorgeous birds of the seven precious substances, and touching the ground there yields supremely blissful sensations.
“Further attractions of the mountain peaks that the gods now behold include magnificent slopes, jungles, summits, caverns, mansions covered with vines, and lotus ponds. Ecstatic gatherings of gods and goddesses can be found everywhere. Some among them dance together in troupes and sing to the tune of music. Some of them enter the lotus groves and play around together in the water. Some relish various drinks. Some gather flowers on the mountain slopes. Some adorn themselves with beautiful garlands and tiaras made of lotus flowers. In this way, they frolic together and display their stunning ornaments and costumes while aglow in their own natural light. Some gods form joyous circles in the sky. Some play flutes, drums, and various other instruments and go singing on the mountain slopes and in the jungle. In groups of hundreds or even thousands, the gods are bathed in a variety of lights, naturally radiating blue, yellow, red, and multicolored light rays from their bodies. Just to give a slight indication of this light, even the lesser gods shine brighter than the sun. [F.78.b] In this way, the gods joyfully behold the mountainous summits that are adorned with millions of beautiful features—gorgeous and colorful creations of their own positive actions.
“When the gods have seen the mountainous summits, they again will proceed elsewhere, intent on beholding the lord of the gods. Having arrived in a different location, in its vicinity they will find a land called Garland of Mansions. There, they will behold the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife and thus they will proceed. Adorned with supreme ornaments and garments, they come to the leader of the Heaven Free from Strife, and so the roaming gods, the gods of Moving in Vast Environments, and the gods of the present realm will fill up this land of mansions.
“The many bright features of the land are the products of Musulundha’s completed and accumulated acts, which have now manifested in such a rich experience. The tens of thousands of mansions are very colorful and decorated with shining gold. Their fine features include walls of gold, balconies of beryl, windows of sapphire, and many different kinds of sparkling pillars. Other mansions are made of beryl and have doors of pure gold. The door panels are made of beryl and refined gold and decorated with various colorful door hangings. Others among those wonderful abodes have walls of ruby, pillars of silver, [F.79.a] doors of gold, and windows of coral. The entire ground is also delightfully adorned in colorful ways due to the variety of karmic actions. There are also other beautiful and exquisite dwellings where the walls are of sapphire, the doors of pure gold, and the pillars of silver, and the mountains also are bathed in garlands of blazing light. There are many other beautiful features due to the diverse creations of karmic actions. For example, the ground in Musulundha’s palace consists of diamond sand, the doors and pillars are made of stainless silver and shining gold, and the windows are made of ruby. These and many other splendid features are clearly visible as the many mansions made of the seven precious substances suffuse one another in bright light. In this way, these mansions take on a sublime appearance as they are bathed in bright colorful light.
“Wearing streamers of cloth, the gods will explore all this, as they are keen to see Musulundha. Adorned with their various ornaments and garments, all those residents of the various realms in the Heaven Free from Strife share the same wish. When they see Musulundha’s palace, they approach it and go inside. As they enter, they will witness the most enchanting sights, colorful and absolutely outstanding. The palace is extraordinary and filled with the finest features. When the gods have had a good look, they will humbly proceed farther, wishing to see Musulundha. [F.79.b] When they finally encounter the king, they find him surrounded by a retinue of seven thousand attending goddesses who are adorned with shining ornaments and exquisite attire. Shining like orbs of light, they wear streamers, tiaras, armlets, bracelets, and flower garlands. Moving their heavenly bodies, they are everywhere as they circle around the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife. As for him, he sits like Mount Sumeru encircled by the lesser mountains, the ocean surrounded by lakes, or the moon surrounded by the planets, stars, and other celestial bodies. All his beautiful features shine delightfully like the moon. As he occupies his sapphire throne, he appears as a mass of light.
“The palace is adorned by a hundred thousand shining pillars made of the seven precious substances, glittering with jewels. An extravagant quality of this palace is such that the more gods enter, the more spacious it becomes. The trees that grow within this palace, which is adorned by numerous jewels, have branches perpetually filled with blooming flowers throughout the six seasons, just as they always bear fruits. The stunning walls are colored brightly by the seven precious substances.
“The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, along with others, will approach the residence of Musulundha, and they will joyously dance, sing, and play music, enjoying the vast effects of their actions. [F.80.a] Sitting amid this mass of light, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, receives everyone’s worship. When everyone is seated, he will welcome the devoted gods with endearing and delightful words. Then he will address the entire gathering of divine visitors: ‘Living beings should guard themselves against becoming careless for the sake of pleasure. If they properly follow the Dharma, those gods who are otherwise destined to fall will instead attain lasting happiness. Living happily, they will eventually reach the transcendence of suffering. Although their bodies may disintegrate, the gods shall never suffer again but remain happy.’
“Wishing to help them all, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will say this to the gods. He will then continue: ‘As long as the gods chase after pleasure and remain deluded by objects, they will never be satisfied. They will be depraved and unable to advance. [F.80.b] If these objects were truly delightful, they would not be impermanent, unstable, and unpleasant. Therefore, listen well. What you behold here are the six beautifully bejeweled stūpas of the six perfect buddhas. The six thus-gone ones for whom they were constructed are the perfect buddha Śikhin, the perfect buddha Vipaśyin, the perfect buddha Kanakamuni, the perfect buddha Viśvabhū, the perfect buddha Krakucchanda, and the perfect buddha Kāśyapa. These reliquaries were built by other gods in the past. We have heard all about them and thus we worship them. However, because our lives are extremely short, we were not able to see any of those thus-gone ones ourselves. Nevertheless, those blessed ones worked for the welfare of the world and were committed to benefiting beings. Therefore, they came to stay in this divine world for the benefit of the gods. This is what I have heard from those before me; I have not witnessed it myself.
“ ‘The blessed Krakucchanda, on his own, brought tremendous benefit to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, and from his single reliquary wondrous signs appear. When mendicants, brahmins, and people in general are not respected, the forces of the gods will wane. At that time, some images of gods that suffer death and transmigration become perceptible upon this reliquary, but it is only I who perceive these signs of decay. [F.81.a] The signs do also appear to those who remain absorbed in carelessness despite their degeneration, but they fail to see them because they are so attached to objects. Instead, they continue singing songs among themselves, thinking that such pointless activity will be of benefit. So, beware, you who are reckless and lost in carelessness—you are going to die! Since your positive actions will eventually become exhausted, all of this will indeed come to nothing! These facts are explained in the discourses of those six thus-gone ones, which were given for the benefit of beings. It is the thus-gone ones who caused all of that to be inscribed upon the reliquaries. Therefore, everyone of sound mind, listen to me! Gods, it is certain that, when your time comes to die, you will have regrets.’
The Six Stūpas
The Stūpa of the Buddha Śikhin
“At this point, the leaders among the gods will feel endless reverence as they acknowledge the truth in those words. What is the object of their reverence? The ruler of the gods and the Dharma-Vinaya. With such reverence, they understand these truths, and their minds come to rest unshakably within that recognition. When the disciples have gained this insight, the ruler of the gods will then continue: ‘All of you who are on the right path, first of all, upon the side of the reliquary of the first buddha, Śikhin, appears a discourse that begins, “Monks, these eight factors are virtuous.” This was written to benefit the gods and bring them happiness, fulfillment, and help.’
“In this way, the gods who are in the presence of their leader, Musulundha, will gain insight by following him. On the side of the reliquary that contains the form of the blessed Śikhin, who is seated cross-legged on a fine seat of beryl and sapphire, the following words are written: [F.81.b] ‘Monks, eight factors destroy the virtuous qualities of gods and humans. What are these eight factors? Monks, first of all, the following holds for all who are careless or crushed by carelessness, whether they are gods or humans. When they practice virtue they will fail in their aims, whether worldly or transcendent. When mundane beings are careless and lazy, their activities will not be completed. They will also not take care of their loved ones, but treat them as strangers. Meanwhile, their enemies will find such people to be awful, and will therefore watch for the right time to strike and destroy them. Such are the consequences, in terms of mundane behavior, for those who roam about carelessly and thoughtlessly. They will end up with a degenerate behavior, their enemies will proliferate, their friendships will wither, and they will become destitute and reviled. They will be impoverished, in contrast to those who, fearing such poverty, have great influence on companions, friends, and family.
“ ‘Their covetousness, ill will, and wrong view will greatly increase. The gods will become angry at such people of inferior intellect and call them evildoers. All the gods will abandon such evildoers, and malicious beings will bring a cruel end to their lives. If merchants become careless, their wealth will dwindle. If monks or lay practitioners become careless, they will lose their concentration. They will fail to bring an end to the defilements by means of the practice of concentration and instead remain attached to the taste of food and obsessed with their mealtimes. [F.82.a] They will find no joy. The careless who roam about carelessly will hardly ever find an occasion for feeling devotion. They will be attached to enjoyments and their outlook and demeanor will be like that of crows. Such careless people will always have restless minds. If they enter an assembly or a learned gathering, they will be ridiculed due to their poor intelligence. They will appear unimpressive to donors and benefactors. Their confidence will deteriorate, since the supreme form of confidence is discernment of phenomena. They will be the lowest among the weak, because of their deficient learning. Such ridiculed people will be unable to recognize their own flaws.
“ ‘They will develop abundant covetousness and ill will. When in the presence of scholars, masters, or devoted and sincere donors and benefactors, such base people will act carelessly. Hence, when their bodies disintegrate, they will take an unfortunate fall and be born in hell.
“ ‘Such reckless beings who live carelessly will be hindered in achieving any objectives, whether mundane or transcendent. Monks, how will the gods be hindered? By their very nature, the gods are careless and thoughtless. Hence, they will become careless due to attractive and delightful sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents. As they gallivant about carelessly, they will fail to notice that they age and that they will become destitute. They will not remember that their positive karmic actions will eventually be exhausted. They will not become accustomed to the Dharma, nor will they have any respect for the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. [F.82.b]
“ ‘Roaming about carelessly with such deprived minds, they will fail to encounter any buddhas. Because of their habituation to carelessness, they will remain afflicted by great torments during their existence. They will suffer when the signs of death manifest, the time of loss. As their attending ladies abandon them, they will be left in great fear. As if falling into a pit, those who used to experience objects in the way described previously will no longer have any chance to see their companions, because they depart for another world. None of their companions will follow them, and at the time of death they will not find any happiness or relief. The objects will degenerate and turn into vomit and snot. As their next life dawns, those careless beings who were lost in carelessness must move onward according to the actions they have performed. In this way, they depart for a different world. Struck by pangs of craving, the careless must depart. Abandoned, shunned by all the other gods, terrified, and deluded by objects, they must leave. As their time runs out, they proceed to take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Therefore, no human or god should be careless!’
“At this point Musulundha will utter these verses of the blessed Śikhin:
“In this way, Musulundha reads aloud the verses of the blessed Śikhin that are written upon the side of the reliquary, and he also conveys other instructions. He says, ‘The eight facts written on the wall concern carelessness. Now that I have mentioned them, I will also mention an additional seven facts about carelessness: (1) The careless are always infatuated. (2) People who act carelessly become mad. (3) Such careless gods and humans will encounter obstacles in all their objectives, be they mundane or transcendent. (4) They will encounter obstacles in the pursuit of their objectives, mundane or transcendent, due to the distractions that such careless beings encounter. (5) Even if they try to be cautious, they will still get everything wrong. (6) Their infatuation will also make such people unattractive in all regards. [F.83.b] (7) In myriad situations, they will encounter what is unhelpful and unpleasant, and they will fail to achieve any objectives.
“ ‘How is infatuation such a great flaw when it comes to the transmundane Dharma-Vinaya, and how does infatuation become an obstacle for people in general? Whether they are laypeople or monastics, people who are very careless are always criticized. That is, those who follow this Dharma-Vinaya without any infatuation are in all regards delightful to behold, whereas that is not the case with the careless. Those afflicted by infatuation will not practice concentration. Nor will they be able to properly work or travel. They will not attend to their duties, nor will they fulfill the requests of donors and benefactors. Instead, they will simply stick to their seats and mattresses, where they will become carried away by improper mental activity. When their bodies disintegrate and they die, they will then be born in the hells.
“ ‘There are also seven factors related to infatuation that are unbecoming on both the mundane and the supramundane paths. Those seven are infatuation due to appearances, infatuation due to wealth, infatuation due to family, infatuation due to ornaments and apparel, infatuation due to royal patronage, infatuation due to female embraces, and infatuation due to being distracted by a woman who belongs to another. Those forms of infatuation serve merely as a summary. Infatuations are enemies. Infatuation is excess. Infatuation thwarts all Dharma training.
“ ‘If humans become infatuated due to even limited enjoyments and minor income, [F.84.a] why wouldn’t the infatuation of the gods be like this? Their enjoyable sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells continuously increase day and night, so they are perpetually infatuated and careless. Except when their lifespans degenerate, their minds are always infatuated. Their infatuation is limitless and an obstacle to all good qualities. They do not acknowledge the fact that their bodies will disintegrate and, until their lifespans become exhausted, they remain infatuated based on their particular virtuous and unvirtuous actions. They do not accomplish anything. Then, when their time is up and they realize that they are certain to fall, they despair and think, “Oh no, I have been deceived by these objects!” The gods are constantly deceived by their afflictions and when their bodies disintegrate they will suffer a hideous fall into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. In this way, those who are careless with respect to mundane actions are reproachable.
“ ‘In what ways are the infatuated gods reproachable in terms of the path of transcendence? The gods who are born in the Heaven Free from Strife due to positive acts that are desirable, attractive, and delightful become careless about the Dharma-Vinaya. They will no longer have an understanding of the actions that they previously performed. Those who are excessively infatuated will be unstable and inattentive. Those who are always careless will not be attentive to those who do not roam around, and they will have no concern for the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. They will not accomplish the Dharma-Vinaya and they will fail to take it up correctly. [F.84.b] They will not train on the paths. They will not emphasize the view of dependent origination. They will not follow teachers. They will not associate with those gods who are training in wakefulness. Deceived by their pleasures, they are brought down by objects. When they die and transmigrate from our divine realm, they will feel intense regret. Therefore, the carelessness of gods and humans should be shunned like fire or snakes.’
“At that point, Musulundha will cite the following verses of the blessed Śikhin:
“In this way, the blessed Śikhin teaches about carelessness and infatuation in both the mundane and supramundane contexts. His teaching about the flaws of the three types of unrestrained action, in this and future lives, is displayed upon the reliquary.399
“Next, based on what is written on the stūpa, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, will teach the gods about actions performed by the body: ‘Some actions are of an unrestrained nature. Three great flaws of unrestrained action prevent gods and humans from prospering. [F.85.a] They render all mundane and supramundane actions futile. Unrestrained people suffer from obstacles. When they take mundane vows, they will remain deluded and fail to distinguish between what is true and false, and between what is reasonable or unreasonable. Even when they observe their vows, they will be partial toward their relatives and friends. They will make countless plans as they stay with companions and relatives, and they will consequently fail to keep their vows. Failing to properly observe their vows, they will be rebuked. Their own relatives and friends will consider them an embarrassment and instead talk about other people who do properly keep their vows. Whether in terms of their vows or lifestyle, their attitude will not be appreciated by their own people. It will be said that they have disregarded the duties of their paternal home or their own households. Because of their poor resolve, those afflicted by such conditions will be scorned even by their own friends, who instead will prefer the company of others who are not even their friends. Meanwhile, those who are strangers will never be on their side.
“ ‘Such people fall like trees that have been uprooted by a storm, and as they fall, they lose all their wealth, possessions, family, and friends. Their minds are fickle, depraved, and unrefined, [F.85.b] and they harbor covetousness and ill will toward everyone. They will have improper concerns, frivolous ideas, and malicious thoughts. They will be hostile to everyone, develop ill will and arrogance, and have a malicious demeanor. They will become distracted and impoverished. Because of their uncontrolled ways, when their bodies disintegrate, they will die inauspiciously and fall into hell.
“ ‘Therefore, people who wish for lasting benefit should also keep mundane vows. As they abide by their vows, their minds will become steadfast. In this way, their friends will trust them as they recognize their excellent character. People whose minds are restrained will be entrusted with the king’s most confidential matters, as well as with large amounts of jewels, gold, and other such valuables. Although people may become angry at those who properly observe vows, they will not be able to harm them. No one will be able to destroy the discipline of such individuals by offering counsel, nor will family, friends, or supporters. Rather, those who properly keep their vows will be respected by their friends. They will be considered trustworthy and teachers will treat them as one of their own. Those who observe the seven vows400 will receive royal offerings, as well as gifts from friends, companions, and relatives. In this way, everyone will provide them with whatever material means they may require, and no one will be able do them any wrong. They will become very wealthy, and they will be generous with all their possessions. As they create merit, they will maintain their wholesome resolve. Due to such causes and circumstances, when their bodies disintegrate, [F.86.a] they will proceed to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods.
“ ‘Those whose character is unrestrained and who are disparaged by others are for the most part disinclined to undertake any actions associated with transcendence. They are blind to the ripening of karmic effects. Such people may either be born into a household where people do not observe any vows, or they may otherwise appear everywhere, like the sounding of a conch, in the attire of a monk, although they in fact do not possess even a single vow. In this way, pretending to have vows, they deceive donors and benefactors. While claiming that they genuinely observe the vows of the blessed Buddha, they do not actually uphold any vows. Nor do they observe any discipline related to the body. They are charlatans and thieves, deceiving the whole world including all the gods, māras, mendicants, and brahmins—the whole world with all its gods, humans, and asuras too. Such pretenders do not accomplish what they have understood; they are empty, vacuous, hollow, and resemble a mass of foam. Not practicing what they preach, they hoodwink everyone. They are supreme cheats who engage in nothing but pretense. As others offer them a place to stay and medical supplies, they sink further and are swallowed by cyclic existence. They are born in one hell after another, driven by their unwholesome deeds.
“ ‘Those who have broken their vows, who carry out evil and inauspicious acts, are so unworthy that they cause obstacles even in relation to land that belongs to the saṅgha. Land that has been offered by donors and benefactors for the benefit of disciplined monks is not suitable for people who do not observe vows. [F.86.b] Therefore, even if unwholesome individuals with faulty discipline just set their feet on such land, or socialize there, hundreds of obstacles will follow. No need, then, to talk about the consequences if they make use of the dwellings, medical supplies, or other resources.’
“At that point, Musulundha cites the following verses of the Blessed One:401
“ ‘This is how humans who have no restraint will encounter obstacles on the path of transcendence. How does lack of restraint produce obstacles for the gods? This world has many levels of karmic actions and their effects. Gods who are born in the heavens experience the pleasures engendered by the seven types of discipline. Yet, living in carelessness, they bring those pleasures to exhaustion, and once those are gone, they will not recur, [F.87.b] just as the light of a lamp will stop shining once its oil and wick have been consumed.
“ ‘Lack of restraint creates obstacles for the path of transcendence because people who practice discipline are born in the heavens. Once born there, they will think, “When I was a human, I practiced the seven types of discipline, and therefore I have now been born here among the gods as one of their equals.” They will then adhere one-pointedly to the vows, and they will both perceive and explain the nature of karmic actions and their effects. They will declare, “All who are born in this realm have done so through keeping their vows!”
“ ‘Yet the mind of such a god will subsequently become depraved as he is enchanted by objects, and hence he will neither listen nor practice. He will not have faith in the vows nor in the ripening of karmic actions. Having become agitated with respect to objects, he will destroy his vows and fail to practice the teachings. As such gods fall from virtue, they will not be born in the higher realms. They will accomplish nothing, be it in worldly or transcendent contexts. In this way, lack of restraint is a third factor that creates obstacles.
“ ‘There is also a fourth factor of the gods that creates obstacles both for them and for humans: laziness. Those who delight in laziness will in the same way fail to gain any mundane qualities whatsoever. Those fond of laziness lack seven factors. What are the seven? Just as with pride, laziness prevents diligence. As one loses sovereignty, one will degenerate. Arrogance also becomes a source of degeneration. One will lose one’s possessions as well as one’s knowledge of objects. [F.88.a] One will fall below any worldly standards. One will no longer follow holy people and will also be out of sync in any worldly conversations. Failing completely in all mundane matters, one will remain in delusion. All one’s objectives will come to nothing. In this way, laziness interferes with all the mundane objectives of human beings.
“ ‘How does laziness prevent human beings from accomplishing supramundane qualities? Lazy people become monastics because they worry about the duties of the household.402 They think, “If I become a monastic, I will receive ample bedding and medical supplies. I will not have to work, either in the evening or during the day.” In this way, they become monastics out of laziness.403
“ ‘Once such people have taken ordination, they take up a sacred lifestyle, yet they do not pray, and they fail to accomplish any objectives or duties. They will not endeavor in meditation. They will not follow through but will instead fall short and be reproached for their laziness. In the unlikely event that they obtain any wealth or praise, they will relish such attainments. They will not have any appreciation for discipline and insight. When their bodies disintegrate, such base individuals will die inauspiciously and suffer a hideous downfall into hell.’
“At that point, Musulundha cites the following verses of the blessed Śikhin:
“ ‘How do the gods fail with respect to both the mundane world and the supramundane Dharma-Vinaya, and in what ways do they encounter obstacles? Due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, [F.89.a] or the manifestation of past positive actions, a lazy person may by means of the mundane path be born as a god. Yet, crushed by laziness, he will not find pleasure in all the heavenly sounds, tastes, textures, forms, and smells. He will not appreciate the parks, and he will not be inclined to roam or travel. He will not like to listen to songs, nor will he sing. He will not ascend into the middle of the sky, travel among the mountain peaks, or fly over the waves on the backs of birds. Even if the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife were to stand before a god who is overcome by pleasure, the god would not perform any elaborate ceremony. In this way, for mundane beings, laziness turns everything into an enemy.
“ ‘How does laziness interfere with the path of transcendence? Lazy gods do not keep company with gods who listen to and are fond of the sacred Dharma. Instead, they turn their backs on the Dharma. They do not listen to teachings they haven’t heard before, nor do they recollect and familiarize themselves with the teachings they have heard. They do not follow spiritual teachers. They do not become knowledgeable and informed. They remain outside the sacred Dharma and are deprived of all that is virtuous. They keep revolving through cyclic existence, always destined for suffering. Why? Since they do not follow the true path, they lack realization and will not attain liberation. Brought down by laziness, they will be born among hell beings, starving spirits, animals, and humans. Caught up in aging and death, [F.89.b] they will wander about while undergoing intense suffering. Laziness is what leads to failure and serves as the root of all the lower realms. It is the seed of the entirety of cyclic existence. Therefore, those wishing to retreat from cyclic existence should become diligent and rid themselves of laziness. Otherwise, they will be unable to cross over the mountains that are rooted in indolence. Stained by that single flaw, they will be unable cross the ocean of suffering.
“ ‘Besides these four obstructing factors, what is the fifth obstructing factor for gods and humans? Whether in terms of the mundane path or the supramundane path, burning desire is a factor that prevents progress for gods and humans. In what way is burning desire a reprehensible factor on the mundane path of gods and humans? When householders become overwhelmed by craving, they will not have any fondness for the Dharma and instead will constantly chase after wealth. Day and night, the craving for wealth will constantly pierce their hearts. No matter how much wealth they obtain, they only wish for more and so they wonder, “How might I best fool others so that I can further enrich myself?” In this way they hatch deceptive plans and resort to trickery. They will engage in a steady stream of unrighteous activities, and their covetousness will proliferate. Pondering how to take possession of others’ belongings, they will deceptively befriend others with the aim of swindling them, [F.90.a] and when they succeed in cheating others, they will be delighted. They will think, “What fine feat can I pull off now? How might I best dupe others through cunning trade so that I can get their wealth and increase my own?” Such thoughts they relish, cultivate, and increase, and in the process they hurt others. Oppressed by their burning desire, they will destroy entire regions, impoverishing the cities as well as the countryside. Everyone will abandon them. All good people will understand and then desert them. As they inflict harm upon others, they will become an enemy of the state, a foe of their town, a foe of their city, a destroyer of their country, a destroyer of their town, a destroyer of their home, and a destroyer of their family. Later, when their bodies are destroyed, they will suffer a hideous downfall into the lower realms and be born in the hells. This is how desire for the objects of the world creates obstacles for human beings.
“ ‘Those who become accustomed to such burning desire will find that their craving increases, as when wood is added to fire. The more things people with burning desire acquire, the more their desires grow because they are consumed by covetousness. Therefore, people who practice the Dharma should diligently apply themselves to eliminating burning desire. The desire for wealth, which is also the stain of hoarding wealth, is the greatest of all stains. People who are destroyed by such stains are racing toward hell.’
“At this point Musulundha cites the following verses of the blessed Śikhin: [F.90.b]
“ ‘Burning desire is always meaningless and prevents the attainment of what needs to be accomplished. Mundane burning desires impede human beings because they become second nature, and only keep increasing. As when fire meets fuel, burning desire will only grow stronger the more wealth one acquires, and one will remain under the influence of covetousness. Therefore, people who practice the Dharma should apply themselves in numerous ways to bringing an end to burning desire.
“ ‘Gods, someone who is overly fond of alms may turn into a merchant. There are some mendicants or brahmins who, when they obtain food or drink of little value, eagerly try to peddle such items that were obtained as donations. With respect to the quality of the items, they may sell these items at a higher price than they are worth, perhaps even four, eight, or ten times their worth. That is one reproachable consequence of having burning desire.
“ ‘Burning desire may also drive Dharma teachers to accept material things through their teaching activity, yet without dedicating such wealth to the Three Jewels. Similarly, reproachable desire may also cause those who have become accustomed to wisdom to cling to the three special kinds of knowledge. The desires of those who have taken ordination and who should live free from hopes and obsessions are reproachable. Another reproachable desire occurs [F.91.b] when someone who has taken ordination hawks a statue of a blessed one, whether made of porcelain, ivory, bell metal, or silver. Such a person’s desires are reproachable. He does not even use his wealth to support the Dharma. This is how burning desire among human beings must be seen as reproachable, disgusting, and ugly for those who seek to attain supramundane qualities.
“ ‘When gods have desire, they run after all sorts of enjoyments. Gods, for you, burning desire is clearly present and you thus enjoy yourselves among the mountains of gold, silver, beryl, sapphire, majestic sapphire, and crystal. Your playful journeys among the mountains in groups of males and females are nothing but a product of desire. Gods, craving for objects, you become bound by your pleasures, and you do not understand that you are going to fall. You are not afraid of the lower realms. You do not fear the undesirable, the unattractive, the loss of your lands, or the suffering of death due to disease, but you should keep all those terrors in mind. Gods, you are controlled by desire, and through your activities you will be crushed under a terrifying mountain. Without fear of loss or disease, the gods die and transmigrate, while their desires remain unsatiated. In this way, burning desire obstructs the mundane path for the gods as well.
“ ‘How do the gods encounter obstructions to the supramundane path? [F.92.a] As they meet with attractive sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells, the gods take delight in profane conduct. Desirous gods do not enjoy listening to those gods who have less desire, or to those who are learning from the felt-wearing practitioners of the Dharma-Vinaya. Understanding the Dharma is like water being sprinkled on the roots of all virtuous qualities. Yet, understanding of the Dharma will not occur unless one hears the Dharma. Nor will one realize the nature of reality without hearing the Dharma.
“ ‘What is the root of careless thoughtlessness? Its root is desire. Desire is its root. Therefore, those who give up desire will enter the city of the transcendence of suffering. Those whose minds are oppressed by desire will scurry along the path of cyclic existence. In this way gods and humans are held back from the path of transcendence.
“ ‘Therefore, wise individuals should endeavor to give up their burning desires. As an effect that conforms with its cause, this will cause one to train diligently in being generous with material things. It is said that gods cannot practice acts of generosity; generosity is performed by splendid humans, not by gods. When a god becomes a human, he may delight in giving away things that are very hard to obtain. Yet he will be deceived by others, like an unskilled merchant who loses an island of jewels. There are many ways of being generous with material things.
“ ‘What are the ways of giving protection from fear? There are three such kinds of generosity: saving lives, protecting wealth from being seized, and preventing the abduction of the sons and daughters of others. [F.92.b] The gift of life grants gods and humans longevity. By protecting wealth, one protects against thieves and one becomes wealthy. One ensures that wealth is not lost to kings, thieves, floods, or the like. In this way, one will become a king or a royal minister, attain great miraculous powers as the result of such practices, and become very influential and wealthy in all other lives. The gift of freedom from fear in relation to sons and daughters means that one ensures that sons and daughters are carefully protected. Even at the time of dying as a god or a human, one should not abandon these types of generosity.
“ ‘Gods, what is meant by giving the Dharma? There are two such kinds of generosity: mundane and supramundane. Mundane generosity with the Dharma means to impart mundane knowledge of the ways to achieve the four concentrations. This grants happiness among gods and humans as long as one does not develop any wrong view. Giving the supramundane gift of the Dharma gives access to the pure divine levels of the desire realm and the realm of form. If one is born in the realm of desire, one will become one of the leaders of the gods among the ninety-eight levels of the six heavens in the desire realm. One may also be born among the gods in the form realm, and there realize the transcendence of suffering. Those who attain particularly great results will use their unique intelligence to gain the supreme realization of the transcendence of suffering. One may also be born in the pure abodes. In accordance with one’s specific dedication, one may also become a king—a universal monarch who rules the four continents and possesses the golden wheel and the rest of the fourteen treasures. One may also join a caste that accords with one’s specific dedication. [F.93.a] Based on one’s specific dedication, one may attain the exhaustion of defilements, the stage of a solitary buddha, or develop diligence. Through the gift of the Dharma one can even reach the state of a blessed buddha—a worthy one, someone learned and virtuous, a well-gone one, a knower of the world, an unsurpassed being, a charioteer who guides others, a teacher of gods and humans, a blessed buddha.
“ ‘The gods do not practice these three types of generosity, and therefore humans stand out when compared to the gods. While the gods are at the stage of ripening, humans are at the stage of action. The states of both gods and humans constitute immense results based on immense actions. However, considering the difference between actions and their effects, gods are inferior when compared to humans. Moreover, concerning the way different types of life are achieved based on different types of action, if someone does not practice generosity but exclusively practices discipline, such a person will only attain a single type of quality and obtain only very few sense pleasures. As shown by this presentation of karmic conditions, humans are foremost among beings, not the gods.’
The Stūpa of the Buddha Vipaśyin
“At this point Musulundha cites the following verses of the blessed Vipaśyin:
“ ‘All conditioned things are impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self, and so beings are oppressed by the weight of their numerous sufferings. Although tied by the five bonds, they do not become weary, and so the eyes of gods and humans are closed by dullness and their hearts are filled with desirous thoughts. Tied by the bonds of falsity, their minds are exclusively governed by desire. Such is the state of all ordinary, childish beings. Tied by the ropes of craving each other, beings cannot escape cyclic existence, like trapped birds. In this way, gods and humans fail to examine the nature of pleasure, while the entire world is subject to utter impermanence in so many ways.
“ ‘The gods fail to observe the generosity that is endowed with twelve qualities. They are sustained exclusively by their karmic fruits, and when those are exhausted—having become rotten and infected—they will fall from their divine realm. When their merit is exhausted, they are certain to fall.
“ ‘What is generosity endowed with twelve qualities? It involves a perfect place, a perfect time, [F.94.a] perfect qualities, perfect joy in giving delightful gifts, perfect recipients, giving to those who are thirsting and starving, giving with faith and respect, giving to those who are free from afflictions and have perfect qualities, giving prodigiously having made an announcement, giving to those who suffer from a lack of respect and standing, giving without envy, and giving with veneration and flawless respect. Those who practice generosity with those twelve qualities and observe perfect discipline will be born among the gods. Gods, on the other hand, will fall once those factors are exhausted. Therefore, gods should not live their lives carelessly.
“ ‘Those who practice generosity in a way that is free from twelve stains will be suited for greatness. They will become universal monarchs, gods, or superior gods. The twelve stains are as follows. To distribute donations equally among those who only uphold a single vow, members of the saṅgha, those who have undertaken training, and those who have perfect insight and qualities is greatly stained and brings lesser effects. Moreover, giving based on desire, as when someone gives to a woman or man to whom they are attracted, is also a stained form of generosity. Likewise, if one gives donations to mendicants or brahmins who are already sponsored by the king, or who have many benefactors, while preferring to donate to them rather than to those who suffer, or without giving it much thought, then such generosity is stained for those reasons. [F.94.b] Therefore, one must be generous while avoiding such things.
“ ‘There are further kinds of stained generosity. What are they? Giving in a way that is deluded, deceptive, and the like. There are also other types of stained generosity. Some may exclusively make offerings without training in discipline, insight, or peaceful concentration. They make offerings due to other conditions and lack attention. That is also a stained form of generosity.
“ ‘There are further types of stained generosity, such as when one gives in order to be liked. That is also stained. Other types of stained generosity include giving in order to cunningly acquire wealth. Thus, one may think, “This gift shall allow me to skillfully seize that person’s wealth. Once he trusts me, I shall destroy him.” That is also stained. Then, there are further types of stained generosity, such as when one gives in order to cause division. One may think, “I shall offer them my daughter, but once we become relatives, I shall destroy them.’406 Those who create such divisions are also stained.
“ ‘There are also other ways in which generosity becomes stained. One might give for the sake of a relationship, as when a family offers gifts to another family for the purpose of a marriage. Generosity in such a context is also stained. Another instance of generosity spoiled by stains occurs when, for example, one hoards food stocks for the sake of business or some other reason. In this way, one might even stockpile the items for a period of five years. In the end one might then release them at a high price for the sake of profit. Once the items have been released one can then use the funds to maintain one’s household. [F.95.a] Such business, where first there is stockpiling and then dispensing, is also spoiled by stains.
“ ‘Another type of generosity that is spoiled by stains occurs when gifts are made for the sake of renown. If one’s children, family, or friends become poor one might give to them without proper motivation but simply due to conceit. Such generosity for the sake of renown is destroyed by stains.
“ ‘All the above occur when there is a lack of proper motivation, so all the stains can be removed by means of a proper mindset. Just as, for example, stained clothing can be cleansed with a detergent, so the mind can be purified through training.’
“At this point Musulundha cites the following verses of the blessed Vipaśyin:
“ ‘Such forms of generosity are not the property of gods, but of humans. For that reason, humans are truly supreme, not the gods. So, make sure that you fully understand generosity. By all means, bind the objects and always guard the helpless mind well. If you do so, this great tree will succumb, burned up in the fire of wisdom. As it burns in the fire, you will attain the inexhaustible stage of supreme joy, free from the bondage of carelessness. Therefore, strive diligently to abandon the enemy of carelessness.
“ ‘Moreover, there are eight407 factors that the gods seek to avoid and consider extremely shameful. What are they? The gods become embarrassed when their karmic actions are disclosed while they have their meals. In other words, depending on whether their threefold karmic actions are lesser, intermediate, or greater, the character of their food will be lesser, intermediate, or greater. However, the gods are unable to give any of their food to others because karmic actions cannot be transferred. When the gods are having their meals, [F.96.a] they exclusively encounter food that corresponds to their previous acts of generosity and discipline. When some gods see how the food of others is exquisite to an extent that is far superior to their own in terms of fragrance, taste, and texture, their hearts are struck by tremendous shame. The pleasures that the gods experience when they frolic in the forests, parks, pools, and lotus groves also correspond with their karmic actions. So, when they see that the pleasures of other gods are far superior, they become highly ashamed and feel physically deficient.
“ ‘Five factors are causes of embarrassment for a god. What are they? As the gods are having their meals, a god may notice how other gods have access to pristine ambrosia, and how, by comparison, their own sustenance seems smelly and inferior. When that happens, they feel tremendous embarrassment. This, then, is the first among the causes of embarrassment for a god.
“ ‘Likewise, when some gods notice the excellent ornaments and abundant costumes of certain other gods in the vicinity, as well as their splendid physiques, they feel ashamed. This is the second cause of embarrassment.
“ ‘Regarding the third such cause, when the gods travel through the sky between their lotus groves and parks, or when they visit mountains of gold or beryl for the sake of entertainment, some of them are able to move with tremendous speed due to their unique past karmic actions. However, other gods, who are much smaller, are slower by comparison and are therefore unable to keep up with the others, which makes them feel embarrassed among the goddesses of their realm.
“ ‘The fourth cause of embarrassment occurs when the gods visit the lotus pools where the flowers bloom in accordance with the quality of their past karmic actions. [F.96.b] When the senior gods, accompanied by their entourages, notice the more magnificent colors, scents, and textures that other gods enjoy, they feel highly embarrassed.
“ ‘The fifth cause of embarrassment is experienced by the gods individually. How so? The seats upon which the gods repose manifest in strict accordance with the quality of the karmic actions that the individual gods have performed in the past. For those who have acted in the most excellent way, seats of beryl, sapphire, and ruby will manifest. If other gods, whose karmic actions are inferior, sit down upon them, the seats will turn into gold, silver, or crystal. Noticing this transformation, which is due to the impact of their past karmic actions, the gods feel tremendous shame. This embarrassment makes their splendor wane, and so their faces lose their glow. Moreover, when the goddesses see those gods who are far more powerful and superior, they will abandon the inferior gods. Leaving the weaker gods, they will go to be with other gods instead. All the goddesses follow this pattern. Moving to the stronger gods, they also achieve superior status and enjoyments, all of which causes the inferior gods tremendous shame. This, then, is the fifth cause.
“ ‘As can be understood from such embarrassments, which occur in relation to the god’s retinue, all conditioned things are subject to a very rapid destruction. [F.97.a] Even those experiences that are wholly enjoyable and free from pain lead to suffering, and thus even those gods who are intoxicated by happiness will suffer. What, then, can one say of all that they will experience in other lives—the myriad sufferings that are certain to follow whenever beings take birth as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals? Just as all rivers flow into the sea, so the various currents within the mindstreams of beings lead to many great sufferings. Thinking about the gods in this way will also shed light on many other aspects of suffering. One will see that anything and everything throughout the three times is plagued by the three types of suffering. The destroyers of suffering are insight, discipline, and generosity.’
“At this point Musulundha cites these verses of the Blessed One:408
“With these words, Musulundha teaches the gods who live in carelessness. Once they understand this, the gods develop faith and comprehend the results of generosity and discipline. This is also an occasion that humbles the gods, for it is a wondrous pleasure to receive this explanation of409 karmic actions.
“As the gods roam around the forests, parks, ponds, springs, and lotus groves, they are accompanied by a great number of ladies who play a variety of drums and instruments. Moving through the forests in this way, they remain attached to the many different objects, and thus they carry on, enjoying supreme and vast pleasures that are beyond compare. Traveling in this way, they amble through places filled with food and drink. [F.98.b] Goddesses who wear amazing ornaments and raiment travel with them—wearing the most beautiful of such jewelry and costumes, they delight the gods. The goddesses always attend to the gods as they dance, laugh, flirt, sing, and play music of the five types of instruments in melodious, rhythmic, and harmonious ways. In this way, the ear consciousnesses of the gods remains insatiable.
“As the objects of their craving pull them along, these helpless beings are never satisfied. Hence, when the gods look at the many different sights, their minds will be overcome by the many lovely and enjoyable images that constantly change according to their wishes. This wealth of shining and colorful objects is everywhere, both near and far. However, whenever a god thinks, “I would like to be near those things over there,” the delightful forms will immediately be present before him. Also, the ambrosias of the gods transform according to their wishes. If they want them to be near, they will come close, and if they want them at a distance, they will move away. These karmic effects occur in unique ways based on their causes, which may be either inferior, intermediate, or supreme.
“Looking at the poisonous sights of the snake of craving, the gods are never satisfied. As when fuel is added to a fire, the delightful objects make the craving gods rage on endlessly. [F.99.a] The gods remain insatiable in many ways. They also direct their olfactory consciouses toward the many aromas, and thus they will perceive numerous fragrances from the flowers in the forests and parks. The flowers grow on vines, shrubs, trees, and across the landscape, displaying many marvelous colors, shapes, and designs. Whenever a certain type of flower is in bloom, goddesses will come to enjoy its fragrance. Certain flower scents are also carried by the breeze. In this way, the gods all experience perfect sense pleasures in the form of fragrance.
“When they have enjoyed the fragrances, they may want to wear heavenly ornaments such as earrings and bracelets, and as soon as that wish arises, the adornments will manifest immediately. The gods also wear many kinds of colorful and fragrant unwoven garments of the most perfect design and fit, and this again becomes a source of their insatiable craving. All the objects that their minds perceive manifest at a level of perfection that accords with their individual karmic actions.
“With supreme joy, the gods visit lands of food and drink where they will partake of ambrosia. All such edibles again manifest corresponding to their individual acts of generosity, which may be either lesser, intermediate, or supreme. As the result of the imprint of their individual seals of karmic action, their beverages likewise turn out in ways that are lesser, intermediate, or supreme. [F.99.b] This can be likened to the way the size of a person’s shadow appears in exact accord with the dimensions of that person’s body when exposed to the sun. In that way, the kinds of food that the gods experience conform to the types of actions they previously performed. Hence, when the gods feast together, some of them will feel tremendous shame. Also, when the gods move, those who fall behind will suffer in the extreme. In particular, the pain that an embarrassed god may feel before a throng of goddesses has no parallel anywhere throughout the realms of existence.
“Such teachings that lead to happiness free from deception reveal how the gods are forced to proceed elsewhere within the entirety of cyclic existence. Moreover, when life comes to an end for the gods, as their previous positive actions become exhausted, they suffer as they are faced with death and transmigration. When one among those careless gods, who are constantly attached to pleasures, dies and transmigrates, he will lose all that is desirable, attractive, and delightful, because at that point his life runs out like a butter lamp that is out of fuel. The signs of his future realm will then manifest, and as he suffers the pain of death and transmigration, the god’s body and mind will be overcome by a torment for which there is hardly any example.
“At this point Musulundha will cite these verses of the Blessed One:410
“When the gods are shown how they will die and transmigrate and how they will be subsequently pulled down by the ropes of karmic actions, they are stricken with great terror. Therefore, gods are like animals—hankering after objects, they fail to do what is in their best interest. Therefore, do not be careless. Do not make yourselves have regrets in the future!
“When Musulundha in this way has introduced the gods of Moving in Gatherings to the stūpa created by Vipaśyin, he will offer praise to the stūpa. He will connect these gods to the definitive good, tell them about the flaws of their pleasures, teach them the four despicable errors, and show them their future deaths, thus instilling fear in them. Therefore, since he shows them the path that leads away from terrifying death and the jungle of numerous sufferings, he inspires the gods to attain gratifying happiness.”
The Stūpa of the Buddha Krakucchanda
“In this way, Musulundha guides the gods in the realm of Moving in Gatherings. He guides those who have trained their minds, trained their intellects, and trained their mindstreams. He endeavors to help and provide for others. Wishing to eliminate the carelessness of the gods, he causes them to understand and reflect on the nature of actions and their effects. He engenders sincere faith in them so that they connect with the highest good.
“Having shown them the flaws of pleasures, imparted an understanding of life’s impermanence, and addressed the misery of cyclic existence, Musulundha will then continue: ‘Gods, behold this third stūpa. This is the stūpa of the great sage Krakucchanda—a worthy one, a perfect buddha, someone learned and virtuous, an unsurpassed being, a charioteer who guides others, and a teacher. This stūpa is studded with precious stones and draped with glittering garlands, and it has three golden and bejeweled terraces. It is very lofty and reaches into the sky. Enrapturing everyone, it outshines everything else in the Heaven Free from Strife. As a site of the highest peace and joy, it softens everyone’s being. For all the gods in this heaven, it is a victory banner, the most essential place, and an abode of concentration. Glowing with many priceless virtues, it shines with a precious bright light and thus reveals the teachings of the Dharma. It is a sight of supreme and vast joy. Let us wash and worship this stūpa. Let us worship it with sandalwood, [F.101.b] flowers, incense, and the like, and then gradually approach it to see more of it. What does the great sage convey by means of this great wonder? He shows us the definitive good, that which is perfect, beneficial, and delightful. A blessed one never does anything that is not beneficial and a source of happiness for sentient beings. The blessed ones never go anywhere for their own personal benefit.’
“Keeping in mind the words of their lord, the gods are in a virtuous state of mind, and thus they will reply, ‘We shall be there to worship. We shall come along so that we may be accepted and so that we may receive the benefits.’
“Hence, headed by the divine ruler Musulundha, the gods in the realm of Moving in Gatherings will approach the stūpa of that blessed supreme sage. Before the stūpa of the blessed Krakucchanda, they will respectfully prostrate and make circumambulations to the right. At that point, the glittering light of the stūpa’s jewels becomes so bright that it makes the light of the sun resemble that of a firefly. The light projects the inscriptions on the stūpa’s golden interior into the sky, where the words of the discourse will appear in glittering letters. Miraculously, the letters do not fade, and in this way the teaching is revealed for the benefit of gods and humans. The Dharma teaching, which is given to gods and humans by the able one, the blessed Krakucchanda, is as follows: [F.102.a]
“ ‘Causes make the gods take birth from the realms of the six classes of beings, they make humans die and transmigrate from the human realms, and they make gods die and transmigrate from their divine realms. In this way, the six classes of beings are mutually dependent.
“ ‘Gods and humans are born in the higher realms by virtue of discipline—that is a nondeceptive fact. Moreover, such discipline is twofold—in some cases, it is preceded by vows, and in others by freedom. In the case of so-called meaningful discipline, one is inspired to engage only in what is meaningful. With an inspired mind one develops faith in the buddhas, and so forth. One engages in wholesome actions of body, speech, and mind and does not develop wrong views. For as long as one is alive, one maintains faith in karmic actions and their results. One enjoys the riches of the Dharma by means of the Dharma and does not cause others to suffer. One has respect for one’s parents. One will stay close to mendicants and brahmins. One will be inclined to listen to the sacred Dharma, observe agreeable conduct, and have an inquisitive nature. Thus, one develops inspired faith in ways that are meaningful in all regards. One engages in all manner of meaningful activity, which is to say that one engages in wholesome actions of body and mind.
“ ‘Even if one is not a vow holder, one will, upon the disintegration of one’s body, ascend to the joyous higher realms. Because of the virtuous nature of one’s mental experience, one will then be born among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. However, compared to the other gods, one will obtain inferior ornamentations, female companions, bodies, abodes, and food. One will therefore feel embarrassed when partaking of food. [F.102.b] One’s radiance will also be far inferior, as will one’s enjoyments.
“ ‘Meaningful discipline is an effect of having perfected discipline, and it is a higher form of discipline than that of the gods who maintain the discipline associated with vows. Those who engage in meaningful discipline will have faith in the buddhas, and so forth, yet without observing vows for even a single day. They will also engage in positive actions of body and speech, although not comprehensively. That is to say, their conduct is not comprehensive because, although they give up killing and sexual misconduct, they do not relinquish stealing. Their practice of positive actions is therefore not comprehensive.
“ ‘Their practice of positive verbal actions may also be incomplete, such that they only give up lying without relinquishing all the stains of speech. Such people only practice one feature of meaningful conduct. If such individuals develop faith on the verge of death, and if there are conducive conditions in the form of positive actions to be experienced in other lives, they may take birth among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. There, they will not be among the most inferior gods, but instead stand before gods who in the past engaged comprehensively in meaningful conduct. Such gods will thus be overwhelmed by those gods’ superior size, complexions, form, attire, ornaments, food, activities, desirable females, and surrounding environments. The perception of such special sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells will make them feel inferior and ashamed.
“ ‘There are also some adherents to meaningful discipline [F.103.a] who have the authentic view, an affinity for learning, a propensity for respecting the buddhas, and so forth. Such people may not hold even a single vow. Still, fearful of engaging in corrupt discipline, they refrain from stealing. They will have heard the buddhas’ teaching that poverty follows as a concordant effect of stealing, or that such acts lead to birth in the hells.411 Hence, although they may have a craving for something, factors such as fear make them refrain from stealing. Such people do not engage in the verbal act of divisive talk either. They do not engage in such activities among themselves, nor do they create divisions among eminent beings. They complete their tasks, are wary of bad character, and listen to the teachings of buddhas and others. They have heard the teachings of the buddhas and others that explain how the effects that accord with divisive talk are such that one will experience discord with one’s friends, servants, and spouse. They have likewise heard that upon the disintegration of one’s body, such acts will cause one to fall into the lower realms and be born in hell. Hence, for those two reasons, they refrain from divisive talk.
“ ‘When the bodies of such people disintegrate, it may happen that the power of their final state of mind, or the force of their positive actions to be experienced in other lives, leads them to take birth among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, even if they are not inspired by that realm. In such an event, their sizes, hues, shapes, environments, and food will all be of inferior quality. The sounds, textures, forms, tastes, and smells that they experience will also be inferior, and they will feel great embarrassment in front of other gods.
“ ‘Corresponding to the quality of their commitment to meaningful discipline, they may take birth among the gods in three different ways. [F.103.b] There will be differences in terms of how consummate their faith in the buddhas and so forth may be, or what special qualities their minds may possess, how gentle their minds may be, how devoted to the authentic view they may be, what form their wishes may take, how respectful to their parents they may be, how much teaching they may have received, how great their qualities may be, or what the characteristics of their aspirations are. It is due to such differences in their minds, and the way they become inspired by the objects of their faith, that the qualities of their minds are inferior, intermediate, or superior. Therefore, they also take birth in three corresponding ways. These results are unfailingly achieved through meaningful discipline, and they accord with their causal actions. There is, therefore, no need to mention that birth in the Heaven Free from Strife may also be achieved by taking vows and thus becoming destined for the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘How many types of discipline associated with vows are there? In short, there are four types of vows, namely, those of a monk, a nun, a male lay practitioner, and a female lay practitioner. In other words, there are the vows of the fourfold retinue. What are their vows, how many are there, and how do they differ?
The Male Lay Practitioner
“ ‘Stated concisely, there are four types of male lay practitioner. What are they? Those who act partially, those who act thoroughly, those who act comprehensively, and those who adopt a single vow among the bases of training. Acting thoroughly is when one has taken vows with respect to the bases of training and acts accordingly, or for the most part acts accordingly, thus upholding the bases of training correctly. Acting comprehensively is when one upholds all the five bases of training.
“ ‘There is also another set of four: [F.104.a] engaging with the bases of training sequentially, engaging free from any flaw, engaging with remorse, and engaging in a way that is flawed in all respects. A lay practitioner who engages with the bases of training sequentially is someone who journeys through the ocean of the bases of training one at a time. First, such a person becomes a lay practitioner who goes for refuge in the Three Jewels. Later, he develops fine qualities, having cultivated them sequentially. In this manner, he may adhere to a single basis for training in ways that are undamaged, uninterrupted, or free from defilement.
“ ‘What is meant by undamaged, uninterrupted, or free from defilement? Undamaged observance implies that one follows the training for as long as one is alive and does not even mentally transgress one’s vow. If others do so, one will not condone it but instead try to stop them and establish them in Dharma. That is what is known as undamaged observance.
“ ‘What then is uninterrupted observance? Here one might in some cases let go of the bases of training but will subsequently take them up again, such that whenever they are relinquished, they will again be resumed. That is what is meant by uninterrupted observance. One avoids interruption by way of resumption.
“ ‘What is observance free from defilement, and how is defilement to be understood here? It may be the case that one initially embraces the bases of training in a very pure state of mind before a spiritual friend but then later develops regret and fails to observe the vows. As the river of thought carries one away, one is troubled and loses mental strength. Later, one feels the burning fire of regret. That burning will make one give up the training, and, once abandoned, it will not be resumed. That is what is meant by defilement. [F.104.b] Defilement makes one fail to adhere to the bases of training.
“ ‘Again, a layperson who engages with the bases of training sequentially may do so in ways that are undamaged, unbroken, or free from defilement. What does undamaged refer to? Although the mind has become free from stains and is virtuous, it may relapse into unwholesomeness. A mind that is impressive like the leaves of a plantain tree or a flash of lightning may be virtuous and observe the vows with purity and respect. However, subsequent exposure to non-Buddhist learning may cause regret and, as the mind becomes disturbed thereby, the bases of training may be abandoned. Later, hearing the sacred Dharma once again can cause one to resume the training. This would be an instance of damage.
“ ‘When would training be broken? If a lay practitioner observes the vows insincerely, he may begin to worship deities and then ask himself, “I wonder whether the Dharma taught by the buddhas will make me happy, or whether perhaps the words of the gods shall take me to heaven.” When the Dharma is practiced with such doubts in mind, one’s practice is classified as broken.
“ ‘What does defilement refer to? It refers to when one is empty inside but nevertheless eagerly pretends before others to have a virtuous mind. Also, although one is rotten on the inside, one still adheres to the bases of training for the sake of winning others’ confidence. Such a person is empty inside. Lay practitioners who engage with the bases of training sequentially give up such defilement.
“ ‘A lay practitioner whose practice is unstable may take up one of the bases of training but then later see his practice interrupted. As he reflects on the situation, he may instead pursue another basis for training. In this manner, in a sequential process and by means of sporadic intentions, he will receive the bases of training in an unstable manner from several spiritual teachers. [F.105.a] This refers to a layperson who engages with the bases of training sequentially.
“ ‘There is also a second kind of lay practitioner known as the half-damaged. What is meant by half-damaged? Such a person does not follow the bases of training at the same time, but first assumes two and then later, after an interruption, the other three. He may also first take up three and then later assume two. That is known as half-damaged, in reference to the subsequent damage to the bases of training. Such a person follows a half-damaged set. Practicing a half-damaged set, he is known as a lay practitioner who is half-damaged.
“ ‘A third kind of lay practitioner adheres to the bases of training with regret. Such a person does not take up the bases of training to begin with but engages instead in meaningful conduct exclusively out of faith in the buddhas, and so forth. If at some point such a person learns from the monks that reaching the transcendence of suffering is an effect of observing vows, that knowledge may bring him searing pangs of regret. He may then assume the bases of training and adhere to them for as long as he is alive. That is a lay practitioner with regret.
“ ‘There is also a fourth kind of lay practitioner, known as one who practices the complete set. What is understood by practicing the complete set? Such people receive the teachings of the sacred Dharma and, based on the various statements, expressions, and discourses that they receive, realize how phenomena are dependently originated. They settle on that understanding, develop faith, tame their faculties, and adhere to all the vows. At that time, such people adhere to the complete set of the five bases of training. [F.105.b] They adhere to them well, observing them for as long as they are alive and in a way that is free from damage, interruption, or defilement.
“ ‘The former and latter sets of four lay practitioners can be further divided in terms of inferiority, mediocrity, and superiority. The superior lay practitioners that were mentioned before are the same as those who practice the complete set, while those who observe less than all are the same as those who practice sequentially. Lay practitioners who practice less than the complete set possess unfathomable qualities, even if their observance of vows lasts for just one moment. No deity, māra, or god can compare to them. Why? Because their nature consists in the transcendence of suffering, whereas no god progresses toward the city of the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘The terrestrial yakṣas worship and honor people who have taken vows whenever they see them. The celestial yakṣas worship and honor them whenever they see them. With concern for the Dharma, they accompany them and serve them. They also keep the gods informed. As for effects experienced in the present life, the rulers of the land, kings and royal ministers, will offer them worship and wealth. The gods will remain close to them, and enable them to perform magical feats and develop great powers. Yakṣas that are averse to the Dharma cannot cause them any harm.412 If any of them have a lot of worries, they will find relief. Such people also succeed in their activities without any hardship. [F.106.a] They will not suffer terribly from disease. Their countenances will be clear and bright. They will fall asleep and wake up happily. They will be on good terms with their children, male and female servants, employees, and temporary workers. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born in a world of gods. When born as gods, their size, appearance, and form will correspond with the way they observed their vows.
“ ‘In this way, such people experience magnificent effects that are due to their previous actions. Still, although they have produced such virtues, those who become careless will eventually bring their virtues to exhaustion in the Heaven Free from Strife. With their minds caught in the web of karmic actions, such beings will later, by the force of their karma, be born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Therefore, one must reflect on this until one has permanently adopted the ways of the noble ones. Gods whose minds have made them live carelessly will experience intense regrets at the time of death and transmigration. As their virtuous actions are finally depleted, they must depart for the realms of hell, starving spirits, or animals. Therefore, without any delay, make sure to stay free of carelessness!
“ ‘The four types of suffering make lay practitioners develop weariness with respect to the present life. Then, as they joyfully engage in the proper tasks, they will reach the goal of suffering’s transcendence. Among the fourfold retinue of the buddhas, this was the description of the retinue of male lay practitioners.
The Female Lay Practitioner
“ ‘What, then, is the retinue of female lay practitioners, and how many kinds are there in that retinue? The buddhas’ female lay practitioners are of the following four kinds: the faithful, those born into the family, the contented, and the cohabiting.
“ ‘Who are faithful female lay practitioners? They are women whose mindstreams have been auspiciously infused in past lives; [F.106.b] their minds have been infused, and their minds are gentle and well trained. Because their mindstreams have been auspiciously infused, even just hearing a few words of the buddhas’ teachings will make them develop excellent understanding. They gain knowledge, experience, and apply what they know. Since their minds are focused on the Dharma-Vinaya, they receive vows and adhere to them. They will not be swayed by the general mindset of women, nor will exposure to the statements of non-Buddhists hold any sway over them. They will not engage in conversation with non-Buddhists either. Their faith arises only toward the buddhas, and so on. They kneel and receive all five bases of training at once. Such female lay practitioners are known as faithful.
“ ‘Next, who are the female lay practitioners born into the family? Here family refers to a family that is wholesome, takes refuge in the Dharma, takes the Dharma as its savior, takes the Dharma as its protector, holds the Dharma as its family lineage, sees the Dharma as what matters most, practices without hesitation, and is never defeated by the attacks of others. Such a family is a stable home of lay practitioners where faith in the buddhas and the like is strong. When a girl is born into such a family, she will hear the teachings of the buddhas right from the time of her birth. Whatever she comes to hear will always become a reason for further studies. She will always engage in self-cultivation and become a female lay practitioner whose mindstream is trained.
‘Next, who are contented female lay practitioners? Such women have faith in the buddhas and the like from the very beginning, but it never becomes great. If they follow a spiritual teacher, they will indeed develop faith, but they will then feel very content with the qualities that they have gained [F.107.a] and in this way their practice becomes limited and partial. That is what is meant by contented female lay practitioners.
“ ‘What is meant by cohabiting female lay practitioners? Such women will converse with non-Buddhists, cohabit with them, and assume their ways of conduct. Nevertheless, when they meet mendicants, they will be inspired by their conduct. When they notice the mendicants’ unique appearance and the serene way in which they eat, wear their robes, and comport themselves, women of this type will seek refuge. They will then develop faith in the buddhas, who are superior to any non-Buddhist mendicants, and eventually they will also receive and adhere to the vows of the Vinaya. That is what is meant by cohabiting female lay practitioners.
“ ‘In this way, there are four categories with respect to both male and female lay practitioners. Here the four types of female lay practitioner have been stated in brief. As explained before, male lay practitioners may differ in terms of their different interests, mental dispositions, and various contributing conditions, and the same applies to female lay practitioners. Likewise, just as female lay practitioners may differ with respect to the Dharma-Vinaya, the same is the case with the male lay practitioners that were mentioned before. From the perspective of their mindstreams, they are also known as those with varied practice.
“ ‘All such male and female lay practitioners who have the fortune of merit, who possess the genuine view, and who let the true view inform their actions will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, journey to the higher realms and, in accordance with their individual qualities, [F.107.b] be born in inferior, intermediate, or superior divine worlds.
“ ‘Some of them are born among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. That is what happens to those who have practiced and accumulated discipline. The gods are born into their realms exclusively as a result of their virtuous discipline, yet once they are born there, they act carelessly. Only when they have finally adopted the ways of the noble ones will they give up such conduct. Hence, as their merits are depleted, they will again be born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Their birth in those realms is the negative effect of their carelessness. On the other hand, those among them who refrain from careless conduct will instead go from one joyous stage to another. Such is the magnificence of their pure and excellent training in discipline.
“ ‘Therefore, do not be careless, even in the slightest way. Carelessness is like poison. It is the slayer of all childish beings, the destroyer of all objectives, and the chain that binds one to the whole of cyclic existence. Therefore, no god or human should ever be careless. Whether you are a god or a human, if you spend your life in carelessness once you have achieved the beautiful results of such discipline, then that would be a gravely egregious mistake. You will then continue to cycle through the lower realms of existence for an extremely long time.’
“In this way, Musulundha delivers this teaching to the gods. When the gods receive this teaching—given by the Blessed One for the sake of gods and humans and miraculously inscribed upon the emanated stūpa—they become distressed and saddened by cyclic existence. They give up carelessness like a poison. [F.108.a]
“ ‘Once the categories of male and female lay practitioners have been explained, one may wonder, “Who make up the retinue of a spiritual practitioner? How many types are there? What are their qualities? What are they based on? What are their vows? How many ways are there to give rise to the vows of spiritual practitioners?
“ ‘The blessed ones’ nuns and monks practice for the sake of the transcendence of suffering, they train in concentration throughout the day and night, and they muster diligence such that they strike fear in the retinues of the māras.
The Nuns
“ ‘Among the nuns, what are their characteristic features? They are learned, bright, and gentle. They are fearless, journey to the city of the transcendence of suffering, and inquire into the nature of reality. Endowed with discipline, they investigate things in such a way that they are able to enter the city of the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘What are the qualities of such women? They have no regard for wealth, no matter how extravagant. Likewise, from the very beginning they investigate the nature of reality. Regarding the bodies of men and themselves, when they see a well-built man, or man of outstanding physique, they train in regarding him as their brother or son. These are the three roots of virtuous training, and such a state of mind causes them to cut through all bonds.
“ ‘Whether it is day or night, whether they are asleep or awake, infantile beings are attached to other pursuits. Whether young or old; whether balanced, upset, or happy; whether healthy or sick; whether industrious or lazy; whether living with a guardian, their family, [F.108.b] or unguarded and away from their family; whether beautiful or ugly; whether on the road or at home; whether surrounded by a mass of people or home alone; whether beautifully attired or with poor attire; whether roaming freely or imprisoned; whether sustained by their master or by their children; whether in the presence of teachers or inferior individuals; whether in fine health or tormented by disease—whatever the case may be, women are always, in every way, in all regards, and in every context bound by desire, and they act on that basis.
“ ‘For example, the sun shines and fire burns, earth is solid, wind is light and moving, water is wet and liquid—this is how the characteristics of the four great elements have been conclusively determined. Similarly, women are always—at all times and in all circumstances—filled with desire and they pursue their desires. This gives rise to two further stains, namely envy and stinginess. And these give rise to another stain, that of trickery. From that follows another stain, which is fraudulence. From that follows the stain of not becoming free from existence. From that follow the stains of hankering after good looks and disregarding those who do not have relations with them. From that follows the stain of being frivolous. [F.109.a] From that follows the stain of quarreling with their family and kin. From that follows the stain of delighting in creating divisions. From that follows the stain of backbiting.413 From that follows the stain of trespassing where they should not go. From that follows the stain of failing to have trust. From that follows the stain of teaching other women to behave divisively. From that follows the stain of not being able to appreciate anything. From that follows the stain of gluttony.414 From that follows the stain of destroying the realm. From that follows the stain of going from darkness to more darkness, heading straight down to the hells. In this way, women are like bonds, poison, weapons, an abyss, fire, a ravine, snakes, and the like.
“ ‘However, seeing or hearing about the Three Jewels or hearing the Dharma of the buddhas may soften their minds and serve as a wondrous remedy against all that was just mentioned. Women who become purified in this way can then skillfully train in a gradual manner and thereby purify themselves, as well as others. As they go forth with faith, they connect with what is wholesome and train in virtue, whether on their own or by following a spiritual teacher. Just at the rising sun dispels the darkness in mountain caves and ravines, they conquer the darkness of all these numerous flaws that have followed their minds since time without beginning. [F.109.b] Likewise, as they engage in conversations on the sun of the Dharma, they crush a mountain of flaws.
“ ‘Therefore, those who desire to go forth in such ways and those who are already nuns should first of all avoid following anyone but holy people. This is because spiritual teachers are the cause of the aforementioned genuine remedies. They establish others on the true path. Liberating from all suffering, they establish one in happiness. They explain the excellent path. They conquer the darkness that has otherwise existed since time without beginning. They give instructions for the path of virtue. They free others permanently from the sharp pains of desire and the like. They are profoundly saddened by those who wander through the ravines of existence. They explain well the happy state of the city that is permanently free from aging and death. Therefore, I shall now deliver the kinds of statements that will reverse those stains. Those stains, which appear in the progression that was just outlined, will then be overcome and destroyed in that order. All of these faults are primarily related to women and not men; envy and stinginess are generally related to women. It is by going through the progression and reversal of those faults that their remedies are applied, and one is thus delivered from cyclic existence.
“ ‘The bodies of such desirous females can be properly regarded with the remedying recognition of repulsiveness, so that one perceives the body as a basis for disease and a heap of filth. [F.110.a] Regardless of whether the aggregates thus explained constitute one’s own body or the body of another, one examines the body’s defining characteristics by asking, “Where does the body come from?” Inquiring in this way, one will see that the body emerges as the product and transformation of an impure conglomeration of semen and blood. In this way one analyzes the body, thinking of it in terms of its unpleasant and unclean form. One should ask oneself, “Given that the living body is so filthy, could our bodies possibly contain anything clean at all?”
“ ‘When thus pursuing and exploring the way things are, one may notice that filth oozes from nine wounds on the body. Both women and men have those wounds. What are those nine wounds? In fact, women have more than nine as they include the two breasts in addition to the anus, the urinal tract, and the nostrils from which flows mucus. Tears are secreted from the eyes. Dirt is produced in the ears, and blood and pus emerge from the mouth. There are also hundreds of impure substances that ooze from the body, such as foul-smelling gas, gall, phlegm, blood, and excrement. That becomes clear to the one who examines the body in accordance with reality. Since our bodies do not contain the slightest bit or trace of anything clean, how could anyone perceive it as something pleasant?
“ ‘Moreover, when things that are otherwise clean come into contact with this body, its filthy character will rub off on them. As one examines these matters, one will see how contact with the body makes clean things as filthy as the body itself. For example, when food and drink is consumed, they first disappear, only to emerge in the form of excrement as a result of their relationship with the body. [F.110.b] All the food that one eats is turned into filth.
“ ‘Contact with the outer surface of the body also has a soiling effect on things that are otherwise clean. For example, when something that is perfumed is placed on the body, the body’s sweat will make it stink. Likewise, contact with the body will cause fragrant flowers to decay and lose their fragrance.
“ ‘When a nun examines the body properly in this way, she will seek to determine whether the bodily function of motherhood is pure or impure. When a nun thus investigates, she will come to see that the bodies of all mothers in her family are also exceedingly unclean. Likewise, in her analysis of the body, the nun may examine whether the place or locality where the body is situated should be thought of as clean or unclean. She will then correctly notice that since the body comes with germs, stains, hair, and bones, even the most pristine and exalted setting will become smelly if a body—whether dead or alive—is placed there.
“ ‘Likewise, as the nun inquires further in order to give up desire, she may ask herself, “Who would eat this body?” She will then realize, “Only rākṣasas, piśācas, or other filthy creatures of that sort would do so. This body would not be consumed by swans, ducks, or geese that live among pure lotus flowers.” [F.111.a]
“ ‘When her own body is seen in accordance with an accurate investigation of the way things are, the nun will realize that wholly inaccurate thinking, mistaken thoughts, and incorrect mental activity all have a blinding effect, such that the mere words man and woman come to be accepted as referring to something real. As she recognizes this, she will give rise to correct mental activity and thereby achieve understanding. At that time, all her desire will be relinquished, diminished, and fundamentally destroyed, because all of it is rooted in so-called “female desire.” All other stains arise from that, so relinquishing desire constitutes the remedy for relinquishing all the other stains. For example, whenever the sun is present, the light that shines in the world of humans will not fade. Likewise, desire is an especially fundamental stain, so when this stain is overcome, all the other stains will be conquered too. This is the path whereby the nun conquers desire.
“ ‘What other co-emergent factors will be destroyed when desire is conquered? Envy and stinginess, which emerge from desire. Whether one is a man or a woman, those two factors emerge from desire. So, when desire is relinquished, or when it weakens, those two will weaken too.
“ ‘What further stain follows invariably from the former two? Trickery. Trickery is caused by envy and stinginess, and thus when those two disappear, so will deceit. Based on trickery follows another stain, fraudulence. When envy and stinginess disappear, one will not engage in fraudulence either. [F.111.b] But with fraudulence follows another stain, which is craving. When deception is destroyed, craving will not manifest and thus there will be no craving. When there is no craving, there will not be desire for those who cohabit and no rejection of those who do not cohabit. When such does not occur, another stain will likewise be absent, namely being frivolous. When that is absent, there will not be quarrels or divisiveness either—women are otherwise prone to inciting discord. When that is not present in a woman, there is a further stain that will not be present either, which is backbiting. Women are intent on creating divisions and hence they backbite in all sorts of ways. When they give up divisiveness, they also give up backbiting. When that is relinquished, another, related factor will also disappear, which is gluttony. Women are eager to fill their stomachs and to overeat.415 Hence, when the stain of gluttony is pacified, the stain of trespassing where one should not go will also be relinquished. Because of the flaw of gluttony, women go to men they should not go to. Hence, when they become free from the desire for filling their bellies, the stain of going where they should not go will also be pacified. Once that disappears, another stain will be pacified, which is being untrustworthy. When women trespass where they should not go, no man will trust them [F.112.a] and no man will be fond of them. Another stain that concurs with, and follows from, trespassing where one should not go is that of having intercourse. Once the desire to have intercourse has vanished, another factor will disappear. What is that? Taking pleasure in dispute. When there is no fondness for dispute, another related stain will disappear, which is that of destroying the realm. When there is no fondness for dispute there are no threats to the realm either, and so the realm is not destroyed.
“ ‘When men in various ways develop animosity and seek to hurt one another with weapons, the cause of that is generally women, and not any other cause. Hence, by conquering desire, all the various flaws that successively give rise to one another will also thereby disappear.
“ ‘The nature of a woman’s mind is such that she will be involved in and consumed by all of these faults. Only by hearing the words of the buddhas from the mouths of spiritual teachers can their minds become gentle, not in any other way. There is no other way that women can become gentle. However, when they do, they give up the household—that which is so difficult to give up—and with faith they go forth from the household to become homeless mendicants. Even if they are incapable of bringing an end to the defilements, they will nevertheless train in discipline by abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, harsh words, and divisive talk, giving up all such actions. Women who in this way attend to, cultivate, and increase their discipline will, upon the destruction of their bodies, go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Those who have not attained the path of freedom from desire for pleasures [F.112.b] but continue to pursue pleasures based on their karmic actions and minds will be born among the gods in Moving in Gatherings within in the Heaven Free from Strife. Once they are born there, they will live in insightful ways by virtue of their sublime practice of discipline.
“ ‘Yet, gods who attain such a life will eventually become careless and act carelessly. Hence, when their karmic actions are exhausted, they will again be born as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Alternatively, they may also advance higher and higher among the gods and accomplish the life of a goddess.’
“At this point, that blessed one included these verses:
“Musulundha will then proclaim to the gods, ‘Gods, you were born here because of your deeds when you were women in the human realm.’ Thus, he teaches them about the discipline they practiced in other lives. He will then continue: ‘When a woman takes rebirth as a human or a god as the result of her practice of discipline, it would be extremely deluded to let that attainment come to nothing because of carelessness. Therefore—quick, quick—make sure that you are not careless! [F.113.a] This is how the Blessed One instructs the gods with loving concern. ’ ”
The Monks
“ ‘The retinue of the perfectly awakened buddhas is fourfold. In addition to the retinue of sisters, there is also the retinue of monks. As the monks progressively assume their vows, their being becomes suffused with supremely vast virtues. They are wary of encountering suffering, afraid of the journey to other realms, and they become disenchanted by the whole of cyclic existence. They regard even the slightest unwholesomeness as frightening, yet they are undaunted when faced with any task, no matter how big.417 Their virtues are supremely profound and vast, their minds are attuned to generosity and discipline, and they diligently train in the four truths of noble beings.
“ ‘What are the distinctive features of such monks? There are four things that such monks must refrain from. What are they? A monk must refrain from roaming alone and should not journey without company. Why is that? Because a monk who roams alone through the land will be derided. He might also become lax and will thus transgress the bases of training. In towns, cities, markets, and throughout the countryside he may, for selfish concerns, abandon his vows, for he will not be apprehensive of other monks. When he sees the women of the area, he may ogle them with a restless mind stirred by hope and fear.418 When the householders and other people of the area see that, they will then deride the monk. When the monk becomes the object of their scorn, he might develop anger, and thus a second flaw will arise in his mind: anger. Swayed by desire and anger, he will become intensely bewildered in his ignorance. [F.113.b] In this way, three flaws will proliferate if a monk roams alone through the land. Therefore, do not roam the land alone. That is one point.
“ ‘Mindfulness of the body is another point that a monk must avoid transgressing. When a monk is on the road, he should develop mindfulness about all that is contained within his body. For example, when he lifts his foot, his mind and mental states should be employed in a process of thinking and contemplation that allows for an exploration of the entire body, from the feet upward. As he lifts one of his feet, he should notice how the muscles and tendons are all connected. The bones are covered by fat and skin and the joints held together by muscles. The mind, which moves due to the wind of karma, remains attentive. He notices how raising his foot to take a step creates contraction, which is then released as the foot is placed on the ground. The legs and feet are nourished by veins that extend into the five toes, upon which grow the nails with their plates and margins. Then he proceeds to examine the knees, which resemble elongated cups to which lumps of flesh are attached, connected by sinew and hollow bones covered in nerves. The body, which is produced by the power of past actions, is enveloped in skin that has pores, thus attracting flies from the outside. The monk will examine each knee, which is wrapped in thick skin.
“ ‘When gradually analyzing the movements of his body as he walks, the monk will examine the knees, thighs, and calves with their lymph, blood, flesh, and bone. As his mind and mental states are moved by the wind of karma, that causes him to walk. [F.114.a] Moreover, maintaining the notion of the body, he will apply his inquiry from above and all the way down.419 He will notice how the flesh and the veins are connected and form large lumps of greasy flesh dripping with lymph and filled with blood and fat. Only the mere outer luster is attractive. Examining things in this way, he understands how the leg is a web of veins. When a foot is lifted, he recognizes precisely that. When a leg is bent or stretched, he notices the many fine veins. He discerns how the stomach functions by means of numerous moving and shifting winds, thus serving as the foundation for the production and excretion of feces and urine.
“ ‘As he is mindful of his own moving body in accordance with the way things are, he will say to himself, “When I walk, my intestines and colon are in movement. This occurs each time I take a step or draw a breath. In this way my intestines keep moving from side to side.” This is how he observes the movements of his intestines, which are filled with air, gall, mucus, excrement, slime, and worms. When the monk has observed his intestines, he will expand his examination to include the other bodies he may see. [F.114.b] Thus, he notices how the various intestines function as a web within which tasty food putrefies. The moment he considers this mass, he feels like vomiting. It contains bile, is full of diseases, and produces a terrifying stench. The monk also sees how the throat, eyes, organs, and bones are all merely held together by the wind of karmic action and the grasping of mind and mental states. This is how he examines his body as he walks and when the body otherwise moves.
“ ‘The monk then thinks, “My mouth, cheekbones, and skull are all joined together. There are also two sockets for the eyes that can be either closed or opened to the eyeballs. All of these body parts of mine are joined with strings of sinew, just like a wooden marionette doll. In one moment it is born, only to die and transmigrate in the next. That is how it saunters through towns, cities, and markets. I shall not amble around with such passionate fondness for the contents of this assembled body, which is just like the innards of a poisonous snake. I shall not crave for food, and I shall not laugh.” In this way, in terms of moving around, the traveling monk does not transgress the second point.
“ ‘When he goes to obtain alms in towns, cities, and villages, he correctly examines his body. Men and women who thus meditate well on the body and engender diligence will harbor no flaws of desire or the like in their hearts. The monk in this way does not transgress the training, even at the cost of his life, [F.115.a] and thus he will not commit any breaches due to desire.
“ ‘There is also a third point that a monk should not transgress because a monk should practice constant mindfulness. Practicing mindfulness, he should be attentive. A monk who achieves a virtuous and undistracted mind due to the influence of his spiritual teacher will always be followed by the gods, and the gods of the māra class cannot hurt him.420
“ ‘How does he practice mindfulness in this way? Having first developed interest, he engages his mind and mental states, thus becoming attentive to what is currently present and what is not. He is then careful and attentive with regard to what has not yet manifested. Based on such observation, the mind and mental states that are either virtuous, unvirtuous, or neutral will manifest. There are also unique conditions that result in virtuous factors that are beneficial and delightful and that culminate in the transcendence of suffering. However, if those factors weaken, certain other unique conditions of the mind and mental states will result in factors that are unvirtuous, disturbed, and unpleasant. In this way, he recognizes the virtuous factors exactly as they are, discerns them, and keeps them in mind. He also analyzes unpleasant factors in this way.
“ ‘The monk does not relish objects due to the fivefold mindfulness, and his mind does not engage in thinking of them. What is the fivefold mindfulness? When experiencing the visual object of an attractive form, the monk does not savor it by first developing notions about it and then seeing it as either near or distant, as pretty or unattractive, as meager [F.115.b] or decayed from previous greatness, or as personally owned or enjoyed by others. Thereby the monk will not savor any form. He will not examine forms and will relinquish them, even those that arise due to circumstance. Just as people may avoid fire due to fear of being burned, the monk is afraid of craving desire, and thus he does not reminisce about forms that are associated with lustful desire and that culminate in suffering. He does not think of them and does not let his mind be preoccupied by them. In this way, he does not concern himself with the many different past enjoyments of himself or others. He does not pursue them, and if his companions or followers indulge in such experiences, he will attempt to stop them. He will not condone what they do but instead seek to establish them on the path. Such an unwavering monk does not hanker or yearn for pleasures but practices mindfulness and is free from afflictive factors. As he maintains his commitments, his eye consciousness will not be carried away by its experience of forms.
“ ‘Likewise, due to the second type of mindfulness, he will not reminisce about past enjoyments of delightful songs, music, laughter, games, or pleasures. He will not pay them any attention and will not conceive of them. All those innumerable events that occurred due to conditions he will abandon due to such conditions. Just as some people will completely stay away from a fire due to the condition of its burning, the monk will stay away from such factors due to such conditions. [F.116.a] Similarly, if his followers or companions indulge their ear consciousness in the experience of sound, he will not condone it but establish them on the path. A monk who thus practices supremely virtuous actions is not impressed by pleasures and is not swayed by the yearning for sound. He is not carried away by sound. A monk thus endowed with the second kind of mindfulness musters diligence. He conscientiously accustoms himself to the discipline of pure conduct.
“ ‘Moreover, the monk does not cultivate, relish, or mentally register any past experiences of smell. He does not think of smells, whether they be fragrant, repulsive, inferior, superior, or close by. He does not let his mind focus on them. He relinquishes those that, due to conditions, have become inner factors. Moreover, he seeks to make his followers or companions disengage from the experience of smells by their olfactory consciousness, as well as from the mental preoccupation with such experiences. From the very beginning, he seeks to stop such activities and he does not condone them. In this way, the monk makes both himself and others engage in virtuous practices, he is endowed with virtuous qualities, and he abides by mindfulness in a way that is conscientious and free from attachment. His consciousness will not be carried away by hankering for olfactory experiences. Such a monk purifies unwholesome factors, adheres to excellent discipline, and abides by mindfulness. He does not let his mindfulness dwell on past experiences. He does not seek to relive pleasant events, whether they took place long ago or just recently, and he does not think of them. Those that occur due to conditions he will abandon as if they were fire. [F.116.b]
“ ‘Moreover, if his followers or companions become swayed by the experience of taste and are carried away by yearning for it, he will not rejoice in that, and he will try to stop them. Such a monk who is without attachment, abides by mindfulness, possesses alertness, vanquishes what is unwholesome, and is endowed with virtuous discipline is known to be someone who benefits both himself and others.
“ ‘Likewise, such a monk does not train in unwholesome discipline and does not touch anything that, if touched, would disturb his equipoise. Because the pleasures such things provide are afflictive, he does not relish the qualities of things that are thick, hard, or solid. He does not think about them and those that arise due to conditions he abandons like fire. He also encourages others to do the same. He does not rejoice if someone is carried away by craving for bodily textures. Such a monk, who has relinquished taste and touch, is alert, possesses pure discipline, practices pure conduct, and abides by virtuous qualities, is known as one who is destined for the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘There is also another fivefold practice of mindfulness that a monk must constantly engage in and keep in mind. Which is that practice? It is mindfulness of time, age, the transcendence of suffering, going, and staying. How should a monk practice mindfulness of time? In this regard, a monk cultivates constant mindfulness of the body such that he becomes undeluded and is not overcome by objects. He does not let his practice deteriorate. Monks must understand that they should recognize virtuous factors throughout the day and night. Without falling asleep, they will thus become endowed with the so-called diligence regarding breathing. They think, “The exhalation and inhalation of the breath are momentary and experienced due to conditions. [F.117.a] When the chest is first empty and then expands, the abdomen likewise grows. This momentary process continues due to the elements and sense sources—this conditioned process occurs as the elements, aggregates, and sense sources come together. The winds that are associated with the closing and opening of the eyes, as well as the breath, are all conditioned phenomena. They all diminish, disintegrate, and end. The very moment that happens, other conditions produce new occurrences, and thus in each moment an ongoing process of breathing takes place.” In this way, the monk is mindful of time, engaging his mind in liberating activities so as to achieve discernment.
“ ‘This body, which is a gathering of elements and sense sources, is harmed momentarily from within; it is empty and contains no agent or anyone who feels. This body is created due to a mutual relationship of causes and conditions. From moment to moment, it is born and dies. It is nothing but an aggregate of aging, death, transmigration, and rebirth. Such are all the aggregates of cyclic existence.
“ ‘The monk who meditates in this way ensures that these moments of time are not fruitless. Endowed with fourfold purity, his mind is pure, and so is his complexion. Moreover, his virtuous and unvirtuous actions become clear. When donors and benefactors examine the discipline of such a monk, who does what is beneficial beyond this world and is headed for the transcendence of suffering, they will feel enraptured, and thus their minds will become pleased. [F.117.b] A monk who is disciplined and supremely virtuous and who engages with the true meaning will be pure in this fourfold way. With such a mind that is pure in all regards, his sleep will be happy, and as he sleeps, he will be in possession of the Dharma and have excellent dreams that are related to the Dharma.
“ ‘Without becoming infatuated, he will be careful, and thereby seven factors will increase. What are the seven? (1) He will attain Dharma acumen that discerns virtuous factors. (2) He will also attain joy in practicing virtuous activity, and this joy will greatly increase. (3) As his joy grows, the relationships between name and form421 will bring further well-being. Such increasing and expanding causal factors will keep his body free from disease. (4) Due to the relationships between body and mind he will then develop excellent happiness and thus perspicacity. (5) With the attainment of perspicacity comes the ability to remember the virtuous factors he produced earlier, and thus his perspicacity will further increase. (6) Also, his continuous mindfulness of virtuous factors will increase. As he recollects virtuous factors, the happiness that is associated with that will increase. (7) With the increase in happiness comes an increase in power. As these seven factors grow, he will spend the night happily, and even while he sleeps he will be cultivating both his body and his mind.
“ ‘In this way also he will be mindful of time. How may a monk be truly mindful of time during the day and night? Monks, such a monk knows when he closes and opens an eye. In the moment of closing the eye, the monk thus understands that the attainment of a timespan and the accompanying elements of mind and mental states will all soon disintegrate and decay. Is time also something that gradually ceases and arises? [F.118.a] Whoever has been born is subject to the expiration of life. That is to say, youth is depleted by aging. There is no one alive who is able to turn back the Lord of Death, the one who slays all living beings. He descends extremely swiftly and abruptly, and that marks the end of one’s life. Yet the karmic imprints for life are activated extremely quickly, and thus there is no cause for tears. For example, the fire that makes a lamp burn also consumes its oil. In the same way, all the factors of clinging consume the oil of life. Think of this, monks, and pursue what is definitively good!
“ ‘Just as inner entities are brought to exhaustion by four destructive factors, so outer conditioned entities are likewise demolished by those four. This applies to mountains, forests, rivers, cities, towns, markets, flatlands, and parks where people gather. This is also how the divine worlds disintegrate and disappear. As the gods enjoy themselves carelessly in their forests, parks, pools, and groves, they are utterly destroyed. As they disappear, they are instead reborn among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals.
“ ‘Without distraction, the monk will look at the way these beings of the world all experience their own karmic actions and thus are unable to remain. With a concentrated mind and stable and undistracted mindfulness, he regards reality. As he thus gains understanding, he is, at that very time, also endowed with mindfulness and alertness. Whatever that monk does, he will think, “Now it is time to perform my duties,422 [F.118.b] abide by my vows, and purify stains. Now it is time to excel in concentration. Now it is time to overcome violations. Now it is time to attend to the teacher. Now it is time for my meal. Now it is time to gather my Dharma robes and sweep. Now it is time to go before benefactors and donors and teach the Dharma. Now it is time to go outside.” Such a monk is constantly mindful of time. This is how a monk comes to be mindful of time.
“ ‘What is then mindfulness of the life stages? Monks, such a monk recollects everything, from the womb on through the various stages of life. Each stage in his physical development is momentary. This goes for the oval shape, the oblong, the hardened, the round, the lumpy, the development of major and minor body parts,423 infancy, youth, adulthood, becoming aged, and so forth. The physical stages of development pass extremely quickly and they never stay the same. In this way, he observes the momentary character of the body.
“ ‘Childish ordinary people are destroyed by carelessness. They are caught in the snare of thought and carried away by the river of existence. Yet, without any awareness, they die and pass from one form of life into some other mode of existence, pulled along by the tight noose of their karmic actions. Birth as a human being occurs based on one’s karmic actions, and thus one’s mental and physical continua go through the stages of the oval shape, the oblong, the hardened, the round, the lumpy, and the development of major and minor body parts. Next follow the progressive stages of infancy, [F.119.a] youth, and adulthood, always terminating in death.
“ ‘This is not the fate of just one person, but of everyone in the realm of desire. Their bodies are formed due to the relationships of their past karmic actions, and the karmic actions, which accompany the body, create all the different stages of development. This is the situation for all beings. This is what is meant by a monk who is mindful of life stages.
“ ‘There is also a third kind of mindfulness that a monk should observe, cultivate, and perfect. What is that? Mindfulness of death, transmigration, and rebirth. On this he should meditate even during the night. All sentient beings in the end will die. Those who are alive will become the dead. All beings in the three realms are subject to impermanence, arising, and ceasing. They are subject to harm and, though gathered, they must eventually part. When they pass away from the god realm, they transmigrate and take birth in the hells. When they pass away and transmigrate from one hell realm, they may be born in another. When they pass away and transmigrate from the hells, they may be born as gods. When humans die, they take birth as hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, or humans. When starving spirits die, they take birth as hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, or humans. In this way—below, in front, and above—the winds of karmic action keep sentient beings churning through the realms of cyclic existence. Thus they wander, experiencing their individual shares of karmic action. They circle throughout the great ocean of cyclic existence.
“ ‘Whether morning or evening, day or night, the monk practices single-pointedly the development of mindfulness of death, transmigration, and rebirth. In this way, his excitement and intense passion for being alive—all those misconceptions—will either diminish or entirely disappear. [F.119.b] This mindfulness of death, transmigration, and rebirth is supreme mindfulness. Therefore, those wishing to enter the city of the transcendence of suffering should practice such mindfulness and bear it in mind. If for some reason these beings are not mindful,424 it is pointless for them to pursue the eternal stage. How could those who drift through cyclic existence, tied by the shackles of craving, possibly attain the stage of eternity?’
“At that point, he teaches these verses:
“ ‘In this way the monk will cultivate mindfulness of death, transmigration, and birth. By cultivating that he will feel constant joy. Seeing death, transmigration, and birth with respect to conditioned entities, he contemplates the many sufferings of cyclic existence. Genuinely relinquishing the types of carelessness that give rise to worldly existence, the monk constantly observes impermanence and abides by it. That intelligent monk who observes exhaustion and establishment is mindful and attentive and possesses the power to break free from suffering.
“ ‘A monk also practices a fourth type of mindfulness, for he also brings to mind prosperity and decline. Mindful of prosperity and decline, the monk will contemplate prosperity and decline, and he will have no fondness for wealth or respect. He will not associate with donors or benefactors out of desire. When he sees kings or royal ministers, and when he sees their pleasures, he does not apprehend any of that as delightful. He is not bound by craving. He does not think of pleasures during the day, nor does he do so at night. Nor does he appropriate for himself any other type of wealth that he investigates.
“ ‘He also regards others with an impartial attitude. He accustoms his mind to the thought that ultimately all beings are destined to decline, because all prosperity will end in decline. The greater and more exquisite the prosperity, the more powerful craving becomes. Then, as decline sets in, one will, at the future time of loss, [F.120.b] meet with a great variety of mental suffering because of one’s attachments. It is not easy to find an example to illustrate such suffering.
“ ‘As the monk properly examines prosperity and decline, he does not even wish for the pleasures of the king of the gods. Therefore, how could he have any wish for the pleasures of human kings or universal monarchs, since he sees them all as various types of the suffering of decline? Any amount of achievements attained by other powerful beings—whether kings, ministers, householders, or nobility—will eventually decline, either all at once or repeatedly. They must all part from their sons, male servants, female servants, staff, and laborers. As they fall into decline, they will become terrorized by others. When that happens, they will be found at the roadside or at intersections, with broken arms and legs, dripping with blood, in tatters, starving and thirsting. Desperately, they must migrate from city to city, town to town, mountain to mountain, valley to valley, undergoing unbearable, endless pain. As the monk sees how this will be their experience, and as he keeps that in mind, he becomes weary of cyclic existence, the abyss of objects.
“ ‘As the monk comes in this way to regard human prosperity as decline, he will also reflect on the state of the gods. He has noticed how humans suffer decline due to coming under the control of others, [F.121.a] or due to fire, water, robbers, thieves, or emissaries of the king. Their pains and terrors are numerous beyond description. The gods, on the other hand, have bodies without flesh, bones, and lymph, and they experience exquisite heavenly pleasures. Draped with lotus garlands of divine substance, they are surrounded by many thousands of other gods. In the midst of goddesses with indescribable qualities, they enjoy the pleasures of excitement, grace, and jest. Their divine parks, pools, and mountain summits are ablaze with brilliant jewels, and the music of the five types of instruments resounds continuously as they joyfully gallivant around. Within mansions made of the seven precious substances, these resplendent beings constantly indulge in a rich variety of indescribably delightful, pleasurable objects. They never harm one another, nor do they get into fights or disputes. Whatever the gods may wish for will manifest right then and there, simply by thinking of it, and thus, to the continuous music of the five types of instruments, their minds are constantly happy.
“ ‘Yet, even these gods face the pains of decline. Once their karmic actions are exhausted, they again fall into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They are all headed for such lives. Their previous acts will cause them to die and transmigrate into numerous, utterly different forms of life. When born in the hells, the former god will be ablaze in ferocious flames. Tormented by indescribably intense hunger and thirst, he will be born into the hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, [F.121.b] Great Howling, Heat, or Intense Heat. In accordance with his previous karmic actions, he may descend into any of the eight hells, except Ultimate Torment. At that time, he will witness the great suffering of loss, and thus suffering will suffuse his body and mind. This is not even easy to talk about. Such is the mindfulness that the monk will cultivate again and again, throughout day and night.
“ ‘The monk thus persists in his mindfulness of the consequences of divine and human prosperity, seeing all of the three realms as nothing but decline. Is there any satisfactory prosperity to be found by hell beings, starving spirits, or animals? In the case of gods and humans, it may be possible to speak of a bit of happiness. Yet, like straying into a woven net,425 all their prosperity only sets them up for unavoidable decline.
“ ‘There are five types of prosperity and decline that pertain to humans. What are they? First, when humans see forms that are delightful, agreeable, and attractive they look at them with craving. They relish what they see, wish for it, and feel happy. On the other hand, when they see something that is unhelpful, disagreeable, or unattractive, they lose their fondness and instead feel displeasure. This is how prosperity and decline apply to a single faculty.
“ ‘Another way that a monk considers the relationship between decline and prosperity is as follows. When one hears sounds that are delightful, agreeable, appealing, attractive, or enrapturing, such that the mind becomes captivated, then that is a form of prosperity. However, when due to other circumstances the sounds [F.122.a] become undesirable, unappealing, or repulsive, a state of mental displeasure follows. Such unpleasantness and discomfort are a form of decline.
“ ‘Likewise, the monk may experience the scents of a bouquet of flowers, perfumed powders, or other such enjoyable fragrances. At such times, his enjoyable feeling will be accompanied by mental pleasure. Yet the monk will still adhere to his training in maintaining a very stable mindfulness. On the other hand, when people register various kinds of unpleasant stenches—rotten, revolting, foul—those smells will be accompanied by mental unhappiness, and that is therefore a type of decline.
“ ‘There are also other ways that such a monk may keep mindful of prosperity and decline in the human world. For instance, he will consider how those in the human world taste with their tongues. When a taste is appealing and agreeable, it is satisfying, and thus an enjoyable ripening takes place. When in this way many kinds of empowering, colorful, and delightful tastes are registered, there will be mental happiness. That is an instance of prosperity.
“ ‘Likewise, in terms of registering sensations with his body, the monk may, for example, consider the pleasant sensation of warmth when one is feeling cold. At such a time, he will connect that experience with mindfulness of decline. This also applies to being cooled off when one is hot—those are forms of prosperity in the human world. On the other hand, different causes and conditions will give rise to an unpleasant bodily sensation [F.122.b] and thus the enjoyment may cease due to different objects.
“ ‘Moreover, when there is contact between objects and the faculties, there arises a stable form of thinking that proliferates repeatedly in many directions, and thus, scorched by the fire of craving, all mundane people remain attached. Mindful of their decline, the monk will examine the inhabitants of the vastly enjoyable divine realms who persist in their craving and attachment. In this way, the monk whose mind is supremely virtuous sees all the six classes of the gods in the desire realm as destitute.
“ ‘The gods in the realm of the Four Great Kings experience twelve kinds of decline. What are they? During the battles between gods and asuras their capacity for running may slow down. They may fall as the asuras strike. They may fall into the ocean. They may lose their armor. They may separate from those they desire. While they are with those they desire and lust after, they may lose their head ornaments. They may faint at the sight of Rāhu. At the time of their death and transmigration, they will be abandoned by their goddesses of perfect size, shape, and adornments, who instead will seek out the newly born gods with whom to engage in great antics and endless play. In accordance with their actions, they may lose when they play. When playing, they may be reproached even by beings who have performed acts to be born as animals. When taking a seat upon a lotus flower, or when simply touching one, the flower may wither in accordance with their karmic actions. They may feel embarrassed when they see the ornaments and special adornments of gods who are more magnificent than they are. These twelve are forms of decline experienced by the gods of the realm of the Four Great Kings.
“ ‘When such a monk, who practices auspiciously and is free from the stains of desire for the pleasures of the higher realms, sees all this, he will revile and despise such enjoyments. [F.123.a] The “pure conduct” of those who practice pure conduct with a wish to attain the heavens is actually practiced in order to achieve impure conduct. The monk will deride such people and consider them disgusting. And why is that? Because they have no control of themselves.
“ ‘The monk will also examine the decline that is found among the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. He then notices the following eight aspects of decline. Such gods may lose their armor during the battle between gods and the asuras. They may also fall off Airāvaṇa.426 At times, when engaged in impure conduct, they may fail to see the points of entry. Even when they see the points of entry,427 they may lose their fortitude of mind. When enjoying meals and games, their complexions, bodies, and power may decrease. Śakra may know all their different sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents to be substandard. At the time of their death and transmigration, their ladies will go elsewhere. During festive occasions, the speed of their traveling mansions may be slow. These eight forms of decline can be found among the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.
“ ‘The gods in the Heaven Free from Strife experience decline in the following ways. If noticed by females, they may feel embarrassed when they have their meals. Due to insufficient karmic actions, other gods may not serve them and instead go to see a different god whom they treat as a king. The greatest of all such aspects of decline is the fear they may feel when Musulundha teaches the Dharma. Also, due to inferior karmic actions, their luster may be relatively dim. That is to say, other gods who enjoy positive karmic actions may outshine them in the same way as the sun outshines the planets, stars, and other celestial bodies in the world of humans. [F.123.b] When they take a seat, the precious substances of their seats may transform, whereas if gods who enjoy superior virtuous actions sit there, the same seats will turn into silver because of the higher quality of their karmic actions. Moreover, the fact that their size can appear comparatively small is a symptom of decline. These six factors of decline pertain to the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘For the gods in the Heaven of Joy there are four forms of decline. The gods in the Heaven of Joy hear the sacred Dharma from the delightful call of a swan. The delightful swan, which is the king of those who glide through the skies, can transform its body in any way it likes. Ablaze with the colors of the seven precious substances, its form is incomparable, spreading its light across five thousand leagues within the Heaven of Joy as it makes an amazing call that is heard by the gods every day. This bodhisattva swan, the king of those who glide through the skies, will proclaim these verses:
“ ‘In this way, the swan that is the king of those who glide through the skies will fly ahead as it imparts instruction. Those among the gods who are careless will appreciate this teacher of the Dharma yet not pay heed. On the other hand, those among the gods who cherish listening to the Dharma will chant the swan’s verses of instruction. With great interest in listening to the sacred Dharma, they will soon proceed to a place called Thorough Joy upon Hearing. As the gods with an interest in listening to the sacred Dharma hasten forth, their mansions are lit up with the light of hundreds of thousands of virtues on their path. On the other hand, those gods who are careless will notice that their own splendor dims and is subdued. Even their powers become subdued. Such are the karmic effects that they experience in that very life. [F.125.b] Those gods who are obsessed with pleasures will also have inferior complexions, bodies, attire, and ornaments. This is the first aspect of decline that pertains to the gods in the Heaven of Joy.
“ ‘The second aspect of decline of the gods in the Heaven of Joy is as follows. Among the festive congregations that have assembled to hear the sacred Dharma, the ruler of the Heaven of Joy addresses billions of gods in an assembly that is adorned by five hundred bodhisattvas. In a peaceful manner, he teaches the sacred Dharma, saying, “The condition of ignorance gives rise to formation….” Those gods who hear the sacred Dharma, pay proper attention, and listen with inspiration will see their splendor, costumes, ornaments, and bodies become enriched a hundred thousand times. On the other hand, those gods whose minds are fickle like lightning and spin like water wheels will be pulled along by their craving for objects, and thus their splendor, attire, ornaments, and bodies will be overshadowed. That is the second aspect of their decline.
“ ‘The playful gods may also encounter a third type of decline. In this regard, those among them who are inclined to listen with respect will correctly realize the characteristics of the Dharma. Those who then remain attentive will see their own light expand, filling the environment and outshining that of others. The rest of the gods, however, will not experience such an increase in their light. When they think of the characteristics of the Dharma, they will not see their garments, ornaments, and bodies increase. That is the third aspect of decline that these gods encounter.
“ ‘The fourth aspect of decline is as follows. [F.126.a] Those gods who at that time listen to the sacred Dharma with proper respect, turning their ears toward the teaching and paying one-pointed attention with a keen wish to comprehend the characteristics of phenomena, will thereby be able to retain the teachings. They will keep the Dharma in mind and apply it in the right manner. Retaining the teachings in their minds for a long time, they will accomplish the teachings. Those who develop proper respect for the Dharma will, by the power of listening to the Dharma, experience that all their splendor, garments, and ornaments increase a hundredfold. When the gods whose interest is inferior see how the glory of the others increases, they become embarrassed. That is the fourth aspect of decline that is known to the gods in the Heaven of Joy.
“ ‘When the monk has noticed the four aspects of decline that may be experienced by the gods in the Heaven of Joy, he will next consider the decline that is found among the gods in the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations. He will see that despite their happiness, the gods in Delighting in Emanation nevertheless also encounter four aspects of decline.
“ ‘When their positive karmic actions are exhausted, a shadow begins to fall on the feet of those gods. While the rest of their bodies remain luminous, the luminosity of their feet deteriorates as a shadow falls on them. All the other gods who bear garlands of light will notice the shadows and, upon seeing such inferior gods, will then shun them, laugh at them, and scorn them. This is what occurs when the paths of positive action are exhausted. [F.126.b] When their positive actions are exhausted those gods whose feet are scorned by the others feel extremely shamed by the words of the others. This is what happens to those whose positive karmic actions are exhausted. All prosperity ends in decline. For example, in the human realm, day is certain to be followed by night. Prosperity similarly always ends in decline. Also, all those who are alive will die. All prosperity similarly ends in decline. There is never an instance of prosperity that does not end in decline. This, then, is the first aspect of their decline.
“ ‘There is also a second aspect of decline for the gods in the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations. When, in the realm of humans, one steps on a cotton mattress or cushion, it gives way when the foot is placed on it and springs back up when the foot is lifted. Likewise, when the divine inhabitants of the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations place their feet on the ground it gives way and springs back up when they lift them again. However, this does not happen to those gods whose positive karmic actions are nearing exhaustion. Instead, when they put a foot on the ground it sinks in, but the ground does not spring up again after the step. Therefore, when such gods walk around, the others will notice them and say to each other, “The positive actions of that god are certainly at the point of exhaustion.” Others may remark, “His positive actions are completely exhausted, and he is about to fall.” That is the second feature of decline that pertains to the gods in Delighting in Emanations. [F.127.a]
“ ‘Decline also occurs in other ways. The gods in Delighting in Emanations may go to play by a tree or in a park or forest. When they do so, a rain of flowers will fall. Nevertheless, no rain of flowers will fall on the gods whose positive karmic actions are exhausted. As the gods play, flowers will not fall on those whose positive karmic actions are exhausted. When the other gods notice that they are missing the shower of flowers, they will say to each other, “Alas, the positive karmic actions of those gods are at the point of exhaustion and they are about to fall.” Hearing this will make the gods who lack positive karmic actions feel acute embarrassment. Such situations constitute the third aspect of decline that is experienced by the gods in Delighting in Emanations. It is a nondeceptive fact that all prosperity ends in decline.
“ ‘What other aspects of decline are experienced by the gods in Delighting in Emanations? When the gods in that realm move upon the jewel ground, the nature of the gems makes the ground appear stainless. The mirror-like walls show their reflections so that they can see their bodies, apparel, and ornaments. Similarly, in the world of humans, the disk of the sun may be reflected in a hundred thousand lakes, ponds, and lotus groves. In the same way, the gods see their bodies reflected perfectly in a hundred thousand ways upon the jewel ground. [F.127.b] However, the bodies of those gods whose positive karmic actions are exhausted produce only a single reflection upon the precious ground, and not more than that. When those gods who have a bright intellect see this type of decline, they will say, “Those gods are bound for the exhaustion of positive action. They are about to meet with decline.” That is the fourth aspect of decline pertaining to the gods in Delighting in Emanations.
“ ‘At this point that blessed one spoke these verses:
“ ‘That was the fourth aspect of decline as experienced by the gods in Delighting in Emanations.
“ ‘The gods in the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations likewise experience four kinds of decline. When their positive actions are exhausted, this becomes apparent at the time of their death and transmigration, as the garlands that usually drape them begin to transform. The gods are adorned with garlands of bright flowers made of divine substances that never wither. [F.128.a] It is not easy to give a comparison for the kinds of fragrance that those flower garlands produce, and their bright colors shine so brightly that the sun cannot even match a sixteenth of their brilliance. Birds adorned with the seven precious substances as well as buzzing bees constantly swarm around these heavenly flower garlands, yet when the time of a god’s decline arrives, the bees will leave his delightfully fragrant garland and fly elsewhere, making agitated sounds. When other gods of bright intellect see such decline, they will approach and conclude that obstacles have now occurred for that god whose merit has become exhausted. This is the first aspect of decline experienced by these feckless gods who act carelessly. The gods whose merit has become exhausted clearly become aware of this when they hear the bees leaving them and flying elsewhere. As they now ponder the indescribable pleasures of their realm, they will be struck by great agony. The particular mental torture they experience at that point is similar to the fires of hell. That is the first symptom of decline for the gods in the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations.
“ ‘The second symptom occurs soon thereafter, as the time of their death is approaching. The rays of supremely soft, white light that radiate from these gods render the sun similar to a firefly. Their bodies usually appear gigantic, and reflections of them appear, as if in a mirror, upon the bright mountain peaks and on the surfaces of the walls. [F.128.b] Yet, when the decline of death and transmigration is about to occur, the bodies of the gods will no longer be reflected on the crystal surfaces. When other gods who possess sharp insight see that, they will announce to the former, “Alas, this is the kind of obstacle that confronts careless and thoughtless gods. At some point, their bodies can no longer be reflected on crystal or any other form. This is the exact same omen of a god’s death and transmigration that we have seen before.” That is the second cause of decline experienced by the gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations.
“ ‘The third factor associated with death and transmigration among the gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations is the following. Gods whose fortunes have not yet been exhausted have mansions made of many different blazing jewels within which they can travel anywhere in the three worlds. They travel through space just as they can journey on the ground. The goddesses can likewise journey, with undiminished strength. Nevertheless, when the merit of these otherwise imperishable gods is exhausted, they will no longer be able to ride their chariots, and they will sink into the water. They also can no longer go anywhere they please. When the other gods see their mansions, they will say, “This portends an approaching obstacle. Such decline is precisely what has accompanied the demise of other gods at the time of their death and transmigration.” When the gods whose merits are exhausted hear such words, they are seared by the mental torment of having to give up all their divine substances—it burns their bodies just as much as the fires in the hells. That is the third cause of decline for the gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations. [F.129.a]
“ ‘Such gods also experience another kind of decline. The gods whose former practice of positive actions is now becoming exhausted wear enchanting ornaments on their heads and four limbs. These ornaments normally produce melodious tunes and other delightful sounds that thoroughly uplift the mind. However, these sounds may change, as they are all produced by karmic actions. As the gods’ positive karmic actions are becoming exhausted, these insatiable corporeal beings chained by karmic actions must proceed to the next life. At that time, the sounds produced by the ornaments become highly unpleasant. Crushed by the objects, these gods now see their various ornaments and crowns fall to the ground due to the exhaustion of their karmic actions, and that sight causes them extreme distress. This, then, constitutes the fourth symptom of decline that is experienced by the gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations.
“ ‘There is no conditioned entity that is not subject to destruction, and there is no level within the three realms that is not subject to exhaustion. Hence, all six classes of gods encounter decline and downfall once their positive actions are exhausted. The declining gods are tormented in their heavenly realms, and as their practice of discipline is definitively exhausted, they are cast out and fall.’
“In this way, with the help of the colorful inscriptions that adorn the reliquary stūpa of the blessed Krakucchanda, Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, teaches this to the gods of Moving in Gatherings: [F.129.b] ‘Pleasures ripen as the fire of hell; their ripening is torturous. Quick, quick, give up your carelessness!’ With this, the gods tormented by carelessness hear the third discourse of the thus-gone ones, and their carelessness is perfectly pacified.”
Within the discourse of thirty-six thousand,430 this completes the third discourse, the discourse of Krakucchanda.
The Stūpa of the Buddha Viśvabhū
“When the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, sees the gods stricken by gloom he will tell them, ‘The Dharma you heard is the teaching of the supreme great sage. It pacifies all suffering, conquers the careless, benefits gods and humans, and is the teaching of ultimate auspiciousness. You have heard the sacred Dharma-Vinaya of the third thus-gone one, which bestows infinite auspiciousness upon those who hear it. You should also listen to the Dharma of other thus-gone ones. That will cause the teachings to increase in the future and bring excellent happiness—even if we must be born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals once we die and transmigrate from this divine world.’
“In response, the gods will say to Musulundha, ‘Please do what is good for us and brings us happiness.’
“The ruler of the gods will then tell them, ‘All of you should go to see the fourth stūpa. It is ablaze with hundreds of thousands of light rays that shine from numerous precious substances and is adorned with all manner of radiant jewels. [F.130.a] Its brilliance and beauty fill this world of gods with light.’ The ruler of gods will then add, ‘I have seen it, just as it is.’
“To this the gods will reply, ‘Let us all go there!’
“Headed by Musulundha, the gods will then proceed to the site of that thus-gone one’s stūpa, just as before. They will bow their heads before the stūpa and prostrate with undivided faith. When they arise, Musulundha will address them, just as in the previous cases: ‘Behold the stūpa of Viśvabhū as it shines with the light of myriad jewels!’
“A discourse is written upon the surface of the stūpa with letters of shining jewels. Supremely virtuous, the discourse grants benefit and happiness to gods and humans. It reads as follows:
“ ‘Possession of seven qualities grants birth as a god. What are those seven? They are qualities possessed by noble children who have heard the teachings, who know the meaning of what they have heard, who practice the teachings they have heard, who have trained their minds through hearing, who have taken refuge in hearing, and who cherish the distinctive essence of what they have heard with an attitude that makes their reception of the teachings meaningful. Such people, who delight in the company of spiritual teachers, will possess the following seven qualities: acting in accord with one’s word, being committed to one’s word, following through on one’s commitments, having a discerning intellect, understanding reality, having a steadfast intelligence to ensure that abundance is not wasted, [F.130.b] and following those who possess the same qualities and who cannot be led astray by the teachings of others.
“ ‘What is meant by acting in accord with one’s word? Genuine spiritual teachers speak only what is appropriate, beneficial, and timely. They explain the proper topics and their reasoning. They are neither hasty nor slow but convey extensive subject matter in just a few words. What they state is pleasant to hear, meaningful, and grants the gift of the Dharma. They aim to benefit both themselves and others, express excellent virtue, and teach what is correct and beneficial for both. In this way, they practice exactly what they preach. They also encourage their companions to take up their vows. They are continuously engaging in wholesome conduct with body, speech, and mind. When in this way one resembles refined gold—completely pure both on the outside and the inside—one is acting in accord with one’s word.
“ ‘What is meant by being committed to one’s word? This means ensuring that all that one does is thoroughly pure. In this way, one perceives the three factors to be utterly pure. Thereby, life as a god or human is accomplished, and ultimately so is the transcendence of suffering. Whether one reaches understanding on one’s own or by hearing from others, there is the ripening of happiness as one practices in a consistent manner. That is what is meant by being committed to one’s word, and that is also how one follows a spiritual teacher.
“ ‘How does one follow through on one’s commitments? By acting in a pure and steadfast manner to ensure that one’s deeds have a virtuous fruition. [F.131.a] Perceiving wholesome objectives with respect to both this world and the next, one intelligently431 discerns those objectives. One engages with what is essential by means of a discerning intellect. Whether one has heard about it from others or understood it on one’s own, when one in this way discerns the essence of the fruition of virtuous actions, one will understand reality. Such a practice is therefore referred to as understanding reality. As those with steadfast intelligence thus acquire extensive learning, they will not guide others in ways that are divorced from what is most essential. That is steadfast intelligence. One then relies on others who possess the same qualities and cannot be led astray by the teachings of others, even if these are presented as the Dharma. Those who keep company with beings who possess those seven qualities will upon death and transmigration be born in the world of the gods. These qualities are to be adhered to first.
“ ‘Moreover, gods, there is another set of seven qualities that allow the world of the gods to flourish: following a spiritual teacher, becoming learned, being accomplished, being free from laziness, being mindful, not upsetting others, and being free from pretense. People endowed with those seven qualities will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, go to joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. When endowed with seven great chariots, a king or royal minister travels with ease to his parks, accompanied by song and music and draped with garlands. Likewise, people who are genuinely endowed with those seven qualities will journey to the world of the gods.
“ ‘What characterizes the learned?432 People who are learned will listen in a way that is meaningful. Having heard the teachings, they do not become reckless. [F.131.b] The more they hear, the more carefully they will attend to the Dharma. They are insatiable when it comes to knowledge. They repeatedly ask questions, and they also express their own knowledge for the sake of others. When the bodies of people who possess such learning disintegrate, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods.
“ ‘The second quality is being accomplished. What is meant by that? The sense here is that upon hearing the teachings, one accomplishes them in exact accord with the Dharma-Vinaya. If one has heard the teachings but fails to accomplish the Dharma-Vinaya, it simply makes a burden out of one’s study. Such people disregard fruition. They lack insight, virtuous practice, and discipline, and no insights come to their minds. They become useless, like a painting of a lamp that does not shine any light. Insight and the practice of discipline, on the other hand, resemble a radiant lamp. Such learning is meaningful. It is the essence of accomplishment, not the essence of mere words. Those who in this way are peaceful in body and speech will, upon the destruction of their bodies, go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods.
“ ‘What is meant by laziness, included in the third quality? It means indolence and failing to gain accomplishment. Accomplishment means acting upon and resolving the meaning that the teachings explain. Those who lack diligence and enthusiasm, those who are indolent, and those whose diligence is inferior and weak all lack the power to accomplish any mundane objectives. Likewise, those whose diligence with respect to the supramundane is poor and joyless also fail to accomplish any aim. They will be scorned even by worldly people, [F.132.a] and neither will they be happy on their own. People spoiled by laziness will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, fall into the lower realms and be born in hell. Therefore, at all times, you should give up laziness as if it were poison, fire, a weapon, or an abyss. People who are always overcome by indolence and have poor diligence are no more special than cattle. They fail to understand what is to be known, and they cannot distinguish Dharma from non-Dharma, or the right path from the wrong path.
“ ‘Why is that? Because people whose minds are impervious to the treatises due to the fault of laziness will fail to understand any Dharma. The same is the case with distinguishing what is meaningful from what is not, where all of that is realized by means of insight, which is like a lamp. Such knowledge is not found among the lazy or those of inferior diligence. People who are blind in this way will, upon the destruction of their bodies, fall into the lower realms and be born in hell. They will also fail in any mundane endeavor. Failing in all regards, they will suffer intensely. They will set their sights on the homes of others, desire the bodies of others, and yearn for the pleasures of others. Dressed in tatters and with their hair covering their eyes, they will sit at road crossings and road forks with vacant mouths and eyes. Or they will go begging from house to house, emaciated and revolting to human sight even while they are still alive. For such reasons, people should in all times and occasions give up laziness completely. [F.132.b]
“ ‘On the other hand, those who strive diligently and practice renunciation will perfectly achieve all aims. Since they will reach the final transcendence of suffering, there is no need to mention their attainment of mundane aims and the fact that upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born as gods. Therefore, whether one is a god or a human, laziness should be given up at all times.’
“At this point, the Blessed One, Viśvabhū, uttered the following verses:
“At this point Musulundha will say, ‘In this way, these verses that shun laziness are written upon the stūpa of the blessed Viśvabhū. As you clearly behold them, you must by all means give up laziness because all of the aforementioned are simply aspects of laziness alone. Whether gods or humans, those who muster diligence free from laziness will never lack any accomplishment. Never will they encounter ruin. Beings who are free from laziness all proceed exclusively toward the transcendence of suffering. In this way, the fourth crucial factor is taught.
“ ‘What additional factor is crucial for humans? Mindfulness. Just as laziness is an obstacle to all aspects of the Dharma, the one-pointed cultivation of mindfulness allows all Dharma to ripen toward the transcendence of suffering. The accomplishment of the meaning that one should attain is rooted in the careful practice of mindfulness. Whether one is a householder or a monk, carelessness is avoided through mindfulness, and carefulness will ensure that one’s diligent pursuits are not in vain. With reasoning, diligence, and determination, one will be mindful and circumspect, and thereby maintain one’s carefulness. One’s five faculties will be protected from the five objects and there will be changes or relinquishment ensuing from that. This is because whenever the eye sees a form due to conditions, there will be no lustful desire. The nature of the objects will be seen. [F.133.b] They are seen to be rooted in conditions. The perception of form arising from causes will not be polluting, and the mental activity that arises from such perception will not lead one astray. Whether one is a layman, a monk, a god, or some other heavenly being, that perception will neither arouse lustful desire nor weaken one’s mindfulness and cause fondness for the objects of the māras. Rather, one will understand the fears that arise thereby. One will understand that such perception arises from flaws. By being mindful, one will understand that it also ceases. In any given setting, one will be mindful of the fact that the objects perceived by the visual consciousness occur due to a combination of causes and conditions. Thus, as the mental afflictions that emerge from longing for such objects arise, the strength of mindfulness will increase such that the afflictions are decisively overcome. When the objects that arise from causes and conditions produce intense desire and attachment, reliance on mindfulness will repeatedly overcome such afflictions. When one’s perception of form becomes overpowering, mindfulness will make one alarmed so that it is relinquished in various ways.
“ ‘Just as a skilled smith slowly and steadily heats up an iron vessel in the furnace and keeps pounding it, those who delight in physical disengagement slowly and steadily purify the stains. Carefully, they dispel the stains; slowly and steadily, those pleasant people dispel the stains.
“ ‘A skilled potter’s diligence and training with respect to the relevant causes and conditions will yield a pot from a lump of clay as long as he remains mindful of creating a beautiful shape. [F.134.a] In the same way, a mindful person makes efforts regarding the observations that are like the lump of clay. Then, as his beautiful engagement with causes, conditions, and mindfulness is perfected and completed, his proper mental engagement is like the produced pot.
“ ‘Gods, as soon as we put on a new piece of clothing, it is already, from that very moment, in the process of deterioration. When that is understood, the momentary nature of things is understood. From the very moment one applies beautiful mindfulness, all the flaws are in the process of deterioration. When that is realized, the mindstream is marked by the seal of the noble ones, and thus it will exhibit the deterioration of flaws and a thorough understanding.
“ ‘Therefore, when the eyes of holy beings who wish for virtue perceive forms, their minds are bound by the rope of mindfulness, and thus they do not wander. Those who tie the mind as if it were a wild horse will, for increasingly longer periods, persevere in relinquishing all apprehension of unbearable lustful desire. If their eyes should come to wander among the objects before them, their mindfulness will make them disengage by virtue of their practice. How do such people gain understanding based on practice with regard to mindfulness and lack of mindfulness? When they are swept away by the wind of improper desirous attachment to others, mindfulness will restrain them. By means of the four truths of noble beings related to suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path, they will examine the numerous features and shapes in accordance with reality. [F.134.b] In this way, they will at all times and occasions cause desirous motivations to collapse or decrease. Such is the splendor of virtuous factors—they develop in relation to mindfulness. All virtuous factors are employed on this basis. Such is the mindfulness that concerns present events.
“ ‘What is the mindfulness of observed objects that concerns future objects not yet experienced? Here, mindfulness is properly employed toward future events such that the characteristics of future effects are recollected. Upon seeing people who engage in positive activities of body, speech, and mind, one will think, “Those people will turn into a corresponding class of gods.” In this fashion, one will contemplate correctly upon seeing people who engage in conduct that is sacred. Likewise, one will also recollect how the hells manifest due to engagement in flawed actions. This, then, is mindfulness, the fifth quality that is crucial for gods and humans.
“ ‘There is also a sixth factor that is crucial for gods and humans. What is that? Not upsetting others. The attitude of not wanting to upset others is extremely pure. It does not concern itself with the character of other people. Such people also do not scrutinize the conduct of those who practice pure conduct, nor do they disparage others if they find them lacking mental restraint, or acting improperly, or having an abundance of bedding, medical supplies, or other articles. Nor do they praise themselves or extol their own pure discipline. If they hear that the discipline of others is lacking in virtue, they will not inform donors and benefactors about that. They do not distinguish between friend or foe but have equal concern for all. Since their mind is always on the Three Jewels, they do not commit any breaches of discipline and do not denigrate those who observe discipline. [F.135.a] They do not disregard others but engage with compassion. They are not inquisitive but enjoy staying in the jungle, the mountains, and in caves. As close associates, they choose those who observe pure conduct. People endowed with such wondrous qualities do not disturb others. Therefore, for gods and humans, it is crucial not to disturb others.
“ ‘There is also a factor that prevents the seventh quality that is crucial for gods and humans, and that is surreptitious hypocrisy. Therefore, virtuous people who conquer unwholesomeness and have extremely pure minds are content with their alms bowls and Dharma robes. They eat what they are given and stay in mountain retreats and caves. They are content and delight in solitude. They do not become excited or upset based on praise or blame. They move through the domain without any concern for where people are wealthy and where they are not. Because humans contain worms, and because they worry that worms are also in ponds of water, they do not approach them for fear of killing such worms. They do not pay attention to pearls, garlands of pearls, or flashes of lightning. They do not forecast earthquakes or lunar eclipses. They do not make a living out of paying solitary visits to one home after the other in the hope of receiving wealth and respect. They do not rock the boat by defying authorities.435 They do not understate or exaggerate. They do not keep fancy sandals, fine boards to rest upon, or round silken cushions. Even if they attain superiority in terms of discipline and qualities, they will not use it to their advantage. They do not live off others, and when they enter towns, cities, or markets, they do not brag about their own discipline and qualities to others for the sake of procurement and praise. [F.135.b] They do not become distracted in all sorts of ways. They do not fancy living in the proximity of towns. They do not participate in social events with friends and family from the past, and they do not often entertain the wish to visit their homes. They do not claim possession of qualities that they do not possess, nor do they proclaim qualities that they in fact do possess. They do not relinquish the qualities they possess. They do not point out good qualities or flaws in a way that denigrates others behind their backs. They give up all kinds of female companionship as if it were poison. They do not spend time conversing with females. They do not go for walks among forests, groves, or flowers that are in bloom. They do not go anywhere in pursuit of entertainment. For fear of desire associated with pleasant sounds, they do not foster an interest in charming songbirds and their tunes. Concerned about the problems with such sounds, they do not listen to birdsong or any other such sounds. They do not meditate at places where the sound of streaming water can be heard. They do not become carried away by troubling sounds. They do not meditate or stroll among an abundance of fragrant flowers, vines, or trees, because they keep in mind the problems associated with attraction to delightful and endearing scents. They do not go on outings to gaze at swans, pheasants, peafowl, or other such birds with gorgeous plumage and enchanting behavior. [F.136.a] They do not meditate where enchanting animals live, or where women dwell, or where coconuts, jackfruits, plantains, mangos, arecas, woodapples, phalsa berries, or dates grow, because their tastes can become a distraction.
“ ‘With disregard for the objects of the senses they visit peaceful parks. Free from craving and experiencing the joy of disengagement, they practice one-pointed meditation in delightful groves. Developing constant diligence, they wage war on the opposition, so to speak. They mentally exert themselves to intercept even small faults. They do not pretentiously wear tatters obtained from refuse piles on uncultivated land. They do not try to please those who are filled with craving.436 They do not keep food and drink in their alms bowls once they have been cleaned. They have no concern for silver, gold, or the like. They are content with the alms bowl. They do not possess Dharma robes obtained through transaction. They do not take a single step without having received a word or gesture to follow. Unless there is a risk that a living being may die, they do not follow hypocrites. They do not eat husks, husked rice,437 phalsa berries, dates, winnowed grains, mangos, or mung beans without examining them first, because such edibles are home to worms. They do not use hair combs. They do not rid themselves of worms that appear from sweat or from their own body. Out of concern that they might desecrate their Dharma robes, they take one step at a time, [F.136.b] sit on a single seat, and do not look at the alms bowls of others. They do not even look at rice porridge out of yearning or craving for food, for they give up all manner of selfish attention with respect to their own bodies. Neither do they urinate or defecate in places that are full of insects, because they are afraid of hurting such creatures. And when they go to obtain alms, they always keep their gaze ahead at the distance of a yoke’s length.
“ ‘Honest monks who practice honesty do not engage with crowds. Free from attachment and having few worries, they devote all their time to concentration, persevering with joyous diligence. Their hearts are free from pretense, their discipline and livelihood are perfectly pure, and they pursue what is pure and of genuine benefit, because they adhere to the bases of training just as they are taught. Such people are born exactly where they would like. They take birth in accordance with their pure ways of living, which are motivated by virtuous intentions.’
“ ‘In this way, that blessed one praises monks who are free from pretense.
“ ‘Whoever is endowed with these seven qualities is a holy being. Those who pursue pleasures and sink into cyclic existence are just like animals; they are humans in name only. Whoever is endowed with these seven qualities is worthy of praise. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, such people will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. Those who are particularly advanced will attain the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘These are the seven supremely virtuous qualities: following a spiritual teacher, becoming learned, being accomplished, being free from laziness, being mindful, not upsetting others, and being free from pretense. With this precious sevenfold wealth, one attains the level of the gods. However, having achieved all one’s joys, it will all be wasted if one is careless. Again, bound for nowhere but cyclic existence, one will typically be born as a hell being, a starving spirit, or an animal. Therefore, please understand well that a god should not be careless. Those who are careless will never be happy within existence.
“ ‘The seven qualities just mentioned cause humans to take birth as gods. There are also three causal factors that will make gods be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals once they die and transmigrate. What are those three? Not listening to the sacred Dharma when it is taught, adhering to what is unwholesome, and having faith in charlatans who pretend to be spiritual teachers. [F.137.b] Those three factors cause birth as a hell being, starving spirit, or animal subsequent to death and transmigration from the world of the gods.’
“Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will then say to the gods, ‘Did you hear all the words of the Blessed One?’
“All of them will reply, ‘We have heard his discourse in full.’
“ ‘As you have heard these words, make sure that you are never again born as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. You were born as gods due to such great wealth. That is why you now are enjoying yourselves here, but it would not be right to spend your time carelessly. In that case you are certain to fall. That is what the Blessed One has accurately taught in his discourse.’ ”
The Stūpa of the Blessed Kanakamuni
“When Musulundha, ruler of the gods, has imparted such teachings to the gods, they will grow disheartened. They will think of the way cyclic existence abounds with hundreds of thousands of different types of suffering, as one is separated from the beloved, encounters what one detests, ages, dies, agonizes, and laments. Cyclic existence is filled with the pain of taking the wrong path, as experienced by those who enjoy prosperity as well as those who suffer decline.
“Musulundha will see that the minds of the gods have now become serviceable. As he wishes to benefit and provide for them, he will now say to the gods, ‘Gods who wish to practice generosity but are careless and thoughtless [F.138.a] may be in a lofty position when the time for a new existence arrives, yet when that time of regret comes, they will suffer greatly. Utterly helpless, bound by chains of karmic action, they are dragged off all alone, without any companions. Whether they are gods, humans, nāgas, or hell beings, when pulled away by the noose of the Lord of Death, their only friend is the Dharma, nothing else.’ Thus, the instructions of the lord of the gods concern the entire ocean of beings.
“Again Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will speak to the gods as follows: ‘This is how it is—Dharma and non-Dharma are your sole companions, never anything else. Gods, this you must clearly understand! So that the seed of faith may develop in others, so that excellent happiness may be attained and accomplished, and so that ultimate suffering may be overcome, we should now all go to view the stūpa of the blessed Kanakamuni, which is festooned with nets of pearls, adorned by pillars of the seven precious substances, and studded with radiant jewels. We must all do what is good for us, escape cyclic existence, and attain the transcendence of suffering.’
“Hearing the words of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, the gods will feel great respect and be free from arrogance and conceit. Thus, in the same way as before, they proceed with keen and sharp faculties to the luminous stūpa of the blessed supreme sage, Kanakamuni. [F.138.b] Together with Musulundha, they will all go before the reliquary of that supreme sage. There the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will again address the gods: ‘In this stūpa is a teaching on the many kinds of impermanence, delivered by the thus-gone Kanakamuni to benefit the world out of his loving care. When you see it for yourselves, you will all be disenchanted. Look constantly and continuously at the walls of this stūpa. The Thus-Gone One has miraculously manifested his teaching upon them.’
“Having imparted these words, Musulundha will then lead the gods into the stūpa. Within the stūpa, which measures ten leagues, they will all behold clear images of all five classes of wandering beings. They will witness how everything that is conditioned is impermanent, how abundance ends in decline, how actions are appropriated, and how there is no freedom. Such detailed images appear vividly upon the walls of the stūpa as the gods clearly perceive that great display. At a certain location, they will behold the eight hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, Intense Heat, and Ultimate Torment. They will see how the winds of karmic action make gods fall into the hells with their heads down and their feet pointing upward. Everywhere around them, they will see people whose bodies are ablaze, as if they were the kiṃśuka tree. [F.139.a] They will see how the gods fall from their heavens, howling in fury, completely deceived by their own minds, once their positive actions are exhausted. They were beguiled into a life in carelessness, and while they thus previously experienced the highest pleasure, they are now bound for the highest suffering. Destitute and alone, abandoned by all their companions, they fall headlong into hell.
“First, they will see the fall of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. Such gods may commit killing and they may engage in stealing. How do they kill? They kill others during the wars between the gods and the asuras. At the time of their constant victories, they may also rob the asuras of their crowns and throw away their weapons. Due to the conditions of these many such actions, karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, or other types of karmic action, the gods who were thus deceived by their own minds are certain to fall. Upon their death and transmigration, their former aggregates cease and instead there emerge the forms and beings of hell associated with the intermediate state. In this way, they forge the link from pleasure to pain. What to say of the suffering of such falling gods, when at that time any being in cyclic existence will indeed experience exceeding amounts of excruciating pain? Tortured by their severe karmic actions, sentient beings in this way die and transmigrate from the heavens and are born in hell. The gods now see all of this illustrated with the help of the Blessed One’s emanations.
“Elsewhere, the gods will see how gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings die and transmigrate into lives as a starving spirit. [F.139.b] They pass from the blissful enjoyment of food and are born in the wilderness to a life of dire hunger and thirst. While they were previously covered in fine garments, they are now born with hair that covers their faces and shrouds them in darkness. Some are scorched like a burned tree in the forest. Some suffer the tortures of hunger and thirst within a vast wilderness of red-hot iron but438 without finding the least bit of fluid or moisture. Before they caroused in the heavens but now, after their death and transmigration, they burn in the thirty-six realms of the starving spirits. Ravens, owls, and vultures peck off their faces and eyes. Previously, they experienced the soft and smooth heavenly ground that yields to one’s step but bounces back when the foot is lifted. Yet now, born as starving spirits, they are exposed to a ground that is seven times more painful than a bed of embers. Vajra beaks carve into their bodies, and their whole environment is filled with piercing dūrva grass. While they previously enjoyed hundreds of thousands of fragrances from great mandāravas, lotuses, and jasmine, they now roam as starving spirits through the stench of filthy urine, feces, and the human corpses of the charnel grounds, while their nostrils are aswarm with excruciating insects. Such are the lives of those born as starving spirits. [F.140.a] While they previously enjoyed the rich and abundant pleasures of foods endowed with exquisite colors, tastes, fragrances and textures, they must now survive on extremely meager scavenged filth, which has revolting tastes and smells, such as nauseating excrement many hundreds of years old. Alternatively, extremely emaciated, they may resort to feeding on garbage. All this the gods now see on the walls of the stūpa.
“Likewise, the fallen gods used to wear the most delightful, supremely soft, and delicate unwoven fabrics. Their garments were adorned with numerous jewels, befitting their heavenly status, and, when wafted by the wind, they emitted rich floral aromas. Yet, following the exhaustion of their supportive karmic actions, they are born into the world of starving spirits. Their naked bodies are exceedingly coarse and unkempt, covered in yellow hair, and surrounded by hundreds of thousands of worms that nibble at them as if on a honeycomb. Tormented by hunger and thirst, they spend every day wailing and crying as they experience the utterly excruciating suffering of starving spirits. Fooled by carelessness, they have lost their heavenly realm and have now descended into life as a starving spirit.
“Elsewhere on the walls of the stūpa the gods of Moving in Gatherings will see how upon death and transmigration, some gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings take birth among the many different realms, levels, species, and abodes of animals. [F.140.b] Those living in water feed on each other in terrifying environments of intense cold or heat. Those living on arid land are burned by the light of the sun, pitifully starving, thirsting, and undergoing physical torment. Killing one another and being enslaved, animals must endure hundreds of thousands of horrendous sufferings. It is not easy to express the pain that they experience within the jungle and forests, impelled by their past negative karmic actions. Likewise, the sky is inhabited by birds—large as well as tiny, living in flocks or alone—that are tormented by terrible suffering due to their inclination to hurt each other. In this way, the gods who are fooled by carelessness take birth as animals.
“There are also some among the gods oppressed by carelessness who have engaged in particularly virtuous actions. When they die and leave their divine worlds, they take birth in the world of humans, where they continue to experience the consequences of their positive actions until these have been exhausted. Engaging in virtuous as well as unvirtuous karmic actions, they are born in the world of humans, where they invariably sink into the suffering of searching for wealth—whether inferior, medium scope, or great—while they experience success or decline in a way that is proportionate to their practice of the Dharma. [F.141.a] All of this the gods perceive on the surface of the stūpa.
“In this regard, some may cultivate, accustom themselves to, and increase positive actions that are based on single-day precepts and associated with the noble eightfold path. They may engage in such actions in a way that is uninterrupted, free from straying, free from defilement, steadfast, and undertaken with an extremely purified mind. Others may experience truly desirable forms of ripening that are directly impelled by the three types of karmic action. Such ripening may be prompted by taking refuge in the Three Jewels, or by granting beings the gift of freedom from fear, the gift of the Dharma, and the like. The ripening may be prompted by a bright mind that has become extremely pure concerning the practice of positive actions. The ripening may also be due to wholesome actions that are performed, with a very pure attitude, toward one’s parents, or due to the practices of generosity, discipline, and insight. Such ripening may also be prompted by a sustained offering of medical treatment to those who have no doctor, medicine, or assistance, and who are sick, unprotected, destitute, and tormented by disease. Alternatively, it may be due to the relinquishment of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, alcohol consumption, and so forth. It may also be prompted by the virtuous actions of providing ponds and springs for those who live in far-flung lands and wildernesses. Or it may be a result of the positive acts of worshiping the Three Jewels, prostrating, and joining one’s palms before them. Or it may be due to granting the gift of freedom from fear to those who face the terrors of fires, insects, killings, or weapons. [F.141.b] Or it may be due to providing solitary buddhas and worthy ones with dwellings, medical supplies, and utensils. Or it may be due to nurturing one’s sons and daughters with genuine happiness. Or it may result from one’s concern for those tormented by the terrors of famine. Such supremely delightful actions that may culminate in the transcendence of suffering carry their effects in accordance with the way they are dedicated. Since such actions may bring one all the way to awakening, there is no need to mention that they can affect one’s life as a god.
“In this way, the gods will see how the gods are born, how they lose their divine status, and how they take birth in their present realms. They see how the gods are tied by the ropes of numerous causal factors in a net of diverse karmic actions. They see how sentient beings are suppressed and tied by the wheel of mind that evolves into so many forms of life. They see how the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife and the Heaven of the Four Great Kings are subject to the many great sufferings of death, transmigration, and rebirth.
“When they have seen those emanations made by the blessed Kanakamuni, they will next take a look at the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three because, just as they are able to see the suffering of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings on the walls of the stūpa, so they can also watch the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Consequently, they now proceed elsewhere to watch the latter.
“There, that blessed one correctly shows them how intricately the afflictions, actions, and births of cyclic existence are connected. [F.142.a] The gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations and the Heaven of the Thirty-Three thus enjoy their lotuses, benefited by their own actions and experiencing the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous karmic actions. Based on such actions, they become destined for happiness or suffering. They are born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, or humans, following many distinct paths just as they are compelled to by the tight noose of karmic action.
“Moreover, the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three are blown by the winds of karmic actions and keep coursing through cyclic existence. There is not a single being within the three realms that has not had to experience the karmic effects of hell, so obviously they can also be seen to head for all five realms of wandering beings. Although they are bound by the noose of past positive actions, such gods will still take birth in the seven great hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, and Intense Heat. Gods do not take birth in Ultimate Torment because they lack the causes for doing so, yet they may indeed be born in the other seven hells. The gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three may take such birth either due to acts of killing to be experienced in other lives or acts of killing that they engaged in during the wars with the asuras. Killing and stealing can be found among all the gods who abide on the levels of action related to objects. While such acts are very common among the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings and the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, they also occur in the four remaining god realms. [F.142.b]
“The subtle modes of the karmic actions that are associated with the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three are in this way understood by the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, as the gods of Moving in Gatherings see the depictions of the karmic results of death, transmigration, and rebirth as experienced by the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Surrounded by parks, wish-fulfilling trees, forests, and chariots, such gods may passionately pursue their pleasures within their mansions, insatiably partaking of the pleasures of objects. Yet, once their positive karmic actions are exhausted, they fall into the hells, bound by ropes of fire.
“The causal factors that afflict the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings with agony are also felt by the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. What are those causal factors? For gods who possess unwholesome karmic action, the unbearable intensity of their suffering of loss corresponds with the level of pleasure they achieved by means of objects. Karmic actions are unfathomable and extremely diverse. The elements in the physical constitution of the gods, such as their eyes, are extremely fresh and delicate, and so the intensity of their pain is also correspondingly strong. Compared to the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, this is even more the case with the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, and when they are forced to give up their realm, their mental terror is likewise much more severe. At that time, every aspect of their minds is racked by suffering.
“There are two kinds of pleasure and pain for which there is no example: the pleasure of the gods and the pain of hell beings. Pulled to their excruciating downfall by the noose of karmic actions, the gods plunge into utterly unbearable, debilitating pain. This the gods behold on the walls of the stūpa. [F.143.a] As they see how the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three fall and are destroyed, they are stricken by intense mental agony.
“Elsewhere, they will see how the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three take birth in the realms of starving spirits. Those who gallivanted among the parks, forests, chariots, and wish-fulfilling trees, satisfying themselves with elixirs of divine substance and enjoying supreme happiness, now experience decline as they find themselves among excrement, filthy human corpses, and various kinds of worms. While they suffer unimaginable mental anguish, their bodies too are bursting with pain. In this way, the gods of the realm of Moving in Gatherings see how the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three suffer horrendous downfalls into the realms of starving spirits.
“They will likewise watch the way the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three fall into the animal realm, taking birth in the ocean as fish, crocodiles, pearl oysters, dolphins, nakra crocodiles, and the like, where they chase and prey upon each other. Their bodies are tormented by hunger and thirst and experience numerous forms of excruciating pain. Or they may be born to experience the terrors of the innumerable animals of the sky, birds and the like, that harm each other until they collapse or take each other’s lives.
“Those among these gods who have engaged in extremely positive actions may be free from such states, just as was mentioned in the case of the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. If they are born as humans, that is due to genuine actions to be experienced in other lives—it is not the case that such actions were not present before. [F.143.b] The suffering of taking birth as a similar type, the death that follows birth, and the loss felt by the god upon death and transmigration is not easy to express—needless to mention, then, the way such beings suffer in the womb. Those who take birth as humans also suffer constantly as infants, as they crawl, grow, move about, are ignorant, fight, develop attachments to both meaningful and meaningless things, cry, and so on. It is not easy to account for all the relevant subcategories here.
“All of this the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife who are born in the realm of Moving in Gatherings behold upon the walls of the stūpa. As they see this panoply of different actors in cyclic existence who all suffer intensely—as they see this absolutely astonishing diversity—they become deeply distressed. Humans turn into other classes of beings, and thus may humans become gods, just as gods may become humans. Now, if that much misery can be found among beings born in the higher realms, then what are we to think about those who inhabit the lower realms, tormented by their karmic actions?
“On the walls of the stūpa, these gods of the Heaven Free from Strife who are born in the realm of Moving in Gatherings also perceive the way the gods who live at Sudharma suffer death and transmigration, thus passing on to take birth among the five classes of beings. The setting and character of the karmic conditions that make these gods die and transmigrate have already been explained. [F.144.a]
“When a god dies and transmigrates, only to be reborn as a god, then that process is also suffering, because death, transmigration, birth, loss, and the fear of death and transmigration all entail vast and diverse sufferings. When the gods have seen these many different terrors of death and transmigration, they will set their sights elsewhere. They will now perceive upon the walls of the stūpa the way a Śakra ruler dies and transmigrates. While he previously wore bright garlands of supreme divine substances, enjoying indescribable pleasures of the five senses, he loses it all when he is driven onward by his own past karmic actions. He plunges headlong into the expanse of the lower realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals due to his own carelessness. All of this is due to his own past karmic actions.
“That is how the following gods, who all bore the title of ruler, suffered death and transmigration from the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. The Śakra known as Prabhāvatī ruled as the king of the heavenly realm, yet once the merit of his own actions was exhausted, he was born as a crocodile in the ocean. When he was a human, he had been a bird trapper and killed many living beings. However, he had also prostrated to the Buddha and because of that he became a ruler. When that act was exhausted, he became an animal because of the remaining unwholesomeness associated with killing. When he was a ruler, he had offered donations to the sick, the helpless, and to monks with a mind of faith, and as a result of that, he became the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.144.b] When those actions were exhausted, he was reborn as a lizard due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives. That is to say, in another life he had developed the flaw of wrong view and thus burned lizards in sacrificial fires. Due to such causes and conditions, he was first born in hell, and then later as a lizard due to residual karmic actions.
“The ruler known as Luminous, who came after Prabhāvatī, first experienced heavenly objects but then suffered a great downfall as he died and transmigrated. He had been born as the lord of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three due to the service he had rendered to his mother, father, and the infirm, but when his merits were exhausted, he became a starving spirit. In other lives he had sold grains in remote regions in ways that were highly improper and deceptive. In this manner, he had willfully created great famines. Due to such causes, he was born in the Black Line Hell. Later, due to residual karmic actions, he became a starving spirit with a throat like a needle.
“With great attentiveness, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife will also perceive many other aspects of karmic action that cause copious suffering in cyclic existence. They will see how the Śakra known as Consoler died and transmigrated from the higher realms, taking birth as a pig instead. They will also see how his former positive actions had caused him to be born as Śakra. In a former life he addressed an extremely arrogant brahmin with wrong views in a friendly manner, and he offered him food and medicine. He also caused the brahmin to give up killing and to instead adhere to the bases of training. Due to such causes, conditions, and bases, he journeyed to the joyous higher realms upon the disintegration of his body and was thus born in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. [F.145.a] Later, when his positive karmic actions were depleted and exhausted, he was born into the womb of a pig.
“What other positive actions have in the same manner produced birth as a ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, and what were the names of those rulers? The ruler known as Sumanyu had in a previous life been moved by compassion for someone who had been caught by a lion and was barely alive. He freed that man from the lion and nursed him for a long time, offering him food, drink, and healing. By such causes and conditions, he became the ruler known as Sumanyu. Yet, when he died, he was born in the hell of Intense Heat. This was because in another life he had spread lies within the royal court. Due to such causes and conditions, he was later born in hell.
“After Sumanyu died and transmigrated, another ruler known as Emanated Śakra appeared. He was always observant of wholesome action and endowed with insight. In just the same manner, he was generous to all his gurus as objects of worship. Because of that he became the ruler known as Kauśika, who in turn further increased his former positive actions. Due to those conditions he became a ruler of the second class.439 Once more, he became the ruler on that basis. By the power of the teaching of the blessed Śākyamuni, Kauśika will not go to the lower realms. Rather, when he dies and transmigrates from his divine existence, he will take birth as a human.
“The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife will watch on the wall of the stūpa how Kauśika will thus circle seven times, but they do not see any further existence of his beyond those seven. They will therefore wonder in amazement, ‘Upon the walls of this stūpa, we can see all the existences of all those Śakras, but Kauśika alone cannot be seen anywhere in the lower realms. What are the causes for that?’ [F.145.b]
“They will all then look to Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, and ask, ‘Why do we see all the lords, without exception, going to the lower realms, whereas in Kauśika’s case we can only perceive seven existences? We cannot determine any eighth existence. What are the causes for that? What are the conditions? What is the context?’
“Hearing this from the gods, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will respond, ‘Listen here about Kauśika’s future existences and their causes. I shall show them to you upon the stūpa of the Thus-Gone One and teach you the sacred Dharma. Everything occurs based on causes, yet the gods are careless and thoughtless, obscured by their desires for divine substances, and thus they fail to listen properly to the sacred Dharma. To help you, I have therefore let you into this stūpa so that you may understand your own delusion. Alas, do not be careless! Beware, or you will waste your lives for no reason. Do not cause yourselves regrets in the future. I have heard that there are two causes for remaining at the place and time of death. Those are the causes due to which we see Kauśika born as the second class, without falling into the lower realms, and due to which we do not see any eighth existence of his on the stūpa’s walls.
“ ‘Kauśika used to be careless and thoughtless, spending all his life in carelessness. When the signs of death and transmigration that indicate the exhaustion of positive karmic actions manifested, a spiritual teacher told him about the omens and said, “Kauśika, there are factors that can counteract those omens of death and transmigration, [F.146.a] so set your mind happily at ease.”
“ ‘ “What can stop the signs of death and transmigration from appearing on the lotuses at my feet and by my seat?’ inquired Kauśika.
“ ‘The sage then said to Kauśika, “Listen well, Kauśika. The means whereby we may avoid transmigrating from our present seats are taught by Śākyamuni, the sage of the Ikṣvāku family, the omniscient one, the seer of all, the master of all actions and effects within cyclic existence, the teacher of the true path for all sentient beings, the unsurpassable king of Dharma.”
“ ‘Wishing to listen to the Dharma, Kauśika then hastened to Jambudvīpa and the place where the Blessed One was residing. There he saw the Blessed One, the sole eye, the teacher of the true path, explaining the Dharma. The Blessed One was teaching the Dharma of happiness and skillful means, revealing the city of the transcendence of suffering. He was delivering the teachings that are virtuous in the beginning, the middle, and the end; the excellent meanings and the excellent words; the Dharma that is distinct, complete, and perfect. He was teaching about suffering, that which causes the ripening of suffering, and the way suffering comes to an end for good. In this way, so that the gods could hear it as well, he taught the four truths of noble beings comprising suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path.
“ ‘Kauśika then addressed the blessed Śākyamuni: “O Gautama, obstacles are occurring for me; omens of death and transmigration are manifesting. Such are my obstacles.” [F.146.b]
“ ‘The Blessed One replied, “This is how it is, this is how it is—Kauśika, make sure that you understand this. When such omens, and other events that are not omens, manifest, the next existence will follow. When the positive actions of the careless who live in carelessness are exhausted, they will have to go elsewhere, driven by the craving for a body. In this great wilderness of cyclic existence, which is hard to find an end to, beings are always ruled by the copious flaws of birth, aging, sickness, death, suffering, lamentation, pain, mental distress, encounters with the unpleasant, separation from the delightful, ferocious beasts, and terrifying lions. They are burned by the scorching sun, lost in the darkness of ignorance, and hurt by attachments in all directions. Such is the predicament of all childish, ordinary beings. They live in great herds of craving, among the trees of hundreds of thousands of thoughts, cut off from the springs of the sacred Dharma and the guidance of spiritual teachers who can explain the Dharma well. They take the desire-ridden paths of non-Buddhists, with unwholesome views that have been perpetuated in the past and will be so in the future as well. In this way, all five classes of beings roam through this meaningless and greatly painful wilderness of cyclic existence. Kauśika, aren’t you saddened by this?
“ ‘ “All who are obscured by desire must go on to somewhere else, and those lives also they will lose. What good do their vows do them, of what use are their lives, and what is the point of their austerities? Will your pleasures follow you when you die and transmigrate? You are indeed going to leave for elsewhere!” [F.147.a]
“ ‘Kauśika then folded his Dharma robe over one shoulder, bowed down with his crown, and touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet. He then took a place in the gathering and asked, “Blessed One, are there any means whereby I may avoid suffering based on my present state? Do you see any causal factors whereby I might remain the king of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three? Are there any causes that might secure my seat, my superior seat?”
“ ‘In reply, the Blessed One said, “Kauśika, there is a way that you may be born to the same seat again once you have died and transmigrated. No other action of definite consequence has such causal power that it may make you take birth at the same seat again and be the king of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. I see those causes and I see your seat, your superior seat, and I see other causes. If you listen to my Dharma teaching, you will not have to fall.”
“ ‘Again, Kauśika joined his palms and said, “World protector, Blessed One, please let me listen to your Dharma.”
“ ‘In this way, emphasizing the flaws of desire, unwholesome relishing, and escape, the Blessed One taught Kauśika the discourses elaborately, so that he could attain the fruition of a stream enterer. When Kauśika attained that fruition, the gateways to death, transmigration, and rebirth in the lower realms shut. It is because of this auspicious production of causal factors that the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife cannot see any eighth rebirth of Kauśika upon the walls of the stūpa. At that point, he will go beyond suffering, achieving total transcendence, and there will not be any eighth existence for him. It is for these reasons that I have spoken to you here.’ [F.147.b]
“At that time, Musulundha will utter the following verses:
“In this way, Musulundha cares for the gods in hundreds of different ways, providing them with true sustenance.
“Again, moved by deep sadness and utterly disheartened, the gods will address Musulundha: ‘We request that Your Divine Majesty show us clearly where we are heading.’
“ ‘I shall do so,’ Musulundha will reply, and once again he will make them explore the same wall of the stūpa. The gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will now see that they themselves will be reborn in the hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, and Intense Heat, [F.148.a] falling in great numbers into the hellish realms with their heads down and their feet up as their divine bodies come to an end. Some are boiled the moment they take birth. Some are attacked by vultures and ravens within a realm of flaming iron. Some are surrounded by terrors, and some gods have their heads stuck into the burning sand that fills the grounds of hell. They will experience extremely excruciating, unbearable, and utterly horrifying sensations while the henchmen of the Lord of Death keep them confined and shout commands. Thus they will see themselves depicted in numerous ways.
“They will also see many rulers of the Heaven Free from Strife taking birth in the hells in this way. They will see them ferociously subjected to biting, penetrating pains that are the products of their own minds, which have been distracted by pleasure. Having been destroyed by objects for so long, they are now filled with fear, experience the hellish characteristics, and remain cognizant as the henchmen of the Lord of Death call out to them, ‘You who had such great faith in objects, now you must experience the fruits of what you have done!’
“Those rulers of the Heaven Free from Strife have the following names: Great Action, Excellent Force of Perfection, Splendid, Joyous Magnetizer of All, Serene, and Thoroughly Joyous Form. As rulers of the Heaven Free from Strife [F.148.b] they fell into the seven hells, dragged by the noose of karmic action as they experienced the effects of positive and negative actions. They enjoyed supreme objects and developed an insatiable craving that later destroyed them and made them fall.
“Great Action had developed a careful attitude and trained in that, with respect to a solitary buddha to whom he had offered food. Upon the disintegration of his body, he therefore went to the joyous higher realms and was born as the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Enjoying numerous divine pleasures, he developed strong craving. When he passed beyond the heavens, he fell into the Black Line Hell due to stealing, because in another life he had been a doctor who appropriated the wealth of the afflicted in improper ways. As those actions ripened, he was born in the Black Line Hell.
“When the gods have seen the actions of Great Action, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, they will next examine the positive and negative actions of Excellent Force of Perfection. They will notice the virtuous actions whereby he became the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. They will see that in the past he had been a monk who offered gifts of medicinal substances to the ill and who did not harbor any impure attitudes in his heart. Due to those causes and conditions, he went to the joyous higher realms upon the disintegration of his body, where he was reborn as the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. He was carried away by craving for desirable objects there, and so, once his positive actions came to exhaustion, he was reborn in the Howling Hell. Overcome by carelessness, Excellent Force of Perfection had before been a haughty king in the world of humans. This conceited king used to make his thirsting guests drink sweet wine upon their arrival. In this way, he broke the discipline that he had otherwise cultivated with faith, thus failing to accomplish his own objectives. [F.149.a] Due to those unvirtuous actions, which were to be experienced in other lives subsequent to the disintegration of his body, he later took birth in the Great Howling Hell.
“The gods will realize all this as they perceive the karmic actions of the second ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, along with his qualities, his unwholesomeness, and his life in the lower realms. They will therefore say to each other, ‘We now see that the whole of cyclic existence is like a blazing fire. Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, is like a father and a mother to us. He has done something for us that no one else ever did. He has shown us, clearly and accurately, what the hells are like and how the results of positive and negative actions ripen.’
“They will then draw closer, wishing to examine the ways other lords of the Heaven Free from Strife died and transmigrated, how they engaged in karmic actions, and how those actions had consequences. Upon the walls of the stūpa they will behold the blessed Kanakamuni’s projections that reveal the actions of Splendid, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, as well as the effects of those actions. Splendid became the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife due to having previously listened to the sacred Dharma with great faith during the night of conquest, and because of having offered butter lamps to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. Due to such causes, conditions, and bases, he went to the joyous higher realms upon the disintegration of his body, taking birth there as the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, where he reigned for a long time. When his life was over and his body disintegrated, he next became born as a god of the class of the Four Great Kings, and when he died and transmigrated from that existence, he took birth in Kuru in the north. When he died and transmigrated from there, he was, in turn, born as a god in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, [F.149.b] and when he died and transmigrated from that life, he was born as a king in Jambudvīpa endowed with great magical powers. In that life, however, he became careless and obscured by the pursuit of pleasure, and thus he engaged in killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, and other unvirtuous actions, thoughtlessly habituating his mind to such unvirtuous action. When that body later disintegrated, he was therefore born in the hell of Intense Heat, experiencing hundreds of thousands of variations of pain resulting from actions associated with hell. In this way he was deceived, as his own mind arose as his enemy.
“When the gods have witnessed numerous further images of pleasure and pain that are associated with abundance and decline, they will discuss this among each other:
“In this way, the gods in Moving in Gatherings see the workings of diverse karmic actions correctly portrayed by the blessed Kanakamuni upon the walls of the stūpa. [F.150.a]
“Wishing to examine further virtuous and unvirtuous actions of the lords of the Heaven Free from Strife, the gods will then proceed to look at another part of the stūpa’s walls. There, they will notice the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife who was known as Serene Form. Seeing the actions that made him king of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, they will notice how he had often been a brahmin in the world of humans. Endowed with correct view and excellent discipline, he had concern for the incarcerated, those tormented by suffering, the unprotected, and those suffering due to famine. With a very gracious attitude, he offered them delightful food in abundance, and he also observed vows according to the calendar. Due to such causes and conditions, and on the basis of having freed people from suffering, he went to the joyous higher realms upon the disintegration of his body, and was thus born as the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Under the name of Serene Form, he reigned and performed actions. When he died and transmigrated, he subsequently became a human king who possessed great miraculous powers and supreme splendor. When that body disintegrated, he was next born as a god in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, enjoying numerous great pleasures for a long time. When he finally died and transmigrated from there, he took birth as a strong asura with great miraculous powers. When, again, he passed on from that existence, he was reborn as a human, becoming a powerful and wealthy householder. When he subsequently died and transmigrated, he was again born as a human, this time in Godānīya. After that life, he again became a human, living on a lesser continent. [F.150.b] There, his mind became fickle and he therefore engaged in killing. He would hunt down wild animals and inflict wounds upon them with weapons until they died. Due to such causes, conditions, and bases, he went to the lower realms upon the disintegration of his body and was born in the Reviving Hell, burning in the great fires. Undergoing intense, excruciating, burning pain, he experienced the horrifying results of his unvirtuous actions.
“Having clearly seen this ripening of karmic action, displayed by the blessed Kanakamuni in all its variation inside the stūpa, the gods of Moving in Gatherings will next wish to examine other aspects of karmic results. As they proceed along the wondrous wall of the stūpa, they will see among the many different lives that of Thoroughly Joyous, another ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. They will also see the karmic actions that made him take rebirth in that manner. When he was born as a human being, his mind was virtuous. He always praised and honored the gurus, and, with faith and respect, he conducted himself with consideration and humility. He would always sweep and anoint stūpas, perform his duties well, and faithfully offer gifts to mendicants and brahmins. To travelers and the sick he would offer respectful care with a joyous attitude. When his body disintegrated, he therefore went to the joyous higher realms and was born as Thoroughly Joyous, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.151.a] A light of numerous colors shone from his body, satisfying many beings with its radiance. Outshining any jewel, his body was incomparable and made the entire array of gods wane in comparison. He was as radiant as the moon is to the humans in Jambudvīpa. Such was his outstanding beauty in the midst of all the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife.
“In this manner, he lived for a long time in great splendor, enjoying his rich endowments of pleasures of the five senses. When he finally died and transmigrated, he was born as a human king in Jambudvīpa, ruling over a hundred provinces. However, during that life, he became thoughtless and took to deer hunting. As a result, he was born in the Reviving Hell, and once he died and transmigrated from there, he was born as a goose.
“Wondering what further wonders of karmic action they might witness, the gods at this point will proceed to look at another part of the stūpa’s walls. As they watch the surface of the walls, they will see the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife who goes by the name of Musulundha. He is endowed with the Dharma and adheres to the Dharma, does not indulge in pleasures, and benefits all beings with the supreme Dharma. In this way, with awareness of karmic action, he rules the gods and does not live in carelessness.
“The gods will also see the relevant karmic ripening. They will perceive how he faithfully emerged from the household to become a homeless mendicant, [F.151.b] regarding even the most minute negative act as frightening, and how he practiced pure conduct in a perfect way. When his body disintegrated, he therefore went to the joyous higher realms and was reborn as Insuperable, a king of the gods in Making Use of Others’ Emanations. When he died and transmigrated from there, he became a universal monarch who ruled over the four continents. Subsequent to that life, he was reborn as a god of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. Upon death and transmigration from that life, he next became a very happy and wealthy householder, and then a king whose rule extended across one thousand leagues. Transmigrating from the latter existence, he was then reborn as a king of Videha in the east who possessed supreme powers. When that king died and transmigrated, he was reborn as a god with supreme miraculous powers and strength. When he again died and transmigrated, he became a householder endowed with tremendous happiness and wealth, who practiced generosity, discipline, and insight in a flawless manner. He also steadfastly abided by his training in generosity, discipline, and knowledge throughout his other lives. Therefore, when he died and passed beyond, his generosity, discipline, and insight served as causes to propel him on, and upon the disintegration of his body, he finally went to the joyous higher realms and was born as Musulundha.
“Having cultivated the continua of all those actions and having applied his mind to the purificatory training in such actions, Musulundha has thus developed carefulness. He will not be carried away by pleasures, and objects will not destroy his mind. He will be supremely happy, act for the benefit of others, and practice virtuous actions. In this way, his kindness will ensure that many gods will [F.152.a] avoid becoming swayed and subdued by their pleasures.
“The gods of Moving in Gatherings will speak to each other in just such a way. Having seen all this horrible craving for objects and terrifying pain, the gods in Moving in Gatherings will now continue to scrutinize the walls of the stūpa together with Musulundha. Wondering where the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will be reborn next, and as what type of being, they keep gazing at the surface of the walls. They will then observe that upon death and transmigration from their heavenly realm, all of them will be reborn together with Musulundha in Jambudvīpa, where the teachings of Maitreya can be found. They will all have their faculties intact and will be reborn in great families within the same country. They will all have supreme affection for each other and will be born in homes of vast wealth, have magnificent qualities, and be of excellent character. Musulundha will be born into a great royal house of tremendous wealth and power, one that is venerated by everyone and abounds with billions of jewels. Born as the foremost son of that family, his name will be Śīlabhadra.
“At that time, the blessed Maitreya will be teaching the Dharma, skillfully leading beings to the city of the transcendence of suffering. His teaching is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. It has excellent meanings and excellent words. It is a Dharma that is distinct, complete, and perfect. In this manner, he teaches, ‘This is form; this is the origin of form; this is the cessation of form; this is the path that leads to the cessation of form.’ [F.153.a] In the same way, he also elaborately teaches the characteristics of sensation, perception, formation, and consciousness. He thereby provides all sentient beings with excellent happiness, freedom from affliction, and entry into the city of the transcendence of suffering. He teaches the Dharma whereby all beings become free from stains.
“When Śīlabhadra hears that the blessed Maitreya is teaching the Dharma, all the others will, as before, also join him to hear that. Inspired by the virtuous actions to which they are accustomed from before, they will all convene, and then they will approach Śīlabhadra. All twenty thousand of them will come to confer with Śīlabhadra at length, just as before. Inspired by what their leader has heard and their previous virtuous actions, they will all rise together, rejoicing with deep respect and happiness, and with a lustrous complexion on their faces. In this way, all these wise individuals will proceed as one body, as if they were Śakra and his retinue, toward the site where the blessed Maitreya resides.
“Arriving there, they will behold the Blessed One from afar, his body adorned with the thirty-two marks of a great being, as he is teaching the Dharma. Maitreya benefits all beings, including gods and humans, and is surrounded by attending hosts of mendicants and brahmins as he teaches the Dharma that is virtuous in the beginning, virtuous in the middle, and virtuous in the end. His teaching is bright like a lake, utterly free from pollutants. His Dharma brings an end to all suffering, permanently liberates being from the chains of cyclic existence, and culminates in the transcendence of suffering. [F.153.b] His retinue is extremely profound, deep like the ocean.
“Seeing the approaching procession from afar, the Blessed One will address them: ‘Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, bow your head to my feet. Are you and your party all well? Have you practiced pure conduct well? Have you thoroughly ripened your faculties according to the Dharma? Have you made the whole gamut of negative actions diminish, and have you brought them to exhaustion? Have you completely given up your reliance on pleasure? For me, the time of liberation from all those pains has already arrived.’
“Hearing these words of the Thus-Gone One, Śīlabhadra will be extremely delighted and filled with deep respect. Beholding the incomparable form of the Thus-Gone One, who is like a bridge that leads beyond all cyclic existence, he will bow his head to the Blessed One’s feet. Having taken his place in the gathering, Śīlabhadra will then reply, ‘Blessed One, all my engagements in cyclic existence have been exhausted.’
“Thereafter the Blessed One will teach the Dharma to the party of twenty thousand, who used to accompany Musulundha in the worlds of the gods, by guiding them toward the exhaustion of defilements.
“Together with Musulundha, all of them will witness these exact events of the future, just as they are projected by the blessed Kanakamuni. All the many marvelous events that they clearly perceive in this way are projected by the Omniscient One because no one else possesses such a sphere of wisdom. That is why all beings, including the world of the gods, as well as all māras, mendicants, and brahmins, have faith in the Thus-Gone One only, and in no one else. [F.154.a] For all beings, the supreme factor to attend to is the one that causes one to escape from cyclic existence—that is, the spiritual teacher.
“Thereafter, when they have received Musulundha’s guidance, the gods will rejoice tremendously and rouse deep respect for the Buddha, as well as for the Dharma and the Saṅgha. Each among the full congregation of gods will also bow his head to the feet of Musulundha, and then everyone will leave and go outside the stūpa.”
Among the six discourses, this completes the fifth, the discourse of Kanakamuni’s emanations.
The Stūpa of the Blessed Kāśyapa
“As he joyously reveals the terrifying flaws of desire to the gods, Musulundha will make them all look around in the realm of Moving in Gatherings. With great delight, the gods will examine the environment. They will see the abundant forests, parks, ponds, pools, groves, and rivers; the many lotus pools full of birds that sing cheerfully; the hundreds of thousands of divine maidens of Moving in Gatherings, who sing and dance beautifully while joking around and striking poses; the divine substances endowed with numerous qualities; the special trees of the seven precious substances that are flush with fruits; the abundant jewel mountains with their beautiful forests where the gods indulge in craving in accordance with their previous inferior, intermediate, or superior karmic actions; the extensive congregations of gods and goddesses who without any animosity revitalize each other; the delightful great rivers of refreshments; [F.154.b] the wondrous garlands of bejeweled mansions that are replete with sense pleasures and refract their jewel light upon one another; and the brilliant mountain peaks that illumine one another with their radiance of gold, coral, pearl, and sapphire.
“As they gaze upon all this beauty in the land of Moving in Gatherings, Musulundha will say, ‘Look at these exuberant gatherings of gods, each more exalted than the last, as they gallivant from one summit to the next, ecstatically playing their five types of instruments.’
“ ‘All of these gods are like a stūpa deprived of water,’443 Musulundha will then remark.
“And then he will continue, ‘The thus-gone ones declare that all these phenomena are definitely suffering, and that is correct. The gods who live in carelessness have clearly not yet achieved liberation. And when the positive actions of beings are exhausted, they die, transmigrate, and soon after will fall. Yet, childish beings do not comprehend the character of illusory karmic formations. These careless gods do not comprehend that they will fall into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Karmic actions are karmic actions, and they make it impossible to avoid painful births. Why is that? Because all karmic actions are nothing but formations that are characterized by arising, persisting, and disintegrating, and they continuously accompany sentient beings. Due to these three flaws, everything is rendered unpleasant and becomes a realm of vast and copious suffering, and a place bereft of all savory experiences. [F.155.a]
“ ‘Also, our own merry congregation is bound to die; we are only subsisting from one moment to the next. We are pierced by the bite of the Lord of Death. All these conditioned phenomena are of a momentary nature. Everyone alive here soon will fall. Youth is nothing to be happy about. All this exquisite abundance soon will be destroyed. This you will understand when the time comes for the Lord of Death, the time of the utterly unbearable pain of loss.’
“When the gods of the realm behold their ruler, they will become overjoyed. They will come rushing toward him wearing their crowns, garlands, and crystals, with bodies aglow in their own natural light. They all will be accompanied by thousands of ladies, who bear magnificent ornaments and fine costumes as they beat drums, sing, dance, joke, and strike poses. Endowed with their own former virtuous actions, the gods possess the splendor of hundreds of thousands of physical marks. With great haste, they will all approach Musulundha, ruler of the gods, in order to attend to their king. They will draw close to him with an expectation of entertainment.
“At that point, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will mingle with the other gods in order to play, joke, charm others, and enjoy himself. Yet, he does all that only for the sake of guiding the others, and not because it is his nature. And so, entering their midst, he will for a little while joke, pose, and play.
“Since the gods are corrupted by nature and attached to numerous attractions, [F.155.b] they dwell on the mountainous summits and among the many different coral trees, where there are hundreds of thousands of beautiful sounds, sights, and lights. While they inhabit the colorful summits made of numerous precious elements, their minds are scattered.
“At this point, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will proclaim to his accompanying gods, who have become free from attachment to the numerous objects, ‘Gods, we must go among those other gods, so that we can make them abandon their pursuit of objects instead of pursuing what is gratifying only for themselves. That way, we can provide them with excellent happiness. We must by all means make sure that they do not pursue objects but instead practice the Dharma.’
“Calm-minded and having understood such key points for happiness, the ruler of the gods will then proceed, accompanied by his party of gods, to visit another part of the heavenly realm of Moving in Gatherings. The land there is studded with waterfalls, pools, and various lotus groves where flocks of beautiful birds live. Looming there are myriad sloping mountains that shine with the splendor of jewels. It is indeed an enchanted land that astonishes even the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. As if bursting forth from the sky, this lofty realm is ablaze with the overpowering light of myriad kinds of splendid jewels and endowed with a hundred thousand suns. They will soon come to a place of brilliant splendor that is completely peaceful and luminous. There, in a secluded setting, they will behold a stūpa.
“Just as before, the gods will now ask their ruler,444 [F.156.a] ‘What are these blazing jewels that we perceive?’
“Hearing such words from the gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will respond in a manner similar to before: ‘Listen, the many blazing jewels that you behold here belong to the shining reliquary of the sixth Blessed One, Kāśyapa. He is a thus-gone one, a worthy one, someone learned and virtuous, an unsurpassed being, a charioteer, a god of gods. Upon the other stūpas, the downfall of the gods that live due to prior pure conduct were depicted, but upon the walls of this stūpa appear creations that are made for the sake of benefiting and caring for those endowed with prior mental training. Out of respect for the Buddha and the Dharma, and with the wish to do what is good for ourselves, you and I must enter the stūpas of these and the other thus-gone worthy ones.’
“Having uttered these words, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife and the gods that accompany him will together approach the site of the reliquary of the supreme sage, and there they will behold numerous blazing jewels, just as before. Once they have entered the stūpa, the gods will stand before an incomparable image of the supreme sage, Kāśyapa, made of gold from the Jambu River. The Blessed One wears robes adorned with many different radiant jewels, and he is seated on a beryl throne as he teaches the Dharma. The splendor of this statue is so extraordinary that it makes the gods seem like fireflies before the sun.
“As they see this form of the Blessed One, the gods will feel a most blissful trust, [F.156.b] and they will bow their heads in respect and yearning. They will have removed their crowns, necklaces, and flower garlands, and will be free from any conceit based on their bodies, power, and radiance. With a pure and selfless attitude, they bow to the feet of the Blessed One. Respectfully bowing and paying homage, they will venerate the Blessed One free from any arrogance. As they rise, their minds will be one-pointed. However, since their nature is not immutable,445 they will enter the stūpa that contains the image of the Blessed One bearing numerous ornaments and endowed with incomparable forms. There, the gods will then attentively watch the creations of karmic action.
“Upon the walls of the stūpa a discourse is miraculously written in clear, bright letters for the benefit of gods and humans. For the benefit of all wandering beings, the bright letters convey excellent words and meanings, show the way to the transcendence of suffering, and act as a lamp for all beings with childish minds. The discourse that is written upon the stūpa states:
“ ‘That which tames, bestows happiness, is like a butter lamp, shows the direct way to the city of the transcendence of suffering, and is like a preceptor for all monastics are the bases of training. On the other hand, the following thirteen factors create obstacles for those who are monks. They destroy their composure in concentration, all progress toward the transcendence of suffering, and even their own personal tasks. Monks who engage in these thirteen factors will not be free from sickness, aging, death, suffering, lamentation, pain, mental distress, [F.157.a] and exhaustion. They will be derided in hundreds of ways. These thirteen render monastic life meaningless and prevent them from observing the vows of body, speech, and mind.
“ ‘I do not offer a dwelling place or any medical supplies to those who lack diligence, because such gifts would become obstacles for them. When inferior people who are lazy, cowardly, and lack understanding are overcome with conceit, they will not be able to go beyond that which is hard to endure. In the same way, when those of feeble diligence, whose minds are unobservant and who are predisposed to laziness, practice resting in concentration, they will be frightened by virtue and succumb to stupidity. Because of their ignorant nature, they are unable to cross the five rivers. Neither are they able to cross the waves of the unbearable rivers of objects. Carried away as their hearts are by the river of craving, they must course throughout cyclic existence.
“ ‘What, then, are these thirteen factors? Being in a crowd, acting as a doctor, painting, poetic composition based on unwholesome learning, astrological calculations, interpreting omens, accepting wealth and veneration, being a piśāca demon one-pointedly concerned with alchemy, becoming a servant of the king, accepting convenient meals, not asking questions, having many companions, and being in the wrong company. Those thirteen are obstacles for monks who practice concentration. They cause their downfall and make them unable to accomplish their own objectives. They lead to birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They make the monastic life pointless. Due to those, one will neither be a householder nor a monastic. [F.157.b] One will give up virtuous action and be scorned by all one’s companions who are of pure conduct. One’s behavior will be like the sound of a conch. One will lack learning and understanding and will therefore be unable to accomplish the transcendence of suffering in accordance with one’s intentions. One will also be abandoned by the gods.
“ ‘First of all, fondness for crowds is a factor that burns those engaged in concentration, making them tremendously distracted. It makes them inclined to downfalls and causes them regret in the future. Hence, all monastics should give up fondness for crowds. The minds of those who thrive on crowds are unrestrained; those who act without restraint will naturally become agitated, and thus their minds will constantly be thinking of things. Their minds will become habituated to an extremely distracted condition, buffeted by the waves of fluctuating thoughts. Those who become distracted in this way will take pleasure in shows and dances, and they will go to watch such entertaining spectacles and the like. They will thus become habituated to an unrestrained way of life as they make their way to cities, as well as to smaller places, towns, and villages. In constant fascination, they will go there as spectators. Those who go peering around where crowds are gathered will proceed to hook up with each other, and thus they will keep roving from place to place, traveling everywhere while being uncouth and delighting in speaking unvirtuous words. Those whose minds are one-pointedly absorbed in such pursuits will rest neither day or night.
“ ‘Those who are distracted in this way will fail to gain any learning and will always be scorned by their companions who are of pure conduct. They will even fail to recognize those who have been their friends. When they are in the presence of those endowed with discipline, their minds will be drifting off. When their bodies disintegrate, they will fall into the lower realms and be born in hell. [F.158.a]
“ ‘Crowds are also associated with other great faults. Wicked monks who thrive on crowds and have flawed discipline become agitated when they hear the elated sounds of a crowd that has assembled. As the minds of such unrestrained and disturbed monks breed longing, their donors and benefactors gain importance and these monks are overcome by attachment to wealth and honor. Such monastics will also speak rudely to others.
“ ‘What are the further faults associated with crowds? If one is obsessed with crowds one will only gravitate toward other monastics who have the same inclination. One will stray from the sacred Dharma. In that fashion, one will cause the decline of both oneself and others. One will be engaged in an outlook that heralds one’s own destruction.
“ ‘All members of the saṅgha should therefore steer clear of such beings because they destroy the opportunities of monks endowed with discipline. Anyone who possesses discipline should shy away from such people. Because they are unwholesome companions, they are despised by everyone who practices pure conduct.
“ ‘There are also many other flaws that result from loitering in crowds. Crowds produce many different sounds, and the profusion of attractive sounds can titillate the mind so that one becomes exceedingly attached to them. Taking constant delight in such sounds, one will find them tremendously captivating due to one’s overexcited state of mind. Such a tenacious mind has no faith and will not develop faith in anything meaningful. It will join religions that do not espouse the Dharma but will not have faith even in those. Such people engage in downfalls associated with pleasurable conditions [F.158.b] and their speech becomes mistaken as well. When their bodies disintegrate upon dying, they will fall into the lower realms and be reborn in the hells. In this way, many great defects stem from joining in crowds.’
“In this way the supreme sage, blessed Kāśyapa, teaches the flaws that are associated with crowds. The excellent qualities that follow from avoiding crowds he then explains as follows:
“ ‘Such monks rest in great equipoise, and they take delight in nothing but the sacred Dharma. They teach nothing but the sacred Dharma. They realize the sacred Dharma. They have natural, great respect for the buddhas and will behold the presence of those whom they should meet. Having escaped the world of crowds, they delight in one-pointedness and are deeply terrified by the horrors of cyclic existence. Moreover, their verbal endeavors bear fruit in the form of the four truths of noble beings. [F.159.a] That is, they speak the four truths of noble beings. Their physical endeavors bear fruit as they join their palms respectfully before the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. And they also develop disenchantment with the body. Their mental endeavors bear fruit as they develop composure with respect to the particular and general characteristics of the mind.
“ ‘This fruitful, threefold endeavor helps them enter the transcendence of suffering by means of all the methods that they have gained familiarity with. In this way, they are uninterested in crowds and do not keep unwholesome companions. Their minds are properly guarded, and their minds are also fully absorbed in equipoise. There are also three further factors that allow them to authentically transcend suffering. What are those three? Mindfulness of the breath, contemplating the repulsive, and discernment with respect to the elements. By these paths, anyone’s mind will enter equipoise.
“ ‘Fondness for crowds prevents mental equipoise as well as the process of making the mind rest in equipoise, and it causes weariness regarding the three paths. It is a noose that drags one into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. It keeps one chained to misfortune and makes people rush into the hells. Furthermore, the realms of starving spirits and animals result from the deceptions that attend fondness for crowds. Therefore, monks who practice composure give up crowds as if they were poison, weapons, fire, ferocious beasts, or an abyss. [F.159.b]
“ ‘Many careless people are beguiled by crowds and will hence take rebirth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They are careless, and due to karmic actions that are to be experienced in other lives, they become miserable and penurious dancers, drummers, or singers who frequent the doors of other people’s homes, destitute and subsisting on handouts received by the wayside or in doorways. Therefore, crowds are virulent, like an encounter with a poisonous snake. Crowds are like a burning fire. Crowds are like falling into a pit. Crowds are ignorance and delusion. Crowds are lustful desire. Crowds are like a waterwheel. Crowds are witlessness. Crowds are like masses of darkness. Time and again, they block one’s success. They are the one disaster.
“ ‘Those who are clearly frightened by existence and apply themselves one-pointedly to the view of reality should thus train in peaceful forests, in serene solitudes free from noise and chatter,446 in the mountains, beneath a tree, in the opening to a cave, or in a sacred place where meritorious activities make no noise. Alone, you must walk into secluded places and, with a withdrawn, one-pointed mind, attain supreme and definitive victory over all the afflictions. In this way, you must make your minds properly serviceable. Be free from all crowds. [F.160.a] Be free from attachments to visits and social gatherings among your own people, friends, and associates. Without becoming scattered, be happily alone. Keep your mind stable and focused, free from the four errors. Mindful of the sixteen modes of exhalation and inhalation, persevere diligently and correctly without discriminating between day and night. You will thereby free yourselves from the bonds of cyclic existence. With the attainment of that supreme stage comes a sublime happiness the likes of which you have never experienced before. And that is not the case for those who are drawn to crowds. Rather, such people lack learning, their minds are fickle, and their movements lack resolve. Without being mendicants, they declare themselves to be so, and they are lazy. Therefore, be sure to overcome that single factor, fondness for crowds.
“ ‘What is the second factor that one should give up and refrain from? Acting as a doctor. That is an obstacle for monks who practice meditation, because if monks act as doctors, they will become engaged in extraneous activities and discussions. They will not offer their minds to the sick, but rather their minds will become absorbed in business. As they keep busy that way, their desires will grow very powerful. Subdued by desire, their minds will become very preoccupied and eventually, when various aggressive diseases occur, such people will take advantage of others. They will think, “Abundant wealth and respect are coming my way! Thus, I should now travel the land—from town to town, city to city, and from one dwelling to the next—so that I can accumulate wealth.” In this way, their greed will only increase, [F.160.b] and such people, being oppressed by greed, will propagate severe defilements—they will not be interested in the cultivation of equipoise. Neither will they practice virtuous actions.
“ ‘There are additional great flaws associated with acting as a doctor. Someone who is not a monk but claims to be may, when someone is stricken with diseases associated with wind or the like, dispense medicine and advice and quickly produce a concoction of sesame oil. When the oil runs out, he will then grind more sesame seeds and thereby kill many beings as he exterminates a large quantity of insects.
“ ‘There are other flaws as well. Bad mendicants who nevertheless declare themselves to be mendicants may prescribe meat to someone who is otherwise free from disease. In this way, they may order meat that is fresh—from animals killed by weapons, not very fatty, not obtained from dead animals, and neither from animals that were overcome by disease or contagion nor from animals afflicted by disease or contagion, nor from animals that died from poisoning, nor from animals that were killed by predators, nor from animals that became gaunt and emaciated. In this way, killings may result from their requisition. When that happens, both the one who asked for the slaying and the one who carried out the order will be equally complicit in the karmic action. Due to the flaws of covetousness and ill will, they will both be reborn in the Reviving Hell. Therefore, do not act as a doctor.
“ ‘For bad mendicants who pretend to be mendicants but are demonic thieves, there are further flaws associated with acting as a doctor. For example, when certain violent diseases break out, such people may decide to travel from place to place, seeking out trees, creepers, and bushes in pursuit of wealth. [F.161.a] In such places, they may dig out and cut through colonies of insects and nests of worms in pursuit of wealth. As they dig, they catch the creatures that live in the bark and roots and destroy their nests. When they cut through the vegetation, they kill the insects that live in or from it. That is another flaw associated with acting as a doctor. How could people who pursue such an unwholesome means of livelihood, which is opposed to the Dharma, possibly become fond of meditation, since their minds are so filled with craving?
“ ‘Such unwholesome attitudes have other powerful flaws as well because with improper motivation, such people may take an inappropriate interest in the destruction of the land. They may think, “If calamities befall the land, people will venerate me, and thus I shall obtain possessions, food, drink, seats, dwellings, wealth, and honor.” Ruined by their desires, such people will not think of what is virtuous. Such people are also not inclined to cultivate equipoise, nor do they follow spiritual masters. They do not keep company with spiritual teachers, nor do they pay homage to the buddhas. When the bodies of such evildoers disintegrate, they fall into the lower realms and are reborn in the hells. If, following their death and transmigration, they should instead be born as a human due to virtuous karmic actions that are to be experienced in other lives, such negative doctors will, because of their actions, always suffer from illness and poverty and their lives will be cut short.
“ ‘Further flaws associated with acting as a doctor include the following. [F.161.b] Wind, gall, and phlegm are simple factors and are therefore simple to balance. But people fail to recognize the factors that have been active since time without beginning, leading them to birth in the lower realms. Ordinary people who lack learning—bad mendicants who simply pretend to be mendicants—may cure destructible bodies, but they cannot cure the body of its primordial torments caused by desire, anger, and delusion. Those are the afflictions that one aims to relinquish by shaving off one’s hair and beard, donning the saffron-colored robes, and going forth. Whoever is burned by those will also be terribly scorched physically. Everything will be wasted and come to nothing. Whoever adheres to and chases after the three great flaws of desire, anger, and delusion will not, when the time comes to give up the present life and transmigrate to another, have achieved anything meaningful by having become a monk.
“ ‘In their ignorance, people pursue unwholesome means of livelihood and are deceived by their own minds. For example, if those of inferior intellect, who lack support, companions, and wealth, encounter a powerful enemy, they will not be able to defeat that enemy, nor will they have any power to stop him. Rather, given that the enemy is stronger, they must instead follow him. Childish, ordinary beings who lack learning do not consider such an enemy to be frightening. Rather, they befriend him and together they make other weak beings who are afraid of their enemies subservient to them. With unwholesome mindfulness and misguided insight, such lazy and careless people get drunk and misbehave with the wives of others. [F.162.a] In that way, bad monks, who nevertheless declare themselves to be monks, befriend their own enemies. Their pursuit of what transcends the world—otherwise adhered to with great strength and abundant diligence—is thereby abandoned completely as they instead open the doors to desire, anger, and delusion and treat these afflictions as something delightful that one must indulge at all costs. While their bodies may be those of a monk, they give up the mindset that relinquished family, friends, and women, and instead they fall under the power of their enemies and keep company with them, motivated by material concerns.
“ ‘In the same way that wind, gall, and phlegm are enemies, so you must understand that there are three enemies that disturb the mind and drive it toward the Lord of Death, three enemies that are hard to turn back: desire, anger, and delusion. Those three will bind you with the rope of desire, and thus you will, in total carelessness, be driven toward what lies beyond this world. Carelessness with respect to the supreme objective and strong craving for wealth make the mind suffer. Therefore, you must comprehend these flaws and not act as doctors. Someone who acts as a doctor of healing will not be happy in the lives to come.’
“At this point the Blessed One proclaims these verses:
“In this way, the blessed Kāśyapa teaches that, for those reasons, monastics should not act as doctors.
“ ‘There are also other flaws associated with acting as a doctor. Those who do so will experience the increase of numerous flaws and will be overcome by desires. They will therefore become involved in disputes, and other doctors will criticize them. Their means of livelihood will be destroyed. They will live in a way that causes them to take rebirth as starving spirits. Delusion becomes very strong in their minds, which become busy and overcome by defilements.
“ ‘When those who are overcome by delusion see women, they will be led astray by incorrect mental engagements. When those of inferior intellect see women, they will be overcome by desire. Such problems do not occur with phlegm and the like. Therefore, heal the flaws of desire and the other afflictions! The causes of the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals are very powerful. Hence, when such people see females, they are carried away by incorrect mental activity. When those with dull recollection see women, they are overcome by desire. Monastics must therefore strive always to comprehend desire and the rest—not phlegm and the other elements.
“ ‘This, then, is the second factor that all mendicants who turn toward the transcendence of suffering should disengage from because it will otherwise burn them when they try to rest in equipoise.
“ ‘There is also a third factor to be relinquished. What is that? Painting. Monastics who engage in painting may have gone forth from the household because of desire, but due to infatuation with colors, they end up developing even more desire. [F.163.a] Those who engage in numerous such activities may have given up the world, but they keep creating many different colorful products. Wild minds, in their ignorance, produce such colorful images in abundance.
“ ‘Monastics constantly recognize the various karmic actions, while the artist of the mind creates the paintings of the five realms of beings with the five great, ultimate colors. How does the artist of the mind do this, and what are the five great colors? When deep trust and other virtuous states are applied through the refined means of virtuous karmic action with pure motivation, one becomes free from all the vast stains as well as the stains of miserliness. And so, that delightful mind takes up discipline and engages in the designs of discipline. In this way, the painter of the mind draws the vivid displays of the gods.
“ ‘Moreover, a mendicant should take note of the following actions of the mind. People create vivid designs with the many colors of inferior, intermediate, and superior actions. Those who possess wealth and firm discipline create vivid displays of highly virtuous actions. Those who possess great wealth and who also have discipline create vivid exhibitions in shades of both black and white. Those who have little wealth but are endowed with discipline create vivid paintings in white and red. Those who are poor and whose discipline is corrupt create paintings in black. Those of inferior diligence and great desire create paintings with black and drab colors. Those with a fine appearance and a noble family are painted in bright white. Those born in an intermediate family are painted in red. [F.163.b] Those who are inferior are painted in black by the artist of the mind.
“ ‘As their positive actions transpire, kings or royal ministers may proceed with many unvirtuous actions, and thus their white colors will fade while blackness spreads. The black actions of those who are poor and born in an utterly inferior family may also fade and instead white ones may emerge. In the case of those born in an intermediate family, whose bodies are exquisite, and who engage in intermediate actions, the painter of the mind will paint in white and red. In this way, the extremely colorful world of humans is painted in numerous bright hues. You should likewise examine other realms. Which ones? Those of hell. The hells are painted in yellow and black by the artist of the mind. What is the yellow color? Anger. What is the black? Envy. The beings of the inferior and intermediate hells are exclusively painted with two colors: blue and black.
“ ‘Once you have realized how the paintings of the hells are created, you should also examine other realms. Which ones? Those of the starving spirits. The tremendous suffering of starving spirits is created by envy and stinginess. The shades of the painting are black because the starving spirits shamble through and live within pitch-black darkness. The black actions and black bodies of these starving and thirsting creatures are all painted [F.164.a] with this single hue.
“ ‘What are the colors of karmic action that produce the paintings of the animals? Black and red. Those who suffer terribly and are terrorized by one another are painted in black. Those who are terrified of each other are painted in red by the artist of the mind. Animals that kill one another and become enslaved are boundlessly numerous. Nevertheless, in short, those that fly in the sky and are killed for their meat, such as peafowl, quail, and geese; those that live on the ground, such as cows, water buffalo, pigs, and forest cattle; and those that swim in water, fish and the like, are all painted in black. Those that have no fear of being killed, such as the birds of the divine realms, are painted in red.
“ ‘In this way the five realms of beings are generally painted with five colors. Examine all this! See how everyone is pitifully confined to intense suffering. When their previous suffering fades, they engage in careless pursuits that again create mutual harm, and thus they are overcome by the suffering of hunger and thirst. Without properly observing these spectacles, the tired and lazy artist of the mind, which does not have any familiarity with concentration, turns in its ignorance toward paintings that are different from its own life and pays full attention to them. The vivid exhibitions of cyclic existence that ensue include birth, aging, death, encounters with the abhorrent, separation from the beloved, cold, heat, hunger, thirst, [F.164.b] mutual likes and dislikes—a continuous mural of pleasure and pain that pertains to the levels of hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, and humans in accordance with their many different karmic actions. All such wonders of cyclic existence are indeed nothing to strive for. Yet unless those matters are kept in mind one will never become weary of them. Moreover, for as long as one practices equipoise, further miserable paintings will be created. Thus, mendicants are also scorched.
“ ‘There are also other ways to examine the many colorful features of cyclic existence, for those colorful features are also created in different hues. When the mind is bound by its relations to colorful objects it will continue to roam among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. How so? When the eyes behold beautiful, delightful, and attractive forms, there arises desire for those objects and the mind becomes attached to what it sees. At such times, black paint is applied, resulting in birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. On the other hand, when the eyes see forms, one may instead think, “Those forms are impermanent and unstable, they are not immutable. All of cyclic existence is nothing but mere phenomena, and so there is nothing to desire.” At that time, the painting is created with white, leading to birth among gods and humans, and even to the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘Do not become attached to the objects of the eye consciousness. Do not think of them, do not develop thoughts about them, and do not rouse yearning desire. Your perfectly white karmic activities will then bring you happiness as the greatest among gods or as a human being. Bad mendicants, however, do not practice this way. They do not make these matters the objects of their concentration. When they develop attachment to the objects of their eye consciousness, [F.165.a] they understand them to be real and thus they will engage in black actions. Not realizing that their actions are black, these unwholesome minds will keep on painting.
“ ‘Therefore, when resting in concentration, one should not engage in actions that cause burns. Neither should mendicants keep in mind those actions that they previously engaged in. How? When delightful sounds are registered by means of the ear faculty, and the cognition of something delightful produces attachment, one should observe the sounds correctly. In this regard, if you recognize that “these sounds are unstable, impermanent, and subject to decay,” your consciousness will not become attached. The mind will not be scattered and pursue various thoughts. At that point, one will engage in white conduct. Such exquisite colors will create the bright paintings of life as a god or a human.
“ ‘Nevertheless, bad mendicants who merely pretend to be mendicants do not examine beautiful sounds this way. Instead they engage in further painting and are therefore scorched as they rest in concentration. Moreover, when ordinary, childish people, whose intellects are inferior and who lack learning, hear beautiful sounds, they delight in them and become enchanted by them. Through inappropriate mental activity they develop thoughts, desire, and attachment, and with such black paint, the artist of the mind will then paint the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. And so, bad mendicants give up beautiful colors and instead draw different images. They are scorched as they rest in concentration. [F.165.b]
“ ‘Unintentionally, bad mendicants also create other colorful depictions of cyclic existence. How so? Bound by the objects of the senses, they are ruined by the delightful objects of cyclic existence. In what way? When their nose consciousness experiences smell. Holy people do not cling to pleasant or unpleasant smells. Nor do they develop attachment in relation to what is actually not beautiful. They are not destroyed by inappropriate mental focus. They understand that smells are impermanent, unstable, not enduring, and subject to change. Phenomena do not arise—but even if they do, they will also cease. As they experience smells in accordance with reality, they do not develop any attachment and their minds do not become scattered. At that point, white factors truly increase, and by virtue of such factors one will avert the great blaze. Due to their factual and complete knowledge, such people enter among gods and humans.
“ ‘Bad mendicants, however, abandon such beautiful actions and instead engage in other artistic activities that will burn them during their practice of concentration. When they experience pleasant or unpleasant smells, they become attached. They tie themselves to the objects and produce thoughts about them, and thus they are ruined by their inappropriate mental activities. Such black actions, which are based on these perceptions, constitute the paint for the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals within cyclic existence. Bad mendicants give up beautiful colors and use that type of paint instead. They are scorched during their practice of concentration. [F.166.a]
“ ‘Another type of colorful karmic action has to do with the experience of pleasant tastes by the tongue consciousness. One should not relish tastes, one should not become averse to them, and one should not be bound by them. Rather, focusing the mind correctly, one should examine each taste, recognizing that it arises only to disappear again. The food that was held in the palm of the hand reaches the tongue. When that happens, the type of worm called sweet intoxication also makes contact with the food and experiences it. In the brain then arises a mental state known as mucus, which causes a watery discharge from the brain to flow onto the tongue. As drops of this discharge flow, the tongue begins to move, and while the molar teeth grind the food, the tongue tastes it. Realizing that this process is what binds childish beings, one should be attentive to tastes in a way that accords with reality. One should examine them by means of correct mental engagements. With such bright white shades, one will then be supremely happy among gods and humans.
“ ‘Bad mendicants, who nevertheless declare themselves to be mendicants, do not understand that this colorful world is produced by many different karmic actions. When practicing concentration, they therefore create paintings that are of an obstructive nature. Moreover, when the sweet intoxication worms make contact with the food and taste is experienced, such people will think, “Ah, that food is so good! So excellent! So beautiful! What exquisite colors, tastes, and fragrances! What a perfectly clean meal!” In this way, they develop concepts based on food and engage in physical, verbal, and mental misconduct, thereby painting their virtues black in numerous ways that lead to life as an animal. They are thus carried away by their improper mental focus. [F.166.b] Bad mendicants, who merely pretend to be mendicants, thus disregard the many different karmic actions, and when they practice concentration, they instead engage in ordinary actions that become obstacles to it.
“ ‘There are also other colorful actions that produce this colorful world. For example, mundane people with dull faculties are carried away by the presence of objects, such as the textures experienced by bodily consciousness. Those guided by proper mental engagements that are in accordance with reality will recognize that the objects referred to as textures emerge from the coming together of the three factors. They are not permanent, stable, or durable. The body is not an agent. Rather, while its mere appearance may be delightful, the body is clean only according to the faculties and not in any lasting manner. It is not enjoyable and does not include a self. The body is no more than a composite of multiple factors, a mere container produced by the four elements. It is painful and constantly harmful, always subject to the torments of disease, and pulled along by all sorts of injurious factors.
“ ‘Such people understand the nature of the body and the textures it experiences. They are not led astray by textures. Rather, they think, “Textures are all nothing but transient and they entail harm—they are beyond anyone’s control.”
“ ‘Those who in this way examine matters by means of correct mental engagement are painting in white and will thus be born as gods or humans. However, bad mendicants, who merely pretend to be mendicants, do not examine things in this way. They disregard these colorful exhibitions of the world, the creations produced by the artist of the mind, and instead proceed to paint different compositions that present obstacles to their practice of concentration. [F.167.a]
“ ‘Ordinary, childish people, who lack learning about textures and whose intelligence is inferior, conceive of textures in a different manner. Through inappropriate mental engagements they think, “This texture is supremely enjoyable, a supreme cause of physical well-being. I shall satisfy myself with that and make myself happy.” In this way, ordinary, childish people who lack learning will examine textures by means of inappropriate mental engagements, and they will therefore use a black paint that leads to birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They do their painting in black. Bad mendicants, however, who merely pretend to be mendicants, do not examine matters in this way. They ignore these colorful karmic actions and instead use a different, mundane paint that causes obstacles to the practice of concentration, and thus they make a different painting.
“ ‘Moreover, those who pretend to be mendicants but are fond of mundane activities do not concern themselves with the sacred Dharma. In terms of the four truths of noble beings and their sixteen aspects, they abandon cessation and the path. They disregard mindfulness of the breath, the four concentrations, the four abodes of Brahmā, the four fruitions, and all such teachings, and thus they remain ignorant. They suffuse their minds with nothing but attachment and so they act differently. That is to say, they engage in colorful karmic actions that are of a different sort, actions that hinder the practice of concentration and that are afflictive and ignorant. Such causes will thrust them into inappropriate mental engagements, and when their bodies disintegrate they will therefore fall into the lower realms and be born in hell.
“ ‘Another great flaw is that due to the seduction of women, such beings create the causes for going to hell. Ordinary, childish people are impressed by the mere sight of the decorative jewelry and costumes that women wear, and even a depiction of the female body can prove alluring to them. [F.167.b] Since that alone is enough to keep them enmeshed in desire, what then to say of their feelings when they actually meet a woman? When the bodies of those who rouse desires in both themselves and others disintegrate, they fall into the lower realms and are reborn in hell.’
“At this point the Blessed One utters these verses:
“ ‘Therefore, since it is known to be an obstacle to the practice of concentration, to entail numerous flaws, and to be a source of neglect, monks should not pursue the actions of painting. If they do, their minds will be distracted, and they will fail to find happiness. They will not direct their minds toward or cultivate a single virtuous action. Therefore, those who wish to take hold of genuine happiness and who are afraid of the terrors of karmic action should train in a way that avoids any engagement in painting.
“ ‘That is the kind instruction that we have received. Therefore, having understood its faults, mendicants should give up this third factor.
“ ‘There is also a fourth factor that mendicants should avoid. What is that? Poetic compositions based on unwholesome learning. When a monk goes forth, he gives up sons, daughters, family members, siblings, his father, and his friends. This he does for the sake of giving up the afflictions and practicing concentration. But demolishing the afflictions can only be achieved with a one-pointed mind, not by being distracted. The pursuit of poetry, on the other hand, depends on many different things and may thus distract the mind. Distractions are obstacles to virtuous qualities and prevent the practice of concentration. They make one lack concentration. One will not follow a master, nor will one enjoy listening to the sacred Dharma, worshiping the Three Jewels, or practicing the path of deliverance. Instead, one will find constant and continuous pleasure in crafting poetry. In order to support one’s poetry, one will then also receive many kinds of unwholesome learning. In this way, one will only find pleasure in listening to words that run counter to the way things are, [F.168.b] one will develop incorrect mental engagements, and one will speak irrelevant words. That is what these bad monks find inspiring.
“ ‘As they then listen to such discourses repeatedly, they will become attracted to the path that is explained therein, and so they will again become householders. They will fall away from the sacred Dharma. With their great fondness for poetry, they will indeed engage in literary composition, but they will become lazy in their practice of concentration and refrain from entering among the members of the saṅgha.
“ ‘All of that will also create obstacles for their access to food and a dwelling. As soon as such lazy people break their discipline and refrain from entering among the members of the saṅgha, there is no need to mention the difficulties they will have in obtaining a place to stay, proper medical supplies, and all the rest. Likewise, such lazy people also find that honest words and worship become obstacles for them.
“ ‘When such people become obsessed with poetry rather than the practice of concentration, they will not only enjoy composing poems that are of a relevant kind. As they keep crafting poems, their minds will become ever more accustomed to and obsessed with lyrical composition. They will be destroyed by a profusion of concepts and ideas as they keep inventing new poetic expressions. While in such a disturbed state of mind, the formations of their lifespan will eventually become depleted and, when the Lord of Death arrives, they will have to leave unaccompanied while their works remain unfinished. They must then leave and pass on, bereft of the path of transcendence. Their minds were completely immersed in poetic composition and became obscured thereby. As great obstacles thus befall them, they are bamboozled to the highest possible degree. [F.169.a] Now, however, you are free from disturbances, your faculties are intact, and you have gone forth from the household. At this time, when you have achieved all these supreme joys, why would you fool yourselves with poetry? Once your time is up, you would then have failed to take care of yourselves.
“ ‘There are also other flaws associated with poetic composition. Poetry is primarily produced by people with defiled minds and defiled conduct who are ravaged by their thoughts. No other type of thinking ever transpires in the minds of such people. Monks should not think of women, because such thoughts will burn them. They will be burned by their own thoughts, as if they were fire. The thoughts of women will be visible in the minds of childish people for hundreds of thousands of their subsequent lives. Poetry is first and foremost, and in all regards, concerned with women. Overwhelmed by thoughts of women, men’s minds will become obsessed with the female body, from head to toe, in so many inappropriate ways. Enchanted in this way, ordinary, childish people will then extol all aspects of the female body in their poetry. Worshiping and focusing on the female body, they will declare it to be clean. For their own part, they will thus be goaded by incorrect mental activities and they will also establish others in such incorrect patterns of mental activity. Those who thereby bring down both themselves and others will, after they die and their bodies disintegrate, suffer an inauspicious fall into the lower realms and be destroyed in hell. Such are the flaws of poetic composition based on unwholesome learning.
“ ‘There are also other great faults that ensue from poetic composition based on unwholesome learning. As bad mendicants who practice poetry become intoxicated and obscured, their minds go blind. [F.169.b] Therefore, they do not hear, do not notice, and do not listen to the advice of others. They become enmeshed and hemmed in by their desire for poetry, and they arouse attachment in others through their many poetic compositions. Hence, wherever they are born, they will always have this as their aim, which will lead to the destruction of such bad people. In this way, when they die and their bodies disintegrate, the flaws of the useless compositions that their own minds conjured up will make them suffer an inauspicious fall into the lower realms, where they will be born in hell.
“ ‘There are also other great flaws associated with poetic compositions. Those who are fond of unwholesome learning and poetic composition will listen to any poetry they come across. Yet, because of their own selfish motives, hearing such poetry will only make them angry, and they will also resort to ridiculing the poetry of the past. Such bad mendicants who rail against beautiful poetry will never practice concentration and instead will cultivate malice. They will thus accumulate defiled actions and exhaust their virtuous qualities. Consequently, they will be derided by their companions who engage in pure conduct and who accomplish happiness for the next life.
“ ‘Those with unwholesome learning who practice poetry in perpetual carelessness have further flaws still. Those with unwholesome learning who are engrossed in poetry spend day and night with an unrelenting urge to produce poems. They have no concern for the sacred Dharma, they do not train, and they do not apply themselves to pacifying the afflictions. Even if they should develop an interest in listening, the presence of the sacred Dharma will be of no avail, and thus they will go back to their same ways again. [F.170.a] Even in a hundred thousand eons, such bad mendicants, who merely pretend to be mendicants, will not achieve anything and will fail in what they do.
“ ‘There are still other great flaws associated with poetic composition based on unwholesome learning. Bad people who are fond of poetry and who have received an unwholesome education speak improperly, even when they offer praise, and indulge in all sorts of behavior. Like madmen, their minds are full of ideas about any given matter. All forms of praise construed by people whose speech is improper are meaningless. They are also worthless due to the fact that all that is conditioned is subject to exhaustion. Those afflicted by the intoxication of a poet become absurd and depraved, and thus they also take to alcohol. As their minds become distracted due to their addiction to alcohol, they band together. But those whose minds are intoxicated with alcohol cannot accomplish the slightest thing. Since their minds become distracted, they engage in meaningless conduct and thus resort to consuming alcohol, which is the gateway to the lower realms. Under the influence of alcohol, they will engage in all kinds of unvirtuous activities. When they see women, such bad mendicants will fall prey to incorrect mental engagements and thus engage in defiling conduct. With their scorched mindstreams, rotten interiors, lack of learning, and desirous character, they are like the vidula flower that bears no fruit. They are like a painting of a lamp or a drawing of the moon that sheds no light and is cold. In this way, they are despicable even as they remain covered by their robes. Although they appear like mendicants, they are not. Because of such flaws, those who pursue poetic composition based on unwholesome learning will, when their bodies disintegrate, fall into the lower realms and be born in hell. [F.170.b]
“ ‘Those who are mendicants should therefore not practice poetic composition. If they nevertheless do so, they should make poems that clarify the sacred Dharma, express realization of the sacred Dharma, and praise the buddhas. They should praise the Three Jewels and produce poetry that clarifies the sacred Dharma. Such activities culminate in the transcendence of suffering. Such efforts bear fruit, and such poets will also receive acclaim. When their bodies disintegrate and they die, they will next be born among the gods. Such are the effects of composing genuine poetry and clarifying the teachings of the sacred Dharma. That is how to produce poetry; otherwise, there will be obstacles.
“ ‘There is also a fifth factor that will create obstacles for mendicants who pursue concentration. What is that? Astrological calculation. You must refrain from astrological calculation, which is performed by bad mendicants who nevertheless declare themselves to be mendicants. Monks who make such calculations are disparaged by the people of the world and will encounter obstacles to their practice of concentration. While they are engaged in astrology, their merit and lives will run out. They will fail to achieve happiness. Their lives will peter out while they engage in actions that should not be performed, and thus they will not achieve freedom from sickness, aging, suffering, lamentation, pain, unhappiness, and fatigue. They will roam through cyclic existence for a long time. No amount of astrological calculation can prevent that. Astrological calculations can neither protect oneself nor others. Why is that? Because they occur based on karmic actions, [F.171.a] and the celestial bodies cannot offer any protection against that.
“ ‘Why is that? People born under the same constellation can be happy, sad, ugly, good looking, of good family, of bad family, practitioners of Dharma, practitioners of non-Dharma, poor, rich, thieves, kings, robbers, scholars, dull minded, women, men, people of discipline, people of flawed discipline, diligent, lazy, people who find the mundane pleasant, and so forth—all these different kinds of people may be born under the same constellation. If the celestial bodies were the causes of such things, everyone born under a given constellation should turn out the same way. People should not pursue astrology, because it prevents them from recognizing their previous faults and good qualities. Instead they just calculate planets and stars during favorable and unfavorable times.
“ ‘Calculating and examining the celestial bodies is a matter of noticing which of them have not yet arisen, and also knowing which ones have assumed purity; their waning, waxing, and fullness; the ways they outshine each other; and the times during which they are predominant. People then interpret such things as auspicious or inauspicious. If happiness and suffering truly arose based on the celestial bodies to which people devote so much attention and on which they base their calculations, then, when a certain planet has had a powerful influence on oneself, bringing either happiness or suffering, how could others at the same time also cause one’s happiness or suffering? [F.171.b] Instead, favorable and unfavorable results are due exclusively to karmic actions.
“ ‘If the stars and planets could disturb one another, they should also be capable of feeling pain thereby. But how could being eclipsed by Rāhu make the sun and moon suffer? If they do not have such a capacity on their own, how could they have such a capacity in relation to others? Therefore, mendicants should not investigate the nine planets, nor should someone who claims to be a mendicant.
“ ‘There are three major planets that cause eclipse: aging, sickness, and death. These three great planets continuously coincide with all mundane beings and eventually eclipse them. However, without giving them any thought, bad monks who declare themselves monks will instead spend time examining other, mundane planets.
“ ‘Lacking both intelligence and learning, mundane people possessed of flaws concern themselves with the twenty-eight lunar mansions. Such people do not examine the twenty-eight supramundane lunar mansions that, when examined and understood as they really are, grant full access to the city of the transcendence of suffering. What are those twenty-eight? They are the five aggregates, the five appropriated aggregates, and the eighteen elements. Examining these results in the transcendence of suffering. In that way, one will bring a true end to desire, develop complete restraint, accomplish the training, and achieve the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘Monks who think about the lunar mansions are, due to such alternative methods, bad mendicants who, while they count the twelve months, merely pretend to be mendicants. Apart from such calculations, nothing they do will be successful. [F.172.a] They will not relinquish the afflictions, nor will they go beyond suffering. Those, however, who enumerate the twelve sense sources will go beyond suffering through proper restraint, insight into the nature of reality, freedom from desire, and perfect observance of their vows. Bad mendicants who merely pretend to be mendicants do not enumerate the sense sources and instead examine other things that produce afflictions.
“ ‘Bad mendicants who pretend to be mendicants also examine other unwholesome matters whereby they will not achieve liberation from disease, aging, and death. That is, they investigate the six seasons. They do not investigate the thirty-six aspects of the body that are associated with affliction and harm—an investigation that when properly carried out and maintained would accomplish the objective, the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘Bad mendicants who pretend to be mendicants also concern themselves with omens that occur at certain times in relation to the world. Thus, they might declare, “Signs that occur at auspicious times are fortunate, and signs that occur at inauspicious times are unfortunate. Since those signs manifested at that time, it is not favorable.”
“ ‘In that way, they give rise to negative concerns. They do not concern themselves with the observation that brings knowledge, happiness in the next life, and transcendence of suffering, as well as the culmination of suffering’s transcendence. That is, they do not give a thought to the signs of what is virtuous, unvirtuous, and neutral. However, those who are endowed with a mind of virtue and have virtuous observations will indeed, based on such signs, experience the beauty and happiness of the higher realms. [F.172.b] Such virtuous observations occur in the virtuous mind of someone who journeys to the transcendence of suffering. Unvirtuous and afflicted minds, however, gain neither happiness nor knowledge. Such people do not depart for the higher realms. And those whose minds observe neutral observations will experience neutral ripening.
“ ‘Also, bad mendicants who are mere reflections of mendicants take a worldly path and thereby construe things in terms of the instants, moments, periods, days, fortnights, and months that occur during a human life and that are of either virtuous or unvirtuous character. They do not think of the fact that the formations of their own lifespans are also momentary and will come to an end, without having any further duration in terms of instants, moments, periods, days, fortnights, or months. They do not consider the unstoppable and powerful occurrence of the formations that manifest at the time of death. Instead, by means of different procedures, they explore the celestial bodies in ways that create obstacles to the practice of concentration. That is what they accustom themselves to, develop, cultivate in their minds, remain mindful of, and share with others. In this way, they may think, “Such and such a lunar mansion is now oppressed by such and such a planet. The lunar mansion that yields desirable events has been oppressed.” With their minds preoccupied in this fashion, they do not undertake the exploration that would lead them beyond cyclic existence, liberating them from illness, suffering, lamentation, pain, and mental distress.
“ ‘Just as with the celestial bodies, the planet of the Dharma can also be eclipsed by the planets of different teachings. [F.173.a] Similarly, the planets of birth are eclipsed by the planets of death. The planets of health are eclipsed by the planets of disease. The planets of youth are eclipsed by the planets of aging. The planets of meeting the delightful are eclipsed by the planets of separating from the delightful. The planets of birth in the world of gods are eclipsed by the planets of death and transmigration. The planets of human birth are eclipsed by the planets of painful struggle. The planets of pleasant sensation are eclipsed by the planets of painful sensation. The planets of the generation of a virtuous mind are eclipsed by the planets of the generation of an unvirtuous mind. The stars of the repulsive are eclipsed by the planets of anger. The stars of understanding are eclipsed by the planets of ignorance. In this way, bad mendicants, who merely pretend to be mendicants, fail to concern themselves with what they should be concerned about. They do not concern themselves with the proper examination of that which transcends the world.
“ ‘Both the mundane and supramundane celestial bodies should be examined in the way that has been explained here. They should be investigated by means of proper mental engagements that are in accordance with reality. The “planets” that were described before should be accurately contemplated and trained in. When examined by means of the eightfold path of accurate knowledge, all investigations of the planets and stars will bear fruit. They will lead to the transcendence of suffering, just as they will bring auspiciousness and happiness.
“ ‘People who engage in ordinary investigations of the planets and stars will go wrong in hundreds of thousands of ways and thus be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Such mundane people are perpetuators of cyclic existence [F.173.b] and give rise to desire, anger, and delusion.
“ ‘The time periods, planets, and lunar mansions should be contemplated by means of the path of transcendence in the way just explained. Through such contemplation and reflection, spiritual practitioners will achieve a correct understanding in accordance with reality and thus attain the stage of liberation from aging, sickness, death, suffering, lamentation, pain, and the hundred thousand aspects of unhappiness. You should therefore train yourselves in the supreme transcendence of suffering, which is forever beyond aging, death, and defilement. Mendicants, those who declare themselves mendicants, and those who wish to bring an end to suffering should all cultivate the inquiry into the celestial bodies that brings the sufferings of cyclic existence to extinction.
“ ‘The investigation of time periods that is undertaken by means of inauthentic and afflicted cognition is not a means for ultimate happiness. It yields no knowledge, nor does it culminate in the transcendence of suffering. Rather, it burns monks who practice concentration, and monks who concern themselves with astrological calculation are also subject to rebuke.
“ ‘There is also a sixth factor that hinders absorption and should be relinquished by mendicants and those who declare themselves to be mendicants. What is that? Mendicants should not engage in interpreting signs. Interpreting signs highlights the afflictions of desire, anger, and delusion and increases the obstacles to virtuous qualities. When an earthquake occurs, for example, bad monks who declare themselves monks will spend day and night naming the signs of karmic action on the basis of afflictions. [F.174.a]
“ ‘Signs are of the following kinds: A pool of water may be stirred by the wind, thus making the water murky. When a divine rain falls, it may harm the ants so that they emerge from their nests. During a lunar eclipse, sesame oil may sink in water. When birds are flying low, the sun may be eclipsed by a planet, or those who are free from desire may be seen throughout the land. Auspicious signs include gentle breezes, the land being spotless, or beautiful birds flying to the right in a circular movement. Inauspicious signs are redness at dawn and unpleasant colors throughout the land, fierce winds stirring, a blood-red dawn, or the risen sun shining in the sky with such an appearance. Such things bad mendicants—those who declare themselves mendicants—interpret as signs, and thus they encounter obstacles to the practice of concentration. They also explain such signs to the rulers of the land, and, for the sake of wealth and honor, they analyze them in terms of possible victories and defeats. Thereby, the king, who wishes to see such victories and defeats take place, will also give rise to desire, anger, and delusion. Rooted in ignorance, the three root afflictions overtake such people, who turn out to be neither mendicants nor householders. Therefore, mendicants and those claiming to be mendicants should not interpret signs. Doing so is afflictive.
“ ‘There are further evil ways of interpreting signs. For example, a king may arrange for a display of signs to occur during public gatherings. [F.174.b] Kings work to destroy one another, and thus many hundreds of thousands of people may be misled by such captivating public gatherings that are really intended to get everyone roused for battle. Through mutual murder and conquest, lands, territories, and villages may be laid to waste. In this way, many hundreds of thousands of beings are made to suffer. At that time, when the kings berate one another, bad mendicants—those who pretend to be mendicants—may, in short, arrange large public gatherings of people. There, they will proceed to declare the occurrence of signs that a certain king will be victorious and another defeated. As they do so, they will think to themselves, “If this king is victorious, that will make me a great person. Before the king, I shall receive much wealth and honor.”
“ ‘Such bad mendicants, who merely pose as mendicants, will see their virtuous qualities wane, and even if they enter the equipoise of concentration, their virtues will not increase. Obsessed with victory and defeat, they will not think of the Dharma of peace. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will die and fall into the lower realms, taking birth in hell. For such reasons, mendicants and those who claim to be mendicants should not engage in the mundane reading of signs. Mundane inquiries are a source of the three flaws and an obstacle for virtuous qualities.
“ ‘Rather, one should undertake inquiries into the supramundane practices that gradually bring liberation from the three flaws. How should those be undertaken? Regarding omens portending an earthquake, one should certainly refrain from attempting to analyze, day and night, whether an earthquake will occur, because day and night it is the ground of the mind that is constantly shaking. [F.175.a] For example, during a quake, the forests, jungles, mountain, rivers, trees, towns, and markets of the world may all be destroyed. In the same way, when the ground of the mind quakes, it destroys everything that it supports. Apart from the great virtuous ground of the qualities of supramundane practices, everything else is shaky. Therefore, mendicants and those who pretend to be mendicants should first of all investigate the tremors of the ground of the mind in the same way as the earth is examined, because it is the ground of the mind that churns and shakes wildly.
“ ‘Three factors create the quakes of the mind: desire, anger, and delusion. During an earthquake, all otherwise placid surfaces of water become highly agitated. The same happens with the minds of ordinary people as they develop desire, anger, and delusion. Losing any sense of balance, their hearts become agitated and their faces turn red or become unclear. Therefore, mendicants and those who declare themselves mendicants should make sure to notice those signs as they direct themselves toward the transcendence of suffering. Those who gain understanding through such signs will never suffer. Those signs of the ground of mind are transmundane.
“ ‘Moreover, there are other mundane signs that may be declared, such as ants emerging from their nests or divine rainfalls, but mendicants and those who declare themselves mendicants should only analyze that which is beyond the world. When the homes of the donors, benefactors, mendicants, brahmins, and householders who live in the towns, cities, and markets are destroyed, [F.175.b] they will all come to the site where a buddha resides. At that time, mendicants and brahmins will explain those signs that are revealed to be true signs and, no matter how minor the signs may be, the rain of the sacred Dharma that is taught by the blessed buddhas will then follow. Thus donors, benefactors, mendicants, brahmins, and householders will proceed to where the cloud-like blessed buddhas let their rain fall. Such signs are supreme, whereas common rain should not be construed as a sign.
“ ‘Bad monks who nonetheless declare themselves monks also investigate lunar eclipses. They even believe that when a lunar eclipse is about to occur sesame oil will sink in water, and they take such things to be omens of gloom and violence. Mendicants, on the other hand, examine numerous supramundane signs of fortune. In inferior situations, they consider the way the moon of the sacred Dharma is eclipsed during the final age of dispute. At that time, the sesame oil of the sacred Dharma will sink within the hearts of people with wrong view and no longer appear. Such signs are supreme, whereas mundane lunar eclipses should not be considered signs at all.
“ ‘However, for bad monks who declare themselves to be monks, mundane eclipses of the moon are supreme signs. They say that when the moon is eclipsed, the birds fly low in the sky, and they take such occurrences to be omens of misfortune. Yet, mendicants and those who call themselves mendicants examine supramundane signs of beauty. [F.176.a] Thus, at times when the moon of the sacred Dharma is eclipsed, the supremely virtuous mendicants who have entered the path of the sacred Dharma will themselves move low. Like birds, they will move low in the sky-like space among lowly people with low conduct and wrong view who speak inferior words. Those are clear signs of flawed times and should be understood. Mendicants and those who declare themselves mendicants should not concern themselves with ordinary lunar eclipses.
“ ‘Bad mendicants who declare themselves mendicants also entertain notions about solar eclipses. They find mundane events auspicious—such as when the land takes on a reddish color during a solar eclipse, a gentle breeze blows, the land assumes a bright luster, or beautiful birds circle to the right. But since these only hinder the practice of concentration, such signs are not auspicious for those who claim to be mendicants. Such mundane matters bring them neither knowledge nor happiness.
“ ‘Those who claim to be mendicants must instead recognize other auspicious signs and interpret them in terms of transcendence. The lesser sun of the bodhisattva, then, will be eclipsed by omniscient awakening. Whether they have been present for one, two, or three eons, such bodhisattvas are, for mendicants, signs of passing beyond the world. Such bodhisattvas take on the colors of diligence, generosity, learning, and wakefulness, and their bodies are suffused with love and compassion for sentient beings—these are all signs of virtue. [F.176.b] When bodhisattvas endowed with such eminent qualities are present, signs in the form of the hearers, solitary buddhas, and worthy ones, who are all like birds, will also appear. Also, the circular movement to the right can be understood as a term for the mental engagement with the supreme stage.
“ ‘Furthermore, other mundane signs that are regarded as inauspicious are as follows: a red dawn, a rough landscape, fierce winds blowing, and the sun shining in the sky while still having the reddish appearance of dawn. Bad mendicants concern themselves with such mundane signs that hinder the practice of concentration. Good mendicants, on the other hand, demonstrate the supramundane signs of the faithful. What is an omen that occurs in an inauspicious way? What makes it inauspicious? It is the fading of the sacred Dharma. In this way, rough landscapes can be perceived where there are people who make the sacred Dharma fade through their fondness for harsh words, lying, divisive talk, killing, and stealing. Likewise, fierce winds stirring refers to harsh words. When the sacred Dharma fades, people lack the Dharma, and the winds of unpleasant words blow. When such people engage in unwholesome and repulsive actions, the winds of unpleasant words blow. [F.177.a]
“ ‘There is also a supramundane sign of the future that parallels the mundane sign seen when the sun shines in the sky while its color is still like that at dawn. In that regard, a sun that is colored like the sun at dawn is represented by those in a retinue of bad mendicants and brahmins with wrong view who proudly imagine themselves to be omniscient. They are the sun of misfortune that rises and glows in the sky, pretending to be omniscient while in fact they are not. When that sun of wrong view rises, all grasses, forests, thickets, and meadows dry out. Everyone’s virtue and right view dry out like grass.
“ ‘Similarly, there are signs that reveal the supramundane practice of concentration, that reveal ultimate reality, and that indicate the presence of supramundane, supreme intelligence. When these signs appear, they can be announced. Whenever such signs appear, they can be announced to faithful brahmins and householders. For as long as the sun of the sacred Dharma shines, you should endeavor in delightful activities. When all the teachings have set and the sun of wrong view shines, mendicants pretending to be mendicants, brahmins pretending to be brahmins, bad mendicants pretending to be omniscient, and people acting as if they were brahmins will certainly cause suffering.
“ ‘Those of vast and supreme mind will explain the signs of reality and point out the supreme teachings of the omniscient ones. Concern for other signs is an obstacle. [F.177.b] Those and other mundane affairs cause obstacles to the practice of concentration. Mundane obstacles are mundane insofar as they cause one to leave the path of transcendence and instead enter cyclic existence. Supramundane signs lead to the transcendence of suffering.’
“ ‘Such people are rightly monks. In the opposite case, the person is a monk in name only, and his obstacles will continuously cause him to fall. Mendicants should refrain from this sixth obstacle to the practice of meditation.
“ ‘Mendicants and those who claim to be mendicants should also refrain from a seventh factor. What is that? [F.178.b] Accepting wealth and veneration from people of the world. Someone who does that is filled with covetousness and ill will, lacks the practice of concentration entirely, and is disinclined to remain seated. Even though he is merely a monk on the outside, he still partakes of the saṅgha’s bedding, medical supplies, and utensils. He is apprehensive about the work that comes with being a householder, and he is lazy, always fond of food, obsessed with the pleasures of others, and entirely focused on objects. Whenever a monk becomes this kind of person, the Lord of Death will be on his way. Thereafter, as he dies without the practice of concentration, there will be nothing special about the death of that person whose body then disintegrates just as much as his discipline.
“ ‘One whose discipline has become disrupted abandons all virtuous qualities, is disinclined to remain seated, and is merely a monk on the outside while in fact he has lost his vows. Keeping the vows depends on being mentally restrained, but this, too, he is incapable of.
“ ‘In this regard, there are seven different vows. As for vows with respect to speech, a monk should not engage in conversation with others, be they monks or householders. And a monk should not under any circumstances speak with women. When there are no other donors present at the time of receiving alms, he should address them as “mother” or “sister” while keeping his gaze at the tips of his own feet. A monk should not even look at the possessions, attire, or ornaments of females.’
“ ‘Therefore, monks who are afraid of the terrors of the burning flames of desire should not speak with women. That is the first vow.
“ ‘The second vow is to give up unwholesome companionship. Next, one should also refrain from developing fondness for a single permanent residence and thus generally give up wealth and veneration. One should also not abandon, the sick. One should also stop meeting with one’s sons and daughters and one should give up those places that one cherishes in particular. Finally, concerned that one may otherwise become affected by them, one should stop cohabitating and associating with people whose discipline has degenerated.
“ ‘Those who relinquish those seven vows and instead focus excessively on food become extremely upset when they see or hear about the wealth that others possess or the veneration they receive. Such people will then think of ways that they might succeed in appropriating the wealth and honor of others and make it theirs. As they keep pondering and worrying about this, their minds become polluted and their efforts cause covetousness to proliferate. Such bad mendicants, who are also poor in learning, will neither be happy by day nor by night.
“ ‘Even monks who are otherwise endowed with discipline may turn into hypocrites when they visit the homes of donors and benefactors. In the home of a benefactor, such people will speak calmly and move gently, thus giving an appearance of serenity while inside them there is none. Together with monks who wear robes made of patches and whose innate observance of discipline is complete, such unwholesome individuals, who behave in a manner similar to the sound of a conch, will thus enter the homes of householders and make a big display of their own discipline. [F.179.b] When they do so, the benefactors will say, “Ah, that monk possesses supreme discipline.”
“ ‘Comporting themselves in such a fashion, they will keep visiting the same home in the company of people who practice similar conduct. If they happen to have heard words of the sacred Dharma, they will teach those to the donors, the benefactors, and the greater household. All the while, they will keep thinking, “How can I best make the gifts and honor received by such and such monk my own?”
“ ‘Such thieves who appear as if they were monks thus appropriate the wealth and honor that belongs to others. Fond of harming others, they pay their visits to various homes. Everything they do, even when they merely open or close an eye, is of a kind that creates obstacles. Even if they do not pay such visits, such bad monks with corrupted discipline will not practice meditation for the briefest moment or the shortest period, either by day nor at night. Such persons will never go anywhere but to the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals.
“ ‘Moreover, when such monks are in the company of others, they will gossip about all the disciplined monks who previously visited that home and declare their discipline flawed. Or they may engage in criticism, saying, “That monk who in the past came to your house has broken his discipline. He is lazy, extremely base, stupid like a bird, and his intelligence is low.” Such strong disparagements they constantly pursue with great delight.
“ ‘How could people engaged in that sort of “Dharma activity” possibly pursue the practice of concentration? They are false, hollow, and have no core. [F.180.a] Hence, when their bodies disintegrate, they will die and fall into the lower realms, taking birth in the hells.’
“In this way, the blessed Kāśyapa explains the seventh obstacle to concentration. When for the purpose of appropriating wealth and honor, evil people try to belittle others who are endowed with discipline, [F.180.b] such people will be forsaken by the gods. Those who disregard the genuine qualities of others and instead speak false and faulty words for selfish purposes will find that their mouths become filled with razor blades. This will be the experience of such bad mendicants, who claim to be mendicants but nonetheless come up with lies in order to seize others’ wealth and honor for themselves. Although their conduct is evil, such people may not realize it, and instead they rush off to the homes of benefactors, unable to see the Dharma. Therefore, monks should also give up this seventh factor, namely, pursuit of the wealth and honor of others.
“ ‘There is also an eighth factor that causes obstacles for monks who practice concentration. What is that? Being an alchemical piśāca demon. Monks shave off their hair and beards, don the saffron-colored robes, and faithfully go forth from the household to become homeless mendicants because they are frightened by the terrors of cyclic existence. Cyclic existence abounds with suffering, but in short there are two types: the aggregates, elements, and sense sources, and the three realms that are based on them. More elaborately, this involves the five classes of beings and, if described in even more detail, there are the eight realms of hell, the starving spirits, the animals, and the six classes of gods in the desire realm. Nevertheless, the beings of the desire realm are too numerous to enumerate. As for the various levels of the form realm, they too are painful because the beings there suffer at the time of their death and transmigration. The same holds for the beings in the formless realm, whose absorption is disturbed when the time comes for their death and transmigration. [F.181.a] Noble children become aware of these overwhelming varieties of suffering and thus, weary of cyclic existence, they shave off their hair and beards, don the saffron-colored robes, and faithfully go forth from the household to become homeless mendicants.
“ ‘Where does the training of a mendicant take place based on the perception of suffering? In the realms of desire and form where beings have bodies, which thus make sensation possible. How can appropriated sensations be painful in the realm of form? When the mind grows tired of concentration, such weariness may cause it to emerge from equipoise, at which point the body will also experience fatigue. Moreover, at the time of death and transmigration, the body’s radiance is extinguished and, as the winds reach the body’s interiors, some unprecedented sensations will arise in the body. Thus, except for feelings that arise from the condition of contact associated with the eye, all sensations are certain to be felt as pleasurable. When a noble son learns about the way suffering arises from form, he will come to see all of cyclic existence as having the nature of suffering—a profusion of pain that is associated with the aggregates, elements, and sense sources—and with this perception of a constant and oppressive suffering in cyclic existence, he will decide to go forth.
“ ‘Having become a monastic, he should then keep company with holy people. If, however, he should begin to associate with unholy beings, he may become influenced by their character and thus begin to endeavor to bring forth various elements. Although hearing of the terrors of other elements originally caused him to go forth to become a mendicant,450 hearing about the elements of gold, silver, or other precious substances may now cause him to burn in the flames of craving. [F.181.b] Burned by that fire, he will travel far in the company of unwholesome people—from mountain to mountain and peak to peak. Burned by the fire of craving, he will neither be happy by day nor by night.
“ ‘Once in a rare while, such a person may have the thought, “I should not seek out the elements in this way.” Even though he has given up the elements by which he originally went forth, he may instead explore other elements and so begin to explore the elements of the body, just as before.
“ ‘However, lacking proper mental restraint, such a person will become distracted and thus fail in the practice of concentration. He will also fail in terms of the cultivation of virtuous qualities. Such a person is then neither a mendicant nor a householder. He stepped forth for the sake of attaining the transcendence of suffering but was led astray by the craving of a piśāca demon. Caught in the noose of craving, he proceeds to hell.’
“At this point the Blessed One utters these verses:
“ ‘In this way, you should indeed strive to comprehend those elements. Adepts do not have any interest in the way the elements of gold, silver, and jewels arise, because such elements are the root of all possible suffering. Since this is the case for monastics, the same is naturally the case for householders as well. Therefore, from such relationships, all forms of terror arise, and one comes to engage in all types of meaningless action. Since the attainment of happiness is futile even through common pursuits, what need is there to mention the pursuit of alchemy?
“ ‘Those who become attached to this will not endeavor in concentration and one-pointed attention. When their bodies disintegrate, they will fall into the lower realms and be born in the hells. Therefore, those who have gone forth should cultivate concentration and not wealth. Otherwise, they will develop extensive craving. Therefore, develop contentment with respect to wealth—that is the greatest form of wealth. Material wealth ruins all objectives. This eighth obstacle to concentration should be relinquished.
“ ‘There is also a ninth factor that causes obstacles for concentration. What is that? Mendicants should never be the servants of kings. Why is that? Because if one serves the king, no one in the country will offer veneration. [F.182.b] When bad mendicants are engaged in royal service, whether in forests, cities, towns, markets, or otherwise, what else will they not pursue? Will they not develop greater craving? Even if they do not pursue many other aims, all that they do will only become meaningless trouble. They will also fail in their practice of concentration. Rather than being on the path of liberation, they will follow the path of bondage. Hence, monks should not serve kings.
“ ‘In what way should monks refrain from royal service? In a way that allows them to avoid mundane business. How should they give up mundane business? They should dissociate from unwholesome companions; avoid incorrect mental engagements with the five afflictive objects of sound, texture, taste, smell, and form; give up sloth and dullness; and refrain from staying in the towns of barbarians. They should not keep company with lazy people or hypocrites, they should not stay together with people who sit on fine seats, and they should not chat with businesspeople. Moreover, monks should not keep company with, chat with, or travel with people who live in ways that make others suffer, people of a defiled character, people with wrong view, the thoughtless, the conceited, the arrogant, those who are in rehabilitation after a fall, gamblers, alcohol vendors, fighters, people who are overly desirous of women, traders, people with black eyes, spies, people with many tasks, scattered people, non-Buddhists, or malicious people. [F.183.a] Why is that so? Individuals of pure character are apprehensive of many people since they risk acquiring the faults of others, even if they are only minor ones, if they associate and keep company with such people. That is why they should not do so. What is the point of attending to kings? It is only a source of abuse.’
“At this point the Blessed One utters these verses:
“ ‘Monks in the service of kings are scorned in numerous ways, and criticized by their companions of pure conduct. As for royal service, monks should attend to the king of wakefulness. Doing so will be most auspicious. Those who serve the king of wakefulness will attain the highest happiness. The means for rendering such service include firm diligence, following a master, contentment, steadfastness, keeping the mind free from craving, recollection, attentiveness, being free from worries, [F.183.b] and keeping company with fellow practitioners of pure conduct. In this way, there are numerous means whereby a monk may serve the king of wakefulness.’
“ ‘In this way, monks should serve the king of wakefulness and not any ordinary monarchs. Otherwise, if they serve ordinary kings, they will fail to cultivate concentration, and due to that failure, they will again be reborn as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Since such flaws of objects that ensue from attending to a king pertain to all sentient beings, a monk should under no circumstances be the king’s servant. Doing so is disgraceful for forest-dwelling monks. Therefore, this ninth factor is reprehensible and an obstacle to concentration.
“ ‘What is the tenth reprehensible factor that causes obstacles to the practice of concentration? It is to accept convenient meals, which means to seek out tasty meals. If a monk does not maintain lengthy intervals between his journeys through the land, and thus begins to circulate through the region, he will leave behind the delightful forests and retreats and instead embark on incessant trips. When on the road, he may become fond of careless activities and thus travel from house to house, town to town, market to market, village to village, and city to city. [F.184.a] As he mingles with gatherings in the different areas, he will grow fond of seeing and talking with his own kind, and in the process, he will receive meals from parents, relatives, friends, and kinsmen. Craving tasty meals, he will then eat anything whatsoever because of this craving. Forgetting451 the pleasures of the forest, he loses the practice of concentration and becomes careless and thoughtless. The gods will deride him for running after food, and they will no longer support him.
“ ‘Even though the fields of the living are being depleted, such monks will remain attached to their convenient meals and will thus continue to behave without proper restraint. When their eyes catch a beautiful form, they become attached and develop both covetousness and aversion. As they become ever more attached, they will continuously roam the lands and thus fail to achieve their own welfare. They will also fail to maintain the practice of concentration. Thoroughly corrupted, they will become obsessed with delicious meals and will thus travel to and fro, visiting many households. In this way, when their eyes notice a beautiful form, they become attached and develop covetousness and aversion.
“ ‘In the exact same way, when their ears hear sounds, they become attached and develop both covetousness and aversion. And again, when the nose registers smells, they grow attached and develop covetousness and aversion. Enjoying all the objects, they become thoroughly tied down. Shackled by chains, they chase after every attraction and will end up becoming householders, no longer monastics. When their bodies deteriorate and they die, they fall into the lower realms and are born in the hells. [F.184.b] That is the first flaw that ensues from accepting convenient meals.
“ ‘Noticing that flaw, monks should not keep making frequent trips through the land. Otherwise, they will come to depend on the land. When they do travel, they will seek out the pleasures of the five senses. However, if they go to obtain medical supplies or utensils, or if they travel for the sake of their master, they may indeed go. Likewise, they may travel if the reason for their trip is a stūpa, or if they travel because the robes of their monastic community have become worn out. The same is the case with any travel that one undertakes for the sake of the saṅgha. One should also travel through the land to see the king if another king is invading or has conquered the land. Such travels are indeed fruitful, whereas other types of travel452 are meaningless. They will cause one to lose the practice of concentration. Journeys of that sort will keep one confined to sickness, aging, death, pain, lamentation, suffering, and mental distress. For such bad mendicants who nonetheless claim to be mendicants, their going forth turns out to be meaningless.
“ ‘Therefore, those who wish to practice in order to pacify craving and covetousness should let their minds rest in equipoise and with bright faculties, and direct their minds to the Three Jewels. Thereby all their afflictions, including the latent ones, will be severed at the root and removed.’
“ ‘Therefore, listen to the account of these qualities and understand that monks should not develop craving and attachment. Monks who are frightened by the terrors of cyclic existence should also give up this tenth factor that causes obstacles to the practice of concentration. [F.185.b]
“ ‘There is also an eleventh factor that is an obstacle to the practice of concentration and causes monks to suffer greatly. What is that? Not asking questions. That is an obstacle for those of poor intellect. People who run off at the mouth and like to make a show of their intelligence may proclaim, “I am a holder of all the treatises, and no one compares to me in terms of understanding their words and meaning. I can recite all the collections of knowledge.” To their companions and those who happen to be around they proclaim this with great self-importance in hundreds of thousands of ways. They will seek out others in order to make them aware of this fact and to make them see it. They are consumed by arrogance about their knowledge and keep trying to make it known to all. They proclaim to the whole world that they know everything that anyone else has ever comprehended and that their expertise is perfectly complete in all regards. But in fact, their learning is extremely limited. Inside they are empty—fake, false, and hollow. They are like empty vessels and resemble autumn clouds. They become separated from the practice of concentration, and if people may make offerings to them, they then abandon any inclination to practice concentration.
“ ‘Such people may encounter mendicants who are diligent, observant, and greatly learned—mendicants whose knowledge is stable and who are adorned with mental agility, who cherish the teachings of the buddhas tremendously, whose enthusiasm is unstoppable, and whose mindstreams are permeated with great insight and therefore joyful. [F.186.a] In that event, the fake and hollow monks who are empty within will think to themselves, “If I speak with those monks, their teachings will outshine mine, and in that case donors and benefactors will no longer flock to me. Those monks will overpower me.”
“ ‘In this way, they worry that donors and benefactors will notice that they, who are filled with pride, are unable to understand the meaning through their own insight, yet out of fear of being humbled, they do not ask any questions, either. Some of these empty shells will, for fear of being surpassed and defeated, not even ask questions such as, “Have you, or have you not, studied the teachings of the blessed buddhas?”
“ ‘Such false teachers transgress the five bases of training. They lie because they teach even though they lack the realization of a spiritual teacher, and thus they fail to adhere to the first basis for training. In what other way do they transgress the bases of training? By stealing. They declare themselves endowed with insight, yet they are not suited to receiving the offerings of donors and benefactors. Even if they do receive such offerings by virtue of being present in an audience, that too will become an obstacle for them.
“ ‘Stealing also leads to transgressing the remaining bases of training. How do they otherwise fail to adhere to the bases of training? When a monk has stepped forth and embraced the bases of training, he relies on, commits to, and observes proper discipline, thus declaring, “I shall relinquish the life of a householder.” [F.186.b] Nevertheless, this type of person will declare to others that those people who observe genuine discipline are not learned, and instead they will claim to be more learned themselves. That is an extremely severe breach of the bases of training. How might they otherwise transgress the bases of training? Afraid of being humbled, if they were to engage in a discussion with noble individuals, such people might instead give a different teaching—a teaching that is highly painful and extremely unwholesome.
“ ‘What is the most severe way they transgress the bases of training? Those who have no knowledge of the sacred Dharma may tell others who are investigating the sacred Dharma, “These matters are most profound, and you have not heard the true words of the buddhas.” In this way, they hold the saṅgha in contempt. They may then say, “Only I understand these words correctly, not all those venerable ones.” In this way, they deprecate the saṅgha. Afraid of not being heeded, such people may thus proceed to teach, but their teaching is not the sacred Dharma. Those who destroy the qualities of the sacred Dharma in this way and speak severe lies will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, fall into the lower realms and be born in hell.
“ ‘There are also other severe faults that ensue from a failure to inquire. Arrogant people who refrain from asking questions may enter the forest due to fear of being humbled. Afflicted by arrogance, they do not turn to those who could guide them on the true path and thus they fail to ask, “How will the path appear? Which observations should be kept in mind? How does one lose sight of those observations, and how should one resettle one’s attention upon them?” When they thus fail to find the path, they feel a terrible sadness. Arising from their cross-legged posture, they think, [F.187.a] “All my plans have brought me nothing.” Distressed, they think, “There is no path here. No concentration. No attainments.” In this way, their pride and fear of being humbled cause them to denigrate the effects of concentration and absorption. All this because they failed to properly inquire. Those who develop wrong views in this way will, when their bodies disintegrate and they die, fall into the lower realms and be born in the hells.’
“ ‘The proud and aggressive who fail to ask questions and lack concentration become indebted by eating the food of others. How could one possibly attain monkhood merely by dressing up? Because of the fault of their pride and because they do not ask questions, they will, when their bodies disintegrate after death, fall into the lower realms and be born in the hells.
“ ‘Therefore, one should train like this. Monks who inquire for as long as they live will be happy and joyous. When their bodies disintegrate upon dying, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. Also, by virtue of having conquered pride, they will later attain the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘What is the twelfth factor that causes obstacles to the practice of concentration? Having many companions, [F.187.b] which is the cause of all misfortune. That is certain to burn monks. When they have many friends, monks become distracted. When they have many tasks, they will be distracted, lack concentration, and be unable to pursue concentration. If those who have stepped forth from the household and given up both friends and enemies should not keep even a single friend, there is no need to talk about having many friends.
“ ‘When a lazy person, a monk in name only, goes to visit the homes of others, he will be distracted merely by what he sees. As his eyes behold forms, his mind will be carried away. His eye consciousness will not be serene, his mental activity will not be stable, and he will not be in equipoise. He will not curtail his time with friends but rather prolong it. The same applies when he hears sounds. He will not be in equipoise, he will fail to remain concentrated, and instead he will engage his mind in a way that lacks serenity. With such disturbed mental observations, he becomes exhausted and falls. In this way, paying visits to friends causes obstacles to his composure. Hence, as monastics should not even keep a single friend, it is certainly not the case that they can have many friends.
“ ‘While monks who are fond of friendships travel from place to place, the karmic formations of their lifespans become exhausted and their virtuous factors become depleted. Due to the depletion of their virtuous factors, they will fail to achieve an excellent existence. Not even for an instant are they able to engage either in concentration or in the one-pointed mind in the desire realm.
“ ‘Therefore, this is the way to train: A monk must not keep householder friends who cause afflictive craving to increase. [F.188.a] In this life and beyond, monks should be friends with teachers of the path of suffering’s transcendence, people who explain the path of suffering’s transcendence, and virtuous friends who assist them in the practice of concentration.
“ ‘There are certain companions who will cause one to exhaust the afflictions and enter the city of the transcendence of suffering. Those are supreme friends. All others may appear to be friends, but they are actually enemies, because those who are not friends in this ultimate sense are not true friends. Friends are those who you may meet, speak with, and stay with in a way that prepares you for the next life. They will show you the practice of pure conduct and help you pursue it. They will explain about the terrors that lie beyond this world and show you the horrors of life as a hell being, starving spirit, or animal. One should not engage in any of the misdeeds of body, speech, and mind that cause one to enter the lower realms.’
“ ‘On the other hand, those who praise common enjoyments, cause others to visit households, and explain how to busy oneself with delightful sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells are not good friends. You should never befriend even a single person of this sort, so it goes without saying that you should not keep many such companions, who are the source of numerous flaws. If they do not help you ward off the terrors that lie beyond this world, even though they may look like friends, they are actually enemies. [F.188.b] Monks with strong attachment fail in achieving their own objectives, and when such mendicants practice concentration, they will encounter obstacles.
“ ‘There is also a thirteenth factor that makes the practice of concentration fail. What is that? Being in the wrong company. That will make any monk fail in the practice of concentration. There are five ways of being in the wrong company, which are as follows:
“ ‘Disciplined and perfectly virtuous monks who are honest and sincere may stay together with monks whose discipline has completely degenerated, and fall under their influence. That flaw constitutes the first type of being in the wrong company.
“ ‘Also, a second type of flaw ensues from being in the wrong company. Whether it is because they are influenced by others or because of their own greed, monks may cohabit with people of wrong view in towns, cities, villages, or markets. That is the second way of being in the wrong company.
“ ‘There is also a third way of being in the wrong company. Wishing to meet and craving to see their previous friends, companions, or family relations, monks may join them. Together with them, they may then enter the homes they are familiar with and dwell there, in the same way as before. That is the third way of being in the wrong company.
“ ‘There is also a fourth way of being in the wrong company. Monks who are fond of discussing the treatises may, due to this predilection, take up residence in a royal household for the sake of humbling others. That is the fourth way of being in the wrong company.
“ ‘There is also a fifth way of being in the wrong company. Monks who are distracted and not properly observant of their vows [F.189.a] may come to miss their former food, drink, and love making—all those sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells. As they keep thinking of those things, they are overcome by their thoughts and thus find themselves in the wrong company altogether, amid objects that are intensely painful, undesirable, repulsive, and unappealing. That is the fifth type of being in the wrong company—one is in the wrong company as one is overcome by thoughts of objects.
“ ‘One may succeed in avoiding all such ways of being in the wrong company and yet still not be able to relinquish the thoughts of the mind. Yet being in the wrong company, that is to say, with objects, is an extremely powerful obstacle for all who practice concentration. Even if one avoids all other ways of being in the wrong company, if one’s mind is impaired by the enjoyment of objects due to defiling concepts, one will be unable to give up such wrong company because of the profusion of thought. That is only possible for those who are endowed with the mindfulness related to concentration, attainment, pliancy, restraint, and correct mental engagement.’
“ ‘In this way, on all occasions, avoid the various ways of being in the wrong company. Wandering mendicants who have stepped forth from the household should not become absorbed in thinking. They should not be lazy. They should not become involved in thoughts about the experiences of town, cities, villages, and markets. They should not become elated and obsessed with cohabiting and paying visits. They should not become obsessed with gathering disciples. They should not become the companions of unwholesome people. They should not develop excessive attachments to sound, touch, taste, form, and smell. They should not let down their guard during travels or activities. They should not be quick to develop craving. They should not be fond of alms, bedding, seats, health articles, or utensils. They should not wear colorful robes, show off, take baths, receive massages, or speak in flirtatious ways.
“ ‘Alas, such afflictions constitute a darkness without beginning, and unless they are burned away, cyclic existence remains intensely painful. As the light rays of thoughts of the six objects appear in the gateways of the five realms, childish beings are scorched, burned, and destroyed in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals every single day. They keep falling into an ocean of suffering, yet despite their incessant engagements, they do not even grow weary. [F.190.a]
“ ‘Gods bereft of proper discipline roam about in total carelessness. When they fall from their divine world, such former supreme leaders are born as leaders among the hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, where they are burned by the excruciating fires of regret. They have no one at all to protect them. Destroyed in the trap of carelessness, they are scorched by the fires of regret as they take birth in the realms of hell beings and starving spirits. Therefore, until the time of death and transmigration is upon you, you should bring to mind the sacred Dharma, and more than that, each day you should practice the teachings of all the worthy buddhas continuously and comprehensively.’
“The utterly careless and thoughtless gods have currently achieved a divine birth, yet all humans who cultivate discipline well, practice positive actions, and maintain a good heart will likewise, when their bodies disintegrate and they die, be born next among the gods. Since the gods may wonder whether they were born there due to some minor karmic actions, the thirteen factors were taught to eradicate their ignorance. People of the human world and the gods mutually cause one another. When gods and humans endowed with discipline die, they are born as gods, and when careless gods die, they may take birth as humans. Bringing benefit, happiness, and the transcendence of suffering to both gods and humans through such causes, and also accomplishing mundane benefits for them, the blessed Kāśyapa taught this discourse.
“For Musulundha and the other gods who have become very weary of pleasures, [F.190.b] these pleasures lose their appeal, and they no longer pursue them. With faith in the Blessed One and the Blessed One’s stūpa, they will bow their heads in homage and proceed to leave the stūpa in the same way that they entered it.”
This completes the discourse of Kāśyapa. This also completes the six sūtras and the section on the gods in Moving in Gatherings.
“Emerging from the stūpa of Kāśyapa, the gods will ask Musulundha, ‘Your Majesty, how did you see that stūpa?’
“Hearing such words from the gods before him, Musulundha will reply, ‘Listen carefully about the ways and reasons that made me see these stūpas. In the past I was born in the world of gods and lived carelessly, obsessed with objects and chained by the shackles of the five sense pleasures. In this way, I embarked on a tour of the entire Heaven Free from Strife, rollicking and reveling in the pleasures of the five senses. I gallivanted among all the forests, mountain slopes, lotus ponds, and great rocks. I was surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of goddesses adorned with ornaments and fine costumes who were dancing, singing, joking, and posing around me. In this way, we traveled together throughout of the whole of this heavenly world. With great interest in all the objects and infatuated by the sense pleasures, we were insatiable, and thus our uninhibited journey of celebration continued.
“ ‘In the lakes, we frolicked on the backs of innumerable swans, ducks, and geese,453 [F.191.a] and we played among all the lotus flowers and on the waves of these waters. Without ever sinking into the water, I gracefully and exuberantly experienced all these enjoyments to my heart’s content, in an exhilarated state of mind.
“ ‘Likewise, when residing on dry land, I reveled in hundreds of enjoyments, surrounded by hundreds of thousands of gods. Joyfully, I traipsed from mountain to mountain, summit to summit, cavern to cavern, park to park, and mountain retreat to mountain retreat. Everywhere, I was able to rove freely, without obstacles.
“ ‘In the sky, I resided in the midst of a hundred thousand mansions filled with hundreds of thousands of gods, all of them playing music, dancing, singing, joking, and posing. As we frolicked, we beheld this entire divine world together. We saw lands of indescribable beauty adorned with the seven precious substances and gorgeous lights, different mountain summits, and valleys flush with hundreds of thousands of lotuses. All this I observed, surrounded by my retinue of gods, as we resided in the open sky. Endowed with all types of pleasures, I was free to move as I pleased throughout this vast divine world surrounded by hundreds of thousands of mansions.
“ ‘While thus spending my time reveling on the waters, on dry land, and in the sky, I once came across a mountain made of six overwhelming light rays. Witnessing this blazing burst of light in the center of the sky I became amazed and unsettled, asking myself, [F.191.b] “What is this wonder that I behold?”
“ ‘Together with the many mansions that surrounded me, I swiftly flew toward the six light rays we were watching. However, as we came into the light, we began to fall through the sky, and when eventually I and all the mansions hit the ground, the light went dim. I wondered, “What is this? Does this have to do with my own splendor? Or what else might have caused me and the gods around me to fall from the sky? Why was the light dimmed?”
“ ‘Subdued, and with those questions in mind, I approached a god named Vastness, who had been born long before me. He proceeded to explain, “This has nothing to do with the gods. Nor is it due to a flaw in the objects or because of obstacles. Listen, and I shall explain to you the reasons that you and your divine retinue fell from the sky. The previous rulers of the gods also fell at this place, and they likewise plummeted from the sky. Because you are not learned, you did not understand what was happening. Therefore, you were unable to withstand the light rays, and you therefore fell at this place. Now, let me explain to you the reasons for this. The worthy ones, the perfect buddhas, who are learned and virtuous, the gods of the gods, who understand the real nature of the entire world, have produced six stūpas in the realm of the gods of Moving in Gatherings in order to benefit gods and humans. [F.192.a] Thus, they created stūpas of a kind that no mendicant could ever build. No matter who comes into the presence of these stūpas, and for whatever reason, they are always humbled. Nobody can surpass these stūpas. That is the reason you fell to the ground.”
“ ‘Those are the words I heard from Vastness. “How were these stūpas formed?” I then inquired. Vastness told me, “Nothing in cyclic existence compares to the hardships practiced by these omniscient ones. Seeing and comprehending the flaws of pleasure, they understood the sufferings of cyclic existence and went on to persevere in the six perfections for three incalculable eons, thus achieving omniscience and eventually passing completely beyond suffering. That is how it transpired, to put it very concisely. If you wish to listen further, you should go to see those stūpas that are located in the realm of Moving in Gatherings.”
“ ‘Hearing these words from Vastness, I was overwhelmed by the great wonder of this new vision. So, together with Vastness and the other gods, I traveled to the stūpas, and there we heard the Dharma that liberates from cyclic existence. That is how I saw these stūpas, and that is how I heard their teachings that benefit gods and humans.’
“When the gods have heard these words from the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, those who belong to other realms will take leave while Musulundha goes to reside in his own realm.”
The Gods in Moving in Mixed Environments
“The monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions then continues to examine the karmic actions of the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. By means of knowledge derived from hearing, he accurately perceives the realm known as Moving in Mixed Environments. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth there, he once more uses knowledge derived from hearing to perceive how some people practice virtuous and delightful conduct by means of insight. While they give up killing and stealing, as explained before, they also relinquish all forms of sexual misconduct. For example, when entering a forest, one may encounter infatuated songbirds that warble lovely songs. These birds emit rousing calls that attract the attention of the female birds, while they also display their gorgeous colors. Such birds can be enchanting and will inspire passion in everyone who sees them. Yet, even if people of this type encounter such birds, they will not pay them any attention or even think of them. Since their observance of discipline is that pure, how could they engage in sexual misconduct?
“Upon the disintegration of their bodies, people who give up sexual misconduct and observe pure discipline in this manner will journey to the joyous higher realms and be born in the realm of Moving in Mixed Environments. Those who are born there will experience exceptionally powerful pleasures of the senses, bathing in vast and delightful rivers and enjoying gorgeous trees of gold, beryl, sapphire, and ruby within a realm that abounds with waterfalls, streams, and ponds. In this way, the gods experience the consequences of their past positive actions. [F.193.a]
“In that realm lies a forest known as Red Forest, wherein the gods celebrate. During such times of festivity, the trees emit colorful lights and become adorned with radiant jewels and wonderful decorations. The areas adjacent to the forest also become decorated with magnificent jewels. This forest is made of ruby and tiger eye, displays delightful colors and textures, and is filled with trees that are festooned with tinkling bells and bangles and are draped with nets of pearls. The trees yield whatever fruits one may desire—they supply the gods with any food and drink they fancy. Whatever they wish for the branches instantly deliver, accompanied by the sounds of drums and musical instruments. The trees’ foliage, branches, leaves, and resin all illumine their surroundings, and when groups of goddesses gather around them, the trees, reaching high into the sky, shine with the splendor of numerous suns. From the red trees also fall a rain of fresh flowers,454 a shower that adorns the entire sky. While the bells of the trees ring, heavenly birds flit about warbling, while infatuated peacocks call out. All this beauty fills the entire sky.
“When the gods reach these magnificent trees, they find themselves surrounded by exquisite and wonderful vistas. There, they will all engage in mutual passionate pursuits, as driven by their karmic actions. [F.193.b] Surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of infatuated women who sing and play drums and musical instruments, the gods of their own accord will begin to ascend into the sky, while the trees simply show them the way upward.
“The gods may then think, ‘I haven’t mounted these trees at all.’ The moment they have this thought, the trees will immediately let the gods mount them, and so the gods will take a seat in the trees. As they do so, some go to sit in the branches and celebrate there, in whichever way they please. Should they fancy a lotus pool among the branches, such a pool will immediately manifest the moment they wish for it, and they and their retinues will proceed to enjoy themselves and celebrate in the pool. In this way, infatuated and ecstatically enjoying all manner of pleasures, the gods and their retinues will mount the branches of the trees within the Red Forest.
“Moreover, as they enter, the entire forest will transform in accordance with the wishes of the gods. Likewise, the appearance of the forest may also transform into mansions and houses. Thus, the moment the gods wish for a dwelling, a mansion will manifest. Such buildings will be studded with bright jewels, draped with nets of bells, and adorned with lotus pools. Decorated with nets of pearls and bejeweled arches, they feature seats swathed in copious precious fabrics and abounding with lovely features. Within such gorgeous mansions, the gods will playfully assist one another in joyous celebration. Without any sense of mutual domination, the entire gathering is one of friends. [F.194.a] If, every so often, someone should be treated in an unfriendly way or as a stranger, that is because the karmic actions of that individual were extremely poor. This never occurs to those endowed with great karmic actions, and thus the vast majority enjoy the effects of positive actions. In this manner, the gods take delight as one great congregation as they frolic about within the Red Forest.
“Endowed with supreme and vast karmic actions, the gods enjoy all their perfect pleasures just as they please. Flying through the skies, they experience copious enjoyments, and thus they celebrate free from any harm in the heavenly sphere. Moreover, once they have paid a visit in a certain direction, traveling through the sky, they will again return to the same abode, which abounds with magnificent cascades and pools, with divine ladies in attendance.
“These happy gods will also visit the Forest of Vines, the surroundings of which are adorned by supremely delightful cascades and streams of milk. The splendor of the milk is such that when the gods drink it, they recollect their past lives. As they learn whence they came, having died and transmigrated, they will also understand, ‘If I now become careless, I will encounter much suffering in the future.’ In this way, they will come to feel tremendous distress, and, in their anguish, they will give up carelessness and instead begin living in accordance with the Dharma. By tasting the milk, they will gain tremendous benefits. Having drunk the milk, they will then again enter the Forest of Vines.
“Among the forest’s cascades, pools, and lotus groves live numerous flocks of birds. [F.194.b] The many flowers that grow among the vines are gorgeous and they attract amazing bees in the colors of the seven precious substances. As the gods weave among the lotus groves and the magnificent woodlands, they will arrive at some perfectly formed trees with trunks of beryl, leaves of ruby, and fruits the color of refined gold. The flavors of the trees’ fruits are extremely rich, and they surpass any other fruit. Their flavors also manifest in perfect accordance with the wishes of the gods. Whatever taste they may crave the fruits will manifest.
“Once they have eaten the fruits, the gods will joyfully proceed to another forest called the Forest of Drinks. From the trees of this forest flow divine substances of supremely delightful tastes, fragrances, and colors. Those refreshments pour from the trees like a nourishing rain. The drinks are extremely delightful and make the gods ecstatic. Having drunk of them, the divine congregations beat drums and sing in infatuation.
“Followed by divine ladies who glow with natural light and are dressed in beautiful garments, the magnificent and exuberant gods will then proceed to the Ruby Forest. That forest extends across five hundred leagues and is adorned with extremely fragrant lotuses made of five precious substances. In that forest of exquisite lotuses grow nothing but lotuses. [F.195.a] The elephants that live in the forest eat from the lotuses with great desire, and they frolic with their herds of elephant cows in the forest’s exceedingly pure waters. The waters there are endowed with seven qualities and free from the flaws of ordinary water. Free from impurities of mud or any flaws of distance or closeness,455 the water is clear, delightful, and provides the elephants with great joy. When the gods and goddesses notice the elephant bulls and cows playing in the water, they will become enchanted by the sight and thus descend from the sky into the forest of elephants and lotuses. As they enter among the elephants, the timbre of the songs of the gods and goddesses456 will fill the heavens, and the reverberations can be heard throughout the mountains and forests.
“In this way, with their shining bodies adorned with beautiful ornaments, the gods enter the Ruby Forest. Surrounded by attending goddesses, they will play around within the Ruby Forest. As they join other gods who emerge from the mountain caverns and dense forests, everyone becomes exhilarated upon seeing one another, and all the gods and goddesses will thus frolic joyfully together with the elephants in the water. Great numbers of gods and goddesses will join in these happy games and dances that continue for a long time. Thereafter, as the gods thus become careless, their positive actions will become depleted. [F.195.b] Very quickly the lives of such gods and goddesses will run out, as their positive actions are utterly exhausted. When the lotuses on which they sit sink into the water and turn over, that is an omen that the given god’s or goddess’s merit is being depleted.
“There are also other signs that appear when the merits of a god or goddess are becoming exhausted. When a god or goddess tries to ride on one of the dancing elephants, the elephant may no longer accept them or the rider may fall off. That is another omen that the merits of a god or goddess are becoming exhausted. When signs of the depletion of the merits of a given god or goddess manifest, the negative force of their carelessness will make the elephants stop paying heed to them. This is noticed and understood by these extremely careless beings, and in response to the signs that are manifesting in this way, they will exclaim these verses:
“As they witness and understand the omens of death and transmigration, the minds of the gods become consumed by gloom. Nevertheless, because of their careless nature and due to their attachment to the five objects, they will fail to take this to heart in any significant manner. Nor will they develop any confidence that death and transmigration will occur. Why is that? Because their carelessness makes them deluded about objects, and their minds are infantile. They do not impart this lesson to each other, and, as they perceive things with the mindset of the gods, they will instead leave the lotus grove without talking. At that point they will once again begin to regard their enjoyment of objects as paramount, and thus they will begin frolicking with each other while remaining ignorant of the unbearable horrors that await them. [F.196.b] Without keeping track of time, they will, in their ignorance and in their pursuit of enjoyment, fearlessly enter the jungle of elephants and lotuses. There, they will proceed to spend an extremely long time together, absorbed in playful enjoyment.
“These gods will also visit a mountain known as the Vision of Vast Bliss. This mountain is adorned by hundreds of thousands of designs made from divine gold, beryl, silver, and ruby. On the mountain are hundreds of thousands of mansions with porticos, and the setting is adorned with hundreds of thousands of lotuses. The gods will explore this entire mountain, which is filled with such supreme pleasures. As they listen to the beats of a hundred thousand drums, they enjoy an abundance of delightful sights and textures. Dressed in their robes, these splendid beings relish the sight of each other while they enjoy all the sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents that manifest in accordance with their wishes. In this way, they will roam the mountain, attached to their indescribable enjoyments. They will joyfully explore the numerous rivers and waterfalls and the forests and parks. Some travel in palanquins, others ride on the backs of geese, and still others travel inside lotus flowers. Together with the goddesses, some remain in the heart of the pink lotus flowers while others go to enjoy themselves among the petals of blue water lilies. Singing to enchanting music of the five types of instruments, they are delighted.
“Next, as the gods joyfully journey through the sky, they will visit another mountain known as Vast Garlands of Bliss, which is an amazing divine abode. In that realm filled with supreme heavenly joys, some areas shine with the colors of fine gold and ruby. [F.197.a] Some areas are colored by reflections from the petals of blue lotus flowers that shimmer with an enchanting light that resembles beryl or sapphire. Still other areas are illumined by the spectacular lights of scintillating silver and pearl. The cascades that plunge from the summits of the mountain are all perfectly pure and immaculate, offering cool waters endowed with seven qualities. The peaks abound with pearls that can be seen from all directions. When the gods gaze upon all this from the sky, they will notice swarms of bees that hum in the most delightful manner as they buzz around the mountain’s lotus pools formed from the seven precious substances. Following the bees, the gods will then move from one area to another, enjoying the forests, parks, and ponds.
“Within delightful groves they will also come across deer and birds. Numerous herds of deer display rich and magnificent colors. Some have a gorgeous silver body color, while their horns and eyes are ruby. Some have golden backs and silver sides, while their horns and hoofs are the color of karketana stone. Some have perfectly proportioned figures and their hind- and forelegs are in the colors of the seven precious substances. The gods watch how the deer enjoy themselves without fear and without growing tired. Some among them also consume the most exquisite and potent foods. [F.197.b]
“When they have explored those forests and parks, the gods will travel elsewhere on the mountain, where they encounter flocks of peacocks, pheasants,457 six-eyed birds, and birds with undulating feathers. They will find such birds living among the peaks, forests, and parks of the mountain of Vast Garlands of Bliss. One face of this mountain is made of sapphire, a second is of ruby, a third is of pure gold, and the fourth is of silver. On the sapphire slope lies a forest called No Shadows, in which grow trees of sapphire that are flush with flowers. This forest is adorned with a hundred thousand cascades, streams, and pools, and in its hundreds of lotus groves roam joyful birds with clear voices and beautiful plumage. The second mountain slope is of ruby, and there one finds the Forest of Laughter, which has silver trees wreathed in golden vines. In this forest fly hundreds of humming bees and flocks of songbirds. The sweet aromas of the flowers are wafted by gentle breezes. The Forest of Laughter is also endowed with a hundred thousand waterfalls. The third side of the mountain is made of pure gold, and there lies a forest called Nature of Precious Bliss. In this forest, the beautiful trees are made of crystal draped and covered in vines of shining gold. [F.198.a] Hundreds of thousands of birds play and sing among the forest’s beautiful waterfalls, streams, and lotus groves. Throughout the forest, groups of gods and goddesses sing as they experience all these exquisite enjoyments. The fourth face of the mountain is made of silver, and upon it grow ruby trees that are adorned with vines the color of sapphire. This forest resounds with numerous delightful voices and is filled with many other types of delightful sounds. Gods and goddesses gather there and pay visits to hundreds of thousands of spectacular lotus groves.
“In this way, the mountain of Vast Garlands of Bliss appears resplendent, adorned by such beautiful and delightful features—all the trees, rivers, vines, lakes, flocks of deer and birds, and all the fragrant and beautiful flowers. The gods gaze at all this from the sky and then decide to land on Vast Garlands of Bliss to explore that mountain, visiting all its splendid and exciting regions. Letting their eyes wander among its many attractions, the gods will investigate this amazing mountain and then take up residence there, celebrating with their companions to the music of the five types of instruments. In this way, they will experience the five sense pleasures that are the effects of their previously having performed, become accustomed to, and increased positive karmic actions. Such are the effects that ripen because they previously observed the desirable, attractive, and delightful discipline of noble beings. Enjoying all this, the gods now assemble on Vast Garlands of Bliss.
“In this way, these birds that speak the truth address the assembled gods. Those gods who are close by and not completely lost in carelessness will hear them. Yet, those who move about in careless abandon will not, for their carelessness prevents that. Their minds are occupied by objects, and thus they ignore the beneficial and truthful words of the birds and instead go on celebrating, just as before.
“Seeing the lofty summits of the mountain, the gods will, just as before, fly there in their procession of mansions. [F.199.a] Among the summits of the mountain, they will discover another mountain, known as Utterly Delightful to Behold, towering high above the thousands of other peaks. To the accompaniment of songs, music, and dance, the gods and their retinues will fly to that mountain. Arriving there, the gods and goddesses will behold a magnificent, colorful lake created by their previous positive karmic actions. Known as Clear Appearance, this lake is limpid and perfectly delightful, its bright clear waters brimming with golden fish while its banks are home to the most enchanting swans, ducks, and geese. The birds make lovely noises as they frolic among the beautiful pink, blue, white,458 and red lotus flowers. The flowers are also visited by swarms of bees that produce an endearing humming sound. The banks of the lake are studded with mandārava trees and feature stairways made of gold studded with jewels. In these supremely delightful waters grow lotuses called water bubbles. These flowers display a hundred thousand petals in a wide spectrum of colors. Some have the color of sapphire and others are colored like crystal. Some are golden and others are of silver. Some are coral-colored, some have the color of karketana, and some are the color of diamond. All the petals are wonderfully fragrant, and in the middle the core of the flower shines like a red sun. [F.199.b] At the same time, the many beautiful colors are also reflected in the core of the flower, thus lending it hues of blue, yellow, red, white, grey, black, and orange. The anther-filled centers of the flowers abound with attractive fragrances.
“Soaring through the sky, the gods journey to the limpid waters. Arriving there, some will take a seat upon rocks of gold while others sit upon the pink lotuses, frolicking with their attending goddesses. Other gods will seek out the blue lotuses to frolic with their retinues of goddesses. For sport, some of them will dive into the water from the blue lotuses. Some will ride on the backs of swans and surf the waves. Some will seek out dry land, where they will enter majestic caverns to enjoy perfect sense pleasures—playfully singing, joking, and striking poses within their mansions.
“Surrounded by gatherings of goddesses, some will go elsewhere to enjoy magnificent drinks that are free from the flaws of intoxication yet perfectly satisfying, endowed with exquisite color, taste, and feel. Some will drink from precious chalices made of sapphire, gold, beryl, ruby, and crystal. Some, surrounded by their myriad retinues, will drink golden nectar that streams from red lotuses. Still others will prefer to drink the nectar that flows from the buds of the blue lotuses while they still have their petals closed. They will all sing and celebrate to the sounds of music. [F.200.a] Some others, together with their companions, will feast on different kinds of nectar delicacies, thus enjoying sustenance endowed with perfect colors, fragrance, tastes, and textures. Some will celebrate and frolic with groups of accompanying goddesses to the tunes of the five types of instruments, singing and dancing on the banks of the shimmering lake.
“Some gods will play together within the waters of the lake. This water yields whatever is wished for, and thus it assumes any color, taste, scent, or texture the gods may fancy. If they wish it to be a particular temperature, the water instantly turns exactly that degree of warm or cool. Such is the nature of their karmic actions, their past positive deeds. In general, there is nothing that is not the product of their karmic actions, so these features of the lake are not due to any other factor. Some of the gods may also wish for the water to become inebriating, and it will in that case immediately turn into a highly stimulating and uplifting drink of perfect color, taste, texture, and aroma. In these and many other ways, the gods enjoy the effects of their former positive actions, happily celebrating among all these creations of their own wholesome activities. All they enjoy and experience is the product of their positive actions—there is nothing that isn’t produced in this way. This is because positive actions are never wasted. That is to say:
“When they see the gods enjoying themselves in this way, the aforementioned truth speaker birds will now sing these verses to the gods:
“In this manner, the truth speaker birds warble, inspired by their positive actions and out of a wish to help the gods. Since they keep singing such things, those among the gods who are not completely consumed by carelessness will stop, listen, and remember what is being said. For one brief moment, they may even enter equipoise.
“The careless ones, however, will not hear anything, and in their distraction, they will just continue fooling around by the lake for a long time. Thereafter, due to their obsessed and insatiable craving for the pleasures of objects, they will move on. Just as they came, they will climb onto their mounts and ride their vehicles as they ascend into the sky. Together with their entire festive congregation, they will parade through the open sky. They will at this point behold another summit formed from numerous jewels and a variety of elements. This mountain rises out of the sky and surpasses all the others. In this way, the gods will keep exploring [F.201.a] Vast Garlands of Bliss, its majestic peaks, and its delightful surroundings. This triple-peaked mountain is far higher than any other in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“As they explore these mountainous regions, the gods will notice how the bright light of the mountain illumines the entire sky in the most delightful way. They will then journey around Vast Garlands of Bliss and arrive at the back side of the mountain. There they will discover a gorgeous woodland lush with colorful trees that sparkle like jewels. Some of the trees have trunks of beryl that extend into canopies of golden leaves, others have gold and sapphire trunks and bear leaves of gold, and there are many additional stunning trees. In this way, on the back side of this mountain grow so-called pillar trees that have well-proportioned roots, trunks, branches, leaves, and canopies made of the seven precious substances. From their roots grow trunks of such precious materials. Some of the trunks are beryl and others are ruby, gold, crystal, coral, and karketana. The trunks and branches all display their own beautiful features—from their roots to their branches, leaves, and canopies, everything shines radiantly with the light of the seven precious substances. As soon as they see these pillar trees, the gods will go to frolic among them. [F.201.b]
“As they advance toward the trees, they will notice a row of mansions that shine like the sun does in the human world. As the gods approach the garland of mansions, they will find that they number in the hundreds of thousands. The mansions move and change size according to the gods’ wishes and they also yield whatever the gods may wish for. There are also lotus pools flush with lotus flowers on long stalks, and other sparkling lotus ponds that are adorned with gems. Around the flowers hover beautiful bees with bodies made of the seven precious substances. The birds inhabiting the region are distinguished in three ways. First, there are aquatic birds, such as swans, ducks, and geese.460 Second, there are also birds inhabiting the dry land on the mountain’s back side, such as delightful speakers, that sing to each other and frolic continuously.461 While the heavenly birds occupying dry land sing in this way, the calls of peacocks can also be heard. Third, the heavenly birds living in the forest include pheasants, peacocks, yakṣiṭa, all seers, ever-open eyes, roamers, truth speakers, and constant speakers. In this way, birds associated with the realms of both humans and gods can be heard singing in many delightful ways while frolicking in the forest. There are also extremely gorgeous alpine birds. [F.202.a]
“Some of the birds flying in the sky above the back side of Vast Garlands of Bliss will sing in the following way to the gods who are conquered by their thoughts:
“Upon seeing the gods, the birds will instruct them in this way, just as before. Yet the gods will have no regard for their words. Careless and enraptured by objects, they will continue to enjoy themselves and celebrate until finally their completed and accumulated virtuous actions have been exhausted. Then, it is only a matter of time before they die and transmigrate from their divine world. Once that happens, they will, in accordance with their karmic actions, be born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Should they instead be born with the general lot in life of a human they will, due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, be perfectly happy and possess vast intelligence. With their extremely joyous minds, they may also be born among the gods who are fond of frolicking or those who are filled with joy. Alternatively, they may be born among the wealthy people on Suvarṇadvīpa or Siṃhala, or they may become householders according to their karmic actions.”
This completes the account of the tenth462 realm, Moving in Mixed Environments.
The Gods in Endowed with Migration
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will apply insight derived from hearing and thus perceive a realm of the Heaven Free from Strife known as Endowed with Migration.463 [F.202.b] Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth there, he notices how some people who observe extremely pure discipline and have virtuous minds may give up killing and stealing, just as explained before. As for giving up sexual misconduct, such people will give up reminiscing about females they knew in the past. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, such virtuous and disciplined people with pure and well-trained minds will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Endowed with Migration within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, they will experience the effects that accord with their own previous actions. Within forests, parks, pools, and lotus groves filled with playful songbirds, they will enjoy the bliss of divine substances surrounded by companions endowed with perfect bodies, ornaments, and attire. Happily playing to the tunes of the five types of instruments, they will become infatuated with all the incomparable sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells. Like the ceaseless descent of five rivers into a lake, their five cravings associated with the five senses continuously flow into the lower realms without ever pausing for a single day, and yet their senses are never satisfied. [F.203.a] Like five bonfires fanned by the wind—five ferocious mountains of fire that continuously grow the more firewood they are fed—their senses constantly crave, and they are fanned by the winds of thinking. The firewood of the objects is lit upon the mountaintops of their incorrect mental engagements, and so the fires of their craving five senses burn even stronger. The more firewood of objects this fire is fed, the more intense it becomes. Like moths plunging into a flame, those who are filled with craving all fall into the fire of objects and die. In this way, all such craving beings are just like moths. Yet, they do not understand this.
“Falling into the burning fires of the five objects, the moth-like gods go gallivanting through the forests and parks. Surrounded by divine ladies, they rove from lotus grove to lotus grove, nectar field to nectar field, beverage vase to beverage vase, while the fire of the objects keeps growing, as when oil is poured onto flames.
“When a god is born there, he will perceive a land adorned with the seven precious substances and filled with hundreds of thousands of enchanting and beautiful gods and goddesses. There is not a single spot in that realm without such joyous beings draped in ornaments and fine costumes. [F.203.b] Nor is there ever any interruption to those gatherings of gods and goddesses, who are so absorbed in their mutual enjoyments and play. Thoroughly comingling with each other while adorned with diverse ornaments and costumes, they experience great joy.
“Throughout this divine abode the music of the five types of instruments can be heard. Those among the gods whose karmic actions are of the most inferior kind still wear full ornaments and apparel and are followed by a retinue of ten thousand. Accordingly, other gods are attended by thirty-two thousand, others by forty thousand, still others by fifty thousand, and so on, up to a hundred thousand attending gods. No one in the retinue ever becomes weary, and, consequently, whenever a god makes love to a goddess, every goddess will tell herself, ‘I must make sure that this god finds nothing but pleasure with me!’ In this way, the gods spend their time in insatiable sensual craving. Glowing with mutual affection, they never have enough. Careless and passionate, they enjoy themselves in the forests and parks among the ponds, trees, bushes, rivers, and pools. There is no group of gods that is not attended by goddesses.
“Roaming in this way, the gods will arrive at the Swan Forest, which amazes the visiting gods and goddesses with its tremendous joys. The forest is home to dazzling swans, [F.204.a] some having feathers of silver and shining464 gold, ruby legs, and bright ruby bellies. Some have backs of shining gold, wings of silver, and legs of karketana. Their nests are also like that. Some have backs of crystal, wings of coral, eyes and beaks of pure gold, and legs of sapphire. Some have mixed plumage, displaying all the bright colors of the seven precious substances. Some display colors of silver, crystal, gold, coral, and karketana. Thus, in accordance with the karmic actions created by the mind, these swans sport a great variety of splendid colors. They also frolic with female swans similarly adorned with feathers of the most gorgeous colors. The swans play in the waves of the lakes and in the pools and lotus groves into which flow cascading waters from the mountains. They also enjoy themselves in flower meadows where the ground yields to their steps and bounces back when they lift their feet. The swans enjoy themselves together in many ways, just like the gods. Together with their throngs of beautiful goddesses, the gods will enter among the swans of the forest. As they see the swans, they are struck with wonder and become overjoyed. Thus, they begin to explore the area, letting their eyes wander everywhere. [F.204.b]
“Endearing to the goddesses, the joyous gods then will explore the Swan Forest, that spectacular and delightful woodland. The heavenly Swan Forest is very extensive and utterly enjoyable and beautiful. It is lush with many different trees and is the source of numerous precious metals and jewels. In this manner, the forest sparkles and possesses perfect qualities. Its many trees grow on a mountain slope that is also adorned with numerous beautiful lotus ponds. Within these ponds grow hundreds of thousands of lotus flowers, so numerous that no one even knows all their names.
“Within this forest, which is the source of hundreds of thousands of these lotus flowers, lives the king of swans, known as Auspicious Time. He is to the swans what Musulundha is to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. He frolics, celebrates, and enjoys himself within the lotus pool called Utter Vastness. Even Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, comes to see him there. He and the great bird then enjoy themselves and celebrate together in a way that no one else in the divine congregations can fathom. Nor does anyone among the assembled gods know the reason why such great mutual joy exists between Auspicious Time and Musulundha.
“Having seen those words in their entirety, the gods will depart, and the newly born god who has properly heard the king of birds proceeds to follow them in attendance. [F.205.a] The gods will tell one another, ‘Let us go to where we can meet both the king of swans and the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife.’
“Then the goddesses and gods will proceed to that place in the forest. On their way they will find many different groves of magnificent trees. Among them live many beautiful types of deer, and the forest is full of birds. The herd leaders display numerous beautiful colors, and the different species of animals all live together happily, partaking of delicious food. Enjoying the divine grasses in the heavenly forest, the deer, which are beautified by the seven precious substances, frolic and call within the jungle, on the banks of the rivers and lotus pools, among the ponds and flatlands, and within the crannies of the mountains.
“The sight of the deer captivates the eyes and minds of the gods and fills them with great joy and wonder. As the gods journey through the Swan Forest while taking in the amazing sights, accompanied by their hosts of goddesses, they will come across hundreds of thousands of peafowl that frolic among the trees and bushes. Some of the birds make melodious calls while others display their plumage to each other as they play and dance about. Other birds can be seen sitting individually in giant trees, [F.205.b] where they play within the foliage, where their luxuriant plumage displays the colors of the seven precious substances. Following the birds, the gods will also see many other heavenly sights outside the forest. In this way, many billions of delighted gods tour the Swan Forest.
“The newborn god will also see other divine forests where rivers flow with splendid and excellent water and numerous gods assemble on their banks. Some of the rivers brim with milk endowed with seven qualities. Known as Pleasurable Water, Excellent Water, Joyous Flow, and Non-Intoxication, those rivers with their delicious waters are home to all types of pleasures and birds as they flow through the great and delightful forests. When the birds that inhabit the rivers have drunk from their cool waters, they will sing these verses:
“The birds on the riverbanks sing in this manner when they see the newly born gods lost in utter carelessness. However, mesmerized by their objects, the newly born gods do not understand them and instead just wonder, ‘What are those birds saying?’ Hence, without paying any further attention to their helpers, the gods will instead venture farther into the Swan Forest. There, infatuated by the pleasures of numerous different objects, they relish the exceptional enjoyments within the Swan Forest, which they first saw to be swathed in a lattice of vines.
“As the gods proceed among such unsurpassable and enjoyable features, they will notice from afar the so-called Jewel Forest. However, because of the hundreds of thousands of light rays that shine from the jewels in that forest,466 the gods cannot see it clearly. The same goes for the lower gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and the Heaven of the Four Great Kings—nowhere [F.206.b] is there anyone who is endowed with such splendor. The jewels, however, shift according to the wishes of the gods, and if the gods so please they may turn into mansions that the gods can enter and use for flying in the sky. In that case the jewels will open up and, when the gods in pursuit of entertainment have entered them, they will then ascend into the sky. In this way, based on the gods’ wishes, the jewels turn into mansions that float in the sky.
“Due to the gods’ former positive actions, the jewels also contain rivers, waterfalls, and ponds; forests, parks, and lotus ponds; groves and jungles; and beautiful landscapes and mountains where birds sing melodiously. So, in any way they please, the gods can frolic joyfully in the sky, accompanied by music of the five types of instruments and enjoying the six sense pleasures.
“If the gods should form the wish to go to the same heaven they visited before, the jewels will instantly transform and turn into that region in the Heaven Free from Strife. Furthermore, the gods themselves may also transform in accordance with their wishes and become dazzling spheres of light. The goddesses will then extol the newly born gods for their light rays. Then again, the noose of further pleasures will pull the gods away from the supremely delightful Swan Forest. Led on by objects, the singing gods will admire the nearby Jewel Forest. [F.207.a] On the outskirts of the Swan Forest, they will observe how it sparkles with hundreds of thousands of blue, yellow, red, and white light rays. They shall proceed to enter their jewel mansions and approach the Jewel Forest together with their goddesses.
“As they watch the dazzling and colorful jewels, the gods will wonder, ‘Perhaps we should enter other divine jewels? We could then use them fly through the sky to explore the heavens.’
“As soon as a newly born god entertains this notion, the jewels around him will turn into divine mansions that take off into the sky. Inside the jewel mansions the gods and their celebrating retinues can then behold delightful sights in accordance with their own previous karmic actions: rivers, cascades, ponds, forests, parks, lotus groves, gardens, mountains, and forest-clad summits. They will behold one enchanting landscape after another. While happy birds chirp, the gods visit lands of beautiful colors and shapes that are carpeted with fragrant flowers. Elsewhere, they will see deer and birds that frolic by the most exquisite rivers. At still other places, they will find, in complete accord with their wishes, vast gatherings gods and goddesses who laugh, pose, and put on shows for entertainment. [F.207.b] Seeing all those environments for the first time, the newly born gods will enjoy themselves there, together with the goddesses, in careless abandon.
“However, driven by an insatiable craving for pleasures, they will at some point proceed elsewhere. In pursuit of food they will then arrive at places that abound with nectar. Once they have feasted on the foods in accordance with their former positive actions, the burning fire of the objects will make them, and their companions, proceed to rivers where they can drink. Carried away by waves of immense craving, they will thus go to enjoy elixirs, drinking these inebriating liquids from vessels made of many different jewels. In their wine-induced ecstasy, their craving for objects now blazes even more intensely, just as when oil is poured onto a fire, causing an unparalleled outburst. In this manner, thoroughly deluded by their objects, the gods proceed to dance and enjoy themselves with the goddesses.
“When they have rollicked by the rivers, they will decide to play in water, and with that idea in mind they go to visit the lotus pools. Infatuated by the objects, they will then frolic in the water and, together with the goddesses, experience supreme divine pleasure beyond compare. Then, due to their intense infatuation, they will also want to satisfy their ears, and so, pulled by unparalleled objects, they will crave the music of the five types of instruments. The gods will then join in the music, singing [F.208.a] as well as listening to the songs of others. It is not easy to find a way to indicate the way their ears and minds become enchanted by the music of the five types of instruments.
“Still, although they continue enjoying the five sense pleasures in this fashion, they are never satisfied. Those tormented by a mindset of craving467 can never be satisfied by craving. Just as fire can never be quenched by fuel, those craving for pleasure can never be satisfied by pleasure. Hence, when they have played and frolicked in numerous different ways for a long time, they will again enter the Swan Forest by means of their jewel mansions. Accompanied by their attending retinues, they will proceed to explore other areas that they have not yet seen.
“Wherever they look, the pleasures of the forest abound, and their faculties never tire of the objects. Since in that way there is always more to see, they are unable to take in everything. Thus, they behold all the cascades, ponds, woods, parks, groves, and the many assemblies of gods and goddesses. Accompanied by the music of the five types of instruments, they playfully proceed through the forest together with their goddesses. In this way, they will approach the vast pool that is the residence of Auspicious Time, king of those who soar through the sky.
“At this point, they will see many hundreds of thousands of singing gods and goddesses who enjoy numerous forms of pleasurable divine substances. There is no example that can in any way illustrate the character of what they encounter—even the sun that illumines the entire world would not even resemble a firefly in comparison. [F.208.b] Such is the radiance of what they behold. How then to indicate all the other aspects of their experience? In short, the gods are sustained by objects for which there is no example.
“That is also the case with the tastes they enjoy. Honey, wine, sugarcane, and meats may be delicious to humans, but even if one were to have all the most exquisite dishes prepared from such things, that would not compare to just one of their peaches with its red juice. What human example for taste could apply here? When it comes to taste, no human experience can match even a sixteenth of the gods’ enjoyments.
“Nor is it possible to indicate the fragrances of what they experience. Items such as sandal, aloeswood, incense, perfume, nikhusti,468 magnolia, screw pine, delightful flowers, nutmeg, summer flowers, blue lotus, common flowers, nitsula,469 and the like may be considered fragrant by humans. Yet, even if all of those were gathered in one place, they would not match even a sixteenth of a single leaf of the nimba flower, which is the most inferior among all the gods’ flowers. Hence, there is no fragrance that can serve as an example.
“The textures experienced by the gods are also incomparable. The character of how they feel cannot be comprehended by humans. Silk, raw silk, dukula cloth, wool, cotton, and the like may for human beings constitute the most supreme textures. But, although such things may be satisfying to humans, they do not compare to even a sixteenth of the most inferior among all divine textures, namely the divine vajra substance that causes pain within existence. Therefore, the gods’ textures also defy all comparison.
“Divine sounds are likewise beyond compare. [F.209.a] For humans, the most delightful sounds may be of those of the vīṇā, sakāśa,470 flute, earthen drum, singing, and the like. Yet, even if all those cherished tones were gathered together, they could not compare to even a sixteenth of the sound of the gods’ perfect adornments. The sounds the gods hear are also incomparable. Those that can be exemplified belong to the Heaven of the Four Great Kings and the human realm. Even the pleasures in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three cannot be used to illustrate those in the Heaven Free from Strife. The difference between them is like that between the pleasures of humans and the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, or the difference between the Heaven of the Four Great Kings and the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Just as the objects in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings differ from those in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three due to the higher levels of pleasure found in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, and because of those gods’ exalted karmic actions, the qualities of the divine objects that pertain to all six classes of gods in the Desire Realm become progressively more glorious. The gods are endowed with abundant pleasures for which there are simply no examples.
“While playing around in the Swan Forest, the gods will draw closer to the king of those who soar in the sky. Together with his attending retinue he frolics within a lotus grove, known as Vastness. As the gods arrive at that lotus grove, they will assemble on its shores. Even a single lotus in this pool measures a league across, and the flowers are of substances similar to the seven precious substances. They have anthers of vajra that are delightful to the touch, and their scents and colors are unsurpassable, defying description as they shine with radiant luster from their hundreds of thousands of petals. The king of swans resides in the center of this lake, teaching the Dharma to Musulundha and others. By the power of his aspirations, he is born there among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife in order to benefit beings and bring them happiness. [F.209.b] He teaches them the Dharma so that they may give up carelessness.
“Eventually, the newly born god will arrive by this lotus pool. When Auspicious Time sees him, he will sing these verses:
“Upon seeing the newly born god, the swan speaks these verses, disparaging objects. Still, just as the swan has explained, so it will eventually transpire for the god. Deluded by objects, he will not pay any attention to these well-spoken words. [F.210.b] Rather, he will decide to enjoy the games and delights that are before him, and thus he will proceed to frolic in the water. As he enters the pool, he will pull out the lotus flowers and play with the divine ladies, for he is deluded by the delightful divine objects that surround him. Although he hears the beneficial words, he will nonetheless continue to enjoy himself, for he is governed by pleasures.
“The king of the garuḍas will at this point exclaim to the obscured gods, ‘Your minds are deluded by objects, so you did not hear my helpful advice! Still, although you did not hear anything, I shall make you understand.’
“Once the king of the garuḍas has said this, the gods will hear an enchanting and captivating divine sound in the distance. This sound, which is produced by positive former actions, surpasses all the song and music produced by kettledrums, vīṇās, and other instruments.472 Upon hearing it, all the gods who are playing in the lotus pool will turn in the direction from which the sound is emanating. The sound comes to them from afar and is accompanied by enchanting melodies produced by divine singers in a hundred thousand mansions. The delightful, clear sound resembles a lovely moon amid the planets, stars, and other celestial bodies. The accompanying gods in their hundreds of thousands of mansions are all resplendent and radiate lights that capture the minds of the other gods. In their midst is the dazzling ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, surrounded by a hundred thousand chorusing goddesses. He resides in the delightful heart of a ravishing lotus flower endowed with a hundred thousand petals of the seven precious substances. [F.211.a] He will arrive at the residence of the bodhisattva Auspicious Time, the king of the garuḍas, together with his festive retinue, wishing to listen to the Dharma.
“When the bodhisattva king of those who soar the skies observes that they are approaching, he will rise with great haste. Along with a retinue of female swans and hundreds of thousands of male swans, resplendent in the colors of the seven precious substances, he will ascend into the sky and come forth to receive the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, while all the swans produce melodious calls. In this way the divine king and the swan king will respectfully meet, bowing to each other with reverence.
“The bodhisattva Auspicious Time, who took birth by the power of his aspirations to conquer the carelessness of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will then proceed to inquire of the ruler of the gods, ‘What brings the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife to this lotus pond of Vastness after such a long time? Other gods have conveyed to me that Musulundha steers clear of carelessness and thoughtlessness and that he has gone to pay homage to the six stūpas in the realm of Moving in Gatherings. I was told that Musulundha reads the discourses that are miraculously written upon the stūpas of the six thus-gone ones, and that he explains those discourses to the gods. For my part, I have come to this lotus pool to teach the frolicking gods the Dharma. I have come to bring them lasting benefit by advancing the ultimate truth, virtue, and freedom from carelessness. Your Majesty, that is the reason I did not come before you myself. Please understand this and do not be displeased. Now, let us be in harmony and venerate the Dharma.’ [F.211.b]
“Having heard these words, Musulundha will reply, ‘Holy being, I am aware of your qualities; please do not be concerned. You are the spiritual teacher of the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. With the Blessed One’s blessings, please go forth as the king who rules the garuḍas.473 Let us now proceed to the lotus pool, Vastness.’
“Having thus addressed each other, the king of the garuḍas and the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will proceed together to the lotus pool accompanied by hundreds of thousands of gods in their mansions, and vast flocks of swans. As music, drums, and singing fill the air, they travel in a perfectly virtuous, joyful, and stainless state of mind, which is careful as well. Radiating bright rays of light into the realm of carelessness, they will enter the lotus pool of Vastness to the sound of music.
“When the ecstatic gods who play in the pool notice their arrival, they will break into joyous celebration. Yet, they all hear the deep sound that fills the air. The sound is enchanting to them, and therefore, without feeling in any way adverse to it, they will become captivated by the sound. For a short while, they will become free from their attraction to the pleasures of the lotus pool and fall silent. They will no longer be carried away by the divine objects, and their scattered minds will become reverent toward the Dharma. In this manner, their minds will find rest and become unwavering. [F.212.a] The gods will lose their fondness for playing around in the water and among the lotuses, and thus, without letting their completed actions go to waste, they will look ahead.
“At that point, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will say to the king of those who soar in the skies, ‘Now the time is right for Auspicious Time to teach the Dharma well. The gods are free from their infatuation. The time is excellent for teaching the Dharma to the gods and the others who are present here.’
“Recalling his previous births, the king of the garuḍas will then bring to mind a discourse he heard in the presence of the blessed Krakucchanda. For a short while, he will remain silent, and then he will begin to teach:
“ ‘Listen, gods. Five factors are despicable, because they cause carelessness and are unacceptable flaws in any god or human. What are these five?
“ ‘First, the careless who act carelessly may in their distraction say one thing while thinking another. Such people are useless in their activities, which are without meaning. They confuse the order of things, and they cannot focus their minds on anything. Why is that? Because carelessness makes their distracted minds unable to understand. They wonder, “What shall I say, how shall I say it, and to whom shall I speak?” In this way, their minds remain distracted and unstable, no matter who they are speaking to. They are fickle, gullible, and make for unpleasant company. Others will rebuke them and, like grass in the wind, they bow to everyone. Such is the first among the flaws that bind the careless and lead them to birth in any of the three lower realms. This is the first flaw of the careless. [F.212.b]
“ ‘There is also a second flaw of carelessness. What is that? Not knowing what is needed and what is not needed. Those whose minds are spoiled by carelessness do not understand that. They wonder, “What constitutes a good action? And which actions should one refrain from? What effects ripen from such actions?” In this way, they comprehend neither karmic actions nor their ripening. They are deluded about karmic actions and their effects and, when their bodies disintegrate, the flaws of their carelessness will make them suffer an inauspicious fall into the lower realms, where they are born in the hells.
“ ‘There is also a third flaw of carelessness, which both gods and humans swayed by carelessness suffer from: keeping company with wicked friends, that is to say, companions who do not serve the Three Jewels, who are not pursuing insight and discipline, who do not follow spiritual masters, who do not understand the difference between good qualities and flaws, who fail to understand the suffering of cyclic existence, who fail to understand the character of diverse karmic actions, and who are disinclined to give up sleep and muster diligence in the evening and early morning. When such people die, the flaws of their carelessness will make them suffer an inauspicious fall into the lower realms, and they shall be born in hell.
“ ‘There is also a fourth flaw of carelessness. What is that? For humans and gods who are born in this way, there comes a point at which the formations for their lives and their positive karmic actions are exhausted. That is the point at which the Lord of Death arrives and all the things that those careless beings have relied on will be taken from them. They will simultaneously lose four things. What are they? Youth, health, life force, and fine circumstances. [F.213.a] Those four must be abandoned all at once. Even the learned cannot extend them, and the careless certainly cannot hold on to them. Since carelessness is one’s enemy, one should never indulge in it. Anyone taken in by carelessness, be they gods or humans, will be destroyed. Therefore, it must be relinquished.
“ ‘There is also a fifth flaw of the careless. What is that? Putting one’s trust in a source of terror—and there is no greater source of terror and no one more untrustworthy than women. Still, miserable people who are swayed by carelessness place their trust in women. Moreover, whenever there are some that they do not trust, they will hide that in their heart for as long as they are alive. Just as fire is always hot, women are born with minds that are flawed by pretense, craving, deceit, offensiveness, pride, disgracefulness, and ingratitude. And still, those miserable people that are carried away by carelessness are overcome merely by the words of women, and thus they put their trust in them. When that happens, they develop yearning and their minds become aroused.
“ ‘In short, those who are lost in carelessness have five great flaws. When further discerned, there are infinitely many. Therefore, whether you are gods or humans, apply yourselves diligently so that you may give up carelessness! Carelessness bolts the door to the transcendence of suffering. [F.213.b] By resorting to, becoming habituated to, and increasing carelessness, one ends up in hell. Those who remain careless will also be born as starving spirits or animals.
“ ‘Being careful, on the other hand, involves five qualities that are praised by the careful. What are those five?
“ ‘First, such a person will have carefully guarded conduct, an excellently composed mind, mental equipoise while carrying out activities, helpfulness in all regards, and relinquishment of carelessness as if it were poison. This will be recognized during the three times.474 This is the first among the qualities of those fond of carefulness.
“ ‘Those fond of carefulness also possess a second quality. What is that? Understanding the weight of karmic action. Following holy people, they perform their activities with knowledge of karmic actions and their effects. They do not follow unholy people, nor do they engage in any inferior actions. They give up any actions that are subject to criticism and due to which flaws are observed. Instead, they pursue those acts that carry observable good qualities. In this way, those who possess good qualities and a fine understanding of good qualities will not incur anything unwholesome.
“ ‘Those who give up carelessness and practice carefulness also possess a third quality. What is that? Not falling under the sway of women, even at the cost of their lives. Such people will not trust the words of women. They always take into account the nature of women. Women are a source of bondage in this world as well as the next, and, with that understanding, such people do not allow the appearance of women to confuse them and do not place any trust in what they say. Their understanding is in perfect accordance with reality and they are not led astray by the dances, songs, poses, or ornaments of women. In this way, careful and thoughtful people do not become involved with such ways of carelessness. [F.214.a] Even their retinue becomes restrained, and they too are not led astray by women. They also encourage others to practice such relinquishment and carefulness.
“ ‘There is also a fourth quality of carefulness. What is that? Those who are careful are not concerned with enjoyments or pleasures. Every once in a rare while, they may take some satisfaction from pleasures, but they do not constantly think about pleasures, or concern themselves with them, because pleasures are in no way permanent, reliable, or trustworthy. Rather, they lead to decline and are subject to imminent destruction. Similarly, the careful do not put their trust in good health because those who are free from disease are all eventually overcome by illness. Neither do they place any trust in youth because youth is always conquered by aging. Hence, they do not try to maintain their youthfulness and do not develop any conceit based on youth. Likewise, they do not work at staying alive, nor do they become excited or go through hardships to stay alive. Why not? Because the Lord of Death is going to take the lives of everyone. Hence, those who practice carefulness do not indulge in such things. They do not become careless with regard to conditioned phenomena.
“ ‘Those who carefully practice carefulness also possess another set of five qualities. What are they? Learning, following noble beings, delighting in wakefulness, respecting the Three Jewels, and developing skill in discerning the subject matter they learn. Hence, they remain aware of the time of the Lord of Death. They also recognize the marks of suffering and death. They comprehend the signs of a god’s death and transmigration on the basis of what they have heard. [F.214.b] They understand the omens of a person’s impending death and passage to the lower realms and thereby recognize that they too are heading for the lower realms. They also understand what is to be done. They develop strong faith. As soon as such a frame of mind arises, the signs of going to the lower realms fade and instead signs of going to the higher realms appear. Such are the supreme effects of carefulness—effects that overcome even the most painful bondage. Such are the five flaws of carelessness and the five qualities of carefulness.’
“At this point, Auspicious Time will recite these verses of Krakucchanda:
“In this way, Auspicious Time will teach the Dharma before Musulundha and his retinue of a hundred thousand gods, for he pursues what is beneficial and wishes to benefit gods and humans.
“The king of the garuḍas will then continue his teaching of the supreme Dharma to Musulundha: [F.215.a] ‘There are five remedies against carelessness. First, careless people suffer more than others. Each of the flaws of carelessness is a source of suffering. However, when one understands that carelessness is flawed, one will give it up. Those who are able to distinguish between good qualities and flaws—who can tell a good quality from what is not—will give up carelessness. Hence, what they do will not be meaningless, and they will not suffer. There will be no increase of unvirtuous actions and they will live conscientiously. That is one remedy for carelessness.
“ ‘What is the second remedy for carelessness? Seeing things as they really are. People who see things as they truly are will have a complete understanding and see reality as it is. Those who know reality comprehend the flaws of carelessness and cannot be led astray by carelessness.
“ ‘The third remedy for carelessness is this: associating with those who are fond of carefulness—observing discipline in their presence, considering one’s conduct, training in the proper deeds of body and speech, living with those who observe discipline in the same manner, and understanding the flaws of carelessness in order to give them up and eventually become free from them.
“ ‘What is the fourth remedy for carelessness? Constant and deep appreciation of those who possess wakefulness and discipline in order to crush carelessness and practice carefulness. Those who overcome carelessness become happy and distance themselves from suffering. They also see the flaws of carelessness for what they are and give them up accordingly. [F.215.b] That is the fourth remedy for carelessness.
“ ‘The fifth remedy for carelessness is this: witnessing how those who are flawed by carelessness are punished by kings or royal ministers. Seeing how such people are punished with execution, having their property confiscated, mutilation, or amputation due to their carelessness, one becomes apprehensive of other forms of carelessness. The very presence of such fear makes one give up all stains of carelessness, and so one will overcome carelessness and practice carefulness. Considering this, one will think, “May I not be born in hell!” and thus abstain from unvirtuous actions. Still, those gods who are so fond of carelessness continue to engage in unwholesome actions. But this is the fifth remedy for carelessness. In this way, carelessness is not becoming, either for gods nor humans.’
“Upon hearing this discourse, many gods will become totally disenchanted and give up carelessness. Filled with appreciation and delight for the explanation of the king of the garuḍas, Musulundha will then return with his divine retinue, ascending into the sky in the same manner that he arrived. Some of the remaining gods will go back to playing within Vastness, whereas other gods will return to frolicking in the forests and parks. In this way, they will continue to play and enjoy themselves within that heavenly realm until their completed and accumulated positive acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences have finally been exhausted. Once that happens, they will die and leave their divine world, [F.216.a] only to take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, in accordance with their karmic actions. Should some of them instead be born with the general lot in life of a human, they will be tremendously happy. In accordance with their karmic actions, they will maintain their livelihood with sincerity and insight, they will be favored by the king, and they will possess great prosperity.”
This completes the section on Endowed with Migration.
The Gods in Emanation of Light Rays
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will by means of knowledge derived from hearing accurately perceive a realm known as Emanation of Light Rays.475 Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth there, he will perceive the way some holy people are endowed with learning and discipline, in possession of the supreme right view, completely free from animosity, and honest and sincere. Such people may give up killing and stealing in the same way as before. They may also give up sexual misconduct, such that they, out of fear of sexual misconduct, do not regard women with even the slightest inappropriate form of mental engagement. Their karmic actions, means of livelihood, and modes of conduct are therefore all extremely pure. When the bodies of such people disintegrate, they journey to the joyous higher realms and are born in the divine world of Emanation of Light Rays.
“Once born there, they will enjoy objects of divine substance and find themselves surrounded by hundreds of thousands of ladies. Infatuated by the five sense pleasures, which manifest due to their former pure conduct, they will fall under the power of the six sense faculties. When these careless beings then begin to investigate the forests and parks, they will soon discover many further divine pleasures, and thus they will begin to wander carelessly, consumed by the urge to pursue those divine objects. [F.216.b]
“They will explore this realm’s delightful, even ground that yields to one’s step but bounces back when the foot is lifted. The ground is soft yet brilliantly studded with the seven precious substances, providing an extremely enjoyable surface, and the trees that grow there have a texture that feels just the same as the ground. Hence, when the gods climb the trees, they feel extremely smooth and soft textures, and the trees’ leaves and fruits, which are made of gold from the Jambu River, provide the gods with food of any taste, fragrance, and color they may desire. Likewise, a god may think, ‘I wish the fruits would yield such and such a supreme drink of perfectly exquisite taste, color, and texture.’ This will then occur at that very moment, and from the excellent fruits will flow delicious and colorful drinks of unprecedented quality. The gods will then proffer their jewel chalices and enjoy these drinks together with the goddesses. The color, taste, and fragrance of the drinks come in inferior, intermediate, and superior variants, depending on the gods’ unique karmic backgrounds. The particular quality of their former positive actions manifests in the taste of the fruits they enjoy.
“Once the gods have drunk, they will traipse through the forests and parks, exhilarated but scorched by carelessness. Burned by their restless gaze, they will proceed on a great tour of the forests and parks while dancing, singing, joking, and fooling around with each other. Wherever they go, they encounter a profusion of unparalleled forms of divine substance. They also enjoy the various types of tastes that appear to them and thereby experience numerous varieties of delicious tastes. Similarly, all the smells that they register are enchanting, and thus they enjoy a diverse array of beautiful fragrances. [F.217.a] The textures they feel are also just as they may please, and so the gods touch an array of supremely delightful textures that are all strictly in accordance with their wishes. The many different sounds they hear are also all agreeable and in accordance with their wishes. In this way, the gods will enjoy the effects of their supremely virtuous discipline as they experience the most exquisite five kinds of objects. Moving about with their minds lost in such games, for a long time they will be insatiable with respect to their pleasurable objects.
“At some point they will see the so-called Forest of Joy. Many hundreds of thousands of trees grow within it, and this forest is also adorned with many parks. The joys of the Forest of Joy are as follows. The roots, branches, and twigs are all different. Thus, one part of the forest has a brilliantly white color and radiance. Due to its colors and hues, that area is given the name Forest of Silver Trees. It illumines the environment with a shining light that resembles the rays of the full moon in Jambudvīpa. Each of the trees in this forest shines with such a light. The forest appears more delightful than any other object, and thus it is enchanting even to eyes that are accustomed to joyous sights. Another part of the forest is gorgeous like karketana. Everything there has a supreme red color and shines with a light of the same gorgeous hue. Red birds sing happily among the red leaves, and all the many different parts of the forest illumine the sky with their radiant red light. [F.217.b] In a third part of the forest, everything is of the same blue color, and there the forest also shines with an exceptional brilliance. A deep blue, sparkling light illumines the entire environment. This light also lends a gorgeous blue color to the sky, illumining the atmosphere with a beryl color like that of the sky above Jambudvīpa. Still, nothing is more magnificent within the Forest of Joy than the park of crystal that shines with the most dazzling light. The trees in that park are enormous with their spreading roots, leaves, branches, and twigs. The park also contains many exquisite streams, cascades, and ponds. Another splendid section of the forest is lush with sapphire trees. The entire woodland—with its roots, branches, leaves, and anthers—possesses a beautiful blue color. There are many enchanting vines, the forest is full of birds that sing lovely, captivating songs, and there are also gorgeous lotus pools.
“With their luminous bodies, which are adorned by the light caused by karmic action, the gods will proceed to this forest, longing to see its sights and play there. Wishing to frolic in the forest and parks, they will go there, tied by the ornaments of their continuous craving and pulled along by their insatiable thirst for sense pleasures. In this way, they joyfully and playfully proceed to the Forest of Joy.
“The forest is also very colorful—it is adorned with numerous kinds of flowers in many different colors. [F.218.a] The trees are laden with fruits and emit the most gorgeous fragrances. Bees alight on the flowering vines and flocks of birds live among the lovely creepers that glow in an aura of light. The forest is adorned with beautiful waterfalls, canals, ponds, houses, wetland thickets,476 arbors, vine houses, and beds of flowers. Resplendent with its many special features, this vine-clad king of forests thus manifests as an abode of tremendous joy. Hundreds of throngs of gods visit there again and again to enjoy themselves among the vines, houses, lotus pools, riverbanks, waterfalls, groves, and glades. There the gods sing, dance, joke, and strike poses while their jewelry rings out in captivating ways and their songs fill the forest. The flowers in the forest sway to please the gods; as the breeze stirs the flowers, these floral ornaments move as if they were dancing. Such are the brilliant features of this most special place.
“When the gods enter the forest, they become struck with amazement and totally enraptured. Animated by the beauty around them, they will befriend one another and dance, laugh, and sing in their shared pursuit of excitement. Constantly inclined toward objects, their minds dart carelessly about, and in this way they frolic with the goddesses within the dense forest. [F.218.b]
“As they roam about through the woodlands, they will come to a forest of ruby studded with the seven precious substances. This is the innermost and most essential part of the forest—the royal forest, so to speak. There they will approach a gorgeous lotus pool that shimmers with a light more splendid than a hundred suns. Among some mandārava trees in the center of the pool resides the peafowl king known as Resplendent. His feathers are adorned with seven brilliant circles and the enchanting tones of his voice fill the forest. This bodhisattva has taken birth by the power of his aspirations and is there for the sake of conquering the carelessness of the reckless gods.
“When he sees the gods, who have stepped into the center of the flames of the five objects and are burning with the fire of desire, he appears from the branches of the trees with a steadfast gait and speaks to them with a loving heart: ‘The gods are indeed the epitome of carelessness. They are lost in carelessness and yet they have no sense of this. They will have to leave all these pleasures behind. These are all momentary and do not last. All their enjoyments thus become their great downfall. The gods rush forth like cascading water off a steep cliff. None of them understand this, however, and thus they all go on pursuing their intense cravings.’
“The peafowl king Resplendent will then proceed to proclaim these verses:
“In this way, he continuously instructs the gods who have entered the Forest of Joy. The peafowl king Resplendent is filled with supremely virtuous thoughts and has taken birth into this heavenly realm by the power of his aspirations. Rather than speaking of divine substances, he illustrates his words with examples that those who have been humans will have seen. Those among the gods who succeed in hearing a bit of what he says will, as they take it in, remember their past lives. When they then recollect the effects of karmic actions, they will keep them in mind and no longer be completely absorbed in the pursuit of pleasures. Even if they still pursue them, they will at least feel regret, just like humans. In this regard, those among the gods who hear this account of the flaws of pleasures will recollect their past lives. [F.219.b] Thereby remembering the way karmic actions bear consequences, they will for a short while abstain from carelessness. They will also be mindful of what is virtuous. In this way, they will gain happiness and be benefited for a hundred thousand lives. All of this goodness is due to the explanation that the bodhisattva Resplendent, who practices what benefits others, has provided in his verses.
“Then the gods will once again be lured by their senses and begin roving the forest. With radiant lotus garlands around their necks and adorned with divine substances, they will indulge themselves to the infatuating tunes of music from the five types of instruments, and thus they will gaze upon magnificent trees, fruits, rivers, waterfalls, pools, and springs within the forest. All are exquisite, extraordinary, and delightful to behold. The careless gods are only focused on pleasure and thus lose all fear of birth, aging, and death.
“As they move onward, dancing, the gods will come to another forest known as Garlands of Flowers. It is lush with hundreds of thousands of śāla trees, clad with vines and numerous kinds of flowers, with spectacular colors, scents, shapes, leaves, sprouts, and anthers. The flowers grow everywhere among the vines, and around them hover gorgeous bees the colors of the seven precious substances, humming in the most delightful ways. [F.220.a] Within this forest of Garlands of Flowers, the gods will use their garlands of numerous open flowers to play with the goddesses in all sorts of ways. As they adorn each other, the beauty of the goddesses increases tenfold and becomes absolutely astonishing. Highly elated and without causing each other any harm, the goddesses share a single pursuit within this forest of Garlands of Flowers. Among the woodlands and parks, they pick flowers from shining pine trees, some of which emit a fragrance that can be sensed across five leagues, and others across ten, twenty, or thirty leagues.
“Bearing supremely fragrant flowers, the infatuated gods and goddesses passionately frolic, and they proceed in this fashion toward the so-called River of Carelessness. The flowing waters of this river make a perfect sound and have an exquisite texture, taste, and appearance. Overjoyed by the sight of the river, the gods will approach its banks, longing to drink and quench their thirst. However, on the banks of the River of Carelessness lives the bird called constant infatuation, and this bird now warbles these verses to the gods:
“In this way, the bird known as constant infatuation sings these verses of instruction upon seeing those gods who are so attached to those intoxicating waters. But the gods do not listen to them and instead continue to drink. [F.220.b] The ecstatic and exquisitely radiant gods thus spend long periods engaged in numerous, unique kinds of intoxicating activities within the forest of Garlands of Flowers. Having insatiable craving for objects, the five sense pleasures make them careless, and so they will continue to dance together to the tunes of the five types of instruments.
“At one point, they will come to a place known as Flower Homes. Dancing and singing to the music, the excited gods advance in celebration. As they look around in this forest filled with great and exquisite flowers, the gods will be struck by its unprecedented sights. Noticing the delightful woods, parks, lotus groves, and mountain peaks of the seven precious substances, they will be struck with amazement, make cries of wonder, and look around with big eyes, yet still they will not be satisfied. As the gods and goddesses see things they never saw before, they will give rise to a hundred thousand agitated and clinging thoughts.
“Upon seeing Flower Homes, they become elated and stimulated, and thus they will begin to dance, laugh, and sing as they enter among the vine-clad houses found there, enthralled in their carelessness. The homes in this part of the forest are covered in many types of gorgeous vines with brightly colored leaves made of gems. The houses covered in vines made of beryl have a canopy of leaves of blazing gold. [F.221.a] The houses covered in golden vines have beryl leaves and beautiful fruits the color of karketana. The houses adorned with vines of sapphire are covered in silver leaves. The vines made of crystal carry fruits of gold, and the houses enveloped in karketana vines are adorned by sapphire leaves and beautiful golden fruits. Other houses draped in crystal vines feature gorgeous leaves of gold and fruits of sapphire. Lovely bees hover around the houses and make enchanting sounds. In such ways, the forest of Flower Homes is a site of perfect joy. There, the intoxicated gods will pursue their shared quest for pleasure.
“Outside the forest can be found the following supreme delights. There are pools of lotuses with petals of gold and anthers of blue beryl and sapphire. The entire environment is made of silver. Swarms of bees also adorn this forest, while the enchanting calls of ducks, geese, and kādamba birds can be heard. The forest is vastly beautified by such surroundings. In this way, the great forest of Flower Homes beautifies the outskirts of the lotus forest of Flower Garlands. [F.221.b]
“In the woods that surround this series of lotus groves live flocks of enraptured deer and birds that subsist on the roots of the trees or by eating the lotuses. The fruits, flowers, and roots in this divine forest are wonderfully fragrant, colorful, and delicious, and the supreme gods saunter into these woods with their companions to enjoy themselves. When the deer and birds hear the amazing divine sounds of the gods, they become enchanted, and thus they listen to the divine songs with strong attachment, enjoying the sounds while their ears and eyes remain wide open in wonder and infatuation. Some of the bucks turn toward the does and drop the excavated roots that they hold in their mouths. Staring at each other, they call out to the others as they prance around joyfully on the forest floor, which yields to their steps but bounces back as they lift their hooves. In this fashion, the bucks and does enjoy themselves within that inhabited forest that glows with the light of the seven precious substances and radiates spheres of sparkling light.
“The deer and birds are of many different species and come in all sorts of colors and shapes. They are perfectly serene and enjoy themselves in numerous different ways. Some pick up lotuses in their mouths as they listen to the songs. Some dance and make merry as they joyfully twirl in circles with their mates. Some gather in flocks and sit amicably together with their feathers arrayed in full display, while they hearken to the sounds of the forest. Some fly about and roam different areas, carrying radiant jewels in their beaks. [F.222.a] Some birds display their plumage and brandish their feathers in the light that shines from the jewel summits. As they stir their plumage, they become attracted to the songs they hear, and thus they fly ecstatically to Flower Homes, whence the tunes emerge, producing happy noises with their beautiful wings as they course through the air. Some birds with very colorful feathers will arrive from other forests, carrying blooming vines in their beaks as they journey to Flower Homes. Male and female swans living in other forests will, upon hearing the singing, help each other pick up jewel garlands and carry them, and thus they fly through the sky adorned by brightly colored lights and land in Flower Homes. In this way, both inside and outside the forest live numerous kinds of deer and birds with the most gorgeous forms, appearances, and shapes. The forest is also adorned by a corresponding population of beautiful gods.
“Accompanied by the music of the five types of instruments, the gods are attached to this forest. However, at some point, their scorching, insatiable craving will drive them to move on to a forest known as Joyous Birdsong, and so they will begin their journey, dancing with their companions. Some of them travel unassisted through the sky, others mount swans and ride them, still others ride peacocks, [F.222.b] and some take their seat in the center of a lotus flower and ascend into the sky. Some ride on the backs of birds of the seven precious substances, beautiful in the open sky, as they approach the forest of birds. As they draw near, adorned with their numerous beautiful features and possessions, the so-called truth speaker birds will sing these verses:
“With these words the birds instruct the gods who possess positive past karma. Yet, the latter will pay no attention and disregard these words. Tormented by their craving for objects, [F.223.a] they will traipse on gleefully through the forests and parks. Intent on entering the forest of Joyous Birdsong, they all eagerly look ahead.
“The gods will then enter that forest, which is naturally filled with jubilant birdsong. In that woodland grow trees of gold, beryl, silver, crystal, sapphire, and ruby. The trees are radiant like lamps, and among them frolic many birds with gorgeous shapes and colors. It is not easy to indicate the shapes and colors of their brilliant feathers. Why? Because their many brilliant colors are the products of many different karmic actions. Those brilliant colors created by such actions are not easy to convey—it is not easy to fully describe the bright colors that cause the mind to become so engrossed in their beauty. Here, we offer only a slight indication of these heavens, so that one may gain an understanding of karmic actions and their effects.
“The utterly careless gods experience ravishing objects in the form of forests, parks, cascades, ponds, mountains, summits, lotus groves, birds, bright jewels, and gatherings of ladies. Those are all effects produced by karmic actions. Such actions serve as causes that create the pleasures of the heavens. Unless the ripening of the effects of positive karmic actions is revealed, one will not gain an understanding of the ripening of completed actions. [F.223.b] This is the second cause that brings one closer to happiness.
“Again, in exactly that way, the euphoric gods, whose luminous bodies are adorned with various flower garlands, powders, and ointments, begin to gaze around them in the forest of Joyous Birdsong. Among its trees, which are adorned with the seven precious substances so that they resemble a blazing light, they will see many different birds and hear their delightful singing. What they hear are the most delightful songs that continue as long as the gods listen to them—a ravishing, diverse, and unfailing symphony that gratifies all the gods. That is how the birds sing as they move among the trees, lotus pools, flowers, and ponds in the forest. As they hear this great lushness of tones, the enchanted gods will no longer pay any attention to the chorusing of the goddesses and instead will listen exclusively to the singing of the birds, which only grows all the more enrapturing the longer they listen. Resounding from the mountaintops, the tunes of the birds fill the environment. When the deer inhabiting distant mountains hear the singing, they respond with their natural fondness for song, coming in herds of hundreds, if not thousands. Some come with their eyes and ears fixed in unwavering attention. Some listen from within their own forests. Some leave their abundant lotus flowers and instead come to listen to the songs. Such is the lovely singing of the birds within the forest of Joyous Birdsong. [F.224.a]
“That forest, so enchanting to the ear, also features numerous kinds of gorgeous flowers. The colorful highlights of the forest combine with its rich fragrances and melodies. Together with the lovely sights and fragrances of the forest, the sounds, which include the tunes of the gods’ flutes, earthen drums, vīṇās, and songs, as well as the birdsong, all produce a great enchanting symphony.
“The objects of the forest are absolutely captivating to each of the senses. As for the stunningly delightful objects that manifest to other senses, the tastes that can be enjoyed in this forest are rich and delicious, and its fruits, drinks, and heavenly medicinal substances provide divine flavors in precise accord with one’s preferences.
“That forest of copious joys is endowed with an exquisite splendor that is truly overwhelming, and thus many other special features are also found there. The mountain peaks are draped in nets of vines and feature many shining mansions made of the seven precious substances. Their walls are richly adorned with fine murals with numerous motifs—the mansions and their walls are thus beautifully embellished. With such opulent adornments, in addition to the other exceptional splendors of the forest, the whole area shines brightly. Moreover, the characteristics of the many perfect qualities of the woodlands and parks have already been explained. Another delight of that mountain is its beryl mines, [F.224.b] which yield sevenfold qualities of the most exquisite kinds—a perfect array of desirable sounds, textures, and tastes that manifest in superb richness. Such are the perfect features and exquisite sounds that the gods encounter. All these extremely beautiful qualities on that mountain are seen by the gods, even while they are seized by ignorance.
“The truth speaker birds are just like parents to the gods. Therefore, whenever they see the gods, they offer them advice out of a genuine wish to help. Yet, the gods are carried away by objects, so they are unable to keep the birds’ guidance in mind. Obscured by objects, they therefore ignore the birds and instead they are swallowed up by their fascination with all the objects, unable to escape the jungle of craving. Accordingly, they are struck by torturous consequences, falling into the hands of the enemy horde of lustful desires. Regressing from the path of holy beings, they are led astray by pleasures that are, in fact, not conducive to happiness, and yet they never notice this.
“Although the birds offer them prolific words of advice, the gods only listen to the enchanting tunes of other birds that inhabit the threefold environment where the birds live. There are aquatic birds of divine shapes and colors that are studded with the seven precious substances and adorned with brilliant drops of water on their bodies. Swans, ducks, geese, and the like thus join one another in performing a delightful concert on the water. Listening to their enchanting music, the gods dance joyously, consumed by an intense and intoxicated state of bliss. [F.225.a] They all listen to these birds that cause such joy, as well as to other birds that join their delightful choir.
“Likewise, within the forest, peafowl, pigeons, and other such birds circulate among the beautiful trees, mountain slopes, and jungles, permeating the place with their melodious songs. Within the deep forests and among the exquisite mountain peaks, the birds produce these rich melodies, and to the gods they display their bodies, which shine in the bright colors of the seven precious substances. The birds are infinitely ravishing to behold and extremely captivating to listen to. Their decorative ornaments produce a radiant glimmer that lends them a unique beauty. In this way, the birds produce a constant ecstasy in those who see and hear them, causing the greatest delight as they reveal ever-fresh and magnificent sights and sounds.
“As the gods listen to the various distinct voices, they will notice some that twitter, some that warble, some that provide background tunes, and some that sing in a variety of melodies. Lavish and diverse, the great avian concert is continuous and uninterrupted. As the voices of the birds keep chorusing in ways that are utterly sublime, the gods take it all in with immense desire. The gods will gather and listen with great delight for a very long time before finally their enormous craving makes them look for nectar to drink. At that point, they will notice heavenly streams of superb taste and aroma flowing among the cavernous mountains in their divine world, adorned by swarms of bees, and so they begin to drink from those streams. [F.225.b]
“Absorbed in their common pursuit of excitement, the gods will also visit other groves where lotus nectar can be found. Within those groves the lotus buds yield an elixir of supreme divine substance that has perfect taste, fragrance, and texture—an inexhaustible source of precisely the flavor they desire. There, the gods go to dance and sing with their retinues of goddesses. Laughing and flirting, they will befriend and accompany one another in a single infatuated quest, gallivanting through the forest engaged in a wide variety of games.
“Not fulfilled by that place alone, they will next proceed to a mountain of beryl. Studded with jewels, this sparkling blue mountain is surrounded by forests and parks and, for a distance of ten thousand leagues, everything has a blue tinge. The mountain reaches a height of three hundred leagues, and its copious forests, parks, ponds, and waterfalls are utterly enrapturing to behold. This mountain is home to some cheerful birds that live among its various exquisite plateaus, glens, caverns, canyons, jungles, forests, lakes, lotus groves, and flowering meadows. On its slopes, swans, ducks, and geese call out. They are white like crystal and adorned with drops made of the seven precious substances. The mountain is resplendent, draped in cascading streams and brilliant waterfalls, and its blooming flowers emit the most delectable fragrances. [F.226.a]
“Loudly engrossed in a multitude of joyous activities and adorned with golden flowers from the lotus groves, the gods will approach the beryl mountain. It is an amazing sight, and the gods’ rapture only increases the closer they come to this magnificent, glimmering mountain that is endowed with the most amazing sounds, tastes, sights, and fragrances. This lofty mountain is a brilliant source of pleasure for the six sense faculties of the gods as they approach, tormented by lustful craving. They sing and dance, drape themselves in lotus garlands, and enjoy themselves in ecstatic infatuation, constantly enraptured by the five objects and desirously indulging in their joyful attractions. They will move ahead—scorched in the five fires and caught in the muck of craving—and in that way they will reach the heights of that mountain. Yearning for objects, they are eager to explore the mountain, and thus they begin scaling this massif, which is a haven of copious joys.
“As they begin the ascent, they will discover the most delightful beryl caves, numbering ten thousand in all. Glistening with a blue light, the caves function as highly delightful lamps that emit the most wonderful light as an offering to their surroundings. The gods will then enter the caves of this lofty mountain to enjoy themselves. As they enter, however, the caves will begin to shift, [F.226.b] so that whatever the gods may wish for, the caves will deliver. As the wishes of the gods are fulfilled, they great enjoy themselves within these caves. The mere names of the goddesses, too, rouse insatiable pleasure in the gods, and thus they carouse with their consorts, who wear delightful ornaments and costumes. Due to their past virtuous actions, some are exceedingly splendid and absolutely enchanting—adorned with beautiful jewelry and raiment, youthful, passionate, flirtatious, singing, and dancing—and thus they will cavort passionately together.
“At the entrances to the caves, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, has written some instructional verses for the benefit of the gods. They read:
“These are the verses written on the entrances to the caves for the benefit of the gods. When reading them aloud, some of the gods will recollect their past lives and, with sadness, will briefly stop their heedless wandering. [F.227.a] That mere instant, in which their minds become suffused with positive karmic action, destines them for happiness in hundreds of thousands of lives to come. This is because the factors of goodness are powerful, whereas unwholesome factors are less so. And so, the power of that mere moment will last throughout hundreds of thousands of their lives.
“In any case, all the gods—those who see the verses at the entrance and become saddened and stop being careless, as well as those who do not notice the verses—will enter the caves together, and within them they will pursue all manner of amusements, consumed by carelessness. As they look around, they will see heaps of glittering gems—vajra, sapphire, great sapphire, and other precious stones—and that the caves themselves are also naturally resplendent and incandescent. Since their own bodies are also naturally luminous, they now celebrate within this triple light. Enraptured, the gods will dance and laugh ecstatically. Free from all anguish regarding the terrors of the beyond, they will enjoy themselves and partake of the pleasures of the five senses together with their companions. Free from pain, disease, or discomfort they blissfully experience their karmic inheritance. [F.227.b] Seeing themselves reflected on the jewel floors of the caves, they will dance ecstatically, sing, and celebrate loudly to the sound of music. In this way, the crazed gods enter the caves.
“Inside the caves, they will find rivers of a richly fragrant, inebriating drink that is also delightful to touch. Along them live flocks of beautiful birds such as the exhilarator or constantly infatuated, the none other, the taste relisher, the constantly proud, the displeased with other, and the inebriated by drink. These and other species of birds enjoy themselves ecstatically along the inebriating rivers where, inspired by positive karmic actions, they warble these verses:
“Thus speak the ever-happy birds that live in the caves, instructing the gods in a way that is inspired by their sublime karmic actions, which are rooted in teaching the Dharma. Upon hearing their words, those among the gods who previously engaged in particularly excellent karmic actions will recollect their previous lives and recognize the flaws of alcohol. They will therefore refrain from drinking alcohol and will thereafter refrain from carelessness. Those who drink will continue their ecstatic play to music of the five types of instruments, relishing such captivating melodies of exceptional beauty. Finally, after a long time spent enjoying the supreme divine substances of the caves, [F.228.b] reveling in all their enchanting features, the gods will again emerge from the caves in the same way they had entered.
“Once outside, those who roam carelessly due to their craving for objects will enjoy exploring the forests and parks, and thus they will celebrate together with their companions by the lotus groves, rivers, and dense forests. Experiencing the effects of their positive actions, the gods will enjoy the most exquisite divine pleasures. However, they never become satisfied by the objects because they are afflicted by the flaws of distraction—they roam within the darkness of distraction without ever realizing it. Never fulfilled by the pleasures of their objects, and within a state of distraction, they are never free from craving. Their heavenly pleasures of the five senses only increase every single day, continuously bringing forth ever greater wonders. Yet, despite their indescribable enjoyments of wondrous qualities, they are never satiated, just as rivers can never fill up the ocean. In this way, the gods keep enjoying themselves with their fellow gods, enjoying sumptuous pleasures as they deliriously meander with their companions through the forests and parks, carried along by the delightful rivers.
“This goes on until at some point their completed and accumulated acts with desirable and attractive consequences have been exhausted. Once that happens, they will die and leave their divine world. As they transmigrate, they will proceed in accordance with their karmic actions, tied by the ropes of karmic actions. [F.229.a] Then, as their enjoyments disintegrate, they will once again be reborn among the hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. If, due to positive karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, they should instead be born among humans, they will be born into perfect happiness in Jambudvīpa as members of a very noble family, where they will be entertained by dance, singing, laughter, and excitement. They will be exceedingly happy and have an exquisite physical appearance. They will be draped with flower garlands, entertained by the music of vīṇās, and adorned with the finest ornaments and apparel. They will be born as kings or royal ministers in a supreme land such as Kāśī, Kosala, or on the subcontinents. In this way, they will be born in accordance with their former karmic actions.”
This completes the concise summary of the gods in Emanation of Light Rays, the seventh level.478
The Gods in Controlled Movement
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will by means of knowledge derived from hearing accurately perceive a realm known as Controlled Movement. Seeing what karmic actions cause beings to take birth there, he will perceive the unfailing enjoyable effects of the ripening of perfectly pure and unblemished actions—the desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences of generosity and special insight, which delight noble beings, as they ripen in the heavens.
“Such desirable, attractive, and delightful effects that manifest as godly life are achieved by people whose minds are supremely virtuous and whose conduct is utterly pure. With minds suffused with respect, they give up killing and stealing in the same way as before. The way they give up sexual misconduct is such that they do not dwell on any arousing accounts of sexual experiences in the past or in previous lives. [F.229.b] They are not ruined by the activities of a desirous mind, nor are they carried away by the craving for objects or the relishing of pleasures. They do not keep such objects and pleasures in mind and do not entertain any thoughts about them. Moreover, if others do so, they will try to stop them. When the bodies of people who engage in such utterly pure karmic actions disintegrate, they journey to the joyous higher realms and are reborn among the gods in the realm of Controlled Movement within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, they will enjoy an opulent array of objects that are fragrant, delicious, and delightful to touch, as they traipse through the forests there. Excited by the dazzling heavenly substances and mesmerized by hundreds of thousands of goddesses, they will spend their time among the forests, parks, pools, and cascades. Without a single moment of displeasure, they will enjoy totally unprecedented and indescribable pleasures. As their faculties and minds insatiably take in these pleasures, they are attended by lovely goddesses.
“When the goddesses who play in the forest come upon a newly born god, they will approach the newcomer in a playful mood, drunk with passion. The goddesses will come to serve him, draped in their flower garlands. When the newborn gazes at the approaching goddesses, he will be consumed by the enjoyments of the five senses, and thus he will also approach them. In this way, the goddesses and the newly born god will come together to cavort in a single infatuated venture, dancing and laughing. [F.230.a] Finding the goddesses to be intoxicatingly479 gorgeous, the gods will think of the goddesses as their own and thus they will all develop mutual desire and attachment. Offering each other relief, and without any sense of competition, everyone will laugh, sport, and devote themselves entirely to joyous frolicking. As they roam among the forests, mountain peaks, ponds, lotus pools, vine-draped houses, groves, and lakes, they will eventually arrive at a lake with beryl-like water. The lake is populated by innumerable swans, geese, and ducks that call out delightfully, and it delivers anything one may wish for. In this way it delights the minds of the gods, who play in its richly flavorful and fragrant waters. To the accompaniment of dance, song, and music the newly born god and his retinue of goddesses will go to join the ecstatic gods who play there. When those gods see the newly born god, they will exclaim these verses:
“In this way, the other gods arouse the newly born god. However, when their words have subsided, certain birds that speak the truth will recite these melodious yet sobering verses:
“In this way, the birds impart these beneficial and sobering verses. However, although their words enter the ears of the gods, [F.231.a] the latter are carried away by carelessness to such a degree that even those gods who have already spent a long time in this heaven will not hear a single word of those verses. What need, then, is there to mention that those gods who have only recently been born there will also totally ignore the verses as they heedlessly roam around. Consumed by carelessness, they will pay no attention to the verses whatsoever, and thus, obscured by the powerful poison of carelessness, they will continue to dance ecstatically in the parks. Dancing on the various surfaces in the forests, they will sing and play music, mutually infatuated by their objects. In this way, celebrating and partaking of the divine pleasures, these resplendent beings will approach a mountain known as Mountainous Garland.
“Mountainous Garland is a great source of numerous precious elements, and thus it illuminates the environment with tremendous beauty. The mountain is adorned by a hundred thousand lotuses that shine with an orange color like the sun, and there are billions of lovely cascades. The four faces of this delightful mountain constitute four distinct environments known respectively as Flow of a Hundred Lakes, Great Bright Light, Gorgeous Mount, and Mountainous Environs. These four great woodlands are situated on that supreme mountain, Mountainous Garland. Flow of a Hundred Lakes is lush with wish-fulfilling trees and a hundred thousand minor lakes. Jewels in colors of gold, silver, sapphire, and karketana adorn the shores of the sparkling, clear, cool lakes filled with water that transforms into whatever one may wish for. [F.231.b] Swans, geese, ducks, and teals call out in the most delightful ways from the gleaming blue waters in these spectacular forests and parks. When these birds that instill tremendous joy in all childish beings see the gods, they will utter these verses:
“With these words, the gorgeous birds on that mountain address the gods in order to benefit them, inspired by the gods’ positive former deeds. However, since the gods are so obsessed with their objects, they do not pay any heed. It is as if they are blind to the true path and thereby fail to see reality.
“Next, the gods will go to play in the second forest, known as Great Bright Light. The wish-fulfilling trees and jewels there shine with a radiance greater than a hundred suns. [F.232.a] Endowed with the most exquisite qualities, the forest is resplendent. Bathed in a threefold light,480 the forest of Great Bright Light is gorgeous indeed. As long as their karmic actions endure, the gods will enjoy themselves there, among the streams, waterfalls, pools, and wish-fulfilling trees that adorn this forest. While their aggregates remain together and assembled, the gods will have fun together and play to the accompaniment of music, song, and dance, while their positive karmic actions become depleted. Like mad elephants, they will frolic upon that supreme mountain. Infatuated by the objects, they will end up spending a very long time in that forest.
“At some point, however, these restless beings will proceed to yet another forest on Mountainous Garland known as Gorgeous Mount. Infatuated by the objects of the senses and deluded by the enemy, carelessness, the gods are unable to comprehend the unstoppable horrors of death and transmigration. Carelessly, they pursue only the delightful sounds, textures, flavors, and scents in this region, going wherever these may lead them. With their minds utterly constrained by craving, they will now perceive yet another forest surrounded by lotus pools and adorned by wish-fulfilling trees and hundreds of thousands of the most gorgeous flowers. The beautiful trees are fragrant, and glittering streams and cascades rush among the trees. [F.232.b] Flocks of colorful deer and birds live in this forest, which is formed from the seven precious substances. It also features gorgeous mansions. Cuckoos, songbirds, and other birds warble delightfully, and precious currents beautify the rivers. As they arrive in this forest, the gods will engage in hundreds and thousands of dances and songs, joining in the festivities and enjoying themselves for a long spell. Together with their consorts, they will serve one another according to their insatiable desire for objects, and thus they will continue to delight in the numerous features of Mountainous Garlands.
“In their carelessness, the gods will also behold other things, and so on that delightful mountain they will next arrive at another forest known as Mountainous Environs. In this fragrant forest, the trees are wreathed in flowering vines and golden vines. The most fragrant lotus flowers cover the waters, the forest abounds with mandārava trees, and the fragrances of its many different flowers are wafted by the breeze across a hundred leagues. Sensing and drawing in all those wondrously exquisite fragrances, the gods enter the forest. With their fabulous beauty, the gods will grow infatuated with each other, and they will gallivant through the forest in their insatiable quest for the pleasures of objects. Roaming and reveling in so many ways, they will head toward the upper reaches of Mountainous Garlands. [F.233.a] From there they will gaze hundreds and thousands of times out at the vast environment that extends across five hundred leagues and is studded with perfectly delightful mansions of gold, silver, beryl, refined gold, and coral. The gorgeous mansions, which are connected by avenues in a square pattern, have beautiful upper stories and beautifully proportioned portals. The surroundings are sprinkled with lotus groves. Such are the features of the city into which the gods now enter. Enraptured, they will enjoy these superb sense pleasures within their gorgeous caverns, parks, ponds, vine-covered mansions, flowering forests, lotus groves, grounds, flower meadows, caves, mountainous retreats, jungles, and deep valleys. The city on that mountain is therefore a forest within which the gods gather in numerous different festive parties, enjoying themselves to the enrapturing tunes from the five types of instruments. However, while the gods celebrate in their mansions, some birds will sing these verses to them:
“The birds constantly warble such beneficial words to the gods. But the gods, distracted as they are by their carelessness, do not hear them. Thus, blinded by their objects, they continue to wander among the forests and parks and to enjoy themselves within the supreme city.
“When the gods have played for a long while at Mountainous Garlands, they will approach the mountain’s thousand peaks. Wishing to explore the region, they will go there to enjoy objects of divine substance and to experience divine pleasures, which are all produced by the cause of karmic actions. On the mountain, they will behold an ever-increasing array of delightful circumstances, as they come upon a plethora of sublime pleasures such as constantly blooming flowers and fruits, cascades, streams, ponds, and lotus groves. [F.234.a] Gazing upon all these delights, the roving gods behold the sights of that mountain with its unsurpassable wonders.
“The great mountain of Mountainous Garlands is actually an environment comprising rows of mountains. On the many peaks formed from various precious substances are found a wealth of delightful forests, parks, ponds, lotus groves, rivers, refreshing streams, and drinks. On its precious summits, flocks of birds sing. The variegated warblings of the birds that adorn the mountain, as well as their forms and shapes, are all enchanting. The entire environment is bathed in hundreds of thousands of light rays that shine forth from precious substances so that everything is perfectly brilliant and resplendent. In the center of these jewel mountains towers a great glittering peak that reaches into the sky, as if on a painting. The gods will all go to play on the slopes of this magnificent, dazzling peak. Exuberant, they will approach the mountain leisurely and playfully, mutually infatuated in their shared pursuit. Crazed and infatuated, they will dance to music from the five types of instruments. The goddesses will also join the gods in impassioned celebration. The gods travel any way they please. Thus, some also travel through the sky. Some come surrounded by retinues of female companions and consorts. With their unwholesome minds attached to the five kinds of objects, they are carried off by the river of craving [F.234.b] without being able to halt it for even a moment.
“That which is thoroughly and uniquely delightful will also be delightful and beneficial beyond this world. Yet, the gods give it all up and instead remain attached to another kind of happiness, which is like being attached to honey mixed with poison. They develop desire for a form of happiness that in fact causes them to fall and which is only a semblance of pure happiness. Such is their enjoyment of pleasures. That is how they assemble to play around to the music of the five types of instruments. And, as they gather, everyone will behold the delightful mountain. The luxuriously expansive and delightful environment is lush with trees, rivers, birds, lakes, forests, parks, and ponds. In all, a hundred thousand groves can be found there, bathed in a brilliant light that shines from the seven precious substances. The gods and goddesses will go there to enjoy themselves together and fool around. Wearing many different ornaments and costumes, they will go there without any other thought in mind, united in their carelessness. Unable to give up such carelessness, these radiant beings fritter away their time in the company of sublime, beaming ladies who are adorned with numerous ornaments and garments. Leisurely and at ease upon that supreme mountain, they enjoy all they wish for.
“Experiencing the unambiguous ripening of their own former positive acts of exceptional discipline, the gods enjoy themselves and frolic among the many forests, parks, ponds, streams, and cascades. [F.235.a] Assembling on the summit of Mountainous Garlands, they will rove the majestic mountain with burning desire, listening to delightful music of the five types of instruments. Free from all sickness and fear, they frolic while their minds are bound by intense infatuation. Reveling in this way, they will repeatedly explore the mountain, moving wherever they please. As they rove about according to their wishes, they will indulge in invigorating physical and verbal activities.
“However, the swan Auspicious Time harbors concern for the gods dwelling on the majestic mountain of Mountainous Garlands, who are so thrilled by the bright lights of the jewels and so consumed by carelessness. As he beholds the gods, Auspicious Time knows that the remainder of their positive actions will soon be exhausted and that their lives are coming to a terrifying end. This bodhisattva, who pursues the welfare of all the gods, who is endowed with supreme virtues, and who practices virtuous action, thus will arrive at the summit of that mountain. Residing there, he will call out in a way that is steadfast, resounding, and clear, transporting the gods out of the darkness that oppresses their minds. His voice completely drowns out the other sounds on the mountain, and thus he will proceed to sing these verses so that the gods may abandon the carelessness in their hearts:
“With these words, the swan instructs the gods in the most delightfully resonant, clear and resounding tones. The song of the bodhisattva is endearing to the gods. His rich voice drowns out all other heavenly sounds with its overwhelming beauty, so delightful, magnificent, resounding, and clear. Hearing his song, the enraptured gods on this mountain, which is filled with flowers in constant bloom, delicious fruits, and lush lotus groves, will gather around the swan together with their vast retinues of joyfully singing goddesses, who are adorned with sparkling jewel garlands and colorful garments fashioned from the seven precious substances. From the gorgeous forests, groves, pools, and bannered platforms, which are all formed from the seven precious substances, will emerge hundreds of thousands of delightfully singing gods and goddesses playing the delightful heavenly music of the five types of instruments. They accompany the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, who himself resides on a stunningly beautiful lion throne that befits magnificent beings. [F.236.b] The throne will be placed within an incomparable palace with a hundred thousand pillars of beryl, sapphire, silver, and gold that is able to travel through the sky. The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife is beautiful and is endowed with unsurpassable splendor as he receives the worship and praise of a hundred thousand singing gods who stand with joined palms. In this way they will travel, as if bursting out of the sky, toward Mountainous Garlands. These enraptured beings all wish to see the king of swans, Auspicious Time, who has taken birth there due to the power of his aspirations and his wish to benefit the gods.
“Since he is able to recollect past lives, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife feels deep respect for Auspicious Time, and thus will think to himself, ‘I must go before Auspicious Time to listen to the sacred Dharma so that the gods and I may benefit, gain happiness, and avoid an inauspicious fall due to carelessness.’
“At that moment the gods and their companions will all be busy enjoying themselves and frolicking throughout Mountainous Garlands among the many different gardens, parks, forests, woods, mountain slopes, groves, lotus groves, ponds, lofty reaches, houses, jewel mansions, mountainous summits, rivers, jungles, far-flung areas, flowering forests, natural orchards, woodlands, wish-fulfilling trees, and trees of gold and silver. However, all the gods occupying these many different places will now become highly restless and dance with excitement, swaying with great agitation and passion, [F.237.a] as they now see the lord of the gods sitting amid the indescribable divine pleasures in his majestic palace.
“All the gods are overjoyed by the sight of Musulundha, and they cannot take their eyes off of him. As they behold Musulundha, the gods will say to each other, ‘There is Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, and he wishes to hear the sacred Dharma from the king of swans, Auspicious Time. He wishes to listen to the Dharma from the king of swans, Auspicious Time, whom we have not yet seen. We too should go to see him and offer our worship.’
“Having come to that understanding, the gods, who possess such sense pleasures and who bear divine garlands, will all approach the ruler of the gods. Accordingly, all the gods who have arrived from the sky together with Musulundha, as well as all the gods who enjoy themselves and frolic among the thousand peaks of Mountainous Garlands adorned with divine garlands, will now worship the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife and joyfully dance and sing before him.
“In this way, everyone will accompany the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife on a journey to meet that bodhisattva who has such supremely sharp insight and who has taken birth in the Heaven Free from Strife due to the power of his aspirations to dispel the gods’ carelessness. Watching from afar, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife feels deep respect and will thus proceed from his palace. Together with the gathering of gods, he hears the Dharma words that emerge from that teacher of the great Dharma. All the gods are struck by the splendor of the swan that so excellently presents the glory of the Dharma. [F.237.b] Seeing him from afar, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife feels deep reverence and respect for the Dharma. Accordingly, he will descend from his mansion and, together with the gathering of gods, he will approach that Dharma teacher who emits the sound of the Dharma.
“Endowed with the splendor of the Dharma, the swan possesses, even amid all these gods, an extraordinary beauty that is due to the glory of the Dharma. Upon seeing Musulundha, this bodhisattva swan now addresses him respectfully with the words, ‘Welcome, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Are you and your companions all well? Have you fallen prey to carelessness? Having attained a realm of such perfect happiness, it is indeed a great wonder that you have not been caught by it. Since you are the lord of the gods, your pleasures and enjoyments are a hundred times greater than theirs, and yet all those pleasures have not led you astray. That is another great wonder. Why? Because you are still under the power of both positive and painful conditions.’
“Remembering his past lives, Auspicious Time will then proceed to teach Musulundha a discourse of the Dharma-Vinaya that he once heard from the buddha Śikhin: ‘Musulundha, you possess great wealth and you roam heedlessly. Still, you came here because you heard my Dharma words, so that is a great wonder. [F.238.a] Therefore, O ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, listen to this. Once, when I was a human king, the blessed Śikhin taught me this Dharma discourse known as The King Who Practices the Dharma. Now, listen with perfect attention, and I shall explain it to you. When a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, properly serves his people, he benefits them and brings them happiness. He will therefore also be praised, and upon the disintegration of his body, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What are the qualities possessed by such a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, as he takes care of all his people? In his present life he will receive great praise, and upon the disintegration of his body, he will journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, thus obtaining great miraculous powers, great strengths, and great wealth.
“ ‘Now, a king endowed with thirty-five qualities who serves his people will obtain great wealth and great power, and he will be undefeatable by any enemy army. When his body disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and rule over the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What are the thirty-five qualities? (1) Honesty toward one’s people, (2) scrupulous taxation, (3) patience, (4) impartiality, (5) veneration for the gurus, (6) giving at the earliest, (7) giving later in the same way as before, (8) not upholding non-Dharma, (9) not relying on unwholesome companions, (10) not being swayed by women, (11) not believing what everyone says, [F.238.b] (12) seeking to be praiseworthy while being disinterested in wealth, (13) being free from wrong view, (14) being open handed, (15) being conciliatory and using pleasant words, (16) speaking truthfully, (17) not being haphazardly capricious due to confusion,484 (18) knowing the different characters of people, (19) teaching at the proper time, (20) being free from sleepiness, (21) not being lazy, (22) being a steadfast friend, (23) not following useless people, (24) being on guard against the power of anger and restless excitement, (25) not having excessive craving for food and drink, (26) keeping wholesome things in mind, (27) not procrastinating for a long time, (28) establishing people in the Dharma, (29) practicing the ten courses of virtuous action, (30) explaining causes and conditions, (31) worshiping the gods, (32) bringing up sons and daughters in happiness, (33) continuously cultivating insight, (34) not being led astray by objects, and (35) giving properties to those that are employed by him.485 When a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, possesses these thirty-five qualities, he will receive great renown. He will come to possess great wealth, and his retinue and material circumstances will be magnificent. Upon the disintegration of his body, he will journey to the higher realms and become the lord of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, for such are the effects of those positive actions.
“ ‘In what ways does a prosperous king, who acts righteously toward his people, benefit them by establishing them in wholesome conduct? He protects the distinct approaches of religious traditions. He keeps his promises and does not break them. [F.239.a] He bans what does not benefit the ruler, encourages what is beneficial, and guards his realm through the Dharma. What he says is helpful and fruitful, he is timely, and he does not laugh at honest people. His servants cannot make him do what is not beneficial. He is not led astray by desire and pride. He never strays from the Dharma, regardless of the circumstances. He facilitates discussion of transworldly matters. He does not disregard the terrors of cyclic existence and the ripening of karmic actions. He gives up the three types of flawed action and does not let himself become habituated to them. He does not condone punishment. Without any extraneous concerns, he engages others and himself in positive actions and makes such actions increase. By such means that are beneficial both in this world and beyond, he serves his realm and takes care of both himself and others. When the body of such a king disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another way in which a king may sustain his realm such that upon the disintegration of his body he will be become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What is that? Scrupulous consumption of what is produced. Unscrupulous here means to diverge from a timely and consistent regimen of taxation applied to a given land, city, town, or market. [F.239.b] Without the king having encountered any loss of income, he may, due to troubled times or other difficulties, gradually take possession of what the people produce in unreasonable ways, whether by using incorrect measures or other such cunning forms of deceit. Hence, the king’s taxation of products should be scrupulous. In that manner, he will not only avoid harming the people but will also sustain his realm. When the body of such a king who loves his people disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the lord of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor whereby a king may serve his realm and be appreciated by all the people. What is that? Patience. If due to some circumstance he should become angry, the king should let go of his anger. Although he is the master, he will not give commands. He does not find the wealth of others intolerable. He does not inflict harm on cities even though they may be at fault. He does not speak harsh words in the presence of his friends. Even if he does become angry, he thoroughly pacifies it. He speaks pleasant words, and once he has spoken, he does not make the citizens of the city unhappy or upset. In every way, he is at all times and on all occasions compassionate—and naturally so, not because of some ulterior motive. The causes and conditions that are associated with such patience will, upon the disintegration of his body, cause the king to go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘How does a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, rule impartially so as to be of benefit in this world and beyond? [F.240.a] With an unsurpassably virtuous concern for everyone, the king is like a mother and a father to all inhabitants of the realm. He makes no distinction based on concerns for wealth, benefit, family, past favors, personal connections, rulers, or generals, and he is therefore always impartial. When administering his rule, he treats his friends and those who are not his friends in the same manner. Such a king will not bring his country down, nor will his fame diminish. His city will not find itself without a ruler, there will be no fear of foreign armies, other kings will not offend him, and he will rule for a long time. When his body disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that should be cherished by a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head. It is a factor that is beneficial in this world and the next and that ultimately destines one for the transcendence of suffering. What is that? Veneration of gurus. Guru here refers to someone who correctly teaches the truth; who possesses discipline, insight, and the capacity for austerities; who is engaged in benefiting others; whose acts are unequivocally virtuous; whose physical and verbal conduct is serene and stainless; and who is engaged in the practice of accepting others. The king will keep the words of such people in mind and will act in the same way as them. When a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, worships such people, it will always be of benefit. [F.240.b] When his body disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the power of those virtuous causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that reaps benefit in this life and the next and is dear to a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head: giving later in the same manner as before. It may be that someone, such as an ancestor, a forefather, or someone else, used to practice a certain form of regular generosity, which did not disrupt any undertakings or finances, and which was not done with an impure motivation, and therefore was beneficial and utterly pure. In such cases, the king will rejoice in that generous practice, condone it, and praise it. He will also encourage others to engage in the practice of giving. When a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, adheres to and practices such generosity, those causes and conditions will, upon the disintegration of his body, cause him to become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘For a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, there is also another factor that is meaningful, beneficial, and enjoyable in this world and the next. What is that? Generosity. Generosity here implies giving in all situations, to everyone, in all regards, at all times, with intelligence, and in a way that is beneficial and brings happiness. If the king in this way eradicates hunger and thirst throughout the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, it goes without saying that he benefits humans and gods as well. Such generous kings will also ripen results in his current life. [F.241.a] How so? As his cities and lands celebrate the king’s fame, they will be prosperous and not forsake him. Even other countries will offer him unconditional tribute. Facing him, no enemy army can subdue him. No adversary can create the slightest obstacle. Such possession of perfect lands and cities is an effect of generosity that occurs during his present life, even without it having to be cultivated. What need, then, is there to speak of the effects that manifest in the case of a king who practices generosity toward perfect recipients, with perfect entities, and with perfect intent. He will be unequivocally happy, guarded against the gateways to the lower realms, and involved in delightful karmic ripening.
“ ‘There are several ways of being generous. What are they? One may give material things, protection from fear, or the gift of the Dharma. When a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, practices such generosity toward mendicants and brahmins, he will, upon the disintegration of his body, journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the effects of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘For a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, there is also another cherished factor that is beneficial in this world and the next. What is that? Not accepting those who do not practice the Dharma. Indeed, a kṣatriya king must be righteous and follow the Dharma. It would therefore be a mistake if he were to allow and accept people who do not practice the Dharma. Those who do not practice the Dharma speak impurely, and with their wrong view they allegedly liberate wild animals from cyclic existence.486 [F.241.b] Thus, they perform sacrifices and kill cattle. These are vile people who have misguided morals, and they also have no respect for their parents. Such people the king will not accept in his realm. Due to the errors that follow from associating with such companions, the virtuous intentions of others will be squandered. When those intentions are wasted due to the flaws of associating with such people, the ruler will also become weakened. Rain will fall out of season, the gods will create intense heat out of season, the crops will ripen in untimely ways, and the land will be destroyed. Such are the great flaws that are associated with evildoers.
“ ‘Therefore, kings must employ people who follow the Dharma. Due to the ever-wholesome conduct of such people, the gods will dispense rain in a timely manner, the winds will blow in a timely manner, the crops will ripen on time, the realm will not be destroyed, and people will be free from fear, anguish, and misery. When the land is ruled by people who follow the Dharma, they will bring an end to the sufferings attending any activity. The essential point in supporting and associating with those who follow the Dharma is to practice pure conduct. That is the way to associate with and care for people who follow the Dharma. An intelligent kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, will therefore associate with people who follow the Dharma. Doing so is beneficial both in this world and the next. Upon the disintegration of his body, he will journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the power of those karmic causes and conditions.
“ ‘Those who refrain from unwholesome companionship should avoid the following eight types of unwholesome companions. The first type of unwholesome companion is a nihilist who declares that there is no reason to present fire offerings, [F.242.a] or to be generous, and that there is neither this world nor the next. The second kind of unwholesome companion is someone who feels entitled to go anywhere he likes and for whom there is no such thing as pure conduct. Such people seek out women at all times and occasions and by any means. The third kind of unwholesome companion is someone who prevents the distribution of that which has already been donated to sentient beings or committed to the fire. The fourth kind of unwholesome companion is someone who claims that there is only this life, the period one is alive, and that after death virtuous and unwholesome actions will no longer persist, just as when clouds and mist evaporate. The fifth kind of unwholesome person is someone who separates from his parents and shows them no487 respect. The sixth kind of unwholesome person is someone who argues that certain beings should be killed, namely the elderly, beggars, the homeless, and the destitute, because when they die, they will be happy in another world. The seventh kind of unwholesome person is someone who exposes himself to the wind or burning flames, claiming that if one dies consumed by the wind or due to the five torments, one’s mundane existence will end and be exchanged with something else. The eighth kind of unwholesome person is someone who claims that everything is produced by God and hence not a product of karmic actions and their effects. All these eight types of unwholesome companions should be abandoned and relinquished. They should not be admitted into the country, and one should not seek them out. Rather, one should care for those who correctly speak about karmic actions and their effects. [F.242.b] Through them one may receive the sacred Dharma. A king who in this way does what is good both for this world and the hereafter will, upon the disintegration of his body, journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘What does it mean for a king to fully pursue the Dharma? It means not being swayed by women. If even ordinary men who become swayed by women are scorned by worldly folk, there is no need to mention that this is also the case for a king, who has been born into a supreme and great family lineage. By their very nature, women are divisive. They will separate the king from his subjects and his entire realm. As he is overcome by desire, his companions will criticize him. He will pursue wealth and stop being generous. Overcome by desire, he will pamper all sorts of indolent women. His mind will churn with desire, and he will fail to accomplish his own objectives. Although a man’s concerns may be truly for the Dharma, women can make him give it all up. They are a source of separation, divisiveness, pride, and jealousy and thus make men become like that as well. When women influence one’s livelihood, it is like encountering a poisonous black snake, and one will thereby be destroyed. Therefore, a king who lets women influence his livelihood is objectionable. The subject matter here is what is known as women. Those who base their life on women go to ruin. Such individuals will stray from devoting time to the Dharma, which is the correct path for everyone, and thus decline. Men who are obsessed with women will suffer and their youth will be ruined. [F.243.a] Because of their flaw of obsessing over desires, they will always be shunned by everyone.
“ ‘Women will even fool themselves. The nature of such muddled women is such that they jump at novelty, have no sense of gratitude, and easily abandon others when they become weary of them. They are highly selfish and jealous and will not give men any respite. Whoever becomes influenced by women will be criticized by those who live in the towns, cities, villages, districts, and markets—even more so, in the case of a king. Therefore, women should not be pursued. Rather, those who are frightened by women and view them as a flaw will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should avoid. What is that? Believing what everyone says. Living beings all have their own distinct identities. Their minds are generally divergent, their natures differ, and so do their objectives, causes, and impure dispositions based on their personal character. They always fight, argue, and have different opinions. They have different friends and are of different natures, and their ways of creating problems for the country differ as well. Their minds are fickle and governed by circumstances, and thus they try to covertly undermine each other or overtly conquer one another. The king must never let the words of such people influence him. They all belong to different families and have different backgrounds. [F.243.b] They may have conflicts, harbor mutual malice, defend opposing factions, and argue in favor of divergent desired outcomes. They will argue under the influence of the help and harm done to them in the past. They may even seek to ruin others financially. Such are the reasons why they supplicate the king. Such are the factors that underlie their angry words. The king should therefore not place his trust in what they say. In that way he will not bring ruin to his country. He will avoid being influenced by people’s character or becoming unjustly angered. He will not believe those who create schisms. A king of this kind possesses excellent qualities, and he will not be swayed by external circumstances but will follow through on his own aspirations. Since he has little anger, both the people and the gods will be in harmony with him. Such a ruler, who examines matters carefully, follows the Dharma, is honest, and cherishes his cities will, upon the disintegration of his body, journey to the higher realms and be born among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘For a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, there is another factor that, upon the disintegration of his body, will make him journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What is that? Striving to be praiseworthy. A king should not crave wealth or hanker after it. He should never be closefisted, nor should he frown, glare, or scowl. He should not abruptly become angry or aggressive but maintain a stable composure. Such a person will then be praised and will prosper. [F.244.a] He will be disinterested in wealth and instead work to earn praise among his people. Such a king will never be defeated or overtaken by enemies.
“ ‘Ten factors make such a king renowned. What are those ten? Speaking pleasantly, having a joyful nature, not being thoughtless, enjoying pleasures based on careful consideration, practicing generosity in a timely manner, being considerate with servants and assets, supplying provisions to good people and those who lack protection, practicing pure conduct, not causing harm, and not harboring wrong views. By those ten causal factors, he achieves renown. Those who adhere to those factors and encourage others to do the same will achieve renown. They will also serve their subjects, follow the Dharma, be impervious to attacks, and find happiness. When they have ruled in the world of humans for a very long time, such causes and conditions will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, make them become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘For a person of princely family who, having received royal anointment on the crown of his head, provides for his people, there is yet another factor, the abandonment of which will grant him constant renown in the present life and upon the disintegration of his body will cause him to journey to the higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What is that factor? Wrong view. Wrong view is the basis for all flaws. It is a false and mistaken orientation that makes one criticize and disbelieve all causes and conditions. [F.244.b] One will therefore not adhere to that basic outlook but instead rail against it, criticize it, and give it up. A king who harbors wrong views will be at odds with the entire populace, and because of such disagreement, everyone in his realm will abandon him and not tolerate him. All righteous gods will likewise forsake him. A king who is abandoned in this way will find little happiness.
“ ‘Therefore, a king who does not harbor wrong views but instead possesses the true view benefits his people. He is venerated by the people of his realm, and the righteous gods will not abandon him. He will have no disagreements with the populace. All his ideas will be excellent. All his intentions will turn out splendidly. Naturally, he will not have regrets. Then, when he has ruled his realm flawlessly for a long time, such causes and conditions will, upon the disintegration of his body, make him become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, should pursue. What is that? Generosity. For a king, generosity is the root of the highest form of civility. It accomplishes the path of mundane welfare and brings benefits both in this world and beyond. In this regard, if someone, be it a king or a royal minister, practices generosity, everyone in his realm will naturally appreciate him tremendously. They will not forsake, scold, or criticize such a benefactor, nor will they migrate to another country. [F.245.a] Those who have relocated to other countries488 will move back due to the renown of the generous king. Society flourishes in such a land, and the entire society will protect such a king and prevent any harm being done to him. There will be a natural increase in prosperity, and due to such wealth enhancement the country will be well maintained and thoroughly safeguarded. Therefore, generosity is renowned for its accomplishment of worldly objectives.
“ ‘Generosity is also renowned for the accomplishment of transworldly objectives because the gods will look after generous donors and benefactors. The glory of these latter will be immense, and they will be magnanimous, wealthy, and powerful. Those who are generous to mendicants, brahmins, the weary, and the destitute will be distinguished beyond this world, and in their current lives their appearance will be beautiful. Why? Because when the mind is imbued with faith, one’s being becomes pure. When people’s minds are pure, the luster of their faces is bright, and when their faces are bright, their appearance is magnificent.
“ ‘When donors practice generosity they thus achieve splendor, but there are also other qualities that emerge from generosity. What are they? Generosity conquers pride, lustful craving, envy, and ignorance. Generosity fosters faith in causes and conditions, as well as in their ripening. [F.245.b] Generosity ensures that one does not ignore what lies beyond this world—it makes one worship gurus, it softens the mind, it makes the mind composed, it trains the mind, it enables one to let go of things, it generates the causes of great wealth, it overcomes stinginess, and it plants the complete489 seeds of generosity in one’s worldly existence with regard to the triple field of qualities, discipline, and both.490 Someone who thus trains his mind well and achieves supreme purity of mind will have a long rule. For a long time, he will enjoy possessions that are free from harm and flaws, he will have no fear or anguish, and upon the disintegration of his body he will become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the causes and conditions associated with his past actions.
“ ‘There is another quality in which a king should train diligently. What is that? Being conciliatory and speaking pleasantly. When a king speaks in a conciliatory and pleasant manner, the ways of the Dharma are properly maintained. Everyone will naturally hold him dear. What conciliatory and pleasant words can accomplish cannot always be achieved through material gifts. There is no swifter way to make the entire nation rejoice and to quickly satisfy the minds of all its inhabitants than through pleasant words. It is for these reasons that one should speak pleasantly. Moreover, when people’s minds have first been inspired by pleasant words, people will also communicate this to others. [F.246.a] Due to pleasant words, they will appreciate the message. A kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head and who possesses such causes of pleasant speech, will be victorious in the presence of others. He will be naturally happy, and because his pleasant words are true and accompanied by generosity, they will also lead to further happiness. Since a king who speaks pleasantly will even be offered friendship and respect by his enemies, it goes without saying that strangers will offer him their friendship too. In the court of the king who speaks pleasantly, everyone will gather as one, and the court will be a place of friends, not of strangers. Everyone will rejoice naturally, offering the highest veneration, and the king will rule for a long time. Upon the disintegration of his body, the causes and conditions associated with his pleasant speech will cause him to become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should diligently pursue and rely on. What is that? Speaking the truth. This is the cause of deliverance for all beings bound to cyclic existence—a priceless cause of deliverance, an inexhaustible wealth, a source of exceptional treasures, the substance of the most essential truth, the most splendid great jewel, the practice of all holy beings, a refuge both within and beyond this world, a gatekeeper for those who strive to transcend suffering, the universal link to inexhaustible qualities, the destroyer of all flaws, the instiller of trust, and the eliminator of poverty. Truthful speech has no form, yet it surpasses all form, [F.246.b] because the light of truth illumines everything. Even someone of the most inferior family may succeed before someone of the highest family because all the people will side with those who are illumined by the goodness of the truth. Everyone will regard such a person as their friend. Wherever they may go, they will be venerated as a king or a mother. Even the most treacherous situation will become a delight. Kings will even assist such people by granting them the best of lands.491 When they visit towns, cities, villages, or markets, the inhabitants will all venerate them. Even minor villages will offer them supreme veneration. Where people have not yet met them, the gods will spread their fame in advance.
“ ‘When the king or a royal minister in a country speaks the truth and acts virtuously, the banner of his renown will be raised and held high throughout the lands. Those who thus do what is virtuous will always be attended to and worshiped by the gods. Gods will also make an end to their nightmares. Even the greatest of the gods will worship them as gods. The very moment they speak the truth, the people will become entirely persuaded, stand up, and follow them. All that such people set their minds on will turn out splendidly. Leisurely, they will be capable of pacifying contagious diseases and, as they consume the elixir of the truth, their vitality will be replenished. They will also develop miraculous powers. The truth will also lead to actions that produce great strength and longevity. The entire populace will regard the tenets of religion as wholly valid. [F.247.a] People who are not oppressed will come forward and reveal their hidden wealth to such a king. Referring to him as “one who speaks the truth,” they will not part ways with him. They will be unwavering in all regards and will not be led astray by their friends, or by anyone else. They will never vacillate. A person with a truthful tongue is joyous because truth is satisfying to the mind and makes one happy. As one reflects repeatedly on the joy created by the wealth of the truth one will not be led astray by anger or gloating.
“ ‘Supreme sages who do what is beneficial both in this world and the hereafter never transgress the line of the ambrosial truth. Even if they have run out of water, they will still be perfectly pure from bathing in the pure springs of the truth. Even if they have no clothes, they will always and continuously wear the great robes of the truth, perfectly white and made of unwoven fabric. Even if they have no fragrance, the fragrance of their beautiful discipline will spread in all directions. Everyone will be their friends, even if they haven’t met before. They become friends at first sight. They can even cross the summit of Mount Sumeru, and their bright light blazes with piercing radiance. Even their senior citizens will venerate such kings as their fathers, referring to them as “the elder.” They engage in actions that promote long life. Since the actions they engage in propel them toward the wisdom of true and complete awakening, it goes without saying that those actions will also make them ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.247.b] Upon the disintegration of his body, a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, who speaks the truth will become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that will make a kṣatriya king, who has received royal anointment on the crown of his head, become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. What is that? Not being haphazardly capricious due to confusion. Such a king will be steadfast. With his insight, he has a peaceful mind that comes from knowing the proper state of things as well as the principles of religion. People who examine things carefully will rule as kings—not those who do not pay attention. A king who is easily influenced by deception will not be able to rule as king. If he does, his reign will be short-lived. He will be a king in name only because he does not investigate matters properly. He will be small minded and fickle, and his mind will be restless and shallow. He will not trust the advice of his ancestors. People will become unhappy with such a fickle and deceptive king, and thus they will install another king in his place. Therefore, understand these flaws and do not speak any lies. Lying is good for neither this world nor the next. Understand that in this present life lying brings that many flaws, so you shouldn’t lie.
“ ‘Whenever a king first and foremost follows the Dharma, the associated causal factors will make the populace flourish to the same degree as he does, because to the populace, the king is the foremost leader. A king who always exclusively speaks truthfully will influence the populace, and thus his authoritative royal lineage will be joyfully maintained in all respects. [F.248.a] The Dharma is rooted in the truth. If the ruler does not speak the truth, there will be haphazard capriciousness due to confusion. When the ruler does speak the truth and remains gentle, there will not be any haphazard capriciousness due to confusion. His supporters will not leave him and go elsewhere. They will not become unhappy with him. Instead, they will regard him with affection, as if he were their father or mother. He will always find joy and happiness. Upon the disintegration of his body, such a king with a steadfast and unwavering mind, whose mind is devoted to one aim only and who delivers happiness will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the effects of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should work diligently and repeatedly to understand and practice. What is that? Knowing the different characters of people. He who understands the different characters of people possesses great knowledge. A king in possession of such knowledge becomes competent in all affairs. No one can best him, and he can perform any type of activity. He will never fail in any of his projects, nor will he suffer economic decline. He will keep advancing the Dharma.
“ ‘A king who understands the ways people differ will not support people who do not follow the Dharma. Therefore, those who are disinterested in work, those who are indolent, those who let their efforts go to waste, those who get angry at worldly people, those who have wrong view, those who are deceitful, and those who take credit for the good qualities achieved by others—all such people should be employed by other kings. [F.248.b] A king should not support any inferior people, such as those who do not fit in, those who lack knowledge of proper place and time, those who are difficult to rule, those who always engage in gravely unwholesome acts, those who are highly distracted by objects, those who play deceitful tricks, those who are disinterested in genuine friendship, those who do nothing to benefit the world, those who engage in unwholesome deeds, the arrogant, the hostile, the troublesome, those who speak rudely, and those whose minds are impertinent.
“ ‘On the other hand, a king should support the following kinds of people: those who are righteous and honest, those who are free from pride, those who speak the truth, the insightful, the earnest, the steadfast, those who do not torment others, the truthful and trustworthy, those who venerate the Three Jewels dearly, those who are content, those who are in control of their minds, those who are continuously active, those who are in harmony with the people of the world, the compassionate, those desiring renown among the people, those who have the genuine view and a spiritual teacher, those who engage in pure conduct of body, speech, and mind right from birth, those who do not profess to nonexistence, those who pay careful attention to causes and conditions and understand the ripening of karmic actions, those who are not careless, those who are not prone to falling asleep, those who follow spiritual teachers, the generous, the disciplined, and the insightful—such people a king should always support, knowing their specific characters.
“ ‘The rule of a king who always associates with such people can never be brought down by others. [F.249.a] Such a king can never be conquered and will always be wealthy. He will be prosperous and, as an active follower of the Dharma, will practice generosity, engage in meritorious acts, and worship the Three Jewels. Upon the disintegration of his body, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the effects of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that all kings must cultivate. What is that? Teaching at the proper time. A king who teaches at the proper time will rule for a long time and others will not tire of him. Such a king understands the ways people differ. He does not engage in non-Dharma. His realm is powerful and overcomes poverty. A king who emphasizes the right view with respect to causes will be endowed with material prosperity and will master the means for building wealth. Endowed with such a character and in possession of wealth, a king of this kind will not fall under the power of others. He will also follow the Dharma. As a follower of the Dharma, he worships mendicants and brahmins and, as he listens to the Dharma from them, his own involvement in the Dharma will become ever more illustrious. The more involved in the Dharma he becomes based on such teachings, the greater his wealth will be. And the greater his wealth becomes, the more generous he will be. His actions are meritorious, and he is endowed with discipline. No one can subdue him as he manifests all those qualities. Therefore, a king should always explain things accurately. [F.249.b] A king who always explains things accurately will, upon the disintegration of his body, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the effects of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king must by all means rely upon. What is that? Not being fond of sleep. A king who is not prone to sleepiness keeps sound objectives in mind. He does not become utterly attached or very muddled. Enemies cannot attack him. His mind is one-pointed and concerned with meaningful matters that he subjects to careful examination. As he discerns matters carefully, the objectives that he aims for will all ripen excellently. Before long, his objectives will be accomplished, and everything will soon be perfected. He is careful and, because he behaves carefully, he will live long. Keeping exceptional objectives in mind, such a wholesome thinker does not lose heart. He will be served by the entire populace, the inhabitants of the cities, and his ministers. He will be prosperous. Since the king uses his wealth to support multitudes of people, the fortune of his wealth will remain, and so he will use this fortune to practice further generosity. He also observes discipline. When his body disintegrates and dies, such causes and conditions will make him go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should diligently pursue. What is that? Being free from laziness. A king who is not lazy will muster stable diligence and in this way be able to expand all his activities. [F.250.a] He will complete and accomplish them. He will be in control. He will not be swayed, and yet everyone will appreciate him and feel care and affection for him. All his lands, cities, towns, villages, and markets will be in a superb state. Whatever such a king, who is free from laziness, endowed with stable diligence, and able to defeat all opposition sets out to achieve, it will be accomplished. Why is that? Because being free from laziness allows him to engage in a suitable manner with respect to place and time. Such a king who is not lazy will be able to accomplish anything, be it mundane objectives, or supramundane endeavors that culminate in the transcendence of suffering. So, what need is there to mention the other aims he may pursue when free from any attachment to place and time? Obviously, he will be exceptionally successful with respect to all of them. All that he does in the world will be successful, and so will any supramundane pursuit that he may undertake through insight, be it the practice of generosity, discipline, or insight. Even a mere trace of these factors will ensure that upon the disintegration of his body at his death he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the effects of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that kings must cultivate. What is that? being a steadfast friend. A king who is a steadfast friend will be highly acclaimed and therefore able to maintain his rule for long time. He will be unstained and unharmed by others. Like a tree surrounded by many others, he will not waver and cannot be shaken by unwholesome people. [F.250.b] The king who is a steadfast friend is like such a forest in the wind. His nature is excellent and so people come to see him with great joy.
“ ‘Those who possess the quality of being a most steadfast friend are also endowed with the following thirteen mundane qualities. (1) When someone is under attack,492 they will quell493 the attack, thus protecting against all hardships and total ruin. Why will they do so? Because even their friends’ friends are also theirs, and thus they will think, “This is a friend of my friend,” and befriend him. (2) They will disclose how much wealth they have at home and put any useful surplus to good use, thus being of service in all ways and regards. (3) They will never forsake their friends, even if the situation is extremely difficult or if there is a risk to their own lives. (4) They will do everything possible to be accommodating in all regards. (5) They will share anything in their possession, even if it is not much. (6) Whenever their friends’ circumstances are ideal, they are delighted. (7) Whenever their friends suffer, they suffer with them. (8) Even if they are in foul mood, they do not show it. (9) Even if they are overshadowed by their companions, they rejoice with them. (10) When others are in their home, they aspire not to cause them any offense. (11) Whatever they have in their homes they give to their friends without any hesitation. (12) They disclose every little thing in their home to their friends. [F.251.a] (13) They divulge accounts about themselves by themselves.494 A friend is someone endowed with those thirteen qualities.
“ ‘A king who possesses even just one of these qualities of mundane friendship will be powerful and endowed with great strength. Therefore, a king who possesses many of them will obviously be indomitable. With joy for the supramundane path, he will accomplish his objectives. He will properly explain the ripening of karmic actions. Those who have entered wrong paths he will establish on the correct path. He will part company with those who have even slightly flawed discipline. He will cause others to heed their parents’ words. Diligent at all times, he will achieve the definitive good. He who acts in such a way is a friend in supramundane affairs. He protects against all that is unwholesome and is like a parent. Such a true friend eliminates negative factors in all that he does. No flaw will be incurred by staying close to him. He is a supreme friend in terms of the beyond, not in terms of this world. Therefore, a king should be considered a steadfast friend. When his body disintegrates, he who attends spiritual friends and practices what is virtuous will, after dying, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘Moreover, one should not keep company with people who are not such a friend and whose actions do not lead to happiness. [F.251.b] For example, associating with those who always deceive everyone, show wrong paths, and have bad intentions will bring nothing but great misfortune. There are two such causes of destruction: concealing and hiding. Concealing is to deceive mundane people. Such people are not gracious beings but hypocritically put on a facade. Resembling fake products, they deceive both themselves and others with non-Buddhist obstacles. Bereft of what lies beyond the world, they assume a highly virtuous demeanor while they in fact engage in nefarious activities. Since one should not even meet or converse with such people, it goes without saying that one should also not keep them as friends. One must by all means steer clear of such company. Since such companions are not even good to themselves, how could they be good for others? Those who give up unwholesome companions should therefore not associate with any tricksters. They should not befriend imposters but act on the basis of careful investigation. They should not associate with such tarnished people. He who bears the karmic imprints from such behavior will, upon the disintegration of his body, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There are two further factors that a king must by all means relinquish. What are they? Anger and agitation. A king who is keenly on guard against anger and agitation will have a stable rule. He will exercise his natural authority so that no one can control him. Such a king does not leave himself exposed to anyone. A king who abstains from anger will not do something that he did not intend. [F.252.a] He will not suddenly act irrationally. He will not rashly beat his servants. He will not expose what should have been kept secret. He will not be unpredictably capricious. He will not become overwhelmed with excitement. Even when he feels dejected, the matters he engages in will not be impacted. He will not retain people who are disingenuous. His mind will be steadfast. In this way, a king who remains guarded against the forces of anger and agitation will be praised in terms of worldly affairs.
“ ‘How will he be praised for being guarded against the forces of agitation and anger in terms of the supramundane path? He who is guarded against anger is guarded against this singular stain of cyclic existence. He who is intelligently guarded against agitation is guarded against the power of desire. He who is guarded against these two stains is also guarded against the power of ignorance. He who is guarded against the forces of those three stains possesses knowledge, patience, stability, and determination. By the ripening of such prior causes and conditions, he will, upon the disintegration of his body, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There are also two other factors that must be effectively stopped. What are they? A king must not have excessive craving for food and drink. Why is that? Because a king who yearns for food and drink will be distracted by his cravings. He will be obsessed with filling his belly. With such yearnings, his mind will become just like that of cattle. He will have no thought for anything but food and drink. With such desirous thinking and behavior, he will be wholly preoccupied and will therefore fail to distinguish between Dharma and non-Dharma. [F.252.b] He will not provide for his realm and subjects. He will not investigate the affairs of the realm. He will not exercise his natural authority. He will not ensure his ministers stick to their duties. He will fail to comprehend which matters are important and which are insignificant. He will constantly fail in his pursuits. As he fails in this manner, his wealth will wane so that even the terms food and drink will disappear. Becoming a complete failure, he will be repugnant to the people of the world, and he will live in extreme poverty. The distractions of his cravings will hinder his mundane aims and, hankering for food and drink, he will also be reprehensible with respect to supramundane objectives. He who is obsessed and wholly preoccupied with food and drink will be governed by a constant craving for taste. He will therefore be unable to achieve mental equipoise and thus will become careless in terms of mindfulness that pertains to the body. He will also fail to be mindful of what pertains to sensations, mind, and phenomena. For him, there will be no factors of suffering, origin, cessation, and path. He will have no interest in anything but food and drink, and his mind will not be fit to consider anything else. His character will be just like that of an animal.
“ ‘However, those who become free from such preoccupations with finding food and who are no longer attached to food and drink will be able to restrain their physical and verbal conduct, and their faculties will ripen. In this way, they will practice the true path. Their minds will be workable. [F.253.a] They will gain complete knowledge of body, mind, sensations, phenomena, suffering, origin, cessation, and path. Their minds will be in equipoise and their minds and faculties will be very pure. When they obtain food and drink, their bodies will be well, and their bodies and minds will be at ease. As their minds remain at ease, they become able to think of virtuous qualities.
“ ‘Therefore, one should not have strong craving for taste. Rather, as food or drink enter the body, one should regard it as simply something cooling, or something beneficial. In that case one’s mind will become workable and capable of entering equipoise. When the mind is in equipoise, one may examine virtuous actions. When the bodies of those who practice virtuous action are destroyed, they will, after dying, go to the joyous higher realms and be born as the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should cultivate. What is that? Keeping wholesome forms of conduct in mind. Those who keep wholesome matters in mind will accomplish the objectives of sentient beings, whether they are of this world or the hereafter. Why is that? Because they are qualities of the mind. Hence, those who keep wholesome matters in mind with respect to this world and the next will accomplish supreme happiness. Moreover, they must eradicate all flaws as they keep wholesome matters in mind and remain attentive to them. It should be taught that desire and the other stains always lead to the lower realms. Desire is counteracted by the repulsive, anger by loving kindness, [F.253.b] and ignorance by insight. By correctly considering those three flaws, they will be exhausted. That will not occur by keeping unwholesome matters in mind. Also, mundane qualities will in the exact same way be accomplished by keeping wholesome matters in mind, and not by being concerned with unwholesome matters. Therefore, at all times and occasions one should give matters the right kind of kind of concern. That will accomplish all one’s objectives, and when the body of such a follower of the Dharma disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the lord of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such are the causes and conditions that are associated with those positive actions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should refrain from. What is that? Procrastinating. No worldly objective, no beneficial objective in terms of the supramundane, nor any other objective whatsoever can ever be accomplished by putting things off. That can only lead to intolerable situations. For example, if one is about to succumb to a disease, postponing the treatment is a mistake that will prevent one from doing what needs to be done, and thus it will lead to one’s ruin. Likewise, there are many other matters that can become utterly unbearable if one does not deal with them quickly. In that way, there will be no path of decisive goodness at all. One will succumb to the disease of the afflictions and descend to the lower realms. Such are the effects of procrastinating—there will be no supramundane path whatsoever. All paths will be destroyed and the factors that are like poisonous sprouts will grow. As they proliferate, they will burn one’s mindstream in terrible ways. [F.254.a] That is how living beings come to take birth as hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Therefore, procrastinating is not becoming for kings, or for monks, or for merchants. Acting this way is never praiseworthy.
“ ‘Those who do not procrastinate act the very moment a flaw occurs, and thus they relinquish it. They crush, conquer, and destroy the flaw from its root. Having overcome such flaws, they are happy in the end. Whether on a mundane or a supramundane path, they destroy these flaws, which are like poisonous sprouts that proliferate when allowed to grow. Therefore, those who crush all flaws the moment they crop up will quickly reach the abode of excellent happiness. When their current bodies disintegrate, they will after their death go to the joyous higher realms and rule in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the power of the causes and conditions that are associated with their past positive actions.
“ ‘There is also another quality that a king should cultivate. What is that? Sustaining people with the Dharma. A king must sustain his people with the Dharma, not with non-Dharma. A king who has become preeminent due to the Dharma benefits both himself and others. He will not do anything that does not benefit himself. He is disciplined, and those who are disciplined do not sustain their people through non-Dharma. In this way, he benefits himself. How does he then benefit others? [F.254.b] He connects those beings who do not observe and follow the Dharma with happiness. In this way, he truly sustains his people.
“ ‘Sustaining his people, he becomes genuinely righteous, wealthy, and famous. Since he has already connected others with supreme happiness, how could he ever be unjust? Such a king will also be wealthy. In what way? After the harvest, the king will take one sixth of the grain, but he will use that to provide people with favorable circumstances. As he thus sustains them, the king will feel affection for the whole populace and save them from troubles. Thereby, he becomes endowed with a second quality—fame. A king who genuinely sustains his people and is loved by the people of his cities will become renowned in all directions. Such a king is perfectly righteous, wealthy, and famous. When the body of a king, who in this manner sustains his people munificently, disintegrates, he will after his death go the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the ripening of the causes from his past deeds.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should diligently pursue through numerous means. What is that? Practicing the ten courses of virtuous action. All of them lead to a supremely delightful ripening. The virtuous courses of action are of three kinds: those of body, speech, and mind. [F.255.a] Those of the body include the relinquishment of killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. Those of speech are the relinquishment of lying, divisive talk, harsh words, and pointless chatter. Those of the mind are giving up covetousness, ill will, and wrong view. The many courses of action that are included under these ten unvirtuous actions are together known as the path of unvirtuous action. On the other hand, unmistaken insight is known as the path of true virtue, which refers to such insight. Through such insight, one will correctly arrive at the final transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘Such a king will obtain whatever he wishes for in the worlds of humans and gods and will be able to maintain all of that on his own. He will be like a father or mother to all the people living in his cities, and he will cause them to attain the transcendence of suffering as well as the higher realms. All such wishes of the king will be fulfilled, and he will also be protected by the gods. He will never encounter the terrors of weapons, starvation, or the destruction of the realm. Throughout his realm, the crops will ripen perfectly and on time. The sun and moon will also shine brilliantly in a timely manner, all objectives will be attained, and all his domains will enjoy abundance.
“ ‘When the time is up for a king who has munificently sustained his people in this manner, the nature of impermanence requires him to depart. At that point, he will be born among the gods due to the ripening of his past actions and will thus enjoy happiness. In short, those who are born among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife [F.255.b] achieve longevity according to their relinquishment of killing, and in that way they become either inferior, intermediate, or superior gods. Similarly, those who are born among the six classes of gods in the desire realm will have stable wealth based on their relinquishment of stealing, and they will thus enjoy themselves in exquisite forests and parks made of the seven precious substances and among the various mountain peaks. Due to their having given up sexual misconduct, their goddesses will not go to other gods for as long as they live. Throughout their lifetimes, these goddesses will not go to other gods, nor will they even embrace any other. Rather, with all their physical charms and splendor, they will pay exclusive attention to that one god only. However, in the case of those who have not properly given up sexual misconduct, their goddesses will abandon them. In this way, the various individual actions yield distinct ripening. This is how observing, relying on, cultivating, and increasing positive physical actions lead to rebirth among the gods.
“ ‘There is also a second set of factors, divided into four, that involves enjoyable ripening. When practiced, cultivated, and increased, this also leads to birth among the gods. What are those actions that lead to the enjoyments of birth among the gods as they ripen? They are the four types of proper verbal restraint. Having given up lying, one’s voice will be clear, pleasant, and deep. One will always be a highly successful speaker such that whatever one says it is articulated with ease yet captures the subject matter accurately. Such is the situation for these gods, and this is due to the force of having properly relinquished lying. Next, the relinquishment of divisive talk prevents the destruction of one’s realm. [F.256.a] Having permanently given up divisive talk, one will always hear exquisite sounds that are enchanting to the ears as well as the mind—sounds of singing, dancing, excitement, and rapture. Giving up irrelevant talk results in having a tongue that is well proportioned and delicate.495 One will be a delight to all the gods. Such are the enjoyments of the effects of virtuous actions of speech.
“ ‘What are the divine mental actions that bring effects experienced in the heavens? By giving up covetousness, all that one desires will be obtained simply by thinking of it, what one acquires will not decay, and other gods will not want to partake of it. Such are the effects experienced by those who give up covetousness, and such ripening is not due to anything else. By giving up ill will, one will be in harmony with everyone else in the heavens. One will also be endowed with an outstanding body. By giving up wrong views, no non-Buddhist will venture into any dispute with you. All events will turn out in perfect accordance with one’s wishes, not in any other way. Never will there be the slightest lack of anything that one wishes for. This is a brief explanation of the ripening of the ten virtuous courses of action.
“ ‘Generosity specifically yields special wealth, while insight specifically makes everything uniquely outstanding. The reason for this is that all joys are rooted in insight. All that is not enjoyable is preceded by the delusion of existence. [F.256.b] Depending on the mind, time, entities, and one’s good motivation, even just one among the virtuous courses of action can lead to birth as a god. Since they even propel one toward the transcendence of suffering, it goes without saying that such actions can also lead to birth among the gods.
“ ‘Yet, the ripening of karmic actions is extremely subtle. The ignorant are therefore unaware of the ripening of karmic actions and thus, in their delusion, end up rushing toward the hells.
“ ‘When a king practices these ten virtuous courses of action as just explained, all of his lands and cities will abide by his rule. When the king’s body disintegrates, the ripening of these acts will after his death make him go to the joyous higher realms and become ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another quality that a king should cultivate. What is that? Proper consideration of cause and effect. A king or minister who has proper awareness of cause and effect will not be deluded. His mind will remain composed in recognition of karmic actions and their ripening, and he will not engage with objects carelessly. Here cause is like the seed of a fruit. Conditions are like the passing of the seasons and the proper soil. Those who do not disregard causes or conditions will perceive the reality of cause and effect. Such people do not engage in unwholesome actions. As with the combination of causes and conditions pertaining to a seed and its sprout, one will be free from delusion regarding karmic actions and the ripening of their effects. [F.257.a]
“ ‘Both virtuous and unvirtuous actions constitute the path of rebirth. Those actions give rise to the many different forms of pleasure and pain that are encountered in cyclic existence. The continua of living beings are formed by such actions, and that conditioning keeps them confined to the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, or the realms of gods and humans. In this way, the three realms are produced by virtuous, unvirtuous, and immovable actions. That is to say, life as a god or human is caused by the conditioning of virtuous actions, unvirtuous actions lead to the hells, and immovable actions lead to the form and formless realms. When a king truly sees the mere causes of life in those three realms, he will no longer be deluded within the wilderness of cyclic existence. In short, therefore, all these conditioned factors are causes and effects. A king who perceives causes and effects will not be brought down by flaws. He will not engage in any unvirtuous actions, influenced by the terrifying horrors of misdeeds. Rather, he will constantly engage in what is virtuous. Upon the disintegration of his body, he will go the joyous higher realms and be born in the world of the gods. The foremost way to engage the mind is known as proper consideration of conditions. Therefore, this must be kept in mind by a king who perseveres in these teachings. This is the way of proper awareness of causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should diligently pursue in various ways. What is that? Worshiping the gods. Gods that engage in the conduct of positive actions will voluntarily assist in one’s own practice of positive actions, and they will prevent any obstacles to the manifestation of virtuous qualities. [F.257.b] Those who worship such gods during both day and night will receive their assistance. The gods will even reveal good and bad omens in one’s dreams. They will protect the realm from destruction and constantly inspire people toward virtuous actions. Those who practice accordingly will be protected day and night. It is therefore only appropriate to worship virtuous gods in various ways, as if they were one’s father or mother.
“ ‘Hence, a king should always worship the gods. He should do so by means of a ritual that accords with the Dharma and without any involvement in negative actions due to desire or specific precepts. He should do so without causing harm496 and without taking any oath based on wrong views. He should worship the gods in a way that is disengaged from the causes and the mindset that create the karmic actions and sufferings of all beings. Due to the quality of the divine assistance he receives, a king who worships in this way will never fail in his objectives. He will never disregard cause and effect. He will not develop wrong views. He will offer constant worship. When his body disintegrates, the causes and conditions associated with such actions will make him go to the joyous higher realms and be born as the king of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘There is also another quality that a king should cultivate. What is that? Sustaining the people. A king who truly sustains his people will observe and follow the Dharma and will grant his people freedom from fear, as if he were their mother or father. As he grants them freedom from all fears, a river of virtuous qualities will flow and increase throughout day and night. [F.258.a] The inhabitants of his cities will regard him with fondness and affection and will therefore provide him with wealth and praise. Throughout day and night, they will be concerned with his happiness.
“ ‘A king who practices in this way will expand his sphere of influence, because he is doing what benefits all beings. As his rule expands, the harvests will be bountiful and the population will flourish. As the cities thrive, the king himself will also prosper. A king who sustains the populace in this way will always be righteous, wealthy, and famous. Such an excellent being will continue to nourish his subjects. Since he always wishes to benefit people and is free from ill will and covetousness, he will upon the destruction of his body go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the power of the causes and conditions he created in the past.
“ ‘A king who practices and adheres to the Dharma should also cultivate another quality. What is that? Providing his sons and daughters with happiness. A king or royal minister who provides his sons and daughters with happiness brings about a continuous increase in many forms of merit. Regardless of his situation, circumstances, or possessions, he will give everything to them whenever he has something to give. [F.258.b] In this way, he enthusiastically provides them with material things, food, drink, and clothing. He will embrace them, speak pleasantly, and make them feel confident, joyful, and fearless. Great merits will blossom from his sons and daughters, and when such great merits emerge from his home in a wide variety of ways, that is what is known as taking good care of one’s children.
“ ‘Without falling prey to miserliness or becoming oppressed by desire, he has compassion for his sons and daughters. As he provides them material things and protects them from violence, they will excel in his presence. Therefore, those who cannot faithfully take ordination should sincerely care for their children. People who have the resources but are so miserly that they do not care for their children according to their means are neither householders nor monks. Therefore, a king or royal minister should take care of his children by giving them material gifts while also instilling in them a sense of discipline. He should establish his sons and daughters in discipline, encourage their practice of generosity, and help them cultivate insight. While sustaining and raising his children in genuine happiness, he should continuously provide for them according to his capacity. In this way a king or royal minister will sustain his children and bring them lasting happiness. When later his body disintegrates, he will go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the force of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should pursue diligently and in numerous ways. He must cultivate insight by all means. Cultivating insight [F.259.a] destroys all suffering and is the cause of deliverance from cyclic existence. Hence, a king must by all means train in that. Insight is the lamp for those who have fallen into the great darkness of cyclic existence and are lost in the darkness of numerous sufferings. It is a jewel for the destitute in cyclic existence, an eye for the blind, strength for the powerless, a friend of the friendless, a protector of the exposed, a medicine for those tormented by disease, a guide for those without a path, a cooling rain for those tormented by craving in the wilderness of cyclic existence, the cause of deliverance for those bound in the prison of cyclic existence, a helping friend for those who have none, clear vision for those who are blinded, and a powerful friend at the time and place of one’s execution. When the henchmen of the Lord of Death are near and death is approaching, insight is a powerful friend who leads one away from the terrors of the lower realms. Insight is a friend who takes one by the hand and saves one from treacherous passes and chasms, leading one toward all types of happiness. For those scorched by the sun, insight is a priceless garment. For those tormented by the terrifying heat of flawed discipline, insight is like the cool shade of a tree with many great branches and a dense canopy of twigs, shoots, leaves, and flowers [F.259.b] that brings joy to everyone who sees or touches it. Therefore, insight is most special indeed.
“ ‘Ah! Whether in this life or the next, there is, and has been since time without beginning, no other way to advance. Insight exclusively possesses such qualities, and by correctly cultivating this knowledge, one comes to realize the true path. By carefully discerning things and keeping insight in mind, one will eventually actualize its qualities. One must develop decisive certainty and extensive knowledge. Insight paints beautiful scenes throughout the beginning, middle, and end. Insight reveals the path of reality. It reveals the city of the transcendence of suffering, free from attachments to any desired objective. Insight should always be cultivated.
“ ‘A king who cultivates insight will rule for a long time and be appreciated by the people of his cities. Other kings will be unable to conquer him. He will be sustained for a long period and not be subject to suffering. His enjoyments will long endure as he passes from one happy state to the next. When his body disintegrates, he will after his death go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the condition of the ripening of his causal actions from the past.
“ ‘There is also another quality that a king should endeavor to cultivate. What is that? Not being led astray by objects. A king who is obsessed with objects will be overcome by sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells that are otherwise agreeable and excellent. He will be unable to act virtuously in any way. [F.260.a] Therefore, his objects will fail to bring him any happiness. He will not be able to engage meaningfully with any objects, and while his mind is occupied with these objects, his righteousness, wealth, and fame will diminish. As he fails in all these regards, opposing kings will be able to damage him. When that happens, the people in his cities will become displeased with him, and thus the king may lose his realm. He will descend into great suffering and may even lose his life. Therefore, one should not become obsessed with objects. A king who is not obsessed with objects, who rules in accordance with the Dharma, and who is even-minded cannot be led astray by sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells. A king who takes care of his people in such a way will always be righteous, wealthy, and famous. With such excellent qualities, he will continue to sustain his subjects. Always intent on benefiting the populace and being free from ill will and covetousness, such a king will, upon the disintegration of his body, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the force of the causes and conditions of his past actions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should avoid. What is that? A king should not harbor incorrigible people in his country. If a king harbors in his realm incorrigible people, such as evildoers and people with flawed discipline, their severe flaws will soon bring great misfortune. The realm will be destroyed, and the king will lose his reign. [F.260.b] The crops will not ripen, projects will come to nothing, people will not be properly taken care of, and the populace will lose its fondness for the king. The gods of the land will also not be kindly disposed when incorrigible people are harbored in the country. Incorrigible people will corrupt even the most well-trained individuals, because everyone depends on the character of one’s companions. Hence, if people with good qualities associate with people of a different kind, their qualities will be wasted. For such reasons, a king should not harbor incorrigible people.
“ ‘A king who does not harbor unwholesome people who are incorrigible and whose conduct is wicked will not incur the flaws just explained. He will take good care of his people and will not permit people who do not follow the Dharma to stay in his realm. As his people follow the Dharma, he will not appreciate those who act against the Dharma. Those who follow and adhere to the Dharma have excellent intentions. Therefore, his realm will not suffer destruction or any other misfortune. A king for whom the Dharma is the sole refuge, friend, and support will, upon the destruction of his body, go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. Such is the force of those causes and conditions.
“ ‘There is also another factor that a king should endeavor to cultivate in order to be righteous and which will prevent him from being attached. What is that? He should provide land and wealth from his current household possessions to his servants. He should give such things to those servants that belong to his household. [F.261.a] In this regard, he must not be easily displeased with them. He should also not indulge with his servants, nor should he feel weary of them. By distributing land he ensures that the servants do not leave their places. Such a king will be free from concerns and live in the most excellent way. He will not have to engage in commerce. He will be powerful and utterly unassailable by those of lesser strength. He will not crave for things but be content with what his own karmic actions provide. In his lands, the gods will not bring untimely rains, the sun will not burn out of season, no famine will occur, and there will be no armed struggles. The gods will not abandon his land to go elsewhere, nor will his land be laid to waste and destroyed by other gods. Both humans and gods will flourish due to the strength of humans.
“ ‘A king who understands the flaws of people does not harbor unwholesome individuals. Rather, he will keep in his realm only people who do what is virtuous, who have supreme conduct, and who excel in observing the Dharma, and thus his realm will be sustained and cared for by the gods. Hence, since the gods are fond of his realm and protect it, other gods will be unable to create obstacles. As the king prospers, he will practice generosity within his realm, do what is meritorious, observe discipline, and be insightful. [F.261.b] A king who possesses such excellence and who practices the Dharma in a supreme way will be most beautiful in this world, and, when his body disintegrates, he will after his death go to the joyous higher realms and become the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife.
“ ‘A king who observes the thirty-five points just explained will be well protected and come to possess all good qualities. His enjoyments will be exceptional.’
“At this point Auspicious Time, king of the garuḍas, will recite Śikhin’s verses as follows:
“In this way, the swan king, Auspicious Time, who was born by the power of his past aspirations, recollects his previous lives and thus teaches the words of Śikhin to Musulundha in order to delight him. He then proclaims, ‘This realm is not attained randomly. You have won it by virtue of great and special qualities. Those who, upon attaining this realm, make sure to avoid ruin by carelessness will later not have to experience the torment of regret. When the time of their death arrives, the harbingers of hell with their grimacing faces will certainly not gather around them.
“ ‘Lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, you are not careless and do not wander carelessly. Therefore, when you heard my voice, you gave up all objects and came here, overwhelmed by a yearning for Dharma. Those who practice the Dharma because of suffering accomplish happiness. Those ruined by carelessness suffer, even as they enjoy heavenly objects. Musulundha, you are happy here because you are not swayed by desire. The gods who agree with you and follow you, Musulundha, will experience the lasting happiness that comes from following a spiritual teacher in this life. Such gods do not associate with unwholesome companions. That, Musulundha, is your doing, and thus you have cared for them with affection. Both you and they will therefore genuinely experience the ultimate happiness of the transcendence of suffering. Therefore, you should all now proceed to your own abodes. I too shall endeavor to train the reckless ones so that they may become free from carelessness.’ [F.263.b]
“Having spoken these words, the king of swans will then fly off into the sky above Mountainous Garland. Inspired by Auspicious Time’s explanation, Musulundha, surrounded by his retinue of gods, will ascend into the midst of the sky within his mansion that is made of divine substances. The other gods present there will continue frolicking among the thousands of summits of Mountainous Garland. Deluded by the poison of carelessness and destroyed by their craving for objects, they will go on celebrating with one another among the forests, parks, ponds, lotus groves, lakes, and forests of wish-fulfilling trees. Revelling to music of the five types of instruments, they will indulge in rivers of food and drink that are beyond compare. Constantly playing among the flowers, fruits, and birds that sing in the most exquisite ways, the gods will enjoy the pleasures that are manifested by their own karmic actions. All this continues until their completed and accumulated actions with delightful consequences have finally been exhausted. Once that happens, they will, in accordance with their karmic actions, take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Those who are instead born as humans and are endowed with the general lot in life of a human will be extremely happy. Living by the sea or near waterfalls, they will become merchants or courageous kings. They will not personally have to ply the seas but will be exceedingly wealthy. All of them will be excellent, friendly, and handsome. This is due to the concordant causes.
The Gods in Constant Bliss
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will by means of knowledge derived from hearing accurately perceive a realm known as Constant Bliss. [F.264.a] As he sees the karmic actions that cause beings to take birth there, he will observe how people give up killing and stealing, as was explained previously. In addition, they may also give up sexual misconduct to such an extent that they do not even look at, or think about, the appearance of women. They will no longer entertain any such thoughts. They understand that it is wrong to think, ‘Ah, what an attractive and desirous woman. This lady is an outstanding beauty; her figure is utterly delightful!’ They know that maintaining such desirous mind states will consume the mind. With that understanding, they fully relinquish the suffering that comes from following the path of such desirous mental activity. Regarding such thoughts as revolting, they give them up. They do not delight in such thinking. Instead, they develop497 the understanding that such thinking prevents the attainment of the grounds. They also teach others about the character of sexual misconduct, establish them on the path, and inform them about the flaws of sense pleasures. In this way, they do not become desirous with respect to objects of craving.
“Upon the disintegration of their bodies, those who thus give up sexual misconduct, observe pure conduct of the body, possess right view, and are free from craving will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods of Constant Bliss within the Heaven Free from Strife. Those who are born there will, even in the intermediate state, encounter perfectly satisfying objects of sound, texture, taste, form, and smell, which are the products of their vast and continuous virtuous actions. [F.264.b]
“Subsequently, they will take instantaneous birth in one of three ways: they may be born in the heart of a pink lotus, in the center of the anthers of a blue lotus, or in the middle of a mandārava flower. The splendors of those born in the center of a blue lotus or a mandārava are such that they assume a violet or blue color that resembles the flower they are born within. Similarly, they may also appear with multiple colors. In perfect accord with their respective lotus flowers, the gods’ bodies may be resplendent in the colors of the seven precious substances. How are they resplendent in the colors of the seven precious substances? They may have beryl-colored eyebrows and eyes, silvery nails, teeth of pearl with a reddish hue, bodies that are the color of pure gold from the Jambu River, or body hairs the color of sapphire, and they may have makeup498 that resembles the saraka gem. In accordance with their karmic actions, they are born in the hearts of lotuses with such colorful bodies. Many of them have bodies the color of refined gold from the Jambu River, their hair is sapphire, their nails look like rubies, and their perfectly black body hairs resemble musāra. These are just some examples for those who have never seen anything of this sort. The bodies and garments of those born in mandārava flowers are also of many colorful kinds that match the flowers in which they are seated. This somewhat resembles the way insects that are born in a flower499 may assume matching colors. [F.265.a] Such qualities are produced exclusively by one’s environment,500 which may be either virtuous or unvirtuous. Therefore, everything follows the character of the environment.
“The vast heavenly enjoyments of the gods who are born from such flowers continuously increase and expand, and thus the magnificent divine substances each give rise to a profusion of other such substances every single moment. Hence, it is impossible to provide any example to illustrate even a single facet of their heavenly enjoyments. This is just to mention a tiny fraction of them—like a single drop of water compared to all the water in the ocean. That explanation is given so that one may understand the causal relationships that constantly arise from completed positive and virtuous actions. When people develop attachment to the ensuing enjoyments, they will also engage in positive actions. They may also develop a mindset that pursues liberation. Considering the way beings in existence are overcome by suffering and destroyed by their craving for objects, they will begin to question whether there is any happiness in cyclic existence whatsoever. Hence, this is an explanation of the effects of positive karmic actions—not an approval of the pleasures of the gods, which is based on attachment to existence.
“The gods born in this realm constantly revel in divine sense pleasures. In the company of hundreds of thousands of singing goddesses, they take in the forests, parks, lakes, and ponds. Enjoying each other’s company as they experience their own karmic actions, they visit the mountain slopes, peaks, [F.265.b] ponds, lotus pools, and forests. There, they enjoy copious pleasures within joyous gatherings of gods and goddesses. Shining in their own light, the congregations of gods and goddesses celebrate together. Moving between all the sites, forests, parks, delightful areas, and mountain peaks of the seven precious substances, they experience insatiable passion. Seeing new lotus pools of unprecedented beauty, hearing utterly enchanting songs, tasting the flavors of heavenly substances, enjoying the textures of divine garments and undergarments, and scenting the delightful fragrances of heavenly features, they continue their journey for a very long time. With their passions roused, they are mutually infatuated. Then, to those gods that are so engrossed in one another, some birds that are known as awakening from passion will sing these verses:
“In this way, the bird, which is also known as timely admonishment, warbles to the careless gods who are lost in their carelessness, explaining to them that the terrors of the Lord of Death are real and certain to come. Yet, even though they hear this message, the careless gods will continue just as if they had not heard a thing. They will not develop any weariness, for their faculties vacillate by nature, and the faculties of those who experience delightful enjoyments are particularly fickle. In this manner, these gods are constantly driven by enjoyment. Therefore, no matter how much one might inform them about reality and the nature of things, and about what is beneficial, meaningful, and correct, they will not understand. Even if some among them should understand, they will not keep it in mind, because the poison of craving for objects makes them delusional. That is why these gods cannot take note of anything that is true. [F.266.b] Without ascribing them any importance, they keep enjoying their sweet and vast pleasures. Running along their rivers of such luxuriant pleasures, they laugh excitedly as the music of the five types of instruments keeps playing. In the forests and parks, among the pools, and in the thickets, they enjoy themselves together with their divine companions to the accompaniment of song and music. They enjoy themselves in this way due to their own positive past actions.
“In numerous bejeweled locations, and on mountain slopes adorned with the seven precious substances, they traipse around in constant exhilaration, experiencing the most exquisite sense pleasures and enjoying supreme delights. They visit magnificent and beautiful locations and enjoy delightful lands, where they spend their time enraptured within the most delightful parks. Amid their retinues of goddesses, they relish food and drink and revel in the perfect fulfillment of all their wishes. When in the company of the goddesses within the parks, everyone shares the same pursuit without causing anyone harm. Everyone is in mutual agreement, enamored with each other, and in this way they all celebrate to the delightful music of the five types of instruments.
“While thus enjoying such pleasures, the roaming gods will at some point come to the banks of a lake known as Expansive. The lake measures one hundred leagues and is covered with bright lotus flowers in the colors of the seven precious substances. Known as touchable beryl stems, these great lotuses are wide open and display their anthers, which are made of extremely fine diamond. Seeing this great, unprecedented sight, the gods will be struck with amazement and delight. [F.267.a] As they take in this most enchanting scenery, the likes of which they have never seen anywhere else in the heavens, they will marvel in wonder and exultation. As their joyous excitement increases a hundredfold, they will look at each other and embrace one another, all the while admiring this uniquely delightful field of gorgeous, large lotuses, all in full bloom. They will say to one another, ‘Gods, look at this! This is the greatest and most enchanting wonder in all the heavens!’ What they are witnessing is something that none of them has ever seen before. That place, which is so amazing to behold, has a perfect brilliance and is adorned by gorgeous bees in the colors of the seven precious substances.
“The gods will now proceed to play among the large blooming lotuses, mutually enamored by their looks. The entire lake known as Expansive is covered in the most beautiful manner, and so the gods see only glimpses of its water. On the shores of the lake are embankments of pearl, along with spacious and extremely beautiful terraces of sapphire, ruby, and silver. Surrounded by such embankments, the hearts of the great lotuses grow to measure five leagues high and ten leagues across, but their sizes will adjust to precisely match the wishes of these gods who have previously engaged in positive actions. The gods will play among these flowers that assume any size they may desire, just as they open and close according to their wishes. [F.267.b] Whatever the gods may think, conceive of, or imagine manifests on that lake and among those lotuses in exact accord with their wishes. Therefore, the lake is also known as Joyous Imagination and the flowers as lotuses of the imagination. Such are the names that the gods first give to the lake and the lotuses.
“As soon as the gods see the lake, their rapture increases a hundredfold, and so they will begin to dance, pose, and sing on its shores. Embracing one another to the sounds of music of the five types of instruments, they will enjoy their divine pleasures. Based on their own past positive actions, they will keep playing by the lake, enjoying drinks that are free from the negative side effects of inebriation but endowed with all the benefits of inebriation. The drinks are cool and have precisely the fragrance and color the gods prefer, and the gods drink these from jewel chalices that also take on any shape they may fancy. Such are the drinks that manifest from that perfect lake, and thus all the gods who have arrived there take part in the drinking.
“Other gods who have been in the vicinity now also come to join the dances by the great lake. As they arrive, they will discover ambrosial juices endowed with divine scents, tastes, textures, and colors. Delighted by what they see, they will also begin to celebrate. [F.268.a] Whenever they wish to eat, they will imbibe these nectars, scooping them with their hands or with chalices, all in accordance with their individual karmic actions.
“Once they have drunk from these nectars, they will proceed toward the lake and there feast their eyes on the great radiant lotuses that shine with a brilliance greater than a hundred thousand suns. All the jewels in the heavens cannot compare to even a sixteenth of their radiance. When the gods see these great lotuses, they will become overjoyed. They will proceed to the lake in groups, dancing to the melodious tunes played on the five types of instruments. In this way they will arrive at the banks of Lake Expansive.
“Those who stay by the lake will keep witnessing the most enrapturing wonders. What are the features of the great lotuses? Some among these delightful and marvelous flowers are visited by great bees of myriad colors and shapes. With their wings of the seven precious substances, the male and female bees frolic together. These male and female bees of the seven precious substances together sip the incomparable nectars that flow from the lotuses, and, as they do so, they hum these verses:
“In this way, motivated by positive karmic actions, the bees hum to the assembled gods. Yet the gods pay no attention to their advice, and instead they will continue their exulted and enchanted enjoyment of the lake together with their companions. Celebrating joyfully and passionately, they will sing and enjoy themselves.
“When they have frolicked for a long time in this way, the gods will at some point face the lake and begin to cross it together. Because of the purity of the great lotuses, the buoyancy of the elements, and the force of their karmic actions, they are all able to proceed. They move by the force of their own karmic actions, relishing and craving all the colorful petals of various shapes and hues, yearning for and enjoying the sight of them. In this way, the gatherings of divine companions will move playfully through the lotus grove. Whenever the desirous gods begin to climb the flower petals they open up—the circumstance of their past virtuous actions causes the great lotuses to bloom. Due to the positive actions of the gods, the hearts of the flowers then transform and come to measure two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, five hundred, six hundred, nine hundred, and even one thousand leagues across. [F.269.b] When the innermost parts of the flowers open up, their unfolding spans a hundred leagues. Such is the power of these great lotuses.
“As the divine companions climb among the petals in playful jubilation, they may at some point think, ‘When we revel and gallivant here, it would also be nice to have streams of delicious food and drink.’ The moment the gods entertain this thought, streams of food and drink will begin to flow right where they are, emerging from the petals of the lotuses. The gods will then call out, ‘Look, here is drink and food for us!’ and thus they will feast together on the nectars. They spend a long time this way.
“At some point, however, the gods will have another thought: ‘May a delightful forest appear right here between the petals!’ At that very moment their positive karmic actions will then produce such a forest. Tall trees studded with the seven precious substances will grow forth, filled with many different birds that sing in delightful ways. There will be great mansions draped with vines; exquisite flowers, fruits, and crops that flourish at all times and seasons; exceptionally delightful rivers and waterfalls; enchanting interconnected waterways; gorgeous cascades and springs that make lovely noises; [F.270.a] and many open flower meadows of various kinds, filled with flowers of all sorts of fragrances, sizes, and shapes. In the waters grow other flowers, such as blue lotuses, pink lotuses, amalānā flowers, and nītāna flowers, as well as studded ones, hundred-petaled ones, immutable ones, perfect ones, labalas, enclosure-like ones, ones that shine, bee-eyed ones, ever-colorful ones, and sapphire-colored ones. These and many other gorgeous water flowers of divine substance grow throughout the forest.
“There are also flowers in many beautiful colors and shapes that grow on dry land, much to the delight of the gods who have entered among the petals of the great lotuses. Some of these flowers growing in that forest on the great lotuses glow with a delightful radiance. Whenever the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife call out to these flowers, the flowers will come before them; whenever a god or goddess calls out to such a flower, it will always come before that god and unfold its luminous heart. The fragrance of those spectacular flowers can be sensed across a hundred leagues and display their many different colors in a constant and most enchanting bloom. Their petals and stems are soft501 and delightful to touch, and they shine with brilliant light. One never tires of looking at these lovely and enchanting flowers that grow on dry land.
“The trees in the forest also produce flowers, such as mandārava flowers that are easy to pluck and have delightful textures, tastes, scents, and colors. Likewise, there are ketakas, [F.270.b] magnolias, young-nāga-tongues, mature and fresh malikas, delightful ones, and radiant ones. Such fragrant flowers, delightful in all regards, cover the gorgeous mountain ranges and peaks. When flowers appear on the trees, vines, and branches in this manner, it is due to the power of the past positive karmic actions of the gods who now play among the lotus petals. That is the force that causes the gods and their accompanying retinues to enter the lotus grove to play and enjoy themselves among the lotus petals; that is the force that produces the great lotus grove, the other lotus groves, the vast lake, and the blooming of lotuses in accordance with their wishes.
“The gods who have entered among the petals of these lotuses will enjoy themselves for a long time, reveling in the pleasures of the five senses. However, at some point those gods who play among the petals of the great lotuses will have the thought, ‘As we are here for such an extended time,502 how nice if we who frolic here would also have some mountains. There should be some dazzling summits, made of many different jewels, where flocks of birds sing beautifully. It should be a delightful place with caves and forests, cascades, sloping sides, and valleys. It should be a thoroughly exquisite place for us to play. Let there be such a mountain for us gods, here among the petals of these great lotuses!’
“The moment they entertain this thought, it happens. Due to the conditions of the gods’ positive actions and the power of circumstances, a magnificent forest will appear [F.271.a] along with parks, pools, mountain summits, ravines, and delightful slopes. There are jungles and delightful radiant caves studded with the seven precious substances and draped with vines. There are valleys with flatlands, and pleasant alpine regions with hundreds of mountains that are at all times delightful to behold. Everywhere is lush with divine flowers, fruits, and vines. There are also hundreds of thousands of gorgeous caves, slopes, and valleys. This vista makes the gods abandon their round lotus petals. In groups of hundreds of thousands, they will depart, draped in flower garlands that never wither and which possess divine colors, fragrances, and textures. They will proceed accompanied by the lovely songs of divine singers, who sing gently and uninterruptedly. Their songs are captivating and beautiful, and the gods enjoy them without ever being sated, no matter how long they hear these tunes. In this way, endowed with the pleasures of the five senses, they will move, ever so leisurely, toward the mountains.
“As they arrive in this vast realm, they will keenly look around, taking in the joys that lie before them. They will celebrate and serve one another. Eating and drinking from rivers of delicious sustenance, they will partake of food and drink, and when they have thus consumed a rich feast, they will proceed into the mountains. The goddesses have mandārava flowers, lotus flowers, and kuśeśaya water lilies affixed to their bodies, and, draped in garlands of divine substances, they dance and sing. For a long time, everyone will enjoy these sublime sense pleasures. Then, as before, because their minds are so attached to objects and remain utterly insatiable, they will once again be carried away by the river of craving. [F.271.b] The gods and their attending goddesses, with their different looks, ornaments, and costumes, will once again begin to rove in gatherings of hundreds and thousands. Once again, they will arrive by the lotus lake known as Expansive, and thus they will make their way to its great blooming lotus flowers. They will approach the flowers and enter among the great lotuses. Then, in the same way as before, they will experience the exhilarating joys of playing among the lotus petals, driven503 by the imprints of their own karmic actions.
“Then at some point the gods will think, ‘In the hills live many different birds of varying figures and plumages. They play and behave in all sorts of ways, have different shapes, eat different foods, live in different places, perform in different captivating ways, and sing in numerous enchanting styles. Their large bodies have colorful and brilliant designs in the colors of the seven precious substances, and they move unhindered across water and dry land and through the open sky, prancing with joy. How nice it would be for us to be able to ride on those gorgeous birds, traveling through the sky, together with all our attending goddesses, traveling happily through the center of the sky, touring all the most delightful regions while taking in the sights in perfect comfort.’
“With this thought in mind, the gods look around at their environment, and then they will again play around with their companions. [F.272.a] Yet, as soon as they have had this thought, birds begin to come flying in. They come from the mountain forests, vine-draped caverns, mountain peaks, jungles, hills, and valleys, having all been summoned there by the power of the gods’ positive karmic actions. Joyous birds in numerous shapes and guises will now appear, filling the sky. They are colorful, have melodious voices, display rich designs of the seven precious substances, and captivate all the goddesses. Singing playfully, the birds fly in from all directions, approaching the great lotuses in which the gods are playing. Since their avenue is the sky, they fill the sky completely.
“When the gods with their goddesses see the birds approaching, they will become totally enraptured, and they will now wish to rise up into the sky upon the birds, together with their partners. The birds therefore let the gods and their companions ride upon their backs, and as they lift off into the open sky they soar away in all directions. While delightful songs and music played on vīṇās, golden nine-stringed sitars, flutes, drums,504 and divine cymbals fill their ears, they will tour all the stunning regions with their partners, enjoying all their pleasures. Attached to desirous happiness, their minds are ruined by lustful desire, [F.272.b] and yet they do not realize the disastrous fall that awaits them beyond. However, at that time, inspired by the gods’ past positive karmic actions, so-called truth speaker birds will sing these verses of instruction to the careless gods:
“In this way, the birds instruct the gods with these verses that manifest from past positive actions. Yet, obscured by their careless pursuit of objects, the gods do not understand. Without paying any attention to the birds’ words, they will keep their focus on the delightful regions filled with so many pleasures—the wonderful mountains and streams, the green hills, the cascades, the ponds, the trees, the interconnected forests and parks, the lotus groves, and the lofty peaks where the gods frolic and the songs sung by the most accomplished birds fill one’s ears. Having seen all this and more, the gods and goddesses will go to drink precious nectar among the lotus flowers. Following that, they will play together among wish-fulfilling trees to the sound of music from the five types of instruments.
“When they continue their journey, they will catch sight of gods and goddesses who travel in mansions that float through space. The gods wear divine flower garlands, enjoy divine senses pleasures, and celebrate to the sounds of heavenly drums. Those gods and goddesses also notice the arriving gods, and thus everyone comes together to celebrate. In this way, the gods, who ride through the sky on birds adorned with the seven precious substances as well as shining emeralds, will meet [F.273.b] the other gods living in this forest, riding within their mansions, and so everyone plays delightfully in the sky, joyously befriending one another.
“When they have played together in this way for an extremely long time, enjoying such supreme pleasures, they will once again assemble on the alpine peaks and there enjoy various games in the forests and parks. Then they will return to the great lake called Expansive. Filling the sky as they ride on the backs of the birds, they will leave the forests and parks behind and travel back to the great Lake Expansive while their minds are captivated by heavenly music. Finding this lake to be the most enjoyable of all, they will dismount from the birds and take their places on seats of pearl. Then, everyone will once again enter among the lotus petals to enjoy themselves, just as before.
“When they have spent a long time celebrating among the lotus leaves, they will at some point think, ‘While we stay here in this way, it would be nice if there were some vine-draped houses—houses among which infatuated cuckoos emit happy calls, houses adorned with flower garlands, studded with many different jewels, and covered with magnificent leaves and foliage. It would be nice to have such vine-draped houses to play in.’ [F.274.a]
“The very moment this thought occurs, the gods’ past positive actions cause such luminous, vine-draped houses to appear spontaneously. They are spectacular houses that are decorated with exquisite flowers and made of fine gold, silver, beryl, sapphire, ruby, crystal, pure gold, or combinations of such materials. It is the gods’ past positive actions that make this occur so instantaneously. When the gods see those vine-draped houses they become overjoyed, and thus they will begin to play and celebrate in the exact same way as before.
“Surrounded by their attending goddesses, wearing divine garlands, and endowed with all exquisite enjoyments, the gods are free from all hostility. They think in a way that is free from envy or stinginess, and they are not subject to animosity or mental discomfort. Cavorting in perfect happiness, they celebrate to the tune of music from the five types of instruments due to the power of their past positive actions. This music is delightful and flows with gentle and continuous melodies. The gods will then enter the vine-draped houses together with their partners to frolic insatiably. Scorched by the poison of craving, they enjoy the pleasures of the five senses insatiably. In their vine-draped houses, which show no sign of impermanence, the gods will enjoy themselves, experiencing a form of happiness that is tainted by strong attachment.
“The vines that cover the houses are of many different kinds. [F.274.b] There are vines of beryl that have golden leaves and fruits the color of rubies. There are also sapphire vines with silver-colored leaves and crystal-colored fruits, golden vines with sapphire-colored leaves and ruby fruits, vines comprising a blend of the seven precious substances with the same sort of multicolored leaves and fruits, and golden vines with silver leaves and fruits. Some of them grow leaves of the same color as the rest of the plant, and so, for example, some golden vines bear leaves and fruits that are likewise golden. Such are the vine-draped houses that, due to the gods’ past positive karmic actions, appear as soon as they think of them.
“Ecstatically, the gods will enter these houses to frolic with their goddesses. Giving each other pleasure and serving one another, they are maddened by the delights of their many different divine objects, and thus they become insatiable with their pleasures, like fish in water. They are utterly amazed by these houses draped in vines, and so they will celebrate and sing happy songs to music from the five types of instruments.
“At some point, however, they will think, ‘While we are here in these delicate, vine-draped houses, it would be wonderful if some streams of exquisite color, scent, taste, and texture were to spring forth from the petals!’ [F.275.a]
“They form this fervent wish together with their companions, and they all set their minds on that goal. The very moment that wish is entertained, a river with perfect taste, scent, and texture will appear due to the power of their positive actions. The river will flow in a continuous stream from the lotus petals. As the stream gushes forth, the gods and their companions become infatuated and crazed by the wonders they experience. In this way, craving insatiably for further pleasures, they will celebrate and frolic passionately to the tunes of enchanting songs. Born in a realm of carelessness, they naturally exhaust their positive actions in this way, as will become evident to them at the time of their death and transmigration.
“While they continue their revels with an insatiable craving for objects, they will at some point think, ‘May nectars of supreme scent, taste, color, and texture also begin to drip from the lotus petals!’
“At that very moment the gods’ positive actions will cause nectars of sublime taste, color, scent, and texture to emerge, with features that match the quality of their individual karmic actions, and they will then spend a long time enjoying those.
“Next the gods may think, ‘How nice it would be if among these vines we would find heavenly necklaces and crowns studded with jewels, armlets, and flower garlands of the most delightful kinds!’ [F.275.b]
“The very moment they entertain this wish, such gorgeous heavenly ornaments appear by the power of their past positive actions. The gods now wear these adornments and, together with the goddesses, they will continue enjoying their sense pleasures insatiably. Still, even though they revel for a long time, their craving for objects is never satisfied.
“While living in this way, the gods may at some point get the idea, ‘It would be nice if the breeze would stir the petals to produce gentle melodies that are superior to those brought forth by any musician, along with many different floral aromas.’
“The moment this thought crops up, their past positive actions will animate the wind element such that gentle tunes with exactly those features begin to emerge. As the petals now tremble, they will produce a unique tune that is so enrapturing to the ear that the voice of the foremost singers cannot match even a sixteenth fraction of it. Together with the goddesses, the gods will then enjoy themselves for a long spell, enraptured, singing, and reveling. Yet, how could they possibly be satisfied by their pleasures?
“The gods may then further think, ‘As we languish here, it also would be nice if some mansions would appear—mansions decorated in the colors of the seven precious substances and replete with all forms of exquisite pleasures. Inside them, we could once again explore the regions around the great lake from the sky, in playful celebration, [F.276.a] indulging our pleasures, reveling, enjoying ourselves, and singing songs.’
“Just by virtue of thinking this, the gods will now find such houses before them. The houses are made of the seven precious substances, studded with numerous kinds of jewels, draped with pearl garlands, and designed with gorgeous fences. Some are pulled by swans, some by peacocks, some by pheasants, and some by many colorful birds. In front of the houses gather birds of any kind the gods may desire. Seeing all this, the gods will then ride whichever vehicle they desire, frolicking and full of desire. In this fashion, they will proceed to tour the region of Lake Expansive. Seeing the full extent of the lake, as well as the great lotuses, spurs them on, and the sight of the giant lotuses fills them with tremendous wonder. The jewel petals on the lotuses shine in many bright colors, filling the atmosphere with light rays of diamond, yellow sapphire, emerald, ruby, beryl, blue sapphire, silver, and gold in accordance with the colors of the petals. The gods enjoy this most enthralling sight.
“The gods who thus travel in their houses in the midst of the sky, and the gatherings of gods who enjoy the lotuses, will then begin play around [F.276.b] and befriend one another. With their hearts set only on intoxication, they will gambol among the lotus petals and sing songs. The skyfaring gods and the gods who live in the great lotuses will immerse themselves in great joyous celebrations of numerous kinds, and there is hardly any example that can capture the character of their impassioned festivities. The sounds of song and music from the five types of instruments can be heard across five hundred leagues as they enjoy an abundance of superlative sense pleasures.
“All the gods’ enjoyments manifest due to their own performed, completed, and accumulated karmic actions, and yet they do not remember this. Therefore, when their karmic actions are exhausted, and their positive actions have been consumed, they will die and transmigrate, and thus everyone must eventually depart. The subsequent realms that manifest and the specific kinds of pleasure and pain that they will experience at that point are all dependent on their individual positive and negative paths of karmic action. In this way, in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, animals, and humans they will encounter fearful situations, whereas in other realms life does not involve such terrors. Yet the gods do not understand this because their submersion in the darkness of carelessness prevents such an understanding. Once their positive actions have been exhausted and the wind of impermanence causes their inevitable fall, [F.277.a] those who performed, cultivated, and increased acts of carelessness will gradually come to see the adverse effects that are the outcome of their false friends, who only appeared to be friends, and their false boons that only appeared to be boons. At that point they will realize, ‘We have performed, cultivated, and increased acts of carelessness—we have not accomplished anything good!’
“Nevertheless, without paying any attention to the activities of their enemy—carelessness—the gods will just continue to enjoy themselves and sing by the lake. The lake is, as it were, the essence of their karmic actions. They will play ecstatically among the petals of the king of lotuses or tour the lake from above, traveling through the sky in their mansions. As they are lost in carelessness, the bird called playing in lake waves will speak the following verses to the gods, due to the power of their past positive actions:
“With these words, the bird called playing in lake waves conveys verses of instruction to the careless gods so that they might pacify their carelessness. Yet, the gods are deluded and thus give no thought to these facts. [F.278.a] Then, just as before, those who ascended into the sky and those who are exploring the lotus petals at Lake Expansive will all gaze at each other with great excitement and pursue their joyous games accompanied by divine music from the five heavenly instruments. Enjoying the enchanting forms and aromas of further objects, they are insatiable. Time and again, they revel in the objects within the forests without ever being satisfied, just as if they were drinking salty water. In this way the gods will keep frolicking and relishing their many pleasures.
“When an extremely long time has elapsed, those gods who have played and called out in the sky above will descend and land by Lake Expansive and the grove of great lotuses. Joining the gods who frolic among the petals of the great lotuses, they will sing joyous songs to music from the five types of instruments, and thus they serve one another in the single pursuit of pleasure. With their minds attached to the six pleasures, they sing and enjoy the most exhilarating games, experiencing a rich variety of many types of pleasure. Their pleasures manifest and are accomplished simply by the mere thought of them—such is the perfection that is accomplished by the power of their virtuous karmic actions. In this way, the gods are swept away by the great river of thought, with its powerful currents and waves of concepts. [F.278.b] They squander a great deal of time in total carelessness.
“The gods who have entered among the lotus petals get absorbed in the experience of numerous divine pleasures. Yet, out of love for these gods who are lost in careless abandon, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will now produce emanations that encourage them to give up such carelessness and that pacify their passion for appearance and youth. By the great lake known as Expansive looms a mountain known as Blue Shade, made of radiant beryl with ores of gold and silver. This mountain features bright and colorful forests that shimmer with light and are flush with hundreds of thousands of cascades with refreshing waters. The dazzling mountain summits are adorned with groves and pools. Numerous species of spectacular flowers grow in profusion on this mountain, and there are thousands of exquisite mansions draped with vines. Within this gorgeous setting on that lofty mountain, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife now produces an inconceivable miraculous display of divine substances. This he does for the benefit of the gods who live in that delightful realm and for the benefit of other gods as well. He projects divine bodies with exuberant youthfulness, luster, and swiftness who dance, sing, laugh, pose, and frolic in ways that are ten times superior to those of the gods in that delightful realm. All the features of their divine objects cannot compare to even a tenth of the special features of Musulundha’s emanations. [F.279.a] These emanations are devoid of the slightest unattractive features related to their bodies, youth, dimensions, colors, shapes, postures, song, dance, or play—such is the great display of emanations that is manifested upon Mount Blue Shade, while the mountain’s general environment remains the same beryl nature as before.
“The gods and goddesses that emanate from the beautiful summits of that lofty mountain sing to music from the five types of instruments in ways that are captivating and enchanting. These emanations gradually enter all the parks where the actual gods dance and strut in celebration. Even when the gods hear the songs of the emanations, which are ten times more melodious than their own, they and their goddesses will still remain absorbed in their joyful games, just as before. But as the emanated gods leisurely arrive, the gods of the realm will notice the difference between themselves and the emanations, and thus they will realize that they are in all regards unattractive when compared to the emanations. In this way, any conceits about having a superior form will be overcome. The emanations surpass the gods in terms of their attire. Their light surpasses the light that radiates from the gods’ bodies. Their melodious songs surpass the beauty of the gods’ songs. Even their fragrances surpass the gods’ fragrances. In all matters pertaining to their size, luster, and figure, the emanations surpass the original gods and goddesses. [F.279.b] This is also the case with respect to their pleasures of the five types of objects, which also surpass the gods’ pleasures of the five types of objects.
“The excessive conceit of the original gods will weaken as the emanations begin to mingle among them in various ways. The splendor of the original gods is outshone by the emanations just as all the splendor of the planets, heavenly constellations, and stars is outshone when the sun rises in Jambudvīpa. The splendor of their music is outshone just as human music is outshone by that of the gods. In that same way, their songs are also outshone. Their size, luster, and figures are outshone in the same way that the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife surpass humans.
“As a result, the original gods will begin to slink away in shame, heading for the banks of Lake Expansive. They will depart with minds that are shamed and humbled. Yet, the emanated gods now also go to sing, dance, and celebrate by the great lotuses of that lake. They will enter among the petals of the great lotuses, dancing, flirting, strutting, and befriending one another in the single pursuit of passion. At that point, those beings, who are vastly superior to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, [F.280.a] will sing the following verses out of concern for the gods:
“With these words, Musulundha’s emanations sing to the gods, who are so completely overcome by carelessness. Their song is stunningly beautiful, and thus the original gods will pay rapt attention to the emanations as they sing in this unprecedented way, blending song with teaching. Among those listening to the melodious verses will be certain leaders among the gods who have pure minds due to their practice in past lives.505 When those leaders listen to the beautiful song, they will also understand its meaning and grow disheartened. At that point they will think, ‘Those beings who have entered among us are superior to us in all regards, and their beautiful verses convey an excellent teaching. Why are we so utterly inferior?’
“By such skillful means, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife brings understanding to their hearts and frees them from carelessness. He also benefits the gods in other such ways. While the emanated gods are at first infatuated with the pleasures of their bodies, and so forth, without any awareness of falling into misfortune, later, at the time of their death and transmigration, they are first scorched by the flames of regret and then burned in the fires of hell. Thus, wishing to benefit the original gods of that realm, Musulundha shows them this display of his emanated gods, thereby causing them to grow disheartened.
“ Next, seeing that the gods have fallen into gloom, he will bring forth other emanations that will cause them even further weariness. Numerous such emanated gods will appear, frolicking, singing, and playing in numerous ways. [F.281.a] Such celebrations, which are utterly unprecedented for the original gods, now take place as the emanations frolic ecstatically in myriad special ways—all for the sake of freeing the original gods from carelessness and making them abandon their infatuation. When the original gods hear the ravishing songs of the emanated gods, they will be struck with amazement, and thus they will stop their own singing, dancing, playing, reveling, and celebrating. Instead, they will now watch the emanations with one-pointed attention. The emanations, for their part, will keep dancing, singing, flirting, strutting, and enjoying themselves in sundry inimitable ways, entering among the lotus petals as they sing and dance.
“When he knows that the minds of the original gods have become pliable, Musulundha will then cause one of the lotus petals on which the emanations sit and sing to fall off. Some of the emanations will sink into the lake, some will bob up only to disappear again, some will flail on the surface of the water, and some will clutch onto each other as they sink, crying out to one another, ‘Help! Save us!’ Thus they will scream as they try to grab one another for support. The gods who are assembled on the banks of the lake will witness the despair, terror, and torment that the emanations undergo as they cry, plunge, and sink. [F.281.b]
“As soon as this one petal has fallen off, Musulundha will cause another petal, which is also full of emanated gods, to break off and fall into the waters of Lake Expansive. In this way, all the emanated gods on that petal will now also plunge in horror. Some will sink into the water while others scream out furiously in despair due to this sudden change. Some will disappear and cannot be seen. Some will thrash about in the water and then drown. Some will bellow out in rage. The goddesses likewise will suffer devastation and become outraged. All the gods are distraught as they sink. Floundering and clutching onto each other, they will disappear into the water, just like drowning men lost at sea after a shipwreck. In that way, the emanated gods try to escape the waters of misfortune, but as they fall from the petals they disappear into the lake.
“Next, a third petal will fall into Lake Expansive. All the emanated gods that were sitting on that petal will now plummet and sink like stones, never to be seen again. Then another petal will fall, and the entire assembly gathered on that petal will likewise plummet into Lake Expansive, where they will sink out of sight. They will clutch onto each other tightly as they cry out in despair and holler for help. Their cries, screams, and pleas can be heard for a long time, but in the end they will all drown. [F.282.a] They will cry out hundreds and thousands of times in countless different ways as they plunge downward and sink like stones into the lake. One after the other, they will depart to take rebirth in the realms below.
“Then another petal full of gods will break off. As that happens, a deafening noise will be heard. It will sound as if a mountain is crumbling, or the earth shaking, or the ocean blasted by storms. Hearing these sudden and overwhelming sounds, the original gods will fall down and lie paralyzed. As they encounter these many horrific sights, they will feel profoundly distressed and terrified, and they will be struck by the deepest gloom. When the emanated gods fall into the lake, those around them will stand by in agony, crying, ‘What is this? Something like this has never happened before! Never have gods experienced anything like this—now even the gods must face such unbearable pain!’ They will cry out in such ways as they witness the utter horror of this terribly alarming turn of events. With all this on their minds, they will confer with each other and be overcome by a tremendous sadness. Then, when yet another petal falls, the goddesses will become enraged and cry furiously to each other, ‘Ahhhhh! Help!’ [F.282.b]
“Such is the situation for those who roam in carelessness. Such are the features of their downfall. As the original gods become anxious, their minds will become pliable, for as their carelessness decreases, they become capable of accomplishing the qualities of the transcendence of suffering. Seeing this, Musulundha, who is wholly intent on benefiting others, will make the lotus flowers and the gods disappear. Thereby, a vast congregation of beings lost in carelessness will now obtain a virtuous state of mind. These beings will now be capable of apprehending the teaching of the sacred Dharma and can now be taught the sacred Dharma.
“Having understood this, Musulundha will emanate other great terrors at the lake. He will let a hundred petals fall, causing his emanated gods to undergo numerous horrors and disasters as they sink in the lake, crying in many different ways, mad and wounded, dying in the lake in great numbers. Having watched this for a long time, the determination of the original gods will be broken. Distraught, they will try to go elsewhere, but wherever they go they will see more of the same disheartening appearances. They will become extremely distressed and dejected at what they see. Finally, they will retreat into a lotus bulb where they will find other careless gods to play with. [F.283.a] However, when Musulundha notices what is happening, he will act with altruistic care and concern. With supreme compassion, he acts for the benefit of others, and thus he will make his emanations follow the gods into the lotus flower. At this point, he will finally let all his emanations disappear and bring the gods relief. He will then tell them, ‘You gods who circulate through these realms of profound terror, as you wander through such realms of profound terror, do not wander carelessly! This is the situation awaiting those who roam carelessly! Those who roam carelessly will face profound terror. No one who is careless can possibly avoid suffering.’ Then Musulundha will utter these verses:
“When the original gods now see Musulundha, they will all regain their senses, and with tremendous relief they will come rushing toward the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. They will think, ‘Our protector is here! Our protector, the lord of all beings in the Heaven Free from Strife, has entered the center of this lotus flower together with a great entourage of gods. He has come to take care of us!’
“With that understanding, they will all come toward the center of the lotus flower and the place where Musulundha is present. [F.283.b] On his lion throne at the center of the lotus flower sits Musulundha surrounded by attending gods of the same complexion as the flower. As the original gods arrive there, they will address Musulundha: ‘Your Majesty, who were those gods and why did they come to compete with us? They were ravaged, tossed about, and drowned in the waters. Enraged, they suffered in so many ways.’
“In reply, Musulundha will say to them, ‘Such are the consequences that all living beings must endure. Such are the flaws of carelessness, and yet you do not fully understand.’ He will then utter these verses:
“Wishing to benefit the distressed gods, Musulundha instructs them with these verses. The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will also reprimand the gods with the following words: ‘You had never before witnessed anyone sinking into the darkness of carelessness, which leads to such great sufferings as well as impending old age and death. [F.284.b] However, you are no different from the gods you saw. You engage in errors and are fond of carelessness, and nothing can save those who engage in errors. Even gods who are in all regards far superior to you are destroyed by carelessness. You have witnessed how they lose their physical features, complexion, enjoyments, mansions, luster, goddesses, and friends. How then can you enjoy these? How then can you linger with your retinue? Since you have seen how they engaged in error and suffered from the flaws of carelessness, you should now, at all times and by all means, avoid carelessness.
“ ‘Living this short life while governed by carelessness is even worse than being poisoned. When the fire of carelessness is fanned by the wind of thought, it is much stronger than any other fire fanned by the wind. There is no darkness as long and dense as the darkness of carelessness, which has been present since time without beginning. There is no enemy as ruthless and punishing as carelessness, for it strikes with the help of every object. Weapons may be sharp, but there is no blade as sharp as carelessness, for its pointed tip drives you off to the lower realms. [F.285.a] No poisonous snake can compare to the viper of carelessness, for its venom is lethal to all beings, and it definitively overpowers the mental fortitude of childish people. Among those who resemble friends in form only but who are not friends, carelessness is by far the worst because it is thoroughly mixed with lustful desire. Among those chains, bonds, or ropes that bind us, carelessness is by far the worst, for it is thoroughly mixed with fierce aggression. No wasteland devoid of water, trees, fruits, shade, or mounts can be as aggravating as the wasteland of carelessness, for lacking the waters of joy and the shady trees of noble beings’ discipline, it ultimately brings suffering upon all beings. Nothing is as deceptive or as meaningless as carelessness. Carelessness far surpasses the examples of the rim of the water wheel, the city of the gandharvas, or an optical illusion, for the fluctuating enjoyment of objects is far more meaningless and futile than a spinning water wheel, a city of the gandharvas, or an optical illusion. No precipice or abyss is as treacherous as carelessness, for it is certain to bring the experience of the inauspicious fall into the lower realms. [F.285.b] Carelessness causes gods and all living beings—all that are born in the five classes of beings and within the three realms—to suffer that inauspicious fall. Therefore, those who fear suffering and wish for happiness must apply tremendous diligence in all situations such that they give up carelessness, this root of suffering.’
“Musulundha will then utter this verse:
“In this way, the ruler of the gods, the accurate teacher of the true path, offers instruction to the gods and causes their minds to become pliable and their faculties to become sharp and bright. And thus, they will now listen with one-pointed minds. To Musulundha, who resides upon his lion throne in the middle of the lotus flower, they will now say, ‘You have explained to us that which is extremely beneficial and leads to ultimate happiness. Please teach us more about what is beneficial and delightful. Your Majesty, please tell us what we should do.’
“Petitioned in this way, the ruler of the gods will say to them, ‘The blessed ones know, understand, and have realized the practices of liberation. Free from all flaws and endowed with all good qualities, they are the superiors of all sentient beings. Take refuge in such buddhas and you shall be free from all suffering. They are free from carelessness, and if you take refuge in them [F.286.a] you will receive unsurpassable refuge and be saved from all the terrors of cyclic existence.’
“When the gods assembled before Musunlundha hear these words, they will kneel on the ground. Together with their retinues, they will all feel great reverence and their faculties will be wide awake. Filled with reverence for the blessed buddhas, they will bow their heads in homage and take refuge in the Three Jewels; everyone will take refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha. With deeply inspired minds, they will deprecate carelessness and confess their careless conduct because they now see how carelessness brings the gods unbearable horrors and extreme pain.
“Noticing that the gods have now developed weariness, Musulundha will again perform numerous miracles. In an instant he will multiply himself, turning himself into a hundred, a thousand, even a hundred thousand. In one moment, he will assume a plethora of appearances with many guises, and in the next moment, that many guises themselves will give rise to further such appearances. In an instant, he will rise into the sky, filling it with various jewel mansions that contain numerous other such manifestations and guises. In the next instant, he will submerge everything in the water. In the instant after that, he will manifest a thousand heads adorned with many different jewel crowns and shoulder ornaments. With a splendor greater than a thousand suns, he resides in the center of the entire gathering of gods, from where he is visible throughout all the parks. [F.286.b] Resplendent in a hundred thousand ways, he will sit amid the great gathering of gods, where he has emerged on top of the great lotus flower. His splendor is so overpowering that the gods can hardly bear looking at him.
“Musulundha will perform other miraculous feats as well. In order to decrease the carelessness of the gods, he will bring forth a hundred thousand gods from his mouth. Some of them ride in mansions while their bodies are bathed in brilliant jewel light. Some wear rich attire and sing melodious songs together with retinues of superbly youthful goddesses adorned with heavenly ornaments and attire. Such gods and goddesses emerge from the mouth of Musulundha. Some will take a seat within other lotuses made of the seven precious substances, where they will sing beautiful songs and drink nectars of divine taste and fragrance together with their companions. They are draped in heavenly garlands with hundreds and thousands of stunning features, and they glow with a splendid natural luster. Then, still more gods will emerge from Musulundha’s mouth. These magical manifestations ride on the backs of birds of the seven precious substances, frolicking and singing together with their companions and listening to the enrapturing music from the five heavenly instruments. Such careless creatures will emerge from the mouth of Musulundha.
“He will also produce other brilliant forms of incomparable gods that are radiant and beautiful. [F.287.a] Emerging from his mouth, they will mount the centers of the lotus flowers amid an ever-unfolding opulence of beauty. There, they will listen to divine music from the five types of instruments and enjoy heavenly drinks together with circles of attending goddesses. They will sing and celebrate together with their companions, surrounded by retinues of goddesses who display hundreds, thousands, and even billions of different forms, colors, and shapes. They will revel in numerous such ways within the forests and parks. They will also ascend into the sky and traipse about there as if they were on solid ground, while singing songs that the original gods can hear. The original gods will notice how the songs, bodies, and pleasures of the emanations are abundantly superior. Upon seeing these unprecedented wonders, some of them will be struck with amazement, some will become overjoyed, and some will be astonished. Wondering about all this, they will ask each other, ‘Why did these gods appear from the mouth of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife? They are so amazing!’
“Musulundha will display other supreme miraculous feats as well. From the gods that appeared from his mouth there will now emerge many different sages. They will have long hair and wear head ornaments and garments of bark. In their hands they will hold round water jugs, and they will also wear divine ornamental garlands [F.287.b] as well as skins of wild animals that blaze in splendor. They will appear in their hundreds and thousands. As they assemble in the sky, they will utter these verses for the sake of freeing the gods from carelessness:
“With these words, the sages who have emerged miraculously from Musulundha’s mouth teach in order to pacify the carelessness of the gods, and thus those original gods are benefited in a lasting manner.
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will conjure up other beneficial emanations as well. From his chest he will now emanate a beautiful lotus pool adorned with swans, ducks, and geese and filled with pristine water of the eight qualities. In this great pool grow billions of lovely lotuses, made of the seven precious substances, that transmit their delicious fragrances across a hundred leagues. In the hearts of the flowers reside hundreds of thousands of kings who wear various crowns and are bathed in the bright light of the colorful lotus petals. [F.288.b] The kings are adorned with shoulder ornaments studded with magnificent jewels, and around them cluster youthful attendants who sing to them and fan them with white yak tails as they reside upon their lion thrones. Other attendants wear gorgeous flowers in their hair as they praise the kings. They say, ‘May you be victorious! May you be victorious!’ and other such endearing phrases of tribute. Musulundha in this way will emanate a hundred thousand kings that rival Śakra. In order to make the original gods understand, he emanates a hundred thousand kings that are each able to compete even with hundreds of universal monarchs.
“Practicing what is of benefit to others, Musulundha will perform other miraculous feats as well. From his body will appear lotus flowers that measure a hundred leagues across and support billions of petals made of the seven precious substances. Among those colorful petals swarm divine bees that produce a most delightful and compelling humming. The sounds of these stunningly beautiful bees that cruise the heavenly flowers can be heard across five hundred leagues. The stems of these emanated flowers are made of beryl, set in diamond, and adorned with sapphires. They are even more lovely than a rainbow.
“Within these great lotuses live plowmen who wear human ornaments and clothing. With heavily ornamented bodies, they are thrilled as they till the fields among the lotuses, and thus they will sing these verses: [F.289.a]
“In this way, the emanations speak these verses for the sake of helping others. As they hear these words, the original gods will take them to heart, and they will no longer be so totally reckless concerning objects.
“For the sake of benefiting others, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will perform other amazing feats as well. From all his major and minor body parts will emerge gods, gandharvas, humans, nāgas, asuras, and others—an abundance of different beings from different worlds. They will wear different kinds of head ornaments and have different kinds of colors and shapes. They will all wear their typical ornaments and costumes. [F.289.b] Such emanations will appear from the pores of the body of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. Emerging from his entire body, they will all appear in their characteristic manners and styles, acting in accord with their kind, and surrounded by retinues that sing, dance, and strike poses. The humans among them are endowed with supremely delightful possessions of the kind that humans enjoy. Dancing and celebrating, they will enjoy the pleasures of human kings.
“Similarly, among the emanations will be numerous kinds of nāgas wearing many different ornaments and garments. Some will have a single head, and others will have two, three, four, five, six, or seven heads, each one adorned with a crown of special color and design. Bathed in the radiant light of abundant jewels of many different kinds, these nāgas with their multiple heads will play music, sing, laugh, pose, and frolic in passion, enjoying their bounteous pleasures.
“Musulundha will also produce the four asura kings, from Acala to Rāhu. They will be attended by the companions of Śakras of previous eons, buoyant asura ladies endowed with supreme physiques, ornaments, and raiment. Ecstatically, they will enjoy the most enchanting and inspiring music of the five types of instruments. The asura rulers reside within their mansions as they emerge from Musulundha’s body and mouth. All the asura emanations will celebrate and revel in the most exquisite pleasures. [F.290.a]
“He will also emanate humans from the northern continent of Kuru, inhabitants of Cloud, Multicolor, and the rest of the ten great mountains. With enjoyments that are only slightly inferior to the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, they enjoy their forests, parks, pools, lotus ponds, and rivers of assorted food and drink, reveling in a bounty of pleasures. Dancing, they will emerge from everywhere on Musulundha’s body. Likewise, people from the western continent of Godānīya will emerge. Endowed with their specific pleasures, they dance, sing, and laugh in exaltation. Such humans will emerge from the body of Musulundha. Similarly, the original gods will also see humans from the eastern continent of Videha, who play ecstatically, endowed with their own unique pleasures. Thus, in numerous different ways the master of miracles, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, will produce emanations for the sake of pacifying carelessness and doing what is of help to others.
“When impermanence becomes evident to the gods who otherwise are lost in carelessness, they will achieve what is known as a gentle stream of being. That is why Musulundha displays those many perfections. He lets them witness how pleasures are relished and how flaws follow from that. He creates emanations so that the gods may become disenchanted with their pleasures.
“As for the relishing of pleasures, this is just as explained. [F.290.b] It refers to a rich variety of dance, laughter, flirtation, and song, as well as a wealth of garments, food, and drink, and refers also to the service and passionate embrace of women. The relishing of pleasure implies an attachment-fueled consumption of exquisite sense pleasures. What are the flaws connected with such relishing? The attainment of pleasure is preceded by craving, and from such an attached pursuit of pleasure follows decay. In this way, generally speaking, the many sufferings associated with destruction will follow. What one has obtained will be taken by others, or one’s possessions may be ruined by the five types of destruction, such as a ruler, flooding, bandits, or fire. Pleasures also become the basis for other types of suffering, for they make one prone to constant worries about any harm or destruction that may be inflicted by enemies. In this way, one becomes subject to an incessant inundation of fear. Preceded by attachment, pleasures create constant mental torment. Such are the physical and mental flaws that ensue from craving pleasure. For as long as they live, childish beings with base minds thus keep suffering from the many forms of distress and torment that ensue as the flaws of attachment to pleasure.
“The pursuit of pleasure also involves other flaws. What are they? The pursuit of pleasure makes one fight and argue even with one’s own mother and children. One will be harmed by the abuse of others.506 The pursuit of pleasure causes siblings to fight each other. [F.291.a] It even leads to slaughter and imprisonment. All of that is caused by attachment to pleasure. For the sake of pleasure, kings fight and quarrel with one another. They may then enter into war, and countries will be destroyed. They take the many sufferings of killing and imprisonment to an extreme. Since all of that happens for the sake of pleasures, these flaws of pleasures should be clearly discerned. Because they cause bondage for everyone in cyclic existence, pleasures in particular should be comprehended. That is the reason that the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife displays these many different miraculous feats for the gods.
“For humans, these are some of the flaws of attachment to pleasure, but clearly there are many more, as kings may also pursue pleasures in a wide range of ways. Likewise, for the sake of pleasures, common people will also set out to sea, fight one another, and put up with pointless bondage, suffering, exhaustion, worry, struggle, and destruction. All of that is caused by the pursuit of pleasure; for the sake of pleasure, humans are willing to endure all such flaws.
“How do gods endure the flaws related to the pursuit of pleasure? When they enter into war with the asuras and fight with them, that is done for the sake of pleasure. Similarly, the asuras fight with the gods and wage war upon them. That too is a flaw of desire. [F.291.b] Their passion for nothing but material things is also a flaw of desire. Those are the reasons that the emanations are produced.
“Nāgas likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others. When they cause lighting, hail, and the like, all of that is also for the sake of pleasure. Animals eat one another, and they are caught and killed. They also fight with one another. All of that is done for the sake of pleasure, and so those are likewise certain flaws of attachment to pleasure. Starving spirits strike each other with swords in pursuit of food or intercourse—this is done for the sake of pleasure. Such are the flaws of pleasure, and that is why the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife produces his emanations: in order to free gods from carelessness.
“Hell beings destroy each other when, due to flawed karmic actions, they remember hostilities from other lives. When they recollect those, their resentment drives them to attack each other with knives, and, as a result, both they themselves and others are butchered. Those are certain flaws of desire that are experienced by beings in hell. For those reasons the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife creates emanations to enable the gods to relinquish their pleasures. In all five realms, beings encounter the flaws of desire. [F.292.a] And so, all these emanations, who turn their back on cyclic existence, will show and explain how to become disenchanted by all the many instances of pleasure.
“Now the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will think, ‘I have revealed the way pleasures are experienced, and by showing the fall of the gods from the lotus with a hundred petals I have also shown the original gods a little about the flaws of pleasures. But I must explain further details of the flaws related to gods and humans, so that I may teach them the way to deliverance. I shall plant the seed of liberation for the benefit and happiness of the original gods.’
“Accordingly, for the benefit of the gods, Musulundha will manifest other flaws related to pleasures so that those who see them and hear about them may become disenchanted by cyclic existence. For that reason, he will now display the flaws related to the pleasures of the gods. Having projected gods, asuras, and nāgas, who relish the experience of their pleasures, he now shows their defects as well as the brevity of the time available to gods, humans, nāgas, and asuras.
“He now shows how death and transmigration await gods who enjoyed so many different pleasures, and he demonstrates how this unfolds. The many features of their deaths and transmigration are as follows: From the mountains emerge creatures with the heads of cats, lynxes, leopards,507 jackals, rabbits, lions, pigs, nāgas, tigers, owls, horses,508 buffalo, ravens,509 [F.292.b] crocodiles, turtles, and camels. Some have a single head and others have two, three, or many heads. Some carry ashes and burning coal, some are completely ablaze, some make fire fall like rain, and some hurl thunderbolts and swords. Their many terrifying sounds reverberate through the surroundings, as loud as when a strike of lightning hits a mountain. Their horrifying bodies are like black thunderclouds, and their heads are like mountains. Their fur is ablaze, and their bodies emit hundreds of flames. In this way they surround the gods by the hundreds, carrying nooses, swords, spears, thunderbolts, and clubs. Such horrifying forms now emerge from the mountains and surge toward the emanated gods. Their wrath transforms their red faces, making them emit blue, yellow, and red flames like flashes of lightning shooting forth from black clouds. Other emanations resemble the Lord of Death as they race toward the emanated gods, carrying shackles and various tools. They raise up their iron hands and emit flames while they roar like thunder. Their blazing bodies are ten leagues tall. Some have a hundred eyes, and others have four hundred, [F.293.a] five hundred, six hundred, seven hundred, eight hundred, nine hundred, or even a thousand flaming eyes a mile wide. Colored blue, yellow, red, and dark blue, they assume all kinds of shapes. Terrifying all beings, they roar ‘Ha! Ha!’ with a sound that is as loud as the crumbling of a mountain summit. Their bellies hang and are, at times, as large as a mountain. Some have heads as large as mountains, others have small heads. Some have long hair that burns with fire and large hands with burning nails. Each of their body hairs is ablaze, and so everything around them is incinerated as they approach like shifting mountains. As the emanations approach from that great mountain of time,510 they bring down thunderbolt flashes on the entire area. Among the messengers of the Lord of Death, some have heads of vultures, ravens, cranes, jackals, and camels. With their bodies smeared in blood, they race forward in fury at the gods, whose bodies are like ants crawling among each other in comparison. In this way, the emanations that were emanated from the great mountain of time descend on the emanated gods like black storm clouds shooting out flashes of lightning.
“When these creatures that act like the Lord of Death come close enough, they seize the emanated gods. Thereafter,511 some among them have burning iron wires tied around their torsos as they are pulled away. [F.293.b] When the other emanated gods see how the other gods are being led away, they begin to flee in terror, but they are also seized. Some of the messengers of the Lord of Death then take the gods by the head and fly up into the sky with a terrifying roar until they disappear from sight. Others seize the gods, tie burning iron wires around their necks, pull them away, and bury them in the ground. Other emanated messengers of the Lord of Death take off with the emanated gods and drown them, furiously pushing them into the water. In this way, the emanations are subjected to numerous great horrors. The original gods watch it all, as if in a dream, and wonder, ‘What is all this?’
“Looking at the emanated gods, the emanated henchmen at this point will speak the following verses of instruction:
“With these verses, the emanated messengers of the Lord of Death instruct the emanated gods before they herd them off to other worlds by the hundreds and thousands. When they see this, the original gods will give up the carelessness that is the source of intense suffering. Appalled, they will develop pure minds and take refuge in the Three Jewels.
“Noticing this, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will now proceed to bring forth other emanations so that the minds of the gods may become genuinely pliable. In order to further increase the understanding and joy of the gods, Musulundha will emanate from his body kings who are adorned with crowns and endowed with all manner of perfect pleasures. Just as before, the kings are attended by supreme consorts who are in the prime of youth. Everyone is strikingly beautiful and possesses all manner of perfections. Yet as time passes, [F.294.b] the bodies of the kings begin to stoop and their hair turns gray. Their bodies become decrepit, their faces wrinkled, and their hair white. They now have to support themselves with staffs, and their emaciated bodies lose their former strength. They can now only move assisted by others, and they become everyone’s laughingstock, drawing their breath with loud wheezing noises and struggling to keep themselves upright. The power of their faculties fades, and they no longer find joy in anything. They become repulsive to everyone. Staggering, they will approach the lake and, as their strength has diminished tremendously, they will now have to be supported by other people in order to shuffle their feet and walk.
“Next, after some time has passed in this way, many different forms of disease will begin to appear. Fevers, dysentery, coughs, wheezing, panting, pneumonia, and boils—unbearable torments and harms that bring everyone to the brink of death. All the most revolting and intense diseases will now strike the kings with great force, such that no cure can be found. Stricken by the most undesirable conditions, the kings will finally pass away in extreme agony. Their corpses soon begin to putrefy, and the stinking remains will become infested with hundreds of thousands of worms that feed on them. The original gods will witness all of this. [F.295.a] Emanated birds will now fly in and lay hold of the bodies, tearing off pieces and devouring them bit by bit. Seeing this, the original gods will flee the scene, but as they have now witnessed these extremely sad states of affairs, the minds of these gods will now become very grounded.
“Once again, for the benefit of those gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will proceed to emanate all four subterranean asura kings, from Acala to Rāhu, making them appear not far from him. The asura kings are angry, yelling with loud voices and hollering out to each other. Then, as when a karṇikāra tree is felled with an axe, they will suddenly fall to the ground. Collapsing on the ground, they will become lifeless, like a piece of wood or stone. Upon seeing this, the asura women will be filled with intense pain. They will become outraged and wail. As they stand there crying, some birds will fly in and take off with the bodies of the kings as if they were twigs, stones, or sticks. At this, the asura women, who are overcome by sorrow, will become so overwhelmed by distress that they also die. The birds will then snatch up their bodies too, and thus the ravens, owls, and vultures will fly up into the sky, taking off with the bodies until they are out of sight. [F.295.b] In this way, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife completes another display of emanations for the benefit of the original gods.
“Thereafter, he will emanate a display of nāga kings, just as before. In order to show their impermanence, some of these nāgas will now be struck with hot sand that burns them. Likewise, red-hot coals will also fall upon them and scorch them. As when dry stalks of grass fall into a bonfire of burning teakwood, the nāgas are burned by the hot sand. In this way, the Lord of Death will also take away further nāgas. Amid their consorts, these wrathful beings are all seized by the wheel of time. Other nāgas will begin to fight and struggle and end up killing each other. In this manner, the original gods will come to witness how the Lord of Death leads the emanated nāgas away, and at this sight, they will become totally dejected.
“The lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will produce other emanations as well. Next, he will emanate humans from the eastern continent of Videha and the western continent of Godānīya, who in turn will also become subdued by many different aspects of aging. He will create hundreds and thousands of such humans and their attending consorts. When they die, their bodies will also become ridden with worms and be horrifying to behold as they lie there on the ground.
“The original gods will witness all this. [F.296.a] When they see the way these humans die so miserably in so many ways, and how they are consumed by parasites, the gods will become profoundly saddened. Deeply distressed and disenchanted, they will say to one another, ‘Such suffering of death is certain to come, and yet no living being understands that in the end there will be aging, sickness, and death. Where will they all go, where will they all be taken? All good riches are impermanent, and all pleasures come mixed with the flaws of existence. They are called conditioned factors because they fluctuate and eventually are destroyed. No wise person can place any trust in that. Such factors, being subject to complete destruction, bring no happiness in this life or the next.’
“Well aware of their minds and mental states, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife next will let the original gods perceive other emanations. Accordingly, he will emanate humans from the northern continent of Kuru. Those humans have no sense of a self or personal belongings, and they live in such elevated circumstances that their comforts are only slightly inferior to those of the gods. Yet they also become afflicted by aging and disease, and they too are dragged away by the noose of the Lord of Death. At that point, their repulsive corpses will likewise become riddled with hundreds of thousands of worms. No one wants to look at their corpses, as the people of Kuru in the north are transformed into a pile of filth. [F.296.b] In this way, for the sake of the gods who live amid the vast enjoyments of the Heaven Free from Strife, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife demonstrates the impermanence of gods, humans, and asuras.
“He will then project still further emanations that become perceptible to the original gods. This time, it will be many different beings who are in the intermediate state. They have all passed away and are about to be reborn among the hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, or humans, in accordance with their individual karmic actions. Such beings in the intermediate state, on the way to any one of the five realms, will now appear to the original gods. Based on their diverse karmic backgrounds and impelled by their final states of mind, they are about to be reborn. Musulundha will emanate hundreds of thousands of such beings in the intermediate state, on their way to taking rebirth within the five realms of beings, so that the original gods may develop strong disenchantment. At that very lake, the original gods will now come to see a vast array of inconceivable and amazing sights. Steered by their karmic actions and afflictions, beings roam the five realms, migrating from one world to another, wandering among hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, and humans. Unprotected and helpless, they exchange one life for another, turning into hell beings, starving spirits, animals, gods, and humans, as they pass from one life to another. Such is the astonishing and most terrifying condition of the beings in the intermediate state, and the original gods will witness these horrifying and deeply distressing states of affairs in terror. [F.297.a]
“Beholding the intermediate state in this way, the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will now understand how they will eventually fall when their karmic actions are exhausted, and how the careless gods will then be burned by the fire of regret. Having been utterly deceived, they will at that point fall headfirst. When they die and transmigrate, the aggregates that were previously appropriated in a divine stream of being will at that point fade away. Instead, the aggregates of a being in the intermediate state will emerge, like an imprint made by a seal. Those who have engaged in actions associated with the hells will then, as such karmic actions of cyclic existence ripen, encounter great terror and excruciating pain. Seeing this, the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will develop tremendous sadness.
“In this way, the gods will come to see the intermediate state that leads to rebirth in the hells, but Musulundha does not display their actual existence in the hells, because the gods would not be able to bear that. Since their minds are extremely feeble, they would succumb in that very instant. Still, the gods will now perceive unimaginable sufferings, and that is the reason the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife manifests his emanations. In this manner, the original gods now watch how the gods fall into the hells.
“When Musulundha has manifested those astonishing and most incredible emanations, he will next show the way in which the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, who are overcome by the flaws of carelessness, undergo death and transmigration and emerge in the intermediate state on their way to taking rebirth as starving spirits. For them, the intermediate state appears in ways that accord with their former actions. [F.297.b] Pulled by the long ropes of karmic action, they are herded off. They will then fall headfirst and be burned by their own actions. In this way, the original gods now witness a second type of intermediate state.
“They will also come to see a third kind of intermediate existence. When the karmic actions of certain gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are exhausted, they will also plunge headfirst, destroyed by carelessness. Undergoing extreme degeneration and loss of freedom, those gods are about to take birth among the animals, and thus they now emerge as beings in the intermediate state, just like imprints made by a seal. They will appear as numerous different beings of the intermediate state, corresponding with the infinitely many forms of animal life. When the original gods see this terrifying third type of intermediate existence, which is like an imprint made by a seal, most of them will again become distressed and terrified. Seeing such horrors, they are shocked. Then, looking at each other, they will utter these verses:
“When the gods witness the many beings that pass through the intermediate state, their minds will become profoundly weary. Knowing their state of mind, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, employs the emanated gods in order to foster an understanding and instruct the gods. Now, as the gods see Musulundha’s peaceful appearance, they are comforted and reassured, and thus they will gather around their protector, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, encircling him with their minds full of reverence and relief. With their weary minds, they will understand that they have a protector. The original gods therefore will gather around Musulundha, who instills in the gods such tremendous joy, the mere sight of whom fills the gods with an insatiable delight.
“At that point the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife will say to them, ‘All of you, you should go dance in the forests and parks, among the lotus pools and the beautiful jewel mountain peaks!’ [F.298.b] Thus, he will encourage them to enjoy themselves.
“Yet the minds of the gods are now weary, and their minds are on guard against carelessness. Therefore, as they hear those words of the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, the original gods will respond with deep weariness, ‘Your Majesty, what is there for us to feel happy about within the forests and parks or among the beautiful jewel mountains? Like the gods that drowned in the lake, we too have no way to remain here at the peak of cyclic existence. We have seen this with our own eyes—all pleasures are impermanent and inevitably culminate in suffering. We too are not eternal, not stable, and will not last. All of this has no point whatsoever.’
“Hearing such words from the gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will respond, ‘The Blessed One has taught that this will all end in suffering.’
“All the gods will then say, ‘We all believe this, so now, Your Majesty, please inform us about this harsh suffering.’
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then reply, ‘I could of course tell you about the suffering of all of cyclic existence, but for now I shall explain just one aspect of this. Those who, while drifting in cyclic existence throughout billions of eons, avoid falling under the power of carelessness will through such endeavors take birth in the joyful higher realms. Those two existences of gods and humans are extremely difficult to achieve. Wise are those who stay clear of carelessness, who give up concerns for outer circumstances, [F.299.a] and who do not become swayed by such events. Others are born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. O gods, those states are called the lower realms. The realms of gods and humans are called the higher realms. It is impossible to convey how intense the pain felt in those realms can be.
“ ‘For details, you should look at the Teacher’s statements, but in short, gods and humans experience sixteen types of suffering. What are the sufferings that gods and humans face? The summary of the sufferings they face in the higher realms is as follows: (1) the suffering of the intermediate state, (2) the suffering of being in the womb, (3) the suffering of emerging from the womb, (4) the suffering of feeding, (5) the suffering of wanting, (6) the suffering of encountering the disagreeable, (7) the suffering of being separated from loved ones, (8) the suffering of being oppressed by cold, heat, and so forth, (9) the suffering of disease, (10) the suffering of being controlled by others, (11) the suffering of striving, (12) the suffering of being in unwholesome company, (13) the suffering of taking care of children and family, (14) the suffering of hunger and thirst, (15) the suffering of losing influence and aging,513 and (16) the most intense and painful suffering of all, the suffering of death. Those sixteen forms of intense suffering pertain to the human world. They are experienced by beings born as humans, and they culminate in death. For other beings there are many other kinds of suffering, which are utterly unbearable. [F.299.b] There is no pleasure to be found in this or any other realm, which is not subject to eventual exhaustion and destruction.
“ ‘First of all, what type of suffering is felt by the spirits born into the intermediate state between two lives? Such beings, who are blown about by the winds of karmic action, cannot be seen with the physical eye, but only with the divine eye. These spirits are unrestricted, so when they are about to take birth as humans, their appearance will accord with their future appearance and family, which in turn are effects of their generosity, discipline, and insight that may be of inferior, intermediate, or superior quality. As for the food of such spirits, if they are going to be born into a house of poor people, their food will be crude and of inferior color, smell, texture, and portions. Due to their insufficient power of generosity, they will then also fail to find sustenance in their coming life. This is the first among the sufferings of humans.
“ ‘Next, having become a human, one will remain in the womb due to the influence of karmic actions and afflictions. If one is to be born in a poor home, one will, through the umbilical cord from the placenta, receive bad food, rough and sour food, and food in insufficient amounts. Hence, the developing fetus will have an unhealthy complexion and become emaciated. The movements of the mother will be extremely uncomfortable to the fetus, causing it to slosh about within the confines of the abdomen. Cold and hot food will also be painful. In this way, the fetus encounters intense and inescapable suffering, and even though it is traumatized, it lacks any strength to respond. [F.300.a] Sinking in a quagmire of urine and feces, it experiences immense suffering. That is the second kind of suffering, and since such suffering can be found even in the higher realms, there is no need to speak of what hell beings, starving spirits, and animals endure.
“ ‘There is also a third kind of suffering, because if one subsequently emerges from the womb, the confines of the birth canal feel overwhelmingly cramped. Resembling the way sugarcane passes through the opening in a juice press, one emerges from the vagina under an intense crushing pressure. Such is the suffering of being extruded from the womb.
“ ‘Next follows a fourth kind of suffering. Although one’s body is extremely tender and delicate—like freshly churned butter or the leaves of the plantain—one will at birth be handled by crude, hurried, and boorish midwives. Their complexion is poor, and they lack competence. Skinny and with gaping eyes, they are crude, make jokes, and chatter distastefully. Being taken up by their hands feels excruciating, like being burned by flames or cut by a knife, because one’s body is so extremely soft and sensitive. Even if the newborn is swaddled in the softest of fabrics, it feels like it is being compressed in a horrid, coarse, rough, crude, foul, oppressive, and stifling hovel. In the cold season, the cold will feel penetrating and one’s birth home will be icy. Likewise, in the hot season the heat will be overwhelming, and thus one will be tormented by scorching heat. The reason for this burning pain is a deficiency with respect to generosity. [F.300.b] In this way, one is born from the mother’s womb under searing pain.
“ ‘Next follows the suffering of feeding due to insufficient generosity, for as one is breastfed one also experiences suffering. If one’s mother fails to eat sufficient food, the milk in her breasts will also be scarce. The baby’s body will then become emaciated, lose its luster, take on an unhealthy complexion, and wither away until only sinew, bone, and skin remain. With the body of the baby thus becoming emaciated, it is prone to disease. Subsistence will become unbearable for the baby. Even if at some point the baby should obtain some food or drink, the baby will be so overcome by thoughts of consuming it that the smell, taste, and texture of the food will seem insufficient and inadequate, and the food may even be consumed by others. In this way, the baby may either die or only barely subsist, suffering from starvation. If at that time, however, the baby should be able to drink from its mother’s breasts, it may survive due to its adoration of her beautiful body. However, because of such inferior generosity, all the mother’s milk will eventually run dry. If at that point the baby eats a well-cooked meal, its stomach may at first feel full, but the food will later cause tremendous pain.
“ ‘After that comes a fifth suffering, which is caused by hankering. Those tormented by the suffering of having to feed will want to explore in all directions because their stomachs are oppressed by starvation. Tormented by such pain, they may resort to stealing or engage in many other acts that are not beneficial. [F.301.a] For that reason, they may be killed by their cohabitants, thus coming to suffer the pain of dying, or they may find themselves on the verge of death. Thirst and starvation are the pinnacle of all those sufferings.’
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then utter these verses:
“When Musulundha has explained this to the original gods, he will continue: ‘What are the further aspects of suffering in the worlds of gods and humans? There is what is called the suffering from encountering the disagreeable. That suffering is of the following six kinds. When the eye beholds an appearance that is not a close friend or the like, one may instead perceive something unwanted or disagreeable. Due to seeing that appearance, the mind will not feel appreciation or delight. [F.301.b] Instead, the mind and mental states become troubled and one becomes fearful. The mind and mental states then experience a distressing form of suffering. When one first encounters such appearances, they will take the form of meeting an enemy or an unwholesome companion.
“ ‘Likewise, when the ear hears a sound that is not agreeable, delightful, or pleasing, it will trouble the mind, and thus again there arises the suffering of encountering the disagreeable. The most intense form of disagreeable sound is the sound of untrue teachings being professed. Hearing and listening to that will make one suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. Whenever something slightly unpleasant, unappealing, disagreeable, or upsetting is heard, it leads to mental displeasure and the mind becomes disturbed. Such unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant circumstances in the human world belong to what is known as the suffering of encountering the disagreeable.
“ ‘Gods, what is the third type suffering in the human world that arises from encountering the disagreeable? The suffering that arises from odors that are unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant. When such odors are detected, they disturb the mind, and when the mind perceives these odors as unpleasant, that produces afflictive suffering. O gods, the strongest type of suffering due to encountering the disagreeable within the human world occurs in the context of virtuous people offering incense to venerate the Dharma or the Saṅgha. [F.302.a] When people of coarse minds and dull intellects smell the fragrance, whether they are at rest or on the move, they may develop yearning desire, ill will, disrespect, or hostility. They may smell the fragrance under the influence of various kinds of attachment. Based on such causes, they will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. Based on their olfactory faculty and actions related to it, such people with unwholesome minds will, when their bodies disintegrate, be born in the hells. O gods, that is the third type of suffering that arises from encountering the disagreeable as a human in the human realm.
“ ‘There is also another intense form of suffering that arises from encountering the disagreeable. What is that? The suffering that occurs when humans of inferior intellect in the human realm act in pursuit of taste. Such people will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. When someone who is not a mendicant but pretends to be so—someone who is rotten on the inside, lacks learning, and whose behavior is like the sound of a conch—enters among the members of the saṅgha or visits a home he may, while bearing the attire of a monk, mentally indulge in the good taste experienced by his tongue. Based on such causes and conditions, he will, upon the disintegration of his body, suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. Likewise, a lazy monk may give up his practice of concentration and instead, obsessed with food, [F.302.b] begin to wander from place to place in pursuit of it. When the body of such a lazy person disintegrates, he will suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. O gods, such is the suffering of encountering the disagreeable as experienced by humans in the human realm and in relation to the tongue and taste.
“ ‘O gods, what is the next type of suffering that humans wishing for good circumstances experience due to encountering the disagreeable? It is the suffering that arises when people become so caught up in the experience of texture that they fail to consider what is virtuous, do not engage with the path of Dharma, and lose their mental equipoise. Such a situation is referred to as a base person becoming obsessed with a base object, and when the bodies of such people disintegrate, they will suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. O gods, such is the suffering of humans in the human realm as they encounter the disagreeable.
“ ‘O gods, what is the next suffering of encountering the disagreeable that arises for humans in the human realm? It is the suffering that occurs when people’s minds become restless, unstable, and distracted, such that they take a continuous interest in unwholesome teachings. If such people fail to take joy in the Dharma, or to practice virtue and do what is beneficial to themselves, they will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. Alas, O gods, such is the suffering of encountering the disagreeable for humans in the human realm.
“ ‘There are so many other ways and forms that the experience of such suffering can take as well. The following are three examples of encountering the disagreeable. Those who engage in killing will endure painful sights as they keep on meeting adversaries and enemies. [F.303.a] That is one kind of suffering in terms of encountering the disagreeable. Another type of suffering from encountering the disagreeable arises due to keeping company with unwholesome people. Suffering from encountering the disagreeable will definitely also occur when one hides a conflict inside and is subsequently overwhelmed by it at another time. These are three types of suffering that result from encountering the disagreeable. O gods, those are different forms of intense suffering that are encountered in the world of humans.’
“To help the gods develop weariness due to suffering, Musulundha will next teach the gods about the suffering of being separated from loved ones: ‘Here loved ones refers to those who are of benefit in the two worlds.514 It is an intense form of suffering to be separated from those virtuous companions who have a constant wish to be helpful. Suffering due to separation from loved ones also refers to being separated from one’s parents, siblings, children, relatives, friends, or other loved ones. At that point, one’s mind is tortured more severely than if one were burned, abused, harmed by weapons, or had fallen into a fire. Such is the suffering of being separated from loved ones.’
“Continuing his Dharma teaching for the benefit of the gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will next explain about the suffering that arises from cold, heat, and the like. Thus, he addresses the gods: ‘Gods, what sufferings are endured by humans in the human realm? They include the sufferings of cold and heat. Gods, if humans are exposed to cold, they freeze and suffer, but if they are exposed to heat, they suffer just as intensely. [F.303.b] Likewise, those who ingest too much food will also suffer. Taking too much rest also brings suffering, but so does standing or moving about for too long a time as well. Drinking too much is also painful. Dreams can be painful, and when, at night, one lies sleeping on the same side, that becomes painful, but if one shifts to the other side and keeps lying in that way, that position will also become very uncomfortable. The superficial pleasures arising from sexual union deceive humans in the human realm, and thus they fail to engage in positive actions. Completely overcome by such pleasures, they rush off into the hells. Gods, such intense forms of suffering in the human realm are sufferings that give a false appearance of pleasure. Gods, make sure not to end up like that!’
“In this way, Musulundha teaches the gods the Dharma for their benefit, warning them that their pleasures are just like those of humans. He teaches them the Dharma so that they may become disenchanted by their pleasures and turn away from cyclic existence. The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife teaches so the gods may benefit from turning away from cyclic existence, and thus he guides those lost in carelessness.
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife next proceeds to teach the gods about another type of suffering that humans experience, explaining to them how humans in the human realm suffer from disease. Numerous different illnesses afflict humans. They suffer from contagions, dysentery, respiratory diseases, coughs—the full range of the four hundred and four diseases. Those overcome by the suffering of sexual relations are also eventually overcome by disease. [F.304.a] In this way, the humans in the human realm are ravaged by physical diseases. Likewise, agony and mental unhappiness are also human diseases, for that is what people of the world call them.
“Musulundha then continues to teach the Dharma for the benefit of the gods. Describing cyclic existence and pointing out the blazing sufferings of the human world, he will go on to say, ‘Being under the power of others is also a source of suffering in the world of humans. O gods, certain humans are born into a shared social position: some belong to the same class, some are equally gifted, some are equally youthful, and some are equally powerful. Those who are in some regard inferior to them are then entirely under the power of their superiors. Throughout day and night, such inferior persons have no freedom and are constantly made to suffer. Such is the suffering of being under the power of others. The suffering of being under the power of others is hard to bear, because those whose family, appearance, diligence, charisma, intelligence, knowledge, or cognitive power are not of the highest class become subdued by their superiors and gradually end up in various positions of subservience.
“ ‘Compared to Musulundha, the karmic actions of the gods are inferior—they lack generosity, and they are under his rule in the Heaven Free from Strife. Nevertheless, they enjoy freedom throughout day and night. However, it is a different story for those whose power of generosity is not as strong. They become impoverished and the skin on their hands and feet cracks and wears out. Wearing smelly clothes, they are constantly oppressed by hunger and thirst and must endure the sufferings of heat and cold. [F.304.b] In this way, the sufferings from being under the power of others are many and difficult to bear, making both day and night devoid of happiness. Whoever is inferior with respect to family, appearance, youth, charisma, and influence must attend on those with superior family, appearance, knowledge, and cognitive powers. They are outshone in all regards. Living in poverty and defeat, they must endure tremendous suffering. That is another intense form of suffering for gods and humans.
“ ‘Another consequence of the suffering of being under the control of others arises when impoverished people who practice the Dharma come to depend on people who engage in unwholesome actions. If one serves and accompanies such people, one too will become unwholesome. Accordingly, when their masters engage in unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant activities, they too end up engaging in the exact same types of activities. Therefore, upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in hell. Hence, the suffering of being under the power of others leads to deception with respect to both this world and the next and produces unwholesomeness.
“ ‘O gods, there is also another form of great suffering that is extremely difficult to bear for the humans of the human world: the suffering of striving. Such suffering, which arises due to the pursuit of material things, may take many forms. For the sake of obtaining wealth, people may set out to sea, enter a precipice, or wage war. For various purposes and reasons, people burn themselves out as they become involved with others, serve lowly people, engage in agricultural work, pursue business, take up cow herding, travel abroad, come under the control of others, [F.305.a] scale high mountains, bustle around in the service of others, and so forth. All such struggles are basically made for the sake of obtaining wealth, food, and clothing. They are undertaken by people who suffer acutely from poverty and destitution and who are overcome by craving. From birth up until they are caught by the noose of craving thrown by the Lord of Death, they continue indulging in misdeeds. Striving to fulfil the wishes of others,515 causing harm, making false measurements, being deceptive in family matters, peddling alcohol, selling sesame seeds, acquiring wealth by inappropriate means, destroying the environment, destroying the government, and conquering the land—in these and many other unwholesome ways, humans in the human realm act for the sake of their children, clothing, food, and drink. Such is the suffering of striving. Even if one went on for a thousand years, it would be hard to address the hundreds of thousands of forms that this suffering assumes. Gods, this is the epitome of human suffering.’
“In this way, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife teaches the gods the Dharma for their benefit and so they may feel weary of existence. Like humans, the gods also feel desire. Wishing to benefit beings who crave for existence, Musulundha therefore offers them instruction. Showing them the ways humans eke out a living, he admonishes the gods not to be born into such an existence. Humans are oppressed by such unwholesome endeavors, [F.305.b] and thus they are never genuinely happy. Such causal factors will later cause them to take rebirth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Once reborn in those ways, they will experience numerous other kinds of pain.
“Next, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will teach the gods about another type of suffering: ‘O gods, humans in the human realm also experience another type of suffering, which is the suffering of associating with unwholesome companions. This refers to associating with evil people, or those who engage in all manner of pointless activities, and it causes all possible forms of suffering. People who keep unwholesome company will not only fail to achieve what is good for themselves, they will also engage in all kinds of unwholesome activities. All their conduct of body, speech, and mind will become flawed. Hence, due to such causes and conditions, they will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be reborn in the hells. Such factors lead to copious suffering throughout the three lower realms, and thus they will be reborn in the realms of starving sprits and animals too.’
“In this way, the gods will understand how the world of humans is greatly flawed. They will see that those are not flaws pertaining to the realms of starving spirits or animals. Musulundha explains this so that upon seeing those flaws, the gods may end their fondness for human life and instead turn toward the state of peace, the transcendence of suffering.
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will then continue his Dharma teaching for the benefit of the gods: ‘How else do humans suffer? They also suffer on account of their children, family, and friends. O gods, in the world of humans, children, family, and so forth are a source of extreme suffering. [F.306.a] Humans in the human realm feel a sharp pang if their family members or children are killed, enslaved, or the like, or if they suffer from hunger, thirst, or poverty. The reason they feel that intense pain is that they are so fond of such people. Because of this fondness, they suffer when their children are exposed to danger by others. Within the higher realms, such suffering is unique to humans. Such suffering, which is caused by having children and relatives, will often engender a state of mind that leads to further rebirths among humans. This is so because all forms of perception culminate in karmic action and, moreover, the ways all such people die will not be propitious. Birth, aging, and death constitute intense forms of suffering in cyclic existence, and they can all be observed in the world of humans. Therefore, understanding the nature of such unbearable sufferings, the gods must avoid developing a human mindset.’ In this way, Musulundha shows the gods in great detail the highest purpose, which is the path of auspiciousness.
“Without anyone planning it, a rich network of objects manifests in the world of humans. What all does it comprise? The human world is said to be the foundation for the three lower realms, and thus it portends the innumerably many billions of indescribable sufferings found there. When the gods in the higher realms die and transmigrate, some among them who were not so careless will be told, ‘Gods, within the higher realms of karmic action, you should now proceed to the human world!’ [F.306.b] Then, when such humans subsequently pass away, their friends and companions may offer benedictions and advise them, ‘Please proceed to the joyous realms of the gods!’ In that way, both their origin and destination will be in the higher realms. There are two joyous realms, whereas the remaining three realms are all painful.
“The ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife pursues what is beneficial and he takes care of others. Since he is always careful, he teaches through many different means and methods a Dharma that is bountiful, ultimate, and sublime. Once he has demonstrated the sufferings associated with having sons and daughters, he then proceeds to explain to the gods, ‘There is also another type of suffering in the human realm. What is that? The intense suffering that is experienced due to hunger and thirst. All the many adverse conditions experienced by humans are rooted in the torments of hunger and thirst. The thus-gone ones do not mention any suffering as diverse as this. Fearing the sufferings of hunger and thirst, humans indulge in a wide variety of pitiful activities. When destitute, even those who were born into important families will end up begging from their inferiors with joined palms, tears streaming down their cheeks, and wailing in despair. Likewise, people who tell lies do so because they are all tormented by the fear of poverty and the resulting hunger and thirst. [F.307.a] Moreover, without giving any thought to their own survival, people may throw themselves into the battlefield amid raised weapons and terrifying elephant tusks, all because of the torments of hunger and thirst. People may also risk their lives sailing across hundreds of thousands of leagues of stormy seas infested with crocodiles and sea monsters,516 or engage in other such hazardous sea ventures, all due to the suffering of hunger and thirst. In these and many other ways human beings are subject to indescribable suffering. Hardly any human suffering compares to that of being dragged to the executioner’s stake to the beating of the paṭaha drum and with a garland of oleander flowers tied around your neck. Your fear and horror are incredibly intense as you near the end of your life, and yet the terror you thus experience is still not comparable to that of hunger and thirst.
“ ‘Therefore, to eliminate that suffering, one must practice acts of generosity that are perfect in terms of one’s intention, the recipients, and the things that are given. The time must be right, one must give what is needed, and the giving must be continuous. Fear and suffering in cyclic existence is, indeed, felt by the gods as well, but their suffering associated with food is very minor by comparison. [F.307.b] Therefore, be generous so that you may be free from hunger and thirst. O gods, for humans in the world of humans, there is copious suffering due to hunger and thirst. Humans have access to very few of the pleasures of soft and heavenly substances, and thus they suffer. Gods do not comprehend this because, for them, food and drink of heavenly substance are abundant and readily available. But all around you in this desire realm, the terrors and sufferings of hunger and thirst burn like fire fanned by the wind. Therefore, gods, make sure that you do not rush off to take birth in the realms of humans! You must be sure to take this to heart once again: the world of humans is mostly marked by birth, aging, and disease.’
“Observing the mental state of the gods, Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will notice that they have now become extremely pliable and gentle, and he therefore will proceed to talk about other types of human suffering. This is the way he diligently engages in what is beneficial for others. Generally speaking, benefiting oneself comes easily, whereas helping others is difficult. Still, doing what is beneficial for others is also mutually beneficial, and therefore Musulundha will continue to teach the gods the Dharma in many different ways. He teaches the gods, who have now found other interests in ways that are free from impairment, and who have become fearful of pleasures, about the sufferings of humanity: ‘Ah, gods, there is another type of intense suffering for humans. It is the suffering of losing influence, which occurs when people suffer from a bad reputation, thus rendering them mentally tormented, bereft of mental power, and weak. [F.308.a]
“ ‘Ah, gods, humans are of many different types and walks of life, and they all suffer great pains. Poor people, in particular, suffer the pain of a lowly reputation when they are in the presence of friends, family, companions, or relatives who all enjoy favorable circumstances. Due to their own lack of influence, they end up as servants for these people. A second flaw of having a lowly reputation is that such impoverished people become obsessed with eating in the homes of others. A third flaw is that they enjoy talking to strangers. A fourth flaw of such deluded people is that they tell blatant lies to their friends and twist the truth. They are overwrought by the stains of unwholesome dwellings and food, and thus they take delight in being with women adorned with anklets. In this way, they sow the seeds for future problems. O gods, in the human world, there are many such sufferings related to ill repute that smolder in people’s hearts. For humans in the human world, the fire of gossip becomes ten times worse when the gossip takes place among family, friends, and loved ones. This fire consumes people’s bodies and limbs completely. Horrific and terrifying, such a fire hollows out their bodies and reduces them to ashes.
“ ‘Alas, O gods, in a single inhalation of the breath, you may suddenly take birth as a human! Yet humans experience much suffering, have little success, [F.308.b] suffer much harm, live short lives, and become stained by the flaws of a poor reputation. When it comes to gossip, humans are masters—none of the beings in the four other realms can compare. Humans in the human world are the most highly skilled in that regard and, for those who are arrogant and conceited, gossip is as painful as an unbearable disease. Gossip is intensely painful as it reduces people from a level of equality to a state where they retain only one tenth of their former influence. Such is the suffering of incurring a bad reputation. If it occurs just once, arrogant people may only feel its effects in passing. But as it lingers in their minds517 and increases over time, it will resurface just as before. Gossip can become even more painful than death because, noble children, it consumes the mind. Alas, O gods, this is another type of suffering that is hard to bear for humans in the human realm, and so I have described it for you.
“ ‘But I have more to tell you. I shall inform you about the suffering of aging. Aging refers to the process of degeneration that pertains to all conditioned things. As you age, your faculties wane, while young people become your competitors. You must lean on a cane and you become unable to sit up or move about properly. [F.309.a] Your body and strength degenerate and, as you develop a hunchback, you become the subject of gossip. Your hair also changes appearance. Thereafter, as the first harbingers of death and a future life in destitution begin to manifest, your body, faculties, and mind steadily degenerate. While still alive, it feels as if you are being taken away to another realm. Ah, gods, for humans in the human world, their psychophysical constituents518 become a liability. This experience is certain to come, so investigate it carefully for a long time. Understand this so that you will not suffer. People eventually become lifeless and insentient, like wood or stone. While they may have the appearance of humans, they are just like animals. Ah, gods, birth is another great source of suffering for humans in the human realm. Understand that the suffering of aging occurs because of birth, and therefore give up your attachment to existence.
“ ‘Ah, gods, there is also another type of intense suffering that occurs in human life, which assumes a wide range of forms and is very hard to endure. What is that suffering? It is the suffering of death, which is unavoidable in life. Death causes one’s body, faculties, and sense sources to cease. It destroys the faculty of the life force as well as the sense sources. It permanently puts an end to meeting one’s family, companions, and friends, and it destroys all good fortune. As people depart for the next life, they must traverse a path consisting of the effects of their former actions. At the end of their life, all beings must go through the experience of relinquishing their body. Then, when they subsequently take rebirth in the intermediate state, that is what is referred to as death. O gods, this is certain to be experienced, because whoever is born must also die. [F.309.b] It is completely impossible for anyone to die, take rebirth as a human, and then continue to live without ever having to die. Therefore, you must, quickly and immediately, take to heart what life as a human is like!’
“At that point Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will speak these verses:
“As he thus works for the welfare of others in numerous ways, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife replenishes the minds of the gods and frees them from passing to the lower realms.
“The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife will respond, ‘Ah, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, we understand this very well. All that you say is true—we have seen that for ourselves. The gods who appeared before us were destroyed; [F.311.a] their suffering was unbearably excruciating. In terms of size, color, looks, and greatness, we could not even match a tenth of theirs—and yet they all met such obstacles. Therefore, why would something like that not happen to us as well?’
“Standing before the gods, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will say, ‘The suffering of those gods that you saw was only minor. You may well encounter something that is a hundred times worse. If you become carried away by carelessness and engage in non-Dharma, you will surely take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. But if you practice the Dharma, the gateways to the lower realms will be shut and you will enjoy numerous forms of happiness among gods and humans. Thereafter, you will become free from aging and attain the stage of permanent freedom from suffering. None of those pains will then befall you. Therefore, do not lose yourselves in carelessness! There is no happiness to be found in pleasures. They do not last, and they cannot match even a sixteenth of the unsurpassable bliss of the concentration of undefiled wakefulness.’
“Upon hearing these words from their lord, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife will perceive the flaws directly. They will then exclaim, ‘You have taught us all this for our own benefit, so we shall do as you have requested. [F.311.b] In that way, Your Majesty, we shall not incur the sufferings created by desire.’
“Musulundha will then utter these verses:
“When Musulundha has taught the gods in this way, he will further instruct them, ‘Now, go to roam the forests and parks, but be careful, lest you become carried away by desirable sounds, tastes, shapes, and fragrances.’
“Hearing these words, the gods will respond, ‘We pray that when in the future the perfect buddha, the unsurpassable tamer and guide of beings who bears the name of Maitreya, appears in the human world, we may be born there to receive his teachings. At that time, may we be present in his first retinue. May we listen to his teachings and bring an end to defilements.’ In this way, some of the gods will pray to awaken to unexcelled and perfect buddhahood, [F.312.a] and having made that prayer, they will go for refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha. Those who do so are certain to be born in the human world and receive Maitreya’s teaching. Upon hearing the sacred Dharma together with those gods, seventy thousand other gods likewise will bring their defilements to exhaustion. These other gods will also become destined to behold the relics of that thus-gone one due to having previously made magnificent aspirations toward unexcelled and perfect buddhahood. There are also hundreds of other gods who at this point will make aspirations to attain the attitude of a solitary buddha. All of them will attain the results of their prayers.
“Being aware of all this, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will understand that he has benefited the gods tremendously and that he has advised them to avoid once again becoming lost in carelessness. Since the minds of the gods have now become pliable and gentle, they will circumambulate Musulundha to the right and then depart from the banks of the lake. Having benefited the gods, Musulundha will also depart to help gods in other places.”
This completes the account of the realm of Constant Bliss, the eighth519 realm within the Heaven Free from Strife. This section is also known as ‘Musulundha’s Great Miracles.’ [V71] [F.1.b]
The Gods in Endowed with Increasing Bliss
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife for the benefit of the gods of the Yāma Heaven, he will apply insight derived from hearing and thus perceive a realm of the Heaven Free from Strife known as Endowed with Increasing Bliss. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth in that realm, he notices how holy people may observe discipline with a virtuous state of mind and thus give up killing and stealing just as described before. As for sexual misconduct, they give up even the subtlest aspects. For example, should they come upon a depiction of a woman together with a man, they will not for even a moment pay any attention to it, since that would amount to an incorrect engagement of the mind. They will not covet it and they will not relish it. [F.2.a] Rather, they will be afraid of the arising of inappropriate mental engagements and afflictions that pollute the mind. They will abandon anything that might cause them to renounce their pure conduct, or to think about or look at such things—they will end and thereafter repel all incorrect mental engagements that might cause them to renounce their pure conduct.
“They also teach others about the consequences of karmic actions, saying, ‘The effects of engaging in sexual misconduct are unattractive, unpleasant, and ugly, so refrain from such actions. Such acts are not the path of peace. They are not pleasant, not beautiful, and not what holy beings wish for.’ In this way, they teach about very subtle consequences.
“When the bodies of such disciplined individuals who practice pure conduct, and who are concerned about even subtle unwholesome acts, disintegrate, such beings will, after their death, go to the joyous higher realms and take birth among the gods in the realm of Endowed with Increasing Bliss of the Yāma Heaven. Once born there, they will experience the delightful effects of their practice of positive actions. They will enjoy forests, parks, bathing pools, golden summits, waterfalls, cascades of precious substances, gorgeous songbirds, and jewel-studded palaces with roofs of the seven precious substances; [F.2.b] lotus ponds with features of beryl, sapphire, and gold; and all manner of delightful sights, sounds, colors, and shapes. In that realm, they will play around accompanied by the blissful humming of bees. In those lush groves, the happiness of the gods continuously increases in relation to their thoughts and deeds. The many rocks made of diamond, sapphire, and crystal shine with a rich and lovely brilliance. The gods enjoy the enrapturing sound of the many cascading waterfalls and are free to enjoy to their hearts’ content the incomparable divine substances found there. Surrounded by retinues of hundreds of thousands of divine ladies, they enjoy the greatest forms of happiness and an ever-increasing amount of pleasures, while they partake of myriad varieties of divine substance that are beyond compare. Traveling through the sky, they set out on hundreds of journeys among mountainous summits of gold and beryl. As they do so, they are attended to by female servants with perfect appearance, attire, and ornaments. These servants, who laugh, sing, and dance, form a fawning and playful bevy of goddesses of indescribable beauty, with whom the gods can frolic joyfully as they roam the land.
“Surrounded by these divine ladies, who have a natural radiance, the gods become attached to their divine sense pleasures, and any sight they come across reveals a variety of heavenly substances that move their hearts and fill them with indescribable happiness. [F.3.a] All the forms they see are in complete accord with their wishes. The same goes for the sounds they hear—all sounds are a source of pleasure. All the sounds manifest in a rich variety of ways that perfectly accord with the gods’ desires. In this way, the gods revel in the delightful laughter and playful flirtations of their exquisite goddesses.
“Their noses likewise sense indescribably delicious divine fragrances, and thus the gods delight in the rich variety of incomparable scents wafted their way by a delightful breeze from the fragrant lotus pools. Likewise, as the breeze envelops the mountains, flatlands, terraces, mountainous regions, and deep forests, it always carries with it the utterly enrapturing scents of incomparable divine substances.
“All that the gods taste with their tongues is likewise a source of perfect pleasure. An abundance of incomparable divine substances yields a vast spectrum of sour, salty, bitter, astringent, and stimulating flavors. Whenever the gods wish, they can enjoy rich foods that accord perfectly with their likes and desires. That is how their tongues experience flavors.
“All the textures that their bodies feel are likewise endowed with the eight forms of enjoyable touch. The colorful garments that they wear are cooling, warming, temperate, refreshing, soft, fine, delicate, and unwoven. [F.3.b] Likewise, the many sparkling gems present on their heavenly ornaments, which shine across ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, or even a hundred leagues, are all deeply enjoyable to the touch. Moreover, the gods’ fragrant ornamental flowers are likewise delightful to touch and can be found in rich abundance and variety within the heavenly forests where they are fanned by the breezes. These flowers, so delightful to touch, also delight the gods.
“In this way the gods enjoy the consequences of their former positive physical actions. It is their former positive actions that result in desirable, attractive, and delightful experiences of such an exalted nature. Nothing occurs that was not engendered in the past. Such events are not random, and the gods’ past actions do not come to nothing. Their realm is not uncaused, and it cannot be engendered by the careless. Produced by the coming together of causes and conditions, karmic consequences are not dissimilar to their causal actions. The gods experience their resultant delightful perceptions as a consequence of former actions that resemble their effects. In accordance with their previous practice of discipline, they now encounter any pleasure they may wish for. Attractive and delightful divine forms are abundant and widespread, and both their increase from subtle to immense and their waning from immense to subtle are achieved in a timely manner. The mere wishes of the gods accomplish corresponding enjoyments of abundant pleasures.
“Those who practiced discipline, and gods in particular, become attached to the fire of the six kinds of objects [F.4.a] and are swept away by the river of pleasures. In this manner, they roam from forest to forest, summit to summit, and from one source of divine substance to the next. In forests and parks, they are drawn to the delightful sounds of cascading waters that combine with the lovely songs of hundreds of different species of birds with exquisite colors, appearances, and characters. Enraptured by heavenly joy, they move through an environment created by their former positive actions. With enthusiasm and infatuation, these congregations of gods with their gorgeous bodies, garments, and ornaments will fan the flames of passion as they explore their environment. Adorned with exquisite divine garlands, flower garlands, colored powders, and perfumes, they reside on the summits of gold, beryl, and blazing gold. Every mental state they experience involves a broad spectrum of pleasures, and so together with their companions they will saunter from forest to forest. These unparalleled lands are made of the most delightful gold, beryl, pure gold, silver, sapphire, and coral and are adorned with nets of bells that tinkle delightfully. They will continue to explore such glades that are filled with flocks of birds, [F.4.b] again and again. However, as the gods roam about in utter carelessness, some birds known as the careful ones may notice them and sing these verses of instruction:
“In this manner, the birds known as the careful ones instruct the careless and thoughtless gods. Yet the gods do not understand the verses. Instead, craving objects, they pay no attention and will continue as before. Attached to objects, they will continue to create the causes for wandering through the wilderness of cyclic existence and its ferocious sufferings. Always moving among objects, the gods become so infatuated with their environment that they never cease migrating and roaming about. Each of the male gods is in constant pursuit of the amorous company of the heavenly girls—even though these goddesses are actually the cause of all types of misery, comparable to fatal weapons, flames, abysses, or forest fires. Anyone who wishes for true happiness, who is intelligent, and who is frightened by the terrors of cyclic existence would therefore be better off fearing the company of such ladies. They should endeavor to escape them. Yet the deluded gods are blinded by desire, and even though they know about the suffering that is created thereby, they nevertheless continue to enjoy themselves in the company of the goddesses.
“All infantile beings are blinded by the swamp of cyclic existence. Blinded by desire anger, and ignorance, they are playing with the henchmen of the Lord of Death, [F.5.b] yet the gods do not evaluate these interactions in this way.521 Although the birds’ advice is very helpful and capable of blocking the passage to the lower realms, the gods remain deluded, and thus, without knowing the way things really are, they will continue to enjoy themselves in the woodlands and parks. They will keep company with those who produce the shackles of craving,and they will frolic with such ignoble beings.
“When a newly born god thus roams these lands that are lush with gorgeous features of gold, beryl, sapphire, great sapphire, and coral, he may, on rare occasion, happen to hear some delightful and lovely voices that sound divine. Curious about the source of the voices, he will approach together with his attending retinue. As they come closer, the wondrous singing becomes increasingly clear, and thus they will all linger there, listening to the enchanting voices that are accompanied by music from the five types of instruments. The voices are utterly unlike, and incomparable to, anything they have ever heard. As the god and his companions rush closer, they will arrive at a forest known as Great Joy that abounds with numerous jewel trees. This great grove covers one hundred leagues by twenty leagues. Among its superb trees, which possess the most exquisite qualities, [F.6.a] are gatherings of hundreds and thousands of gods who sing, celebrate, and dance.
“Seeing all this, the newly born god will enter the forest with its golden trees, beryl foliage, and heavenly fragrant flowers. The forest is draped with flower garlands with equally exquisite qualities, and upon seeing all the many colors and sights in the forest, the god will proceed to explore further. He will then come across trees of beryl with sapphire branches, golden leaves, and silvery ripe fruits having perfect flavors. The sapphire branches are flush with flowers in numerous colors. Next, he will find trees with sapphire trunks, branches of gold, and leaves of beryl. Among them hover bees of many different lovely shapes and colors, humming in the most enchanting way, capturing the eye and mind with their beauty. The newly born god will encounter divine flowers in full bloom, colored like the seven precious substances and endowed with a splendor so marvelous that they enrapture the mind even if one turns toward them with the eyes closed. There, he will listen to deeply gratifying sounds and discover mansions enveloped in golden vines with fluttering leaves, among which swarm bees that buzz in hundreds of thousands of delightful melodies. Other mansions are draped in vines with sapphire branches and leaves of great sapphire. [F.6.b] They shine in the colors of magnificent gems and serve as homes for various birds. Throughout the forest the ground is soft, giving way when one places a foot on it and bouncing back when one lifts the foot again. This beautifully designed land is permeated with divine fragrances and filled with coteries of divine ladies.
“As the newly born god continues his exploration, he will discover other areas where the land is of a hitherto unseen kind—blanketed with the seven precious substances, which sparkle in divine colors. Accompanied by his retinue, he will travel through this ravishing and level land, amazed and distracted by the scenery. All that the god may lay eyes on within that wildwood is without exception desirable, attractive, and delightful, and the sounds he hears are all likewise always desirable, attractive, delightful, and enchanting. All he smells is desirable, and whatever he sets his mind on becomes the source of an experience that is desirable, attractive, and delightful. The most exquisite divine substances provide him with flavors that are perfect; whatever he listens to delivers tones that are desirable, attractive, and delightful; and all he touches physically, or pays attention to mentally, is always desirable, attractive, and delightful.
“Tied by the bonds of all these pleasures, he will experience immense happiness. [F.7.a] Together with his retinue, he will explore the many different features of the landscape in that great forest, where flocks of divine birds warble with extraordinary voices. They will discover many delightful lotus pools that adorn the beautiful landscape, and they will then proceed into ever more captivating regions. In the ponds grow lotuses with sapphire stems, golden petals, and diamond anthers that extend from a flower core made of sapphire, which is extremely soft to the touch. Other lotuses grow beryl leaves from stems of gold. The silver core of those flowers displays anthers of ruby, and among them hover many different gorgeous bees that hum with lovely melodies. There are colorful lotuses that are in full bloom, bearing petals studded with the seven precious substances, and bearing petals of gold. In the center of these flowers are found many different gorgeous varieties of sapphire, beryl, gold, coral, crystal, and great sapphire, all shining brilliantly with their colorful light. Every single flower displays a core that is just as colorful and beautiful as all the rest. When the gods see these lotus ponds, they will feast their eyes on them insatiably. [F.7.b]
“The more objects the gods see, the greater their craving grows, just as a fire blazes when fueled with butter. But how can those who are never satisfied ever be happy, and how can those who are never happy ever find peace? Those who crave will not find peace anywhere. The more pleasures they enjoy, the stronger their craving becomes, and as their craving grows, the more intense it becomes. The more insatiable the gods are, the more insatiable they become, and thus their suffering grows. Mistaking pain for pleasure, the gods are burned by the fire of desirous vanity, and thus they will venture deeper into the wildwood, elated by the many unique features of the jungle that is ablaze in myriad lights.
“Upon seeing the many colorful lights of the flowers there, some gods will gaze around in their environs and approach the flowers of the five objects. Insatiable in their craving for sense pleasures, they will continue their tour of the forest. They will pass through jewel groves that shine with golden and crystal lights, and they will come across deep rivers with pristine waters, just like the Jambu River,522 where the most tender sprouts of the five kinds grow. Elsewhere they will come to an immaculate lake full of silvery waters that sparkle with colorful jewel lights. The lake is home to gorgeous swans, ducks, and geese that make the most delightful calls. [F.8.a] Surrounding the lake lie beautiful lotus pools, and its banks are lined with majestic trees. These form glades that are home to a wide range of beautiful birds that all sing in myriad exquisite ways. Seeing all this beauty spread out right before his eyes, the newly born god will enter the forest. Therein, he will discover groves of blue lotuses among which hover beautiful heavenly bees. And in the ponds, which are free from mud and perfectly endowed with the seven other features, frolic a variety of aquatic birds with feathers made of the seven precious substances. Everywhere swim flocks or pairs of exquisite geese. The trees in the surrounding forests grow fragrant flowers with petals in many different shapes, further embellishing these bountiful lotus groves.
“As the newly born god continues his journey, he will discover many streams of divine nectar that flow through the environment. These streams of nectar are colorful and utterly free from any impurities. Babbling delightfully, they are found in the forest by the hundreds and thousands. The streams are frequented by beautiful, impassioned birds that are drunk on the nectar.
“The newly born god continuously comes across new sights, and at one point he will discover a great forest, filled with beauty, growing on dry land. [F.8.b] The plants in the forest take on all manner of forms and shapes, and the flowers, which have a variety of petals, anthers, fragrances, and colors, are adorned by beautiful bees. By nature, the forest is extremely fragrant, emitting the most delicious scents. Together with his companions, the newly born god will also discover that the forest contains mountains with lofty summits that sparkle with the light from a wealth of jewels. On the mountain slopes there are hundreds of thousands of cascades as well. Together with the radiant and dazzling trees that are arched over the waters, they further beautify the gorgeous peaks. The delightful calls of cuckoos can be heard as well as hundreds of thousands of other enchanting, dazzlingly radiant, jewel-like birds singing lovely tunes. The mountains are likewise speckled with hundreds of thousands of fragrant flowers. In Jambudvīpa, the luminous beauty of the sun and moon appear as if the sky itself had burst open to reveal the splendor of its brilliant light. Similarly, in this realm in the Heaven Free from Strife, the mountains emit a brilliant, dazzling, and colorful light. Witnessing the bright, colorful light that shines from the mountains, the newly born god and his companions will enter the lush forests, and the deeper into this forest they penetrate, the more elated they will become at what they find. [F.9.a]
“Among the numerous perfect qualities they discover are many delightful tunes that are uplifting, gentle, soft,523 continuous, and inviting. As they proceed in the direction of the sounds, the gods will become intensely inspired, and thus they will eagerly rush forward. With wide-open eyes they will come upon a cheerful gathering of gods they have never met before. As they approach, they will notice a beautiful stretch of woodlands adorned with scattered trees of sparkling beryl as well as beautiful mountains speckled with gorgeous sapphire trees. Furthermore, the newly born god will see colorful and lovely lotus pools of the seven precious substances adorned with king-of-the-forest plants. Gods and goddesses adorned with the most exquisite ornaments and outfits abound there, making an ongoing display of their amazing bodies, youthfulness, jewelry, and costumes.
“Some among this lovely congregation of hundreds of thousands of gods and goddesses are enjoying wine that is free from any flaws of intoxication but endowed with the most delightful and heavenly flavor, bouquet, and character. Engaged in a single infatuated pursuit, they drink with their companions and frolic in that colorful and gorgeous stretch of woodland. [F.9.b] In other parts of the beautiful forests, which are illumined by a variety of lights, other groups of radiant gods celebrate. Some of them escort their companions to go celebrate in beautiful stretches of forest filled with magnificent trees, where they can enjoy heavenly sense pleasures to the accompaniment of music, dance, and the beat of drums.
“Other gods enter dense wildwoods lush with trees made of the seven precious substances. There, they celebrate in the forest glades, absorbed in music from the five types of instruments. They are utterly infatuated and enchanted by their incomparable divine pleasures. Impassioned, they gallivant around with their companions, carried away by the sound of music from the five types of instruments, as well as singing and cymbals. Hearts filled with happiness, they revel joyfully in the objects of their insatiable craving. The minds of all the gods are desirous in the same manner and partake wholeheartedly in this joyous celebration of insatiable ecstasy. With craving and yearning, they indulge their five senses and thus become submerged in a river of pleasure.
“Some gods enter lotus groves and take a seat in the center of a flower. There, surrounded by lotus petals, they drink inebriating wine, yet they do not suffer any of the stains of intoxication. Rather, their minds become stained by attachment to the delicious flavors and the incomparable character and hue of their drinks. Still other gods visit waterfalls. Befriending one another on both sides of the cascading waters, [F.10.a] they relish a veritable profusion of heavenly enjoyments that defy the imagination.
“Elsewhere the newly born god will behold gods who befriend each other in their pursuit of pleasure and enjoy themselves upon precious platforms of gold and beryl and between rows of mansions. According to their individual past positive actions, their bodies, youthfulness, and pleasures may be either inferior, intermediate, or superior, yet all of these individuals, who practiced supremely positive actions, are sustained by incomparable enjoyments of their five senses. Here, just as before, the newly born god will behold celebrations of a kind he has never witnessed before.
“The gods who gambol about in this environment are endowed with unparalleled, perfect pleasures, and thus the newly born god and his companions will ecstatically rush forth to join them. Upon seeing the many gorgeous ornaments, garments, and bodies of the gods there, the newcomers will stare in amazement at the unprecedented wonders they encounter. With trust and joy, they will begin to interact with the gods of that locale, and the latter will respond to them in the same manner. Without any sense of competition, everyone will mingle with each other. Full of attachment, they will then gallivant with their consorts from one gorgeous forest to the next, from one golden summit to another, from lotus pool to lotus pool, from one river of food to another, and from one cascading river to the next. [F.10.b] It is not easy to provide an example for the pleasures the divine gatherings ecstatically enjoy in this manner.
“When they have frolicked in this way for an extremely long time, they will arrive at a mountain called The Essence of All, which is made of solid gold and features numerous exquisite waterfalls, lotus groves, bathing ponds, forests, and parks. Gods and goddesses abound there, and there is constant music, drumbeats, and singing. Delightful in all regards, the mountain is adorned with hundreds of thousands of cascades and peppered with hundreds of thousands of delightful mansions. Lotuses are in full bloom throughout the land and the pools are adorned by hundreds of thousands of embankments. It is lush with glimmering trees and gorgeous wish-fulfilling trees flourish there as well. The landscape is enchanting to behold, and when the gods see the forests and parks, they are struck with wonder. One slope of the mountain is of beryl, another is of gold, a third is of sapphire, and a fourth is of great sapphire. This perfect jewel mountain of exquisite dimensions is also adorned by plateaus and caverns that befit great beings, flatlands, and the most amazing woodlands.
“In order to reach all these delights and frolic there, the gods will ascend the mountain with their hearts set on enjoying themselves. [F.11.a] Hundreds and thousands of times, they will rollick about passionately with their attending retinues to the accompaniment of heavenly music of the five types of instruments. Throughout the forests and parks, in the bathing ponds and by the cascading streams, they will playfully celebrate in great assemblies to many sweet-sounding tunes. As the gods ascend the mountain, they will come upon an exceptionally delightful lotus grove that is embellished by hundreds of thousands of heavenly trees that are more beautiful than anyone could desire. Ablaze with radiant jewel light, this grove of lotuses shines brilliantly and forms part of a row of other gorgeous lotus groves. As described before, the gods revel, dance, and sing as they proceed at a leisurely pace. Dancing and singing, they will work their way higher up the mountain, united as friends—all the while assisted by their own former actions.
“Due to their past positive actions, the bodies of the gods glow with a natural light and they are completely free from flesh, bones, or lymph. Without anyone causing harm to others, they enjoy the streams of food, drink, and nectar, savoring their perfect colors, flavors, aromas, and characters in exquisite vessels, all in accordance with their own former actions. In this way, they remain attached to the five objects and to each other. Constantly absorbed in this desirous state, they will revel and celebrate ecstatically. Their pleasures are always perfect, [F.11.b] unprecedented, unequaled, and diverse, and so they pursue them ardently. As they climb the mountain, the gods will discover some truly amazing delights. With their exceptional bodies, the gods will also find each other highly attractive and delightful. Moving leisurely through the unparalleled environment of that lofty mountain, they will finally reach its far side. From there, they will catch sight of another extremely delightful mountain, known as the Mountain of Play. This mountain, which is formed from jewels, features an abundance of trees, streams, and groves of pink and blue lotuses. Its back side is absolutely splendid and has anything one could ever wish for. The mountain produces, to an unparalleled level of perfection, any desirable, attractive, and delightful thing that could be wished for. Thus, the gods live exactly as they please. The other desirable qualities they enjoy have already been explained. In this setting, the gods will keep on playing around for an extremely long time.
“While they frolic and enjoy themselves and explore the environment in this manner, at some point they will become distracted by some vines that sway in the wind. Just then, they will catch sight of a series of sparkling jewel mountains that rise high into the air and encircle the area. On the perfect ground, which is made of the seven precious substances, live the most gorgeous and peaceful birds that sing in an enthralling manner. [F.12.a]
“This alpine region is also filled with perfectly peaceful caverns and lakes. The birds living there led serene lives in the past, yet they failed to fully observe discipline. They kept the Dharma in their hearts but became angry nevertheless, and so they did not act in accordance with their own teachings. As Dharma teachers, they were therefore just like impersonators. When they died, they went to the realms of hell beings and starving spirits under great hardship. Later, due to the craving associated with the force of karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, these beings were for the most part born as swans by these lakes.
“The birds have feathers the colors of the seven precious substances, and they are born with delightful voices. They feed on the heavenly lotuses there and frolic around on the lakes together with their companions. The king of swans, the bodhisattva Auspicious Time, usually resides by these lakes, and in the caverns he teaches the Dharma to Musulundha, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife. The flocks of birds there also listen to his Dharma discourses.
“Sometimes the celebrating, reveling gods will divide into two groups. Those that are motivated by past positive actions to be experienced in other lives will proceed to the lakes due to their former positive actions, whereas those lacking such karmic actions will go to enjoy themselves in the forest known as Careless Living. Those gods who practiced peaceful conduct in past lives will therefore arrive at the lakes, where they will mingle with the birds. [F.12.b] At that point the swans known as teachers will warble to them in verse:
“In this way, the birds offer these verses of instruction to the gods. Still, although the birds thus explain things, the gods do not comprehend the message and consequently fail to recognize the flawed character of sense pleasures. Without paying any heed, they will continue to dance and to ravenously enjoy their pleasures, just as before.
“Now, the bodhisattva swan Auspicious Time, who is always composed, fully intent on benefiting others, and settled in one-pointed equipoise, is also present there. Since his karmic lot is similar to theirs, he sometimes frolics among the birds. At other times, he stays inside a fine cavern where he contemplates the Dharma in a one-pointed state of mind. In this way, this royal bird Auspicious Time frolics among his companions while he also imparts the Dharma to the birds around him. [F.13.b]
“When the visiting gods join these flocks of birds, everyone joyfully befriends one another. Wanting to celebrate there, the gods are exhilarated by the sight of the lake, as it captivates their eyes and enchants their minds. Seeing the lake surrounded by a wealth of trees and beautiful fruits, the elated gods will spread out into the surroundings together with their companions, and thus their dances, songs, laughter, and grace intensify tenfold. In this way, the gods come to revel and enjoy themselves by the lake. When the bodhisattva, whose mind is supremely mature, sees them, he will utter these verses:
“Upon seeing the gods, Auspicious Time, who only acts for the benefit of others, enters among the birds that speak. There, amid those swans that captivate the eyes and enchant the mind, he offers these verses of instruction. However, as if they were unconscious, the gods do not even hear him. Without paying any attention, they will just continue dancing and laughing to the enchanting tones of music from the five types of instruments. Enthralled, they will remain extremely attached to all the objects of their five senses and therefore they will not hear his instruction. The gods will just fritter away their time by the lake.
“Even though the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife are so thoroughly attached to objects and lost in carelessness, there are three highly virtuous sentient beings who nevertheless teach them the Dharma. They are Musulundha, the swan king Auspicious Time, and the peafowl king Resplendent. [F.14.b] In this way, some are established in the awakening of a solitary buddha and others in the awakening of a hearer. Those who gain such levels are fortunate beings who wish to escape from the realm of the māras.
“In that regard, the evil Māra therefore thinks, ‘In the human realm, those who empty my realm are the mendicants. The Four Great Kings do so in the realm of the Four Great Kings; Kauśika does so in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three; Musulundha, Auspicious Time, and Resplendent do so in the Yāma Heaven; and Praśānta is responsible for the same in the Heaven of Joy. Therefore, I must make sure that no one among their companions will hear the Dharma. In that way, the realms of humans and gods under my influence will remain deluded. I must make sure that no one except those in the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations hears anything. Those who work for me are extremely powerful, so I can repel any attack. At the very least, I should send some of them to the Heaven Free from Strife so that they can compete with the gods there in terms of insight and subjugating prowess.’
“With that thought, the evil Māra will then confer with his ministers and decide to send off emissaries to argue with Musulundha, Auspicious Time, and Resplendent. He will instruct them, ‘With your intelligence, skill in producing emanations, and great splendor, you will generate joy, carelessness, and delusion. Now you must enter among the gods in the Yāma Heaven and create obstacles when Musulundha, Auspicious Time, and Resplendent teach the Dharma.’
“Once given this command, the emissaries will descend into the realm of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.15.a] Upon their arrival, they will proceed to the residence of the king of birds, Auspicious Time. When Auspicious Time sees that they are approaching, he will recite the following verses in a clear and deep voice to those gods:
“Upon hearing those words, the emissaries, who have made themselves appear as gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, will respond carelessly:
“Auspicious Time will respond:
“To this, the careless beings will counter:
“Auspicious Time will reply:
“The careless will reply:
“Auspicious Time will respond:
“With these words, Auspicious Time engages in a debate with the careless māras. He speaks while he resides within his luminous jewel cave, and his words primarily serve to help Musulundha relinquish carelessness. Surrounded by many hundreds of thousands of gods, Musulundha will then arrive at the great lake, hovering in the center of the sky, while his retinue of gods fills the sky to the accompaniment of dance, song, and music. Some of the gods in his entourage act recklessly, but those whose minds are in equipoise will arrive very quickly to make sure that they are not late to witness the debate between the king of birds, Auspicious Time, and the careless māras.
“As previously, Musulundha will first listen to Auspicious Time. Then, understanding what is transpiring, he will speak to the careless māras: ‘Without a doubt, you are the careless followers of the evil Māra. From other gods I have heard that such retinues are of three categories: carelessness, agitation, and delusion. They are all continually breeding tremendous delusion in the world. I must definitely debate with them by means of the instructions called Replies to Questions Related to the Eleven Great Dharma Teachings.
“With this understanding, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, together with Auspicious Time, will fly up into the sky, [F.16.a] where they take their seats in the heart of a lotus flower, surrounded by hundreds of gods who delight in carelessness.
The Eleven Great Dharma Teachings
“Musulundha will then explain, ‘Listen, I shall now impart to you the instructions called Replies to Questions Related to the Eleven Great Dharma Teachings. Careless ones, the blessed Kāśyapa taught this to a god of times past called Auspicious Joy of Carefulness, and I in turn heard the teaching from him. Listen and pay close attention to this religious teaching of the Dharma. All you careless gods and eloquent birds ruled by Auspicious Time, please listen. Also, you who belong to the forces of the māras, you who speak wrongly and do no good for the beings of the world—you listen as well.
“ ‘What follows is the Replies to Questions Related to the Eleven Great Dharma Teachings. The eleven great teachings constitute an elevenfold process of relinquishment. Through that process, one will genuinely transcend craving and suffering, one will no longer wish to remain within the realm of the māras, one will destroy all the ties of cyclic existence, one will remain in the peaceful wilderness, one will delight in solitude, one will place one’s hopes in what is correct, and one will develop the wish to crush ignorance. What does this elevenfold process relinquish and what are the eleven factors? (1) Agitation is remedied by taming oneself, (2) lack of restraint by one-pointedness, (3) flawed discipline by following a holy person, (4) laziness by diligence, (5) obsession with visiting villages and towns by remaining alone in the wilderness, (6) greed by contentment, (7) obsession with visiting friends and relatives [F.16.b] by joyfully staying in foreign lands for a long time, (8) meaningless talk by proper verbal restraint, (9) frivolity by steadfastness, (10) poverty by generosity, and (11) ignorance by means of knowledge.
“ ‘Those eleven factors are the stains of affliction, afflictive bondage, and the great branches of the tree of carelessness. Those who wish to go beyond the realm of the māras, who fear the terrors of cyclic existence, and who wish to destroy carelessness should give these up. The whole of cyclic existence is rooted in carelessness, while carefulness is the root of liberation. That is what the Blessed One has taught those who wish to escape from cyclic existence.
(1) Agitation Is Remedied by Taming Oneself
“ ‘Those who delight in taming themselves, those who wish to become tamed, and all beings who wish for what is desirable, attractive, and delightful should shun agitation. That unwholesome factor should be relinquished by all who delight in becoming tamed. In that regard, there are five types of agitation: (1) When on the way to a village or town, one may walk quickly, (2) one may walk without proper restraint, (3) one may let one’s clothing hang loose, (4) one may lift up one’s clothing, and (5) one may wander about or become distracted. When others see such behavior, they will immediately become upset.
“ ‘Whence derives such unrestrained styles of walking? On the most subtle level, they originate in infatuation and lack of attention. From these spring numerous forms of agitation. [F.17.a] Those can be remedied by maintaining restrained conduct, by walking with one’s eyes focused at the distance of a yoke’s length ahead, by keeping one’s clothing fastened, by wearing a long upper shawl and not lifting one’s clothing higher than four finger widths above the knees, and by not letting one’s shoulders swagger. In this way, the carelessness of the divine world is conquered by carefulness.
“ ‘Among the four types of carelessness that a monk or someone of a similar kind should overcome, what are the remaining ones? The first is to make remarks, even minor ones, without having examined matters properly and without proper judgement. Those who maintain restraint speak properly when in the homes of donors and benefactors. They do not snap their fingers and they take a low seat. The unrestrained, on the other hand, speak excessively and without any awareness of what should and should not be said. While seated, they speak with loud voices, and their attention is devoted to the women in the house. Rashly, they end up agitated or angry. They do not show any consistent concern for their company. Monks whose conduct is agitated and unrestrained in this way are disagreeable and unpleasant, and people will therefore wonder whether other monks are available whose conduct and demeanor are serene and proper. Men or other family members will thus comment, “Alas, those monks are unrestrained.”
“ ‘Alternatively, those who maintain proper restraint will always speak words that are relevant and appropriate. Whether they meet new people or people they are used to seeing, whether they meet benefactors, donors, or other such people, they always speak gently and with awareness of the time and place. [F.17.b] Their words are peaceful, meaningful, and do not contradict reality. They do not become preoccupied with females. They do not snap their fingers. They are aware of the time. They know when it is time to leave, or they can sense this indirectly. They do not lift up their Dharma robes and do not let their shoulders swagger while walking. They do not cough loudly. They do not chide others. They always respond respectfully to questions. Their words are calm, pleasant, and in accordance with the Dharma. In this way, agitation is overcome by taming oneself.
“ ‘Such people also overcome another form of agitation by means of taming themselves. In what way? When entering a household, they do not engage in songs, dance, or music. They do not pay attention to laughter, flirtation, or coquetry, and they do not listen to the conversations or jokes of others. They do not relish any of that and they have no wish for it. They have no fondness for large gatherings. When visiting a household, they do not talk about the lifestyles of other homes. They do not come and go in a big hurry and they are not restless. Nor are they overly relaxed. This is the way that monks enter the homes of others. When they go to the home of a benefactor, donor, or the like, they crush, destroy, and dispel agitation by means of taming themselves.
“ ‘Otherwise, if a monk engages in conversation with benefactors and donors when visiting a household, he may set aside words of the Dharma and instead speak about pleasures. He may end up speaking about various lands and places, [F.18.a] about the higher realms, or about dancers and dances, or music and song. In towns and elsewhere, he may speak in emotionally charged ways. He may interact with women and wear a fancy outfit when visiting people’s homes. Such agitation may occur for monks or others of a similar kind.
“ ‘How can the flaws of such agitation be overcome by means of taming oneself? When visiting a household, monks or others of a similar kind will speak in a manner that is concerned with goodness. For example, they may speak of generosity or discipline, or they may praise wisdom. They may talk about the fall into the lower realms, or about aging, disease, or loss. They will speak about the way karmic actions are appropriated, or about destitution or death. They will utter words that inspire respect in others. Their words will be centered on what brings goodness. They will talk about suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. They will talk about the way the different stages are achieved. They praise discipline and explain how it first arises. They speak of freedom from desire and the way stinginess is overcome. To those who are crazed by infatuation with physical form they explain how form is infinite, how it is deceptive, and how the young are always tricked by aging. All they say is therefore spoken with a knowledge of the thoughts of their donors and benefactors. [F.18.b] This is how monks give up agitation by means of taming themselves.
“ ‘There are also other types of agitation they give up by means of taming themselves. For example, some may only frequent places where there is plenty of food and drink. Moreover, out of desire and obsession with food, others will go where the food is most plentiful or wherever they have patronage and companionship so that they can profit from that. As long as they receive all this, they remain happy with their Dharma robes, alms, dwelling place, and medical remedies.
“ ‘On the other hand, those who have already tamed themselves do not miss or relish such pleasures. They do not think of such things but travel alone, basing themselves on what is good and practicing restraint. This is how monks or others of a similar kind overcome agitation by means of taming themselves. All agitation comes from a profusion of carelessness. All that is meaningless is rooted in carelessness. Therefore, all who pursue the transcendence of suffering must focus on overcoming carelessness.’ This is how Musulundha teaches the Dharma, which he has himself heard from a god in the past, to the royal swan Auspicious Time and the careless forces of the māras.”
(2) Lack of Restraint Is Remedied by One-Pointedness
“ ‘The second topic is as follows: Lack of restraint means not being one-pointed. Such lack of restraint is moreover twofold, because it pertains to both the mundane and the supramundane. [F.19.a] Possessing restraint is a matter of maintaining a one-pointed mind. There are many ways of observing restraint, but in short there are two kinds, because some relate to natural unwholesomeness and others to acquired unwholesomeness. Those who are flawed by natural unwholesomeness are neither monks nor followers of Kāśyapa. If one commits acts of killing, sexual misconduct, or stealing, one’s mind will entail a threefold deterioration.525 One may have been a righteous person but will nonetheless get carried away and subsequently engage in sexual relations. Then, regardless of the object, one’s companion, or the instructions imparted, one will no longer be a monk or a follower of Kāśyapa. Such people are nothing more than rotten, evil, false charlatans. And when one’s discipline becomes flawed due to such natural unwholesomeness, that is due to carelessness. Therefore, diligent followers of Kāśyapa must give up carelessness.’
“This is how the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, teaches the discourse of Kāśyapa. Residing in the center of a lotus flower, he addresses the bodhisattva Auspicious Time, the speaking swans, and the careless forces of the māras, and teaches them the Dharma.
“ ‘As for acquired unwholesomeness, there are nine kinds. What are these nine types of corruption? Partial practice, the practice of restoration through confession, careless practice, half practice, general practice, light practice of confession and restoration, practice due to having been shown and explained the path, destructive practice, and the practice of all. Such carelessness will ruin the mind of any childish person, regardless of whether they are monks or others of a similar kind. Those are, in short, the nine types of unwholesomeness of those who fail to train in the Dharma-Vinaya. [F.19.b]
“ ‘What is partial practice526 and how is that an acquired unwholesomeness? It is to disregard minor points of training and minor forms of restoration and thus transgress them out of carelessness, thinking, “Just as I have previously transgressed this point, I shall restore it again.” One may, for example, dig a hole or cut grass. That is what is known as partial practice, whether in the case of mendicants or others of a similar kind.
“ ‘How do the careless practice restoration through confession? Here, a mendicant or someone of a similar kind may fail to observe one, two, or three of the bases of training by thinking, “Although I now fail to observe and maintain the training in this way, I shall later resume it.” When in this way they disregard the relevant points of training they become constantly involved in acquired unwholesomeness. Those who act in this way do not practice the Dharma with respect, they are not careful, and their minds are constantly distracted. That is what is known as the practice of restoration through confession.
“ ‘How do careless people cause carelessness to proliferate? Fickle individuals who lack strength of character do not understand what must be confessed with respect to the bases of training. They do not understand what is essential and what is not with regard to confession and restoration. Such people will acquire a great deal of unwholesomeness in relation to the bases of training. They will observe such unwholesome conduct and maintain it for a very long time under great hardship. They will also fail to maintain that which involves little unwholesomeness. [F.20.a] They will not be respectfully inclined toward the Dharma. Whether in the case of monks or others of a similar kind, this is what is known as the conduct of the careless that causes carelessness to proliferate.
“ ‘What is then meant by half practice? Whether the basis of training is minor or major, a monk may either transgress it, adhere to it, or strongly refrain from it. However, if he merely considers transgressing it, he will only fall short in the factors that pertain to that category. That is what it termed half practice because he only practices one half of the conduct but not the other. Such a process is called half practice.
“ ‘When careless people roam carelessly under the sway of carelessness among objects of carelessness, a spiritual practitioner or the like may engage in what is known as general practice. If one observes the complete bases of training, or if one is a nun, novice, or lay practitioner, one will very quickly attain the transcendence of suffering. However, if one does not accord with such behavior, and turns away from it, such practice is known as general practice. What is that like? General practice of the bases of training with respect to acquired unwholesomeness occurs when the bases of training are maintained without degeneration, without breaches, without downfalls, without lack of steadfastness, without lack of purpose, and without being inattentive to any point—yet only sometimes. Whether one is a mendicant or someone of a similar kind, that is what is meant by general practice.
‘What is light practice through confession and restoration? Out of carelessness, or due to the influence of an unwholesome friend, [F.20.b] some people fail to maintain the bases of training. As soon as they become aware of their mistakes, they may then confess and declare their transgressions to the saṅgha out of regret, faith, or fear of the hells. They may offer their confession, saying, “I have failed regarding the bases of training and engaged in acts that are not becoming. I request that the saṅgha restore my commitments.” In this way, they may, with the help of the relevant remedy, declare and confess their mistakes and restore their training out of fear. Hence, a monk who does so is said to practice through confession and restoration.
“ ‘What is meant by practice due to having been shown and explained the path? Monks or others of a similar kind may sometimes become careless and incur much unwholesomeness. When thus transgressing or failing to observe the bases of training that cut through the root of the tree of suffering, they may declare their mistakes to their masters and the members of the saṅgha during the ritual for mending and purification. At that time, the saṅgha members may then instruct them about the path and teach them about its challenges and the terrors of neglecting one’s duties. Having instructed them and made them understand, they will then declare, “You strayed from proper conduct!” Out of fear of the realms of hell, starving spirits, and animals, such people will then never again transgress the bases of training. Auspicious Time, this is what is called practice due to having been shown and explained the path.
“ ‘What is destructive practice? That is falling under the power of aging and death. Such people destroy the Dharma-Vinaya, they fail to practice concentration, they become obsessed with doing this and that, and they wander ceaselessly from house to house, place to place, [F.21.a] and one residence of benefactors to another, all for the sake of nothing but food and clothing. Targeting householders, such people go to these places and offer their services. That is what is known as destructive practice. When such thieves die, they descend to the deepest hell.
“ ‘Auspicious Time, what is meant by the practice of all? This occurs when someone has faith in, speaks of, and practices the entire Dharma-Vinaya. If some slight unwholesomeness should occur, whether in relation to one or two of the bases of training, such a person will not let himself become habituated to that. Because of his respect for the Dharma, he will be unable to adhere to such unwholesomeness and instead will resume the training. Auspicious Time, this is known as confession and the practice of all. When a monk, or someone of a similar kind, at a later time transgresses the bases of training due to minor unwholesomeness, then that is also due to the flaws of carelessness.’
“In this way, residing in the heart of a lotus flower, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife teaches the Dharma to the talking swans and the careless forces of the māras. Musulundha will then speak the following verses:
(3) Flawed Discipline Is Remedied by Following a Holy Person
“Musulundha then continues his teaching of the discourse of the blessed Kāśyapa, just as he had received it from another god in the past. He proceeds to teach the talking swans and the careless, agitated, and excited forces of the māras the third among the eleven Dharma teachings: ‘Once agitation is conquered by taming oneself, and lack of restraint by means of a one-pointed mind, the different kinds of flawed discipline—even natural unwholesomeness—will be remedied by following a holy person and thus giving rise to roots of virtue. Since even the natural unwholesomeness that is associated with flawed discipline can be remedied by following and keeping company with holy people—such that one is released from cyclic existence—there is no need to mention that this also is the case with acquired unwholesomeness. Therefore, with great diligence, one must follow holy beings.
(4) Laziness Is Remedied by Diligence
“ ‘What must then be relinquished? Laziness is relinquished through diligence. All forms of laziness will be relinquished by developing diligence, just as carelessness and meaningless actions are remedied by following a spiritual teacher who is the root of perfection with respect to the Dharma-Vinaya. What is the fourth unwholesome factor to be overcome and relinquished by means of the fourth remedy? It is laziness that must be remedied by diligence. All forms of laziness can be conquered by developing diligence. For example, just as light overcomes darkness, the development of diligence causes all forms of laziness to be relinquished. Laziness is an obstacle to all good qualities. [F.22.a] In whatever one undertakes, laziness increases obstacles and causes hindrances to all mundane and supramundane qualities. It will be difficult even to remember their names, and whether in this world or beyond, there will be many hardships.
“ ‘Lazy people have weak diligence and are destroyed, stopped, defeated, and bested by others. As they are destroyed by others, the lazy must face extreme poverty. Lazy people do not accomplish their works, they do not make any profit, they do not grow crops, and they do not perform any housework either. They do not attend to teachers but become consumed by an indolent state of mind. They are reviled by everyone. They do not develop any wisdom and they lack learning. Such people are not learned, and they have no knowledge of place and time. They do not know how to distinguish between themselves and others. They do not know how to distinguish between their own capacity and that of others. They do not accomplish what is needed in a timely fashion but encounter obstacles in all they do.
“ ‘Those who overcome laziness with respect to this world and the next by means of diligence will progress in mundane affairs. They rise early, overcome exhaustion, eradicate sleepiness, wake up at the right time, rise at the right time, and pursue all their works on time, without weariness or expectation. With steadfast physical diligence, they wash away the stains of laziness and endeavor diligently to accomplish all their objectives free from any stains. [F.22.b] Even if they encounter hindrances, they do not become afraid or lose heart. Others cannot put obstacles in their way. They endeavor steadfastly in their pursuits. Endowed with diligence, they do not backslide from their accomplishments. They do not do things because they are forced to. They are also aware of the differences between people. They know the difference between their own forces and those of others. They are praised by all. They receive veneration in great congregations. They receive the veneration of kings and royal ministers. They possess wealth continuously. Their mental strength and their other powers know no decline. Those who oppose them are defeated, because nobody can oppose those endowed with diligence. Their friends will help them, and the number of such friends will keep increasing. They have lots of friends, perfect happiness, and great power. They are happy even in foreign cities. Many people will recognize what they have done, and they will therefore be venerated by those who accompany and befriend them. Throughout the world, people will acknowledge their achievements.
“ ‘Those who give up laziness from its root achieve numerous excellent qualities. They become great beings whose armor is strong and thus, free from any stains, they defeat the hordes of the māras. They are ready for the battle to repel cyclic existence and they are a delight to all holy beings. Those who are diligent [F.23.a] endeavor to attain the sky-like transcendence of suffering, which is supramundane, undefiled, and free from all that is unwholesome.
“ ‘For those in cyclic existence, there are fetters that are hard to endure. In particular, there is one setting that is worse than a charnel ground and extremely difficult to escape from: household life. Through one’s home flows a river of craving filled with children, a spouse, sisters, male servants, female servants, fields, grains, and storehouses. Those who keep company with the diligent will conquer the terrors of cyclic existence. They will give up such a household, don the saffron-colored robes, and diligently go forth from their home.
“ ‘Free from the fetters of the household, they attain the path of genuine liberation and endeavor in meditation and recitation. With diligence, they overcome any opposition and genuinely connect with liberation. They follow excellent teachers who are endowed with diligence, who are aware of proper timing, who know the real characteristics of body and mind, who know the nature of birth and destruction, who know the nature of individual characteristics, who know the reality of the arising and destruction of the aggregates, and who persevere diligently throughout day and night without ever abandoning their diligence. They will attend to such masters, and the more wisdom they develop, the more diligent they become. They become assiduous and persistent, accustoming themselves to the path and relinquishing the flaws. They diligently give up all the fetters of cyclic existence that they have otherwise engaged with since time without beginning, all the many pointless pursuits, and all the causes of darkness and meaninglessness that confine and restrict living beings. [F.23.b]
“ ‘The more success they achieve on the path, the greater their enthusiasm becomes, and as their diligence intensifies, they ensure that all the results manifest. No longer will they be attached to any of the objects of afflictive bondage that ruin the minds of childish people. They will now give up all the deceptive factors related to the sounds, textures, tastes, sights, and smells they hanker after. Such factors steal away the substance of virtue. They are deceptive factors that bring all manner of ruin and undesirable ripening. They are factors of unwanted bondage that manifest in childish and ordinary beings. These objects that cause distraction and delusion are enemies. As these renunciants no longer relish the experience of such objects, they cultivate the path of liberation and free their minds from stains. As they increasingly free their minds from stains, they become even more diligent and mindful, and thus, with superb awareness, they are able to conquer their enemies. Endowed with a joyous diligence, they overcome desire, anger, and ignorance. They become free from them, victorious over them, and prevent any further such existence. They become victorious against their adversaries and thus become just like the stainless sky or pristine water. They become like the stainless moon free from clouds or like the radiant sun that shines in Jambudvīpa when the fog has lifted. They are like people who have recovered from a disease, like destitute people discovering great wealth, or like blind people lost in the jungle who succeed in finding their way out. [F.24.a] As they achieve the fortune of having the foremost type of discipline, they receive full ordination and abide by that. At that point, they understand, “I have exhausted birth. I am practicing pure conduct. I see no further existence beyond this.” They have now parted from negative action and are free from all the tight shackles. They have crossed the river and are victorious and beautiful. This is the way of all steadfast beings who are endowed with diligence. Therefore, everyone must endeavor to develop diligence. Laziness and carelessness bind you in cyclic existence, so give them up!’
“At this point Musulundha will repeat the following verses taught by the blessed Kāśyapa:
“In this way, just as he heard it from another god in the past, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife teaches the discourse of the blessed Kāśyapa to the speaking swans, the swan king Auspicious Time, and the careless forces of the māras.
(5) Obsession with Village Life Is Remedied by Being Alone in the Wilderness
“He then continues: ‘That which is stained by affliction must be conquered by means unblemished factors. How so? One must give up fondness for visits to towns and cities [F.24.b] and always dwell alone in the wild. If a monk is only accustomed to enjoying life in the city, he will always encounter obstacles. How so? Giving up the duties of a monk—concentration and recitation—he will instead go to live in towns and cities. As attachment to such homes intensifies, he will constantly participate in gatherings, whether among women or men. If he is among women, he will become fettered in all regards. He will fail in all his objectives and instead become swayed by desire. Women are like fire, and those who stay close to fire will be burned. Those who stay near women will also experience mental disturbances. Therefore, monks should not go to towns or cities. Moreover, if a monk participates in gatherings and discussions among men, he will also fail in all his objectives. He will not be genuinely inspired by the qualities of an undefiled mind.
“ ‘There is yet another great obstacle that a monk who enters towns and cities will encounter. What is that? The mind of a monk who goes from one household to another will become agitated. Realizing what goes on in the household and seeing the food and drink that is enjoyed there, even though he may have relinquished it all, he will sooner or later indulge again in such erroneous conduct. He will surely emerge from the forest to become a householder. He will lose his fondness for life in the forest [F.25.a] and so again become bound by the flaws of domestic entanglements. He will develop desire, anger, and ignorance, and those flaws will cause him to take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Such is the suffering that grows from fondness for visits to towns and cities. Therefore, wishing to be a genuine monk, one must give up such inclinations.
“ ‘How does one succeed in giving up such flaws? By keeping to the wilderness. Living in the wilderness is the most excellent support for attaining every ultimate quality. The faculties of a monk who is fond of dwelling alone in the jungle are serene, his mind is very tranquil, and his way of thinking is like refined gold. He is most peaceful, carefully guarded, and free from any stains of fear. He discovers a happiness that is perfectly pure and undefiled. The happiness he achieves is unique. The six classes of gods in the desire realm, because of their genuine goodness and their distinctive past karmic actions, enjoy a ripening of desirable, attractive, and delightful effects, which are of an unparalleled character. Yet, all the happiness of those gods who live in the desire realm does not equal a fraction, or compare in any way, to a single moment of undefiled happiness. When examined further, there is nothing that can serve as an example. Therefore, those who wish for ultimate happiness must give up527 all fondness for visiting towns and cities and instead pursue the bliss of concentration and equipoise. Always delighting in solitude, [F.25.b] they must reside upon a seat of straw, or the like, in mountainous retreats, in a cave in the mountains, or in the jungle.
“ ‘A monk who delights in undefiled happiness does not go out to socialize with companions, friends, and family. The happiness that those who do go out to socialize with companions, friends, and family may find in such get-togethers is destructible, unstable, impermanent, and ultimately lost. It is imperfect. That which involves affliction is definitely never free from being stained, flawed, harmful, uncertain, and destructive. Therefore, when people of base minds wholly give up the ultimate form of happiness for the sake of inauthentic and defiling forms of happiness, they in fact pursue suffering. They give up the light and go in search of darkness. Thus they will wander, bereft of intelligence and blind to the distinction between good qualities and flaws. Therefore, one must give up living a life of fondness for visits to towns and cities. One must develop genuine joy in living alone in the jungle. In that way, one will leave behind all the afflictions and attain utterly perfect happiness. One must overcome this fifth type of stain by means of unblemished qualities. If you wish for happiness and find no joy in the realm of the māras, but want to stay clear of it, you must conquer all polluting factors by means of unblemished qualities.’
“Knowing their minds, Musulundha thus addresses the speaking swans, [F.26.a] the bodhisattva Auspicious Time who possesses the highest virtue and pursues what is of benefit to others by means of his magnificent intelligence, as well as the careless, excited, and crazed forces of the māras. Knowing their minds, and with awareness of time and place, he teaches them the blessed Kāśyapa’s discourse.
(6) Greed Is Remedied by Contentment
“Musulundha goes on to say, ‘Of the eleven teachings of the Dharma, I have now taught you five. In accordance with place and time, I shall also teach you the remaining six, so give rise to one-pointed attention. If someone who has attained the freedoms and endowments does not teach or listen to the Dharma, such a person will end up utterly unfree. Therefore, as long as you possess perfect freedoms and riches, and as long as your faculties remain intact, you should teach the Dharma. Indeed, the three realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals are extremely painful. How could one listen to the Dharma in hell? And likewise, how could there be any Dharma-Vinaya among the starving spirits and animals, for they kill one another and suffer from thirst and hunger. Only among gods and humans can the Dharma be heard, and, even then, only among those who are free from carelessness and do not roam carelessly. I have given up carelessness and you have devoted interest and a virtuous frame of mind, so I shall teach you the Dharma. Therefore, listen with great respect. The Dharma-Vinaya is extremely rare and so is the attainment of excellent freedoms and riches.
“ ‘What is the next stained and unclean factor that deceives others? Greed. By what transformative power can one overcome that highly polluted factor of greed? [F.26.b] Contentment. Greed prevents both householders and monastics from leading a happy life, because it makes one unhappy throughout day and night, whether one is a householder or a monastic. Greed is not as great an obstacle for householders as it is for monastics, who have stepped forth from the household, because greedy monastics are actually householders, not monastics. Monastics are those who overcome infatuation, pride, confusion, delusion, and envy, and who are free from greed. And any monk who can be said to be greedy also tends to be reproachable with respect to all those other flaws as well. A monk with a greedy mind remains obsessed with wealth throughout day and night and will not become inspired by virtuous qualities. His mind, faculties, and actions will all be impure, and he will abandon his journey. Even though he maintains the position of a monk, he is approaching the hells. His dwelling, medical supplies, and amenities initially manifest as obstacles, and later he will burn in hell. Greedy and unvirtuous people with flawed discipline are not mendicants but imposters. They are like jackals dressing up in a lion hide, or like counterfeit goods. Their conduct is like the sound of a conch—completely empty, deceptive, and void. Some greedy people claim, ‘I am a monk, I am a follower of Kāśyapa. [F.27.a] I have set forth under Kāśyapa’s Dharma-Vinaya.’ How will such greedy people not be burned by fire? When small-minded people become sick from greed, are they not infected by poison? When they grow old with greed, are they not aging? When they cut the root of the tree of virtue with the ax of greed, are they not severing that root? When they succumb to the disease of greed, are they not succumbing to disease itself? When the enemy of greed surrounds them, enters their heart, and kills their life force, are they not being surrounded by mortal enemies, waiting to kill them?
“ ‘Therefore, recognize those flaws. Greedy monks are at fault in relation to their present life as well as the next; they destroy the present life as well as those to come. Since they are disgraceful and the pinnacle of unwholesomeness, give up greed! Whether by day or by night, the greedy will never be happy at all.’
“Musulundha, ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, will then utter these verses of the blessed Kāśyapa:
“With these words, Musunlundha teaches the speaking swans, the swan king Auspicious Time, and the infatuated and crazed forces of the māras who are driven by carelessness.
“ ‘What virtuous factor, then, can overcome such severe flaws? It is contentment that can do so. Contentment is the source of all forms of happiness. Those who are content will always meet with perfect happiness. They have no fear of fires, kings, robbers, thieves, floods, and so on. They are not burned by the fire of craving for wealth and therefore do not propose to visit one household after another. Their trusted companions are trusted companions who are thieves.528 They do not loiter by the doors of lowly homes. They do not engage in speaking falsely of their companions. They do not engage in dance, laughter, or flirtation for the sake of getting support. They do not speak of such things and do not act for the sake of them. They are not burned by the fire of desiring wealth. They do not suffer much even when they lack the comfort of being in the joyful company of others. [F.28.a] They do not keep unwholesome companions out of a wish for wealth. They are not always troubled and, when on the road, they have no fear of robbers or thieves. They do not antagonize others. They are not the objects of everyone’s investigation and concern. They are not afraid of the terror of punishment. Even as householders, such people have no fear. All fear of flaws comes to an end and they are successful in all regards. Since even as householders such people go beyond all flaws, there is no need to speak of the situation of living in the forest. If such people were again to develop greed, that would be like eating vomit.
“ ‘For mendicants, contentment is the supreme form of worship because monks who are content and have few wishes are extremely beautiful, proper, and splendid. They keep to a single seat, wear nothing but discarded rags, and travel alone. They reside in mountainous retreats, in caves, upon seats of straw, and in charnel grounds. They are content with filling just one third of their stomach, and they travel the land in complete anonymity. Even among their relatives, friends, and family, they accept only alms. They keep only worn-out alms bowls. With insight, they give up error. They renounce places where they would receive worship. They watch the path in front of them, keep their gaze within the distance of a yoke, and do not let their eyes wander. They do not consume only delicious food. They daily drink only water that has not been chilled.529 They stay no longer than three or seven days at a given location. They do not keep beds that are decorated with gold, bronze, or silver. [F.28.b] They give up looking for ways to return to their past home, friends, and family members. They will not seek alms or dwellings from great kings, and they give up loitering by the gate to the palace. If they set forth as people of high birth, they refrain at all times from mentioning that. They tell things as they are, and their words are clear and sincere. Such monks observe their vows and austerities without any fault, and they are perfectly content. Content and having only few wishes, they successfully cut through the bonds of the māras. The greedy, on the other hand, observe a discipline that leads to pain, and although they maintain the demeanor of a monk, it is like a disease. They are thieves involved in negative actions, and they will not receive the veneration of human society or the gods.
“ ‘Monks are those who are content and have few wishes. Their senses do not pursue objects—sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or scents. They sleep in the outer yard and, for the benefit of all beings, they remain mindful of the body, phenomena, sensations, and the mind. Their minds are thoroughly composed, and their faculties wholly guarded against all the factors of cyclic existence. Whoever possesses contentment can be considered a monk, because as long as he has few wishes, he will not be careless, regardless of whether he is a householder or a monastic.’
“At that point the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife will utter these verses:
“In this way, residing in the center of a lotus flower, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife instructs Auspicious Time and the speaking swans.
(7) Fondness for Friends and Relatives Is Remedied by Staying in Foreign Lands
“Next, before the speaking swans and Auspicious Time, Musulundha will continue delivering the discourse of the blessed Kāśyapa just as he has heard it from another god, so that they can comprehend the flaws of carelessness: ‘The factors that were shown to be stained must be crushed by means of unblemished factors. What is the seventh factor that is shown to be stained and that is to be conquered by unblemished qualities? It is fondness for seeing friends and family and staying with them on extended visits. A monk who delights in meeting friends, family, and relatives will become obsessed with that. Doing just that, he will become busy and preoccupied, and whether by day or by night, he will not be concerned with concentration. [F.29.b] He will not practice recitation and will not attend to his teachers. He will not worship the Three Jewels. He will not keep in mind, or teach to others, the physical actions that are associated with what lies beyond the world. Nor will he do so with respect to verbal or mental acts because his mind is distracted elsewhere. Thus, if he does not see his relatives, friends, or family, he may think, “I wonder what is going on in their homes” or “I wonder what has happened to those who live there.” Thinking in such ways, he would be stricken by suffering. Although he entered the forest to become free from suffering, he now ends up returning to that very situation. Such miserable people with inferior intelligence and fickle minds will then give up concerns for their own suffering in terms of birth, old age, sickness, and death, and instead become pained by the suffering of others. In this way, they will become trapped in the net of associating with all sorts of family members and friends.
“ ‘When they meet their friends and family, they are overcome by desire, and thus they live on the well-cooked meals of others. They become obsessed with circulating from home to home, delighting in any invitation to a feast. They will then become involved in the matters of those households and listen to all that is happening. Keeping such things in mind, they will increase their involvements in them. As they engage in the livelihoods of householders, they will fail with respect to their own objectives. They will not keep in mind the terrors that await beyond this world. They will not keep in mind the process of death and rebirth into the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. They will fail to keep the terrors of those realms in mind. They will disregard the facts of aging, disease, and death, [F.30.a] separation from one’s beloved, encountering the unpleasant, and the way that everything delightful and attractive is lost, disappears, and must be parted with. Instead, they will spend all their time obsessed with their friends and family. Those who crave seeing friends and family, eating the food of others, and showing up at the doorsteps of others will suffer an inauspicious fall when their bodies disintegrate, and they will be born among hell beings, starving sprits, and animals. In the realms of starving spirits, or as they live the life of an animal, they will be forced to roam under great exhaustion for as long as they live. If they are born in the hells, they will be overcome by excruciating pain, and there will be nothing whatsoever that their friends and family can do to cool the burning.
“ ‘Therefore, being fearful of the terrors in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, monks should not spend long spells with their friends and family, since meeting with such people will create great problems. Now, if those who have become aware of this and subsequently taken ordination in order to end that type of craving then seek out their company due to that same type of craving, this would be extremely infantile behavior. They took ordination to overcome that trap, and yet their minds keep circling there—such people are mentally deranged, like people rushing toward fire though they have, in fact, shunned fire because they fear it. Such are the ways of those who have renounced the household due to fear but who nonetheless continue going there. Those who walk directly into the storm of friends and family [F.30.b] in order to once more linger among them are blind and mentally impaired, and their senses are unrestrained.
“ ‘How are such factors of affliction to be overcome? Intelligent people may not succeed in apprehending and overcoming those factors, but people who stay away from their homes for a long time will succeed in apprehending and overcoming them. When on a long journey, dim-witted people may not be able to overcome the longing for family, friends, and relatives by means of any alternative remedy, yet if they continue traveling for a long time, they will eventually quell that yearning. If no situation for such affection arises, then the yearning can eventually be conquered by continually bringing to mind the fact that all meeting ends in parting. At the time and place of one’s death, there is no one who can offer any support or protection. At the time and place of one’s death, it is on all occasions only karmic actions that provide protection. Throughout hundreds of thousands of lives, karmic action is indeed the real refuge—friends and family are invariably only a semblance of that. Friends and family are no refuge, nor are close relations,530 or anyone else. No friend or relation can offer protection, yet people think they can, and thus they become obsessed with their friends and family and come under their control. Therefore, this is another factor of affliction that must be overcome by monks who delight wholeheartedly in solitude. [F.31.a]
“ ‘At the time and place of one’s death, or at the time of disease or aging, no one will be of any use at all. There is no one to protect you—that is what one needs to keep in mind. The yearning affection that a monk may feel for his own people will always be a factor that leads to failure and despair. Monks who long to meet their dear friends and family should therefore free themselves from such longing by staying in foreign lands.
(8) Meaningless Talk Is Remedied by Proper Verbal Restraint
“ ‘There is also another factor of affliction that must be overcome by those who have set forth. What is that? Meaningless talk. Even if one is a householder, meaningless talk will make one as worthless as grass. That is because words are wealth; other riches are deeply inferior. People become successful by means of their speech. Those who lack meaningful speech are unsuccessful and will lose any wealth they may have. Such people are hollow, false, of no substance, and just like cattle. People who lack the wealth of speech are human in name only; otherwise they are just like animals. They are shunned by the learned. They are vulgar and utterly base.
“ ‘Hence, this factor that carries such consequences must be remedied by means of another factor. The factor of meaningless talk must be defeated completely. By means of what other factor? Speech that is properly restrained. Such restrained speech is, moreover, of two kinds, for one may either refrain from talking altogether or otherwise observe the four vows flawlessly. What are these four vows? They consist in giving up and refraining from lying, divisive talk, harsh words, and irrelevant words. [F.31.b] Thereby one will not become unimportant.
“ ‘For monks or others of a similar kind, there are six causes that will instantaneously make others think of them as unimportant and despicable. Which are the six? Meaningless talk, thoughtless undertakings, continuous obsession with food, occupying the seats of elders, talking loudly about confidential matters, and chatter. Whoever engages in those six will instantly become unimportant and their happiness will be short-lived. Therefore, both monks and laypeople should give up those factors.
(9) Frivolity Is Remedied by Steadfastness
“ ‘There is also another highly staining and afflictive factor that must be overcome by means of unblemished factors: frivolity. Frivolity must be overcome, because it creates obstacles for the Dharma. By its very nature, it makes one unstable and extremely fickle, and one will find it hard to trust in the Dharma. One will be unable to comprehend the Dharma, one will fail to uphold it, and one will have no inhibitions. One’s conduct will not be restrained, one will not make declarations of one’s vows, one will not receive vows, and one will not gain realization or mundane understanding. One will fail to understand all the many paths of the world, one will not become energetic, one will become corrupted, and the flaws of corruption will stick. It is a safe way to render all one’s efforts futile and useless, both in terms of this world and the next. Therefore, monks and others of a similar kind must overcome frivolity.
“ ‘How is that to be overcome? [F.32.a] By means of the virtuous factor of steadfastness. Steadfastness causes monks or others of a similar kind to be universally worshiped. With steadfast discipline, steadfast insight, steadfast intelligence, a guarded mind, and by seeking solitude, one will thoroughly conquer the realms of the māras. Journeying to the city of the transcendence of suffering, one will develop perfect virtuous qualities. All mundane objectives can be accomplished by the steadfast, and the steadfast receive the praises of the wise. The steadfast are capable with respect to matters of the world. The steadfast receive everyone’s veneration and are praised by all. Even hearing their names brings happiness. Such people accomplish any project they initiate. Therefore, such people whose minds are decisive, properly guarded, and endowed with steadfast intelligence receive the praises of worldly people. Whether one is a layperson or a monk, one must therefore give up frivolity and be steadfast, courageous, and insightful.’
(10) Poverty Is Remedied by Generosity
“In order to be of benefit, Musulundha will then continue addressing the speaking swans, the king of swans Auspicious Time, and the careless and crazed forces of the māras, teaching them the discourse of the blessed Kāśyapa, just as he has heard it from another god in the past: ‘There is also another miserable and defiling factor that everyone must relinquish and overcome completely. What is that? It is deficiency, which is twofold, [F.32.b] for there is deficiency in terms of insight as well as discipline. Deficiency is also twofold with respect to generosity and intelligence, just as there are two kinds with respect to family and view. One may likewise be deficient in terms of adhering to one’s vows or with respect to one’s guru. Or one may be deficient in terms of friends and family. All those forms of deficiency are to be completely rejected. A noble son or daughter, or the attendant of a noble son or daughter, must relinquish them all entirely.
“ ‘What is the method that can overcome them all? Generosity. All by itself, generosity conquers all forms of deficiency. Analogously, all lamps illumine the dark, all types of insight destroy ignorance, and all beliefs are conquered by the true view. There is a factor of supreme beauty and magnificence that all wise people embrace, a factor whereby all the lower realms are relinquished, a factor that liberates from this world and into the beyond, a supreme factor that conquers all deficiencies. What factor is that? Generosity.
“ ‘Generosity also takes many forms, and so there is generosity in terms of giving knowledge, discipline, Dharma, intelligence, guidance about the path, a bathing pond for washing away the afflictions of531 the path, action, life, material things, freedom from fear, truth, and the dispelling of doubts. There is also a fivefold division in terms of giving freedom from affliction, [F.33.a] giving the opportunity to set forth, giving ordination, giving medicine to the ill, and giving vision. Such generosity liberates beyond the world and is like the mother and father of all benefactors. Such generosity, which is carried out through careful cultivation of mind and thought, conquers all forms of poverty and puts an end to the lower realms. One can thereby enjoy the happiness of gods and humans and, in the end, attain the transcendence of suffering. Such activity is therefore always to be pursued. Hence, the factor of poverty must be conquered by means of these supremely virtuous qualities in which all wise people delight wholeheartedly. Moreover, this is accomplished through perfection in terms of the act of giving, the attitude, the object, and the recipient.
(11) Ignorance Is Remedied by Knowledge
“ ‘There is also another dark factor that prevents good qualities and keeps one tied to cyclic existence. What is that? Ignorance. Wherever the darkness of unknowing exists, there one finds the many forms of ignorance. Ignorance forges the bonds for the entirety of cyclic existence—bonds that create a pitch-black darkness and further destructive bonds of clinging.532 Ignorance is thoroughly restraining and resembles weapons, poison, and fire. All forms of ignorance are just like unknowing and are perpetuated by means of unknowing. Ignorance causes beings to roam through the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Ignorance is nothing but bondage, and it traps sentient beings in a pit. How can one conquer that defiling enemy? One must do so by means of undefiled wakefulness, which shines like a lamp, offers refuge, protects, guides, [F.33.b] and acts like a parent toward all beings and like both a doctor and a medicine. Ignorance is overcome by means of that wakefulness, which thereby cuts through all fetters.
“ ‘Once ignorance has been relinquished it will not recur, just like a tree that will no longer grow once it has been uprooted. Just as a tree will no longer grow if it has been burned by fire, and just as a stream that flows into a river will not return, in the same way ignorance will not recur once it has been curbed by undefiled wakefulness. Therefore, you must engender great diligence so that in all situations and at all times you will overcome all forms of ignorance by means of the full manifestation of wakefulness.
“ ‘All those eleven factors are rooted in carelessness. They are all forms and variations of carelessness. Therefore, in all situations and by any means, carelessness should be wholeheartedly and completely relinquished. All types of failure grow from the root of carelessness; they emerge due to the presence of carelessness, and they occur only where carelessness is present. As an example, the ground supports all herbs, grass, forests, waters, grains, rivers, mountains, oceans, cities, towns, groves, parks, and even the majestic king of mountains. Similarly, all the sufferings of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals share the same single root of carelessness. Therefore, holy people must make sure to relinquish carelessness.’ [F.34.a]
“At this point the master of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, will utter these verses:
“With these words Musulundha, ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, explains the flaws of carelessness and the benefits of carefulness. He will then continue:
“In this way, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha, explains the Dharma to the talking swans and the swan king Auspicious Time, teaching them the discourse of the blessed Kāśyapa that points out the faults of carelessness. In a beautiful voice and with a gentle mind, he teaches them in great detail the sacred Dharma-Vinaya of the blessed Kāśyapa.
“When the careless forces of the māras hear Musulundha’s words that uniquely bring an experience of the sacred Dharma, they will think, ‘There is no way we can distract the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife away from the sacred Dharma-Vinaya, for his mind has completely penetrated the sacred Dharma.’
“With that understanding, those beings, who were intent on engendering carelessness in others, will depart into the sky. They will think, ‘Musulundha is a bodhisattva, a great being. We cannot disrupt his progress on the path of the Dharma.’ In this manner, their resolve, their overpowering force, their intentions, [F.35.b] and their splendor will all be crushed. With their mental dominion devastated, they will rise up into the sky and quickly depart.
“They will soon reach the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations, where they will proceed to the residence of the evil Māra, lord of the desire realm. Māra will then ask them, ‘Māras, have you accomplished your task? Do you come to me having fulfilled all our hopes?’
“The māras will respond, ‘Your Majesty, our powers failed us. That is why we have now returned to this divine realm. We were not able to move the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife a single step, and the same goes for his companions who delight in the sacred Dharma. What can we do?’
“When the evil Māra hears this, he will think, ‘I must ensure that all those careless gods, who are now practicing the Dharma, take up desirous conduct instead. It is due to carefulness that these māras, who now stand before me, have lost their overpowering force. That is why they have returned here in defeat.’
“With this understanding, he will then tell them, ‘When time has passed, then however words are employed at a different time,534 we will succeed in making the gods careless. I shall then deal with the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, Musulundha. So, no need to rush things now—later we shall all defeat them!’ Having in this way postponed things for the future, he will happily avail himself of his unparalleled divine pleasures with great fondness.
“Meanwhile, since the māras from the realm of carelessness were unable to advance, [F.36.a] the touring gods, the lord of the Heaven Free from Strife, Auspicious Time, the talking swans, and others as well, will continue their Dharma conversations. Since they are now free from the forces of the māras, and since the carelessness that is the root of all that is meaningless has disappeared, the gods and the birds will now be able to accomplish their tasks. When the talks are over, the gods who are inclined to play will then begin to celebrate ecstatically, and thus they will spread out into the gardens, mansions, parks, forests, and groves to play.
“Meanwhile, the ruler of the Heaven Free from Strife and Auspicious Time will proceed elsewhere together with the speaking swans. Watching the gods, the ruler of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will say to Auspicious Time, ‘The gods who live in this way are addicted to play, and thus they become careless. Let us instead go to the serene areas within the forests and parks.’ They will then ascend up into the sky.
“In forests, parks, and ponds that abound with pleasures of the five senses, the gods who act with carelessness will then continue to frolic and revel until their completed and accumulated acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful results have finally been exhausted. Once that happens—and they have thus eaten the beautiful meal they themselves prepared—they will again be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Should they instead be born with the general lot in life of a human, they will in that case be born supreme and great, becoming kings or royal ministers. In this way, they will live in perfect joy and [F.36.b] happiness and, as an effect that accords with their actions, all the people in their realm will be loving.
The Gods in Total Pleasure
“The monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions then continues to examine the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will now perceive a realm in the Heaven Free from Strife known as Total Pleasure. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth in that realm, he applies insight derived from hearing or uses the divine eye. He then notices how holy people, who have done what is needed and who are disciplined, will give up killing and stealing, just as explained before. As for sexual misconduct, they bring an end to all that is most difficult to give up and hard to discard. They give up even the sight of mating birds or drawings of couples, and they do not give rise to or entertain any thoughts of that character either. Fearful of the attacks of the karmic ripening of sexual misconduct, they relinquish at all times any form of such conduct, and they also seek to stop others from engaging in it. They establish others in the Dharma-Vinaya and teach them about the effects that ripen from acts of sexual misconduct. They also teach others elaborately about the inauspicious fall into the lower realms. They explain that sexual misconduct causes a profusion of unattractive, unpleasant, and ugly effects that will ripen in the hells, and thus they refrain from such actions themselves while also seeking to make others stop engaging in them.
“When the bodies of such beings, who benefit both themselves and others [F.37.a] and who are endowed with virtue, disintegrate, they will, after their death, journey to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Total Pleasure in the Heaven Free from Strife. Once born there, they will experience the results of their past positive actions.
“Those who are born in that realm filled with happiness and numerous other types of vast pleasure live in forests and parks, where they enjoy pleasures of any type they please. The forests where they roam are known as Light Rays of Joy, Cascades of Joy, Palatial Mountain, Lotus Pool of Sparkling Waters, and Pervasive Fragrance. In such forests, parks, pools, and mountains they enjoy innumerable perfect heavenly qualities. Their forests and lakes abound with supreme pleasures, and so they spend their time immersed in great enjoyments.
“By a lake known as Jewel Platforms frolic flocks of birds, and the ever-ecstatic gods relish the spectacle with excitement and without the slightest apprehension. The banks of that lake abound with birds of divine voices, colors, and forms, and the banks are lined with wish-fulfilling trees. In that marvelous setting, the gods enjoy the effects of their past positive actions as they relish the five sense pleasures together with their attending goddesses. [F.37.b] With their divine bodies, they indulge their wishes and, constantly and without any interruption, wholeheartedly pursue the highest pleasures with great attachment. Since this place offers a wealth of heavenly pleasures, the gods tarry by the lake, insatiably enjoying the five sense pleasures.
“Nevertheless, connected as they are to the pains of craving, the gods will at some point again move on, and so, together with their attendants they will go to stay at a mountain known as Sparkling with Brilliant Jewels. This mountain is studded with gorgeous lakes and lotus pools. Having enjoyed the entertainments of their heavenly parks, the gods will now be delighted by the beautiful lotus anthers that glisten with divine nectars. Dressed in heavenly garments, the gods indulge in the five divine sense objects, yet, as they see Sparkling with Brilliant Jewels, they will become so enraptured by the sight that they will then proceed to that mountain to celebrate and enjoy themselves.
“From there they will then go to another peak, known as Mountainous Joy. Gods from the Heaven of Joy who wear divine garlands and garments will descend by the hundreds and thousands onto the golden forests on that mountain, where they will engage in the most excellent type of frolicking. When a newly born god sees those other gods, he will say to his companions, ‘Just as those gods over there carry on reveling with their consorts, we must do the same right away.’
“When the gods who are near him hear those words, they will reply, ‘God, we shall do just as you wish.’ [F.38.a] With this understanding, all his companions will surround the newly born god, and together they will proceed to join the other gods, accompanied by music from the five heavenly instruments. However, as the gods mingle among each other with strong attachment in their insatiable hearts, a bird known as jewel summit will sing these verses:
“In this way, the colorful and beautiful bird called jewel summit sings its song. This bird accompanies the bodhisattva peacock king. They have both taken birth as peafowl by the power of their prayers and aspirations. They teach the Dharma so that other peafowl and the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife may give up their carelessness.
“Yet, when the gods see the newcomers, they will become overjoyed and, without giving any importance to these excellent instructions, will carelessly resume their celebrations. Frolicking, dancing, and laughing, they will celebrate to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments. Throughout the incomparable forests, parks, mountains, peaks that blaze with the light of jewels, groves of wish-fulfilling trees that are home to happy birds, slopes with hundreds of cascades, and groves of lotuses, they will revel with their companions in an abundance of rich and perfect heavenly pleasures.
“While they celebrate in this manner, the gods will at some point arrive at a mountain known as Bright Jewels. This mountain is studded with wish-fulfilling trees that grow in a forest of the seven precious substances, which extends across five hundred leagues. In that great forest lives the resplendent peacock king, who teaches the Dharma to the gods so that they may give up their carelessness. He teaches them with great dedication so that they may follow the Dharma. [F.39.a]
“In these forests, parks, lotus pools, streams, cascades, and bright mountain peaks formed from precious elements, the gods befriend each other and enjoy themselves. They do so surrounded by hundreds of thousands of birds that warble joyfully and in gatherings of gorgeous gods and goddesses of various kinds. Infatuated and crazed by the enjoyment of their rich and abundant pleasures, they experience the effects of their own former actions in a great celebration, reveling and frolicking amid numerous kinds of incomparable heavenly substances. Carelessly enjoying these pleasures, they revel on the mountain known as Bright Jewels. However, at that time, the peacock king will utter these verses to them:
“With these verses, the peacock king teaches the Dharma so that the gods may give up carelessness. Deep, clear, melodious, and magnificent, his voice overpowers all the songs of the gods within a distance of twenty thousand leagues with the excellent melody of virtuous qualities. His voice brings joy to those who listen and brings them the pleasure of being ripened for the Dharma.
The Twenty-Two Wholesome Factors537
“At this point, those gods who descended from the Heaven of Joy will have been flying about in the sky, moving through space in a way that resembles the movements of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. From time to time, they will hear some of the many aspects of the peacock king’s melodious teaching. Having now developed respect for the sacred Dharma and having become less careless, seventy thousand of these gods who heard the song will return and land on the ground. They will arrive before the peacock king Resplendent, who teaches the Dharma in a magnificent manner. Seeing the gods that descended from the Heaven of Joy, the peacock king will say to them with great joy, ‘Welcome! Foremost gods, you have come flying to this place because your carelessness has waned. You have come out of a concern for both this world and what lies beyond. You have come to listen to numerous presentations of the Dharma. Listen well to my Dharma and I shall teach you. [F.41.a] The teachings are a method that brings auspiciousness and leads to the city of the transcendence of suffering. They constitute a previously unknown way to prevent any further rebirths. When, in another life, I was born as a human, I heard these teachings from the blessed Krakucchanda, and because I remember past lives and have made aspirations for that purpose, I now recall those teachings and can share them with others.’
“Hearing these words from the peacock king, the gods from the Heaven of Joy will descend from the sky and gather around him, satisfied out of respect for the sacred Dharma. They will assemble on the summits of Bright Jewels, the mountain that abounds with cascades and pools as well as gorgeous forests, parks, lotus pools, and jewel mines. With respect to their perfect looks, steadfastness, and magnificence, the visitors are far superior to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. In fact, the gods of the Heaven of Joy are as superior to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, as are the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife to the humans of Jambudvīpa.
“When the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife see the gods of the Heaven of Joy, their elation based on looks, majesty, and magnificence will be humbled, and thus they will approach the place where the peacock king resides. However, some of them will remain in the forests and groves due to their fondness for playing. Just as the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife are in all regards superior to the humans of Jambudvīpa, the gods of the Heaven of Joy are far superior to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.41.b] Therefore, wishing to see the unprecedented wonders of gods from the Heaven of Joy, some of the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife will approach and watch. Others, however, will fan out over the mountain peaks in order to resume their frolicking.
“Once the gods from the Heaven of Joy have assembled around the peacock king, the bodhisattva will speak to them: ‘Gods, this is the way gods and humans benefit by trusting the Dharma and becoming familiar with it. This is the way to achieve the highest happiness. This is the way to benefit all beings and establish them at the levels of gods and humans. There are twenty-two factors that benefit gods and humans in this world and beyond, bringing desirable, attractive, and delightful consequences. These twenty-two factors serve to relinquish carelessness, free one from failure and destruction, deliver infinite happiness, and bring gods and humans to the transcendence of suffering. What are these factors of the Dharma that thus benefit beings in ways that are superior to any mother or father? They are as follows: (1) remorse, (2) fear of the lower realms, (3) patience, (4) diligence, (5) teaching the Dharma, (6) compassion, (7) gentleness, (8) observance, (9) faith, (10) fear of scandal, (11) absence of clinging, (12) delighting in solitude, (13) an undistracted mind, (14) recollection of death, (15) freedom from infatuation based on one’s body, family, nobility, and health, (16) overcoming fickleness, (17) steadfastness, (18) gentle speech,538 (19) impartiality with respect to all beings, [F.42.a] (20) contentment, (21) weariness of objects, and (22) distrust of the mind. Any god or human who attends to those twenty-two factors will not be born in the lower realms but will soon attain the transcendence of suffering.
(1) Remorse
“ ‘How should one develop remorse? When one engages in delightful conduct, one may become mentally attached, which will then destroy any virtuous factors. How to remedy that? Monks should regard those who engage in unvirtuous actions of body, speech, and mind as revolting, they should rebuke them, and they should not keep company with those whose minds are preoccupied by attachments. Likewise, if they should themselves fall under the power of conditions and develop such thoughts, they must immediately overcome those thoughts and not relish them. Whatever they were carried away by they should confess in the presence of others, and endeavor and train so as to avoid any recurrence. In this way, they will ensure that they do not thereafter engage in such thinking. Monks perceive such unvirtuous thoughts like excrement or a dog’s corpse that is tied around their necks. They feel just as revolted as people who are obsessed with cleanliness feel when they encounter feces or a dog’s corpse. That is how disgusted monks feel by unvirtuous factors. [F.42.b] They reject them and regret them.
“ ‘As an example, if people who are fond of cleanliness, who maintain a high level of hygiene, and who find great comfort in cleanliness should happen to accidentally eat excrement, or if they became forced to do so by an opponent, they would condemn and deplore it, they would not do so again in the future, and they would regret it. In the same way, if monks or people of a similar kind who adhere to virtue should give rise to an unvirtuous thought, they would condemn and deplore it and would make sure to train their minds and practice what is virtuous, so that whatever led them astray would not recur.
“ ‘This is the first among those factors whereby gods and humans can overcome, destroy, and annihilate carelessness. Therefore, holy people who pursue insight into reality and are fearful of the terrors of cyclic existence should train like this, giving rise to remorse about even the subtlest forms of unvirtuous thought. Be heedful of this and do not become careless for even a moment, because the single root of all unvirtuous factors is relishing and being attached to things. That, then, is the first factor.
(2) Fear of the Lower Realms
“ ‘Fearing the lower realms is another factor that likewise causes virtue to increase. Fearing the lower realms is a quality of the Great Vehicle, because with fear of the lower realms, both gods and humans succeed in destroying and overcoming carelessness. [F.43.a] When a monk or someone of a similar kind fears misfortune, he will not engage in unvirtuous actions, nor will he rejoice when others do so. Knowing that unvirtuous actions cause beings to be born as hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, such people will think, “I must not pursue unvirtuous factors because such unwholesomeness leads to a fall into misfortune.”
“ ‘If living beings resort to, become habituated to, and increase acts of even minor negativity, then that will make them take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Therefore, monks, brahmins, or others of such kind should train so that fear of the lower realms may make them fearful of unvirtuous factors. The effects of unvirtuous actions ripen as the experience of life as a hell being, starving spirit, or animal. Therefore, careless gods of base minds who roam carelessly must develop fear of the lower realms, for when they are fearful of the lower realms, they will not remain careless. They will refrain from unvirtuous actions of body, speech, and mind. Every single day, they will practice virtuous actions and refrain from unwholesome ones. Such are the effects of fearing the lower realms. People who know their own strength and that of others will be able to eradicate all forms of poison, wild animals, precipices, and lethal dangers. [F.43.b] Likewise, fear of the realms of misfortune will make them avoid such factors as they occur, so that they may give them up, refrain from even subtle unvirtuous actions, and avoid being careless. By relinquishing those, they will then enjoy a divine or human life. They will pursue the path to the city of the transcendence of suffering, ensuring by all means that they attain this transcendence of suffering. They will attain a supreme happiness that is stainless, immutable, and undefiled.
“ ‘Therefore, one should always fear the lower realms. Whether one is a mendicant, a brahmin, or someone else of a similar kind, this will deliver the attainment of the supreme stage. This can also be expressed in these verses:
“ ‘In this way, gods and humans, mendicants, brahmins, and all others of a similar kind should cultivate this factor. Should they give rise to even minor forms of mental negativity, those who have developed fear will confess it as soon as it arises. [F.44.a] They will not rejoice in negativity, and they will not entertain any negative thoughts, because they are mindful and aware of the sufferings of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Those three forms of suffering in the lower realms can also be further divided into ten in relation to the ten unvirtuous actions. Hence, fearing the lower realms, one will relinquish and refrain from such actions. One will not rejoice in them, nor will one mingle with people who engage in such actions.
“ ‘This is how holy people give up all forms of unwholesome conduct and engage in the virtuous practices of holy people whose conduct is stainless and free from carelessness. Relinquishing all forms of existence that are caused by unwholesome conduct, and abandoning all unvirtuous actions, they are freed from all flaws. Those beings who are free from all flaws, free from all affliction, at ease, and sharp are able to cross the river of existence. Therefore, you must train in this, cultivating an understanding of the terrors of the lower realms. Through this further factor that is desirable, attractive, and delightful, all beings will reach the transcendence of suffering.
(3) Patience
“ ‘The Blessed One also taught another factor that brings benefit and happiness to gods and humans and allows them to overcome carelessness and attain the transcendence of suffering. Such is the teaching that I heard when I was a human, and since I now recall it, I shall share it with the gods. What is that factor? Patience. Patience is a supreme virtue, extremely auspicious, and extolled by the buddhas.
“ ‘Moreover, there are two kinds of patience. [F.44.b] One type of patience is achieved by the unique virtuous qualities associated with the path of concentration when practiced in accordance with reality. Such a path is traversed by meditators who follow the path of the sameness of all phenomena. They develop patience as they live on the ground of this world, among the rocks, in forests, or in the jungle. It prevents them from becoming depressed. With such patience, they adhere to the factors that deliver all the qualities of the transcendence of suffering. This is the patience of those who attain what is stable, essential, real, unique, and foremost. They attain all virtuous factors as well as the path to the transcendence of suffering. By following the path of such a stable patience, they shall go beyond the world and attain the transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘There is also a second kind of patience. Thereby, mendicants, brahmins, and others of a similar kind overcome the poison of anger. Recognizing the effects of anger, they do not grant it any occasion to grow. Otherwise, when people become angry, they burn their own support. Their appearances transform and their faces turn red. They make others notice their carelessness and they are frightening to people of the world. They are in discord with everyone around them, appear unappealing, and attract scorn. When later their bodies disintegrate, they will suffer an inauspicious fall and be born in the hells. There is no greater misconduct than that of people who are overcome by anger. [F.45.a] Therefore, the steadfast must give up anger as if it were fire.
“ ‘People who do what is beneficial will understand the effects of such flaws. As they are engaged in what benefits both themselves and others, they will cultivate patience and dispel those flaws. Just as people will extinguish a fire that has broken out in their home, wise people will extinguish anger with the water of wakefulness and thus develop a supremely virtuous mind of perfect patience. People who are patient and who have relinquished anger get along with everyone. They are beautiful and delightful to behold. They are highly trustworthy, and their faces are radiant. Their minds are very pure and well-poised, and they have a highly virtuous attitude. They are free from misdeeds of the body, flaws of speech, and torments of the mind. They have departed from the terrors of the lower realms. They have no adversaries and no enemies. They are free from all offensive stains, have no wish to harm, and their hearts are free from attachment. They are free from the terrors of royal punishment. They are free from the terrors of speaking unwise and incorrect words. They are free from the terrors of regret, free from the terrors of wealth being lost, free from the terrors of suffering, and free from the terrors of excitement. Instead, they are endowed with all good qualities. They are constantly praised by everyone. Wherever they go, in this world and beyond, they find happiness. [F.45.b] They are like a mother or father to everyone. They always do what is proper.539 They become holy people, endowed with patience. Hence, by means of patience, they pacify aggression, which is like a lethal poison, a weapon, and a tempest. They declare any mistakes, are forbearing, and observe their commitments.
“ ‘Patience is to be cultivated by all holy people who pursue what is virtuous, so treat it like a jewel. When others are burned by the fire of anger, or are lost in the darkness of anger, then you must light the lamp of the sacred Dharma for them and thus give sight to the blind. To those who are starving from a lack of Dharma, give them the sustenance of the sacred Dharma. Overcome all that has been ruined by wrong view. Be like a mother or father to those who are abandoned due to injustice. Be an ever-present swimmer to save those who are drowning in the waters of anger. Reach out and pull to safety those who are plunging into the lower realms. Be the water that extinguishes the red-hot embers of hell into which those consumed by anger fall. Be the food and drink that satisfy the hunger and thirst of those envious beings who roam the world of starving spirits overcome by such suffering. Be the gift of life for those who take pleasure in killing each other, thus tying themselves to the realms of animals. In this way, practicing, abiding by, and increasing patience, virtuous people who fear the terrors of the lower realms should endeavor with supreme diligence and keep these matters in mind.’ [F.46.a]
“At that point the peacock king will utter these poetic verses:
“ ‘In that way, one will enjoy great happiness, and when one’s body disintegrates, one will take birth among the gods in the joyous higher realms. One will even attain the transcendence of suffering. Therefore, all who have been born as gods or humans should cultivate patience so that they may be free from carelessness.
(4) Diligence
“ ‘Mendicants, brahmins, and others of this kind should cultivate another virtuous factor that neutralizes the poison of carelessness. What is that? Diligence. Diligence is a most auspicious and virtuous factor. By genuinely cultivating diligence so as to proceed along the path of liberation, one’s actions will be suitable in terms of time and object, which will bring about fortunate circumstances. All mundane and supramundane matters will be accomplished without contradicting what is right. Mendicants or brahmins who are diligent with respect to mundane and supramundane affairs will meet with success. They will get up at the right time and rest at the right time. Such people who do what is proper in terms of place and time will always meet with fortunate circumstances.
“ ‘Diligence is certain to overcome all indolence. [F.47.a] Through diligence, mendicants or brahmins who endeavor to crush the afflictions will turn their minds away from all the objects that they hear, touch, taste, smell, and see. Although the arising of objects is circumstantial, they examine their nature and remain guarded against them. Then, assisted by diligence, they decisively turn away from all such objects. With a swift mental commitment, they relinquish objects by means of their virtuous diligence. They become composed, stop the objects, and develop restraint. Therefore, diligence is a factor that is found at the summit of all good qualities. When accompanied by diligence, all virtuous factors become extremely stable, enduring, and fruitful. When the qualities of a virtuous mind are brought together with diligence, they lead to complete awakening.
“ ‘Therefore, understanding these qualities and abiding within the Great Vehicle, mendicants or brahmins who wish to quickly awaken to unexcelled and perfect buddhahood must cultivate this helpful factor. Diligence makes one excel with respect to both mundane and supramundane qualities. Even if one’s diligence is steadily applied toward some mundane objective, one’s efforts will not be fruitless. Diligence brings long-lasting effects that cannot be destroyed by any extraneous factors. [F.47.b] Even when the great mundane terrors of death arise in their totality, people who are diligent will not feel any agony. They will not be shaken and will not suffer from disease. Even if they should fail completely with respect to their own and others’ objectives, they will not become disheartened but keep endeavoring toward their goals. They will be bold and hard for enemies to sway. Whatever they achieve will not be subject to destruction. Whatever they start will come to fruition.
“ ‘Since even people who are skilled in mundane pursuits offer praise to diligence, it goes without saying that diligence also is of foremost importance to those who have developed genuine knowledge about supramundane matters. Therefore, everyone should at all times and in all contexts let their actions be informed by proper understanding and thus engender diligence with intelligence and knowledge of place and time. Doing so will lead to the highest happiness. Barring that, one will be unhappy and encounter many types of misfortune. Therefore, whenever one’s diligence is informed by misunderstanding, it cannot be considered proper diligence.’
“At this point the peacock lord will sing the following poetic verses:
“With these verses, the peacock king Resplendent teaches the gods from the Heaven of Joy and the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife the Dharma that he remembers from a previous life. Hearing the Dharma, all the gods will become free from carelessness, and with attentive ears and one-pointed minds, they will become tranquil. Recognizing their state of mind, the peacock leader will continue his teaching of the Dharma with great vigor and tremendous delight. For the benefit of those gods, he will give a teaching that is skillful, excellent, auspicious, and brings the transcendence of suffering.
(5) Teaching the Dharma
“Practicing what is of benefit to others, the bodhisattva will proceed: [F.48.b] ‘There is also a fifth factor that brings benefit and happiness to gods and humans. What is that? Teaching the Dharma. Teaching the Dharma is the foremost among all forms of generosity, for it overcomes all forms of agitation. Such is the teaching of the Dharma. Teaching the Dharma includes listening to the teaching, having respect for the teaching, being inspired by the teaching, holding the teaching dear, accomplishing the teaching, and teaching without interruption. Since even the thus-gone ones praise the Dharma, that is obviously also the case with respect to hearers and solitary buddhas.
“ ‘A Dharma teaching is particularly precious when it involves eleven factors. What are the eleven? It should (1) be appropriate to the place and time, (2) be informative, (3) be free from contradictions, (4) be clear, (5) be given without concern for wealth and honor, (6) be in accord with the minds of the students, (7) teach the unfailing effects of generosity, (8) belong to the Great Vehicle, (9) teach about the defects of cyclic existence, (10) teach about the passages to the higher realms, and (11) teach about karmic actions and their effects. When a teaching of the Dharma is delivered by means of those eleven factors, the Dharma that is taught will be precious for both the listener and the teacher. In exact accord with the way it is dedicated, such a teaching will be meaningful, engender good qualities, give rise to happiness, and eventually lead to the transcendence of suffering. Among all possible forms of generosity, giving the gift of the Dharma by teaching the sacred Dharma is extremely special. Such generosity delivers the happiness of the final transcendence of suffering to all beings. [F.49.a]
“ ‘There are also other qualities that ensue from teaching and listening to the sacred Dharma. When the proclamation of the Dharma is heard, householders and mendicants may respond with faith and devotion and turn one-pointedly540 toward the Three Jewels with pure minds and receptive faculties. When people leave their homes and go to a temple or a park with the wish to listen to the Dharma, they achieve the merit of Brahmā with every step they take. Likewise, when offerings of wealth are made to the Dharma and to the teachers of the Dharma, that amounts to making offerings directly to the Buddha. All such offerings will ripen in perfect accordance with the way they are dedicated, and the effects will continue to emerge all the way to the attainment of unexcelled and complete awakening.
“ ‘Why do offerings made to teachers of the Dharma have such effects? Because when the Dharma is taught, minds become pliable, and pliable minds can overcome the darkness that has otherwise endured since time without beginning. Nothing else can make the mind pliable in the same way.
“ ‘There are four kinds of people whose kindness can hardly be repaid. Who are the four? They are one’s mother, one’s father, the Buddha, and one’s Dharma teacher, because their generosity is immeasurable. When those who are deluded with respect to cause and effect hear the Dharma, they will develop faith with respect to cause and effect. Those whose view is misguided will come to possess the genuine view. Those who are fond of killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct will give up such misdeeds upon hearing the Dharma. [F.49.b] Hearing the Dharma makes one’s mind pliable and, ultimately, makes it proceed to the transcendence of suffering. For those reasons it is not easy to repay the kindness of a Dharma teacher. The kindness of one’s mother and father, from whom one received one’s body, is also impossible to repay. Other than introducing one’s parents to the Dharma there is not much else that a child can do for its parents. Nor is it possible to repay the kindness of a thus-gone one, a worthy one, a fully awakened buddha, who is the foremost in the three realms and who has achieved the exalted state of liberation beyond all of cyclic existence. Joyfully understanding and accomplishing that is all one can do to repay such kindness, and whatever one does for a thus-gone one will also result in fortune for oneself.’
“At that point the peacock leader will sing the following poetic verses:
“In this way, praising the qualities of the supremely profound field, the bodhisattva who has taken birth there by the power of aspiration and who practices what is of benefit to others teaches the Dharma in numerous ways, proclaiming the qualities of the Dharma.
“As they hear the Dharma-Vinaya, the gods will develop great trust, and thus they will listen to the teachings with one-pointed minds and discuss them among one another. They will say, ‘This Dharma teaching is flawless. What the bird king taught us gods of the Heaven of Joy does not in any way conflict with, or diverge from, the peaceful Dharma that is taught by the ruler of the Heaven of Joy. It is not different at all. When we examine this Dharma-Vinaya, we find that it is wholesome in the beginning, middle, and end. It is supremely pure and highly auspicious. It brings the highest fortune, benefits all gods and humans, and bestows auspiciousness.’
“Having said this to each other, the gods will make the following request: ‘Peacock king, please continue your Dharma teaching of the twenty-two principles that bring benefit, happiness, and the ultimate transcendence of suffering.’ [F.50.b]
“When he hears these words from the gods, the peacock king will be very pleased. With an utterly pure mind that is saturated with compassion for beings, he practices what benefits others and thus he will now continue his Dharma teaching, explaining the twenty-two factors of the most profound Great Vehicle, which delivers the highest fortune.
(6) Compassion
“He then proceeds: ‘The next factor, which is supremely liberating, most magnificent, and a source of joy for all beings, is compassion. The factor known as compassion is beautiful for all beings and trustworthy for everyone. Compassion provides a firm ground for those who fear the terrors of cyclic existence, ushers those with well-guarded minds toward the transcendence of suffering, and saves those who have no protector. The compassionate are never far from the transcendence of suffering. Compassion is never deceptive and always completely beyond anger. People whose hearts are free from anger and whose minds are filled with compassion are adorned by the magnificence of compassion. Compassion overcomes all the flaws of ill will and cares for everyone born throughout the five classes of wandering beings.
“ ‘Therefore, bodhisattvas who abide in the Great Vehicle must cultivate compassion for beings in hell. How so? By recognizing how they have been tricked by their own actions and deceived by the enemy of their own minds. Hence, they now undergo indescribable tortures inflicted by spikes, acid, hammers, [F.51.a] molten copper, mortars, rivers of burning embers, vultures and ravens that pull them apart, forests with leaves of razors, and rivers of acid. Throughout the hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, Intense Heat, all the way to Ultimate Torment—throughout the hundred and thirty-six central and surrounding hells—they are burned, cleaved, split, and flattened. They are deceived by their own actions, caught by the noose of karmic actions, and consumed by the fire of craving. Searching for a savior, in pursuit of refuge, they all rush around.
“ ‘One must consider what could make all those beings happy and offer them protection. With compassion one will then think, “I shall liberate them all from that ocean of fierce pain!” Those who possess such compassion will, when they die, be born as rulers of the gods, and, if born as humans, they will become universal monarchs. All sentient beings are fond of qualities that are desirable, attractive, delightful, and virtuous. Therefore, when one observes how beings in hell suffer, it makes one engender compassion. Those who let their compassion grow wide-ranging and multifaceted will bring forth the merit of Brahmā.
“ ‘Likewise, mendicants, brahmins, or others who develop the bodhisattva frame of mind and abide within the Great Vehicle should likewise be inspired by a one-pointed wish to benefit others, [F.51.b] and thus arouse compassion for starving spirits. They should think, “Those creatures are born as starving spirits. Their bodies are emaciated and withered; they look like a scorched forest. They roam about in groups with blazing flames shooting from their bodies. Searching for a refuge, they rush in all ten directions, and yet they find no refuge whatsoever. I must free them all from their suffering. Alas, they are tormented by myriad forms of hunger and thirst—when shall they be free?” In this way one develops compassion for the beings born in the world of starving spirits.
“ ‘Those who abide within the Great Vehicle should also develop the mind of awakening and thus give rise to compassion at the sight of animals. Starving spirits undergo tremendous suffering and find pleasure in killing one another due to their filthy and negative circumstances. The animals that inhabit the air, water, and earth similarly feed on each other and thus fall prey in numerous different ways. Developing compassion for those who are born as animals one thinks, “Alas, how can they be liberated from their copious sufferings?” Giving rise to such a frame of mind, one engenders the merit of Brahmā. One develops the supremely virtuous mind of a bodhisattva great being [F.52.a] and thus regards all beings, including the animals, with compassion.
“ ‘Once one has generated compassion for the three types of beings, who experience the karmic effects of extremely flawed actions and undergo fierce and tremendously painful suffering, one must also develop compassion for the six classes of gods in the desire realm. The gods may experience indescribably rich and diverse heavenly pleasures amid their mountains, flatlands, woodlands, and parks, and they may revel in hundreds of thousands of delights together with their divine ladies in lotus ponds and forests, yet, once their karmic actions are exhausted, they suffer the pain of dying, and after that comes life in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Thus, the gods are beings who engage in flawed conduct within cyclic existence. Since they are bound by the extremely tight chains of craving, they are continuously pulled along without ever pursuing the genuine path. As one observes the painful deaths of the gods, one develops compassion for them.
“ ‘Compassion likewise arises for human beings who are born as an effect of diverse forms of karmic actions and accordingly experience inferior, intermediate, or superior levels of pleasure and pain. Engaged in various inferior, intermediate, or superior forms of karmic actions, they proceed in various ways based on such diverse thoughts and intentions. Impoverished, helpless, and oppressed, they suffer intensely and are tormented by the pains of searching. Seeing the world of humans, one will arouse compassion.
“ ‘Meanwhile, the source of perfect joy and liberation into the transcendence of suffering is the Dharma. [F.52.b] Therefore, when mendicants or brahmins who abide within the Great Vehicle observe the sufferings of the five realms of sentient beings, they arouse compassion and thus attain the most excellent fortune of the transcendence of suffering.’
“At that point, the peacock king will recite the following verses of Krakucchanda:
(7) Gentleness
“He will then continue: ‘What else did the Blessed One teach? What is the next quality that causes a bodhisattva great being who abides within the Great Vehicle to awaken rapidly to unexcelled and perfect buddhahood? Gentleness. With the qualities of gentleness, one will relinquish weak flaws and take hold of good qualities. People whose intentions are gentle will discover the transcendence of suffering, free from all stains, within the palm of their hand. People with gentle thoughts engage singularly in what is virtuous and are trusted by everyone. People whose minds are savage keep grudges that are as hard as vajra or stone, they have no sense of restraint, and they fall into conflict with everyone. Whatever such ugly and unpleasant people perceive brings them great worries. They are always unhappy [F.53.b] and cannot walk concentratedly through a delightful area. They do not mingle with holy people and are not interested in the Dharma-Vinaya, just as if they were the seeds of a different plant species. Savage people with vicious minds do not yield any qualities of the Dharma, just as sand cannot yield any oil.
“ ‘Milk does not flow from the horn of a cow, the moon is not a source of warmth, the barren woman has no son, and the sky does not grow any flowers. Likewise, savage and aggressive people, who are highly deceitful and of a cunning nature; whose intelligence is vulgar; who wear themselves out while cheating others; who sink into the mud of existence and indulge in negative actions; who reject the Three Jewels and shun the Great Vehicle; who are blind and incapable of seeing the sun of the sacred Dharma; who roam through the wilderness of agonizing birth, aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, and unhappiness; who are bereft of the elixir that neutralizes limitless pains; and who drown in the river of suffering—such people do not attain the transcendence of suffering. Why is that so? Because they do not create the causes for the path that leads to the realization of the transcendence of suffering. Therefore, they lack the fortune for such happiness.
“ ‘Those whose minds are gentle and pliant have the fortune of attaining the transcendence of suffering. Analogously, oil can be derived from sesame seeds, the sun has rays of light, the moon is cooling, fire yields heat, earth is supportive, the ocean’s depths are never stirred, drinking water is refreshing, [F.54.a] and the four great elements are grounded in perception. Likewise, the transcendence of suffering lies right in front of those with gentle minds, those whose minds are serviceable and endowed with faith and diligence, those who teach correctly, and those who have faith in cause and effect.’
“At that point the peacock king will sing these authoritative verses:
“As the peacock king speaks these verses, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and the Heaven of Joy listen insatiably. Wishing to hear more of the Dharma-Vinaya, they will join their palms and beseech him with veneration for the sacred Dharma, ‘Noble one, please teach us. Peacock king, please explain. Great being, if we may hear the remainder of the Dharma teaching of the twenty-two factors, we will be overjoyed.’
(8) Observance
“Accordingly, the peacock king Resplendent will continue his exposition of the Dharma teaching of the twenty-two factors: [F.54.b] ‘There is also another factor that must be kept in mind by a mendicant, brahmin, or the like who abides firmly within the Great Vehicle. What is that? Observance. Observance is a quality that is becoming in all regards. A mendicant, brahmin, or someone else of that kind—be it a householder or a monastic, a child or an old person—is always beautiful when possessed of and immersed in observance. And whoever lacks observance is not. Such a person is like a jackal or a crow.
“ ‘How is observance to be cultivated by a monastic? Here, there are seven aspects. What are the seven? A monastic should obtain clothing from a suitable refuse site where old garments that have been worn and discarded by householders can be obtained. In this way, a monastic should obtain garments that are stained, tattered, and torn. That is observance with respect to the garments of the Dharma.
“ ‘Observance of the gaze means that when a monk is on the road, he should look ahead as far as the length of a yoke, and when visiting the home of a donor and benefactor, he should look toward the ground. He should also maintain continuous recollection of the form of the Buddha. His faculties and entire body should be properly guarded. Keeping count of his inhalations and exhalations, he should move with mindfulness of the body. In this way, when in the home of a donor, he should not look at the amenities of that home. [F.55.a] He should not stare, and he should not entertain any thoughts about the females of the house. He should not hug the children and should not continuously move his legs. Nor should he keep moving his arms. He should not be restless on his seat and should not fiddle with his head or keep adjusting his Dharma garments. He should not massage his hands or play with his fingers. That is the second aspect of observance—a monk who observes these points observes the proper gaze.
“ ‘There is also a third aspect of observance. When a monk enters the home of a donor or benefactor, he should wash his feet, clean his hands, and rinse his alms bowl. Once he has cleansed his bowl, he should sit down on his seat in a very humble frame of mind. While seated, he should place his alms bowl in its circular stand in front of his legs. With his right arm he should then properly lift up the bowl in his right hand and accept the alms. Having done that, he should partake of them as if they were medicine and without overeating. When eating, he should not open his mouth too wide, he should not munch or slurp, and he should be content with filling only a third of his stomach. He should not look at others’ bowls either. He should abstain from eating food he is especially fond of. He should ensure that what he eats does not become a cause of further carelessness. He should make sure to conclude the meal in the proper way and at the proper time, and then teach the Dharma with clear and composed faculties. When his mind is composed, he will be able to teach in a manner that is neither rushed nor slow, not overly direct or roundabout, [F.55.b] and also not too long, but cognizant of time and place. In this way, the monk should protect the mind of the benefactor. Thus, he will not fall prey to carelessness. That is the third type of observance.
“ ‘When a monk obtains food, th,e sight of towns, cities, or markets should not preoccupy his mind and he should not give rise to any desires in that regard. His mind ought not to become distracted or excited thereby. In this way, he should avoid staying at dwellings that he has determined to be inappropriate. That is the fourth observance.
“ ‘Observance in terms of detachment is to be unconcerned about one’s life and limb in all situations. Someone who possesses and carries lots of supplies and utensils is not a monk. A proper monk does not delight in busily traveling through the land. He does not adopt the costumes and garments of others, and he will not attach too much importance to what they announce. He also does not become fond of visiting just a single home. That is the fifth observance.
“ ‘Moreover, someone who is observant of detachment does not cut wood or grass, nor does he break the earth. He does not keep several sets of shoes or clothes that he can alternate between. He does not scold people, even those whose discipline has degenerated. He is not interested in depending on alms from a king. He does not associate with monks who are burdened by arguments. That is the sixth observance.
“ ‘Moreover, observance also refers to a monk who practices a mind of equality and so does what is beneficial. He escapes the realm of the māras with great diligence. [F.56.a] Seeking serenity and with his faculties subdued, he takes to mountainous retreats, caves, and unsheltered places in order to constantly abide by emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness. That is the seventh aspect of observance. This is how monks conquer and free themselves from all the bonds.’
“At that time the peacock king will sing another set of verses:
“In this way, the peacock king extols the many qualities of observance so that the gods may increase their faith. When in this way the gods are taught the many aspects of the Dharma-Vinaya, they will begin to listen within a state of equipoise. Hence, with unstoppable delight, the peacock king will continue his Dharma teaching. Since they have developed respect for the teaching of the sacred Dharma, he will continue to explain the Dharma to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and the visiting gods from the Heaven of Joy. [F.56.b]
(9) Faith
“ ‘What is the next factor that is cherished by mendicants, brahmins, and others like them who abide within the Great Vehicle? Faith regarding karmic actions.
“ ‘Faith regarding the causes and effects of karmic actions is a magnificent quality. When mendicants, brahmins, or others like them have faith with respect to karmic actions and their effects, they will recognize flawed physical conduct and think, “If I resort to, become habituated to, and increase flawed activities of the body, I will experience an unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant ripening—in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, I will experience the many pains of unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant ripenings.”
“ ‘Similarly, with respect to the consequences of flawed verbal activities, they will think, “If I resort to, become habituated to, and increase flawed activities of speech I will experience an unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant ripening. By the force of unvirtuous actions, I will experience life in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals.”
“ ‘Likewise, they will understand that by resorting to, becoming habituated to, and increasing flawed activities of the mind they will experience unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant consequences in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Hence, mendicants, brahmins, and others who are identical or similar to them will bring to mind their own past unwholesome actions and confess them. They will regret them and thereafter follow the buddhas. They will begin to ask themselves, [F.57.a] “How can we be free from the consequences of our misdeeds?” Hence, out of interest in taming themselves they will confess their downfalls before a qualified elder. From that time onward, they will strive to eliminate negativity. From then on, they will no longer engage in improper actions of the type that they engaged in before, but instead practice what they have now committed themselves to. Hence, they will free themselves from all unwholesome actions or will hold such actions in contempt.
“ ‘Likewise, if at the present time they should inadvertently come to engage in any misdeed of the body, speech, or mind, they will as soon as possible mentally renounce such a course of action and confess their error. They will develop regret and avoid such actions in the future. As they strongly regret this, they will not have any interest in that sort of action in the future. They will not engage in or maintain such unwholesome activity. Rather, they will disengage from all such actions and, at all times and occasions, they will make them disappear, bring them to an end, and hold them in contempt.
“ ‘In this way, a mendicant, brahmin, or the like who has knowledge of the way karmic actions ripen will reason as follows: “If I engage in and become habituated to misdeeds of body, speech, or mind, I will encounter the fierce consequences of such actions within the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Hence, I shall endeavor, strive, and muster diligence so that I may avoid any such effects of unvirtuous actions that have not yet manifested.”
“ ‘In this way, a mendicant or brahmin who possesses the power of faith with respect to the consequences of past actions [F.57.b] may succeed in curtailing, greatly weakening, or even eradicating those sensations that would otherwise be experienced over an extremely long time in the hells. Likewise, by practicing, endeavoring, and mustering diligence in this way, one may weaken the unwholesome actions that otherwise would produce long-lasting experiences of excruciating suffering due to hunger and thirst. One may curtail such experiences or cause them to disappear entirely.
“ ‘Similarly, mendicants, brahmins, or others like them who have faith regarding the consequences of karmic actions may in the same way significantly shorten the otherwise long-lasting experiences of mutual predation that are the effects of the terrifying acts that lead to birth as an animal. In this way, one may avoid such experiences of mutual predation, shorten them, or even cause them to disappear completely. This goes for all negative actions, except for completed and accumulated acts of which the effects are certain to be experienced in the body of a hell being, starving spirit, or animal.
“ ‘One investigates the effects of karmic actions that are otherwise extremely hard to recognize and tremendously subtle, and by confessing one’s completed unvirtuous actions of the three categories, one relinquishes unwholesomeness. By carefully contemplating the effects of karmic actions that are certain to be experienced in the animal realm, one may purify and relinquish them entirely. [F.58.a] In this way, one will regret karmic actions that are to be experienced in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals, including those actions of which the consequences are to be experienced in other lives. Crushing them with a virtuous remedy, one may entirely prevent such actions from occurring or otherwise greatly weaken them.
“ ‘Through confession, one can thus overcome karmic misdeeds that are otherwise certain to be experienced as intense pain in the animal realm. Or, by means of extremely wholesome positive karmic action, one may overcome the long-lasting tortures of the animals, thus shortening the duration of such lives, making them less painful, or preventing them completely. Due to such causes and reasons, one must develop faith with respect to karmic actions and their effects.
“ ‘For mendicants, brahmins, or anyone else of that kind who have faith with respect to karmic actions and their consequences, there will be a riverbank where the swirling waters of cyclic existence cannot reach. Why is that? Because there is no life within the five realms of sentient beings that is not a product of virtuous or unvirtuous actions. Therefore, karmic actions and their consequences are indeed the essence of sentient beings. All living beings experience their particular share of karmic effects. Whether one is a woman or a man, everyone must endeavor day and night to develop the power of faith with respect to karmic actions and their consequences. Doing so will make their lives in cyclic existence meaningful.
(10) Overcoming Fickleness543
“ ‘There is also another factor that mendicants, brahmins, and others like them should take care to avoid. What is that? Being overcome by fickleness. [F.58.b] Fickleness weakens the intelligence of mendicants and brahmins. The flaws of fickleness make their minds develop attachment. Fickleness causes them to churn in cyclic existence. Whether they are in a park or a temple for the saṅgha, or in a town, a city, or elsewhere, fickleness is always a cause of laziness. It makes them develop fondness for all sorts of things. If they stay in a hermitage, or some other peaceful location, they will find no joy in doing so. They do not travel well either, because when on the road, such people will remain neither monks nor householders. The same goes for all other situations. Even if they stay in one single place, they will pass their time without resting in the happiness of concentration, which was otherwise the reason they became monastics. In this way, they are overcome by shortcomings with respect to stability.
“ ‘When donors and benefactors recognize that a mendicant, brahmin, or the like is impulsive, they will deride them. They will never come to meet them. Donors and benefactors will not be influenced by them due to a lack of attraction. They will not listen to their words and will not offer any alms out of respect. Due to their extremely weak mental abilities and their inability to stay in one place, they are destroyed as they constantly end up socializing and serving others. Marred by the flaws of instability, they become the laughingstock of others. Householders will talk about them, saying, ‘That mendicant or brahmin is unable to remain anywhere. [F.59.a] Overcome by fickleness, he gets excited about all sorts of things.’ Rather than staying in peaceful hermitages, such people are constantly involved in searching and hoarding. They are always eager to meet householders. They go to render them service and end up like domestic servants. Serving householders, they obey their commands. Therefore, they are neither successful householders, nor are they monastics, for they are destroyed by the flaws of fickleness. Whoever is free from such flaws will be offered riches by everyone, whereas those who are afflicted by such faults cannot escape the mockery of donors and benefactors.
“ ‘Shallow-minded in their restless pursuits, mendicants or brahmins who are destroyed by their lack of stability will breed other flaws as well. Therefore, mendicants, brahmins, and others like them must one-pointedly endeavor to develop a detached mindset, always delighting in solitude, developing concentration under a tree, at a charnel ground, or in a cave. Residing in mountainous retreats and always moving alone, they must make sure to avoid being undermined by fickleness for as long they are alive. They must stay alone and avoid becoming attached to anything. They must let go of all attachments. By giving up all attachments, they will achieve liberation. That is how fickleness is overcome.’
“At this point the peacock king will sing these verses:
“ ‘Monks who are destroyed by the flaws of fickleness will always wander aimlessly. This is why those who remain alone and achieve what is meaningful must give up the flaws of fickleness. Also, householders can be destroyed by even minor fickleness. [F.60.a] Since fickleness is therefore a flaw even for householders, it goes without saying that the same is the case for monks who have gone forth from the household. In this way, through stability, all virtuous qualities can be attained. Therefore, be diligent so that you may overcome fickleness and relinquish it.’
(11) Steadfastness544
“Addressing the gods of the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife, the peacock king will then continue teaching that blessed one’s discourse: ‘There is another factor that is desirable, attractive, delightful, and yields the attainment of the transcendence of suffering. What is that? Steadfastness, which enables monks to carry the load of the praiseworthy virtuous factors. Steadfastness is also praised highly by mundane people. Steadfastness is the adornment of both the mundane and supramundane paths.
“ ‘Steadfastness liberates from all flaws. Steadfast people achieve freedom from all flaws, even though the web of flaws has been present since time without beginning. It has been spread, tightened, and strengthened within the mind, so it cannot be overcome in merely a short time, with little diligence, poor absorption, and weak steadfastness. The web of flaws that has thus been present in the basis of the mind due to attachment can only be cut through by monks who are steadfast in the practices that liberate from cyclic existence. Spiritual practitioners who are truly endowed with steadfastness can use their steadfast intelligence to entirely relinquish all the unvirtuous attachments that have arisen based on conditions. Without developing attachments, they will give rise to steadfast diligence [F.60.b] and thereby free themselves of the terrors of unvirtuous factors.
“ ‘Even if desire arises, a monk will contemplate repulsiveness. Endowed with and guarded by steadfastness, he will entirely relinquish the unvirtuous mind that arises due to the circumstance of the darkness of desire. He will not be led astray thereby. Likewise, if an aggressive state of mind should arise, he will not be ruined by that and instead steadfastly adhere to the remedy, which is love. And when an ignorant state of mind arises, he will practice by means of the remedy, which is dependent origination.’
“At that point the peacock king will speak this verse:
“In this way, the peacock king explains to the gods of the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife the many different flaws incurred if one constantly and exclusively pursues enjoyments.
“Although the gods will have now listened to many teachings that benefit both in this life and the next, they will feel insatiable, and so they will thus address the peacock king: ‘The Dharma teachings that you have given us are amazing and most profound. Virtuous in the beginning, middle, and end, they lead to the transcendence of suffering. Once more, please teach us the principles of the supreme path that in numerous ways trigger weariness of cyclic existence. We shall all listen one-pointedly.’
“As he hears from those gods about their interest in the Dharma path that accomplishes the benefit of oneself and others, [F.61.a] the peacock king will once more understand that they have all developed one-pointed attention and are listening to the Dharma correctly. With tremendous joy, he will therefore continue teaching them and so, in his clear, penetrating, and deep voice, he continues his magnificent speech, which accomplishes the benefit of others.
(12) Fear of Scandal545
“ ‘O gods, there is also another factor that mendicants, brahmins, or others like them who abide within the Great Vehicle should keep in mind as they diligently strive to give rise to weariness. What is that? Fear of scandal. A monk wary of scandal has a determined mind. Based on his fear of scandal, he will give up flaws. He will not enter a house that is highly stained by the flaws of women, nor will he socialize there. He will not mingle with alcohol peddlers or with people who are wild. Nor will he associate with thieves or unvirtuous people, or with brazen or argumentative people. He will also not associate with people with other blemishes or with those who follow such people, or with gamblers or grifters. Nor will he associate with childish people or with those who live off women, or with con artists or exaggerators, with greedy people or swindlers who use weigh scale tricks, with businesspeople who flout worldly conventions, [F.61.b] or with executioners who kill along riverbanks546 or with neuters. They will not walk a single step along the road together with a woman or with tame elephants or wild elephants, with tame horses, with nihilists, with those who turn their backs on the Three Jewels, with those who are hostile toward the Great Vehicle, with people who observe unvirtuous vows, or with people who belong to an unwholesome family.
“ ‘Monks should not associate with such perpetrators of negative deeds. And why is that? Because by associating with such people, their monkhood will come to nothing. People of the world will also come to know all about it. Monks will therefore correctly contemplate how such actions are defiled. They will recognize that people turn out in the same way as the people with whom they associate. Therefore, those who are wary of scandal will not walk a single step together with people who engage in defiled actions.’
“At that point the peacock king will recite these verses of the Blessed One:
“In this way, the peacock king teaches the Dharma to the gods. He goes on to say, ‘Moreover, monks who are wary of scandal possess the following seven qualities: They do not associate with unwholesome people, they are disinterested in wealth and reputation, they are content and have the respect of donors and benefactors, and they remain in a mountain hermitage. Such people become destined for happiness. Moreover, the other qualities are not being talkative, not roaming through towns and not entering bars, and not engaging in commerce. Monks endowed with those qualities live well and their lives are not wasted. They will be held in high regard by many people.
“ ‘Therefore, the frolicking that is based on carelessness ensues from not being concerned about having a poor reputation. Monks who have no fear of scandal stand out as far more flawed than householders. They do as they please, say whatever they feel like, have no shame and no modesty, and let their discipline become more and more flawed. When their bodies disintegrate, they will suffer an inauspicious fall and be born in the hells.
“ ‘Those who fear scandal live alone and do not associate with households. They remain in the mountains and places of solitude and they feel content. [F.62.b] They are disinterested in pleasures and do not covet anything. They give up all the flaws of village life. They regard even minor negative acts as fearsome. A monk is someone who is wary of scandal. Such a person becomes destined for virtue.
(13) Absence of Clinging547
“ ‘There is also another factor that is cherished by monks who abide in the Great Vehicle. What is that? Absence of clinging. Absence of clinging is a most delightful quality. Monks who are free from clinging are pure and sincere, and their minds are not attached. They live in solitude and their minds are well poised. Their livelihood is pure and they are utterly unperturbed. They adhere to a state of mind that is perfectly at ease. They are not intimidated by suffering. They do not become angry or upset. They are not interested in trivial fun. They have no fear of the realms of terror. Fondness and affection for friends will not make them fail to achieve their own objectives. They pay no attention to the jokes, charms, games, and enjoyments of city people. They seek none of that. They do not become attached to one town, city, market, or household after another, and thus they fall asleep happy and wake up happy. Their frame of mind is unattached and pure. Their conduct is pure and cannot be disturbed by any māras or by any sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells. [F.63.a] They have no fondness for wealth or honor. Hence, they overcome all thinking concerned with the attainment of these and similar things. They give them up entirely. They diligently endeavor to prevent the arising of such unvirtuous thoughts. And thus they think, “As I follow these paths, I shall make sure to overcome any occurrence of unvirtuous conceptual thinking that could possibly disturb my mind.” Since they therefore strive diligently in this way to prevent even a single unwholesome factor that might otherwise emerge due to the circumstance of thinking, it goes without saying that they do not develop any crude mundane clinging.
“ ‘Spiritual practitioners diligently cultivate three factors. What are these three? Complete prevention of present unvirtuous factors that would ruin one’s mindstream, prevention of any future factors of that type, and recollection of past virtuous factors. In this way, monks who rest in complete equipoise, who engage in pure conduct, who are free from clinging in all regards, who act purely, who are wholly intent on extinguishing craving, who wish to be free from desire, and who wish for happiness must give rise to a mind that is free from clinging. Monks who are free from attachment attain supreme happiness and the state of great bliss.’
“At that point the peacock king will recite these verses:
“In this way, the peacock king teaches the Dharma in numerous ways for the sake of bringing the gods happiness and benefit. [F.64.a] The peacock king will then continue his Dharma teaching to the inhabitants of the Heaven Free from Strife and the Heaven of Joy, bringing delight in that which is unborn, as well as inspiring them toward virtue and the transcendence of suffering.
(14) Delighting in Solitude548
“He will then proceed: ‘O gods, listen here to another teaching. Delighting in solitude is the essence of all the Dharma. Monks who delight in solitude are well guarded, their conduct is tremendously restrained, they adhere properly to their vows, and they are perfectly serene and pure. Monks who delight in solitude practice with thorough restraint and are peaceful, gentle, and extremely steadfast. In this way, by delighting in solitude, they always meet with happiness. In a peaceful mountain hermitage, in a cave in the mountains, at a charnel ground, or upon a mat of straw, they develop a mind that is in all regards well guarded.
“ ‘There are seven things that are cherished by monks who delight in solitude. What are they? Constant happiness, constant inspiration, being listened to by mundane people, being protected by the gods, becoming free from all stains, increasing virtuous qualities, and having a mind that is in supreme equipoise such that perfectly pure actions of body, speech, and mind can manifest the path of liberation. Such people will be far removed from stains. Lastly, as an effect of their virtuous qualities, they will also be content in the company of mundane people. [F.64.b] They overcome the enemy, the many different afflictions that have been active since time without beginning. Therefore, monks who delight in solitude are extremely well guarded, they fear the afflictions, and they regard even subtle unwholesome factors with caution. They are endowed with constant diligence, definitive liberation, stainless activities, and joyous serenity.’
“In this way the peacock king teaches the Dharma to the gods of the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife.
(15) Undistracted Mind549
“Then he will continue: ‘There is also another factor that is cherished by mendicants and brahmins who abide within the Great Vehicle: an undistracted mind. The mind of an undistracted monk abides in great equipoise. Such a monk lives alone, adheres constantly to pure conduct, and is endowed with constant diligence. He finds happiness and is liberated from all the terrors of the lower realms.
“ ‘A monk who delights in solitude, whose six faculties are well guarded, who has relinquished all objects, and who is fearful of the terrors of cyclic existence will never give up any virtuous factors but will relinquish all unwholesome ones and live in constant happiness. Those whose minds are free from distraction will remain in constant equipoise regardless of sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells. Because their minds are in equipoise, they will see all virtuous qualities increase. They will delight in those very qualities [F.65.b] and will not have any fondness for cyclic existence. With constant diligence they rest in absorption and so rapidly give rise to the path. They always follow and cultivate the path. They cause it to increase. By following the path and becoming accustomed to it and increasing it, they actualize the path. They constantly and continuously cultivate the path. They practice in a state of mind that knows the path, and in so doing they free themselves from all the bonds and overcome all latent tendencies.
“ ‘What are the bonds that they separate from? The bonds of desire, anger, ignorance, pride, envy, and stinginess. What are the latent tendencies that they leave to rot away? The latent tendencies related to desire, anger, desire for existence, ignorance, pride, view, and doubt. They let all such latent tendencies rot and decompose. An undistracted mind conquers such powerful factors that otherwise cause wandering beings to change existence within the three realms. That is achieved on the paths of seeing and cultivation. A one-pointed mind is cherished by mendicants and brahmins, because virtuous and unvirtuous factors are all equally rooted in the mind.
“ ‘Therefore, those who diligently follow the path due to fear of the terrible flaws of existence must all endeavor to cultivate a one-pointed mind. [F.66.a] That is how the afflictions can be extinguished. Other than that, it is impossible to overcome the power of the afflictions that have been active since time without beginning.’
“At that point the peacock king will teach these verses of the Omniscient One:
“For the sake of benefiting them in many different ways, the peacock king thus teaches the Dharma to the group of gods from the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.66.b] The minds of the gods will have by now become extremely well guarded, and they will rest in utter equipoise. They will have let go of all their enjoyable objects, and so they will listen to nothing but the Dharma.
(16) Recollection of Death550
“Realizing that their minds are now fearful of cyclic existence, the peacock king will then continue to explain the teachings: ‘There is also another desirable, attractive, and delightful factor that is like a hook for the careless and that those who abide within the Great Vehicle should keep in mind. What is that? Recollection of death. When practicing, becoming habituated to, and increasing the recollection of death one understands that this suffering is encountered by absolutely all beings. Death is unstoppable and unavoidable for everyone. As death is absolutely certain, it will make one lose everything and separate from everything, no matter how agreeable and delightful it may otherwise be.
“ ‘Once we pass away from this world, we will be born in another, where we will experience happiness or pain. Riding on karmic actions, sentient beings thus follow the path where they have to taste the fruits of their own actions, and thus they take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. When beings are born and pass away, they may be completely without company, and yet at that time they will always be accompanied by their virtuous and unvirtuous karmic actions. Therefore, virtuous karmic actions are like one’s mother and father, and misdeeds are like one’s enemies, causing one to be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Therefore, positive actions are always to be carried out, whereas all misdeeds must be avoided. [F.67.a]
“ ‘When the recollection of death is explained in this way, one will develop weariness and no longer be so attracted to objects. One will not be marred by desire, anger, or ignorance. Nor will one engage in unvirtuous actions for the sake of one’s children or spouse. Since even the minds of householders who fear death will calm down, there is no need to mention monastics. Monastics who remember death will never stray from their discipline. Nor will they develop any fondness for objects. Nor will they roam the land. Even if they do travel through the land, such monks will give up all distractions, including women, who are the root of all diversions, and all other such sources of distraction.
“ ‘Recollecting death, they will think, “Were I to travel through the land, I would only be able to keep but a few virtuous factors in mind. Once I arrive at the place and time of my death, those factors will not be sufficient to help me or give me relief. When the assisting and piercing winds551 take me to the time and place of my death, then what will be my refuge, who will protect me? Tied by the shackles of my own karmic actions, I will be led away and dragged into the next life. My mother, father, siblings, relatives, companions, and friends—none of them can protect me at the place and time of my death.”
“ ‘In that way, they cultivate the recollection of death, and whenever they do so, they also naturally develop fondness for generosity, discipline, and insight. Hence, karmic actions that are positive and virtuous will increase, and they will disengage from unvirtuous actions. [F.67.b] Based on such wholesome karmic actions, they will experience the happiness and enjoyments of gods and humans and ultimately attain the transcendence of suffering. Therefore, whether you are female or male, householder or monastic, mendicant or brahmin, you should understand those qualities and always remember death. People endowed with such mindfulness will fear the terrors of the Lord of Death, and thus they will disengage from all unvirtuous actions.
“ ‘Cultivating this understanding, one then thinks, “All sentient beings are sure to die. Nowhere in the realms of gods, humans, hell beings, starving spirits, or animals is there any place that is not ruled by the Lord of Death.” Cultivating this understanding, one will be wary of the terrors that are to follow this life and so will not chase after sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or scents. One’s mind will not think in terms of things being permanent, stable, and enduring. Rather, one will be aware of impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and the absence of self. When mindful of death, one will not be harmed by flaws but will always and continuously remain attentive to virtuous factors. Such mental activity will then increase.
“ ‘When constantly practicing, becoming habituated to, and increasing the recollection of death, one will always keep these points in mind. One will think, “Nowhere at all is there anything that will not disintegrate, fall, split apart, or transform. Mount Sumeru towers majestically amid a hundred thousand delightful mountains, yet even that will be destroyed by the fire at the end of the eon. Ah, how could my body then possibly endure? The infinite ocean into which all rivers flow, the home of nāgas and asuras, [F.68.a] will certainly dry up when the seven suns blaze. What then can be said of my body? In short, the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm are all impermanent and unstable; they do not endure and are subject to transformation. So there is no need to mention that my body and life force are also impermanent and unstable, that they also do not endure and are subject to transformation.”
“ ‘As one contemplates that which is wholly and certainly virtuous with a mind that is constantly composed, such a practice will prevent any form of clinging. With a mind free from attachment, one will not be bound by desire or anger, and when desire and anger are continuously overcome, there will not be any ignorance. Freed from all flaws, one attains the supreme stage that knows no death, aging, or exhaustion whatsoever. Therefore, remain focused on the recollection of death. The best among all types of mindfulness is the mindfulness of death.
“ ‘Cultivating the recollection of death also involves other qualities. When a mendicant or brahmin practices this recollection, he will understand that the body is like a casket of suffering. With an awareness of suffering he will then think, “When sickness and disease manifest, my body will be destroyed. What can I do once I am bound by the shackles of the Lord of Death? At that time, I will be unable to cultivate generosity, discipline, and insight. Therefore, until the Lord of Death arrives, [F.68.b] I shall make sure to cultivate generosity, discipline, and insight. The Lord of Death who kills the life force of all sentient beings will soon be here!” For mendicants and brahmins who thus keep in mind nothing but the recollection of death, such considerations will bear fruit and lead them to the final transcendence of suffering.
“ ‘There is also another way of being mindful of death. What is that? Here one thinks as follows: “This aggregate of form is emptiness. This body is empty and impermanent. These conditioned factors are all impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self. They are always in rapid motion, and thus they constantly shift and deteriorate. They are nothing, void, empty, and insubstantial, resembling a spinning waterwheel and a city of gandharvas. Alas, all these conditioned factors, including my own body and life force, are just like foam and bubbles of water—they have no essence and are like a city of gandharvas. Any moment, without exception, might very well be the occasion for the terror of my death. Therefore, I must now do what is meaningful: I must cultivate the three kinds of virtuous action, give up the three kinds of unvirtuous action, and be mindful of death. That is what mendicants and brahmins cherish. I must train so that I am mindful of this fact.” ’
“At that point the peacock king will utter these verses:
“In this way, the peacock king teaches the Dharma to the gods of the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife. [F.69.b]
(17) Freedom from Infatuation with One’s Body, Family, and Nobility552
“He will then proceed: ‘There is also another factor that is cherished by mendicants and brahmins who abide in the Great Vehicle. What is that? Freedom from infatuation with one’s body, family, and nobility. Childish beings who are infatuated and attached to their bodies, family, and nobility will engage in negative bodily activities. And just as this applies to physical actions, so it applies to verbal and mental actions. Hence, due to such causes and conditions, these people will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be born in the hells. Likewise, they will obtain lives as animals and take birth in the realms of starving spirits. As they keep changing lives, they will experience myriad sufferings of various kinds—it is hard to even know all their names! Therefore, recognize these terrifying flaws and do not be infatuated with your body, family, or nobility. In this way, you will avoid misdeeds of body, speech, and mind.
“ ‘Seeing the body as it is means acknowledging that it is impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self. It is fake, hollow, and insubstantial; a vessel of impurities that contains hair, body hair, nails, teeth, blood, skin, and so on; a bone frame that is filled with muscles, fat, urine, and excrement. This body is not clean to begin with, nor is it clean in the middle or the end. A product of karmic actions and affliction, it possesses no essence whatsoever. It does not last and does not contain a self. At the place and time of one’s death this body cannot accompany one for even a single step. Rather, it ends up being cremated in the charnel ground [F.70.a] or consumed by vultures, owls, jackals, crows, or the like. Holy people who contemplate these matters will give up or curb any form of infatuation with the body and nobility.
“ ‘Likewise, if infatuation with their family should arise in mendicants or brahmins due to the thought “I was born into a good family,” they will proceed to examine and investigate what family really is. They will then realize that ultimately there is no such thing as family; it is entirely a conceptual construct that childish people believe in. Families do not truly exist because they lack causes. The same goes for one’s parental lineage—there is no such thing. Only through virtuous causes can one join a high family. What are those causes? They are the qualities of truth, discipline, generosity, insight, serenity, and gentleness. Through such causes, even those who belong to a low family will take birth in an important family. The reason is that family depends on one’s qualities, not on one’s birth. Therefore, mendicants, brahmins, or others of similar pedigree must not get elated about their birth, family, or nobility.
“ ‘Mendicants, brahmins, or kindred spirits also investigate the nature of the body in a different way. They say to themselves: “This body that I now possess has been mine since I was an infant, and as I have aged. However, the body of the infant that was lying on its back is not the body of the crawling baby. The body of the crawling baby is not that of the child whose hair was shaven, and the body of the child whose hair was shaven is not that of the youth. [F.70.b] The body of the young adult is not that of a person who might die suddenly, nor is it the body of a person who might die after a long time has passed. Once my body has turned into a corpse, ants and other such creatures will devour it, and it will be ravaged by the wind, sun, and rain. The myriad fragments of it will end up strewn over all the ten directions. Once I have been carted off to the charnel ground, my body will be sundered into numerous different parts. Some will take off with my bones, some will take my skull, some my neck bones, some my nose, some my elbows, some my shoulders, some my fingers, some my nails, some my ribs, some my back, some my spine, some my thighs, some the bones of my feet, some my toes.” In this way, by correctly discerning the different parts of one’s body, one will not develop any infatuation based on one’s body.
“ ‘What type of perspective and understanding will make infatuation with nobility disappear? Such infatuation vanishes when it is correctly understood that everyone depends on extraneous factors, and that no one is independent. Everyone is subject to numerous factors other than themselves, so how could they be independent? All these conditioned phenomena that depend on other factors are thoroughly influenced by external factors. That is to say, [F.71.a] they all arise based on causes and conditions. Consider, for example, a house. A so-called house is a mere convention that applies to a gathering of numerous factors, such as the roof, that are all interdependent and mutually reliant. Similarly, the aggregate of form that is referred to as a body becomes known as such due to the coming together of skin, flesh, bones, and fat. No god or creator is involved. Such is the aggregate of form that is referred to as a body. When mendicants, brahmins, or other kindred spirits examine matters in this way and investigate the body in accordance with the way things really are, they will free themselves from, or otherwise curb, any infatuation with their bodies, family, and nobility.
“ ‘Moreover, when someone thinks, “I was born into a family of high standing,” and thereby becomes conceited based on their family, that perception is not in accordance with the way things in fact are. Later, such people may regard matters in a way that accords with reality, and they will then realize that family is a mere notion. In this way, the blind will come to comprehend the nature of reality. They will then come to regard those who are endowed with insight, discipline, and generosity as members of the pure family. They will understand that childish beings become arrogant in the absence of that family. For example, mendicants, brahmins, and others like them will, by understanding family in a way that accords with reality, become utterly free from infatuation with family, and they may also curb such infatuation.’
“At that point the peacock king will sing these verses:
“In this manner, the peacock king teaches them the Dharma.
(18) Equality with Respect to All Beings553
“Next, he will say, ‘There is also another factor that mendicants and monks who belong to the Great Vehicle should cultivate. What is that? Equality with respect to all beings. The factor known as equality with respect to all beings brings supreme happiness to mendicants, brahmins, and others like them. It causes them to act in a way that is agreeable to all sentient beings. And when their bodies disintegrate, they will, after dying, be born in the world of the higher realms.
“ ‘How then should mendicants and brahmins cultivate equality with respect to all sentient beings? They should avoid mendicants and brahmins who are involved in disputes and they should not argue with anyone. When they have given up disputes, they will regard all beings in the same way. Therefore, first of all, mendicants and brahmins should at all times and by any means give up participating in disputes. That will make them even-minded toward all beings.
“ ‘There is also another remedy that helps mendicants and brahmins to regard all beings in terms of equality: they correctly recognize that all beings suffer. Suffering is a fact for everyone, whether they are one’s friends or not. All beings trapped in cyclic existence must by the very nature of things separate from all the qualities of the family into which they have been born. Their lives are truly marked by aging, disease, [F.72.b] death, sorrow, lamentation, suffering, unhappiness, and exhaustion. They are subject to cold, heat, hunger, thirst, killing, and the Lord of Death. They suffer as they encounter what they detest and are separated from what they love. Such suffering equally strikes one’s friends and all others. Contemplating those facts causes mendicants and monks to regard all beings in terms of equality.
“ ‘Mendicants and brahmins further think, “Alas, these beings experience suffering in the form of an utterly oppressive554 pain. What is that pain? The experience of disease. All sentient beings are brought down by disease. The torments of disease afflict both their bodies and their minds.” Noticing how this applies to their friends as well as all others, they come to regard all beings from a perspective of equality. With that perspective, their minds will be uplifted, and so also their voices become uplifted. As even their blood will clear up thereby, their complexion clears too, and so all their faculties thus become clear in a constant and continuous manner. That is an effect with respect to the present life. Moreover, everyone will find such people desirable, attractive, and delightful. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, those who have love for all sentient beings in this way will go to the joyous higher realms after they die and be born among the gods. [F.73.a]
“ ‘There is also another way in which mendicants and brahmins train in regarding all sentient beings from a perspective of equality. Here they observe the following: “Whether friend or enemy, all living beings are equally subject to death, and they are never beyond the nature of death. Whoever is born must also die. And due to their own karmic actions, sentient beings are then born in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals—alas, this has gone on for so long!”
“ ‘When they meditate in this way and develop the desire to help other beings, their blood will clear up. As their blood clears up, their complexion clears as well. And when their complexion brightens, they become beautiful to behold. All beings will find them endearing. Such are the effects of their training in terms of the present life. As their actions ripen, they will upon the disintegration of their bodies journey to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. In this way, monks carry out great virtuous actions by embracing all beings from a perspective of equality.
“ ‘There is also another way in which mendicants, brahmins, and others of such kind cultivate equality toward sentient beings. Here they think, “All these beings each experience their own share of karmic action. They are born according to their actions and keep appropriating actions, and thus they each create their own karmic destiny based on whichever virtuous or unvirtuous actions they may carry out. Through positive actions, they are born among gods and humans, and through misdeeds they take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals.”
“ ‘When mendicants, brahmins, or others of their kind contemplate matters in this way, their minds will brighten, as will their faces. When their visages thus become radiant, they will appear desirable, attractive, and delightful to everyone. [F.73.b] Upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. In the end, they will go completely beyond suffering. Such are the effects for mendicants and brahmins whose minds thus brighten as they regard all beings from a perspective of equality.
“ ‘There is also another way in which mendicants and brahmins cultivate the perception of equality with respect to all beings. What is that? In this case, they think, “All beings will, without any exception, have to separate from what is attractive and delightful to them. It will all be lost, and everything will be dispersed. They will have to separate from it all and lose it all. Nowhere in cyclic existence is there any being at all who will remain together with, and not have to depart from, that which is desirable, attractive, and delightful to them. And losing what one holds dear is extremely painful.”
“ ‘As they contemplate matters in this way, their minds brighten; when their minds become bright, also their faces will light up, and with a bright and clear countenance, everyone will find their physical appearance delightful. With their fine physical form they will light up the minds of all beings. They will appear delightful, attractive, and desirable. Such are the effects experienced in the present life that occur due to the power of seeing all beings in terms of sameness. Upon the disintegration of their bodies, they will go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. By means of the remainder of their karmic actions, they will pass completely beyond suffering.
“ ‘There is also another way in which mendicants and brahmins cultivate a mind that perceives all beings in terms of equality. [F.74.a] What is that? The mind is fickle and engages fleetingly and without stability. Therefore, when a desirous state of mind crops up, mendicants and brahmins contemplate the repulsive nature of things; when an aggressive state occurs, they cultivate love; and when a deluded state of mind manifests, they contemplate dependent origination. Directing their minds in these three remedial ways, they come to regard all beings from a perspective of impartiality. Without considering them as either friend or enemy, but rather as equal, they develop an intelligence that is unburdened and bright, and so they move without hesitation and remain perfectly pure and happy. They sleep delightfully at night, are happy and awake during the day, and the gods protect them. They also develop great mastery and become highly powerful. When their minds brighten in this fashion, their blood is purified as well. When their blood is purified, their countenance also brightens, and when their complexion is bright, their physical form becomes lovely to behold. They become beautiful people who appear delightful, attractive, and desirable to everyone. Due to the karmic effects of regarding all beings from a perspective of equality, such people will, when their bodies disintegrate and they have died, go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods. Based on such superior acts they will also, in accordance with their wishes, achieve the transcendence of suffering.’
“At that point the peacock king will sing the following verses:
“In this way, the peacock king teaches the gods of the Heaven of Joy and the Heaven Free from Strife in numerous ways. The minds of all the gods will now be utterly composed [F.75.a] and, despite their attainment of all the pleasures of their objects, will now be satisfied by the drink of the thoroughly virtuous Dharma.
(19) Contentment555
“As the minds of the gods have now been softened, the peacock king will continue to explain to them the authoritative teachings of the Dharma. He will say, ‘There is yet another factor that mendicants, brahmins, or others like them who abide within the Great Vehicle should keep in mind and train in. What is that? Contentment. Contentment is a most cherished factor that bestows happiness and satisfies body and mind. Mendicants and brahmins who have contentment as their friend and protector enjoy supreme happiness. Those who are content in all situations will always enjoy the greatest happiness. They do not become attached to delightful, attractive, or desirable sights. They do not pursue such sights and do not think of them.
“ ‘They do not think about the forms that are the objects of the eyes. They do not conceive of them or wish for them. Nor do they pursue them in the future. They do not think of delightful, attractive, or desirable forms of the past, and they do not give rise to wishes or desires based on such forms. They do not recollect them or wish for them. They do not let craving for such forms proliferate. Mendicants and brahmins who bring about their own supreme happiness are thus always joyous.
“ ‘Likewise, they do not conceive of hearing delightful, attractive, and desirable sounds in the future, and they do not wish for any of these. [F.75.b] They do not develop any yearning desire based on past objects, and they do not entertain thoughts about them. Rather, they discern sounds with an awareness of the way they really are. They recognize that while sounds are not permanent, not enjoyable, and do not involve any self, childish beings who are destroyed by nothing but thinking nevertheless conceive of and become attached to sounds as sources of enjoyment. Sounds, the objects of the ears, thus thoroughly disturb the minds of childish beings. By correctly and repeatedly bringing these matters to mind, they come to see things as they are and thus develop genuine joy. By discerning sounds in accordance with their real nature, they realize that they are void, empty, without continuity, and without essence. But while there is not the slightest essence to sound, childish beings in cyclic existence, who are ruined by their own thinking, believe otherwise. When sounds are considered in this way, one will not be distracted by even the most delightful, attractive, or desirable sound. Rather, through contentment one will attain perfect happiness.
“ ‘Moreover, mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind do not engage their noses in the sensing of aromas and they do not develop any thoughts about aromas. They do not give rise to any incorrect mental activity based on them. Rather, they regard the olfactory experience of scents in accordance with the way things really are. Recognizing that aromas are neither permanent, nor stable, nor enduring, nor unchanging, they will not develop any attachment to them. The desired aromas that otherwise thoroughly disturb the mind by causing delusion and improper mental activity [F.76.a] are all impermanent; they have no essence and are fake and hollow. In this way, mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind develop tremendous contentment and are not ruined by any craving associated with the nose. The more they examine things, the more joyous they become. The more they practice, become accustomed to, and increase their supremely pure contentment, the more joyous they become.
“ ‘Moreover, mendicants, brahmins, or others of their kind do not develop attachments based on the experiences of the tongue. They do not think of such experiences. They do not keep bringing to mind the experiences of taste that they have had in the past. They do not incorrectly engage their minds in the recollection of such experiences. They do not repeatedly relive and pursue the experience of taste. Contentment itself makes them happy, and contentment ensures that they are not led astray. They do not develop attachments internally. Rather, they think of taste in accordance with the way things really are. They recognize that by the nature of things, taste does not possess any essence and is neither stable nor enduring or unchanging. So-called “delicious taste” is simply an idea in the minds of sentient beings who are ruined by desirous thoughts. When they discern taste in accordance with reality, they do not develop any attachments to taste. They do not become polluted and will not mentally crave for the experience of taste. Contentment itself gives them joy, and thus they are not led astray by tastes.
“ ‘Likewise, when mendicants or brahmins experience texture they respond joyfully, with contentment and mindfulness. As they experience textures, they regard them in accordance with the way things are. [F.76.b] Hence, they recognize that textures are neither permanent nor stable, enduring, or unchanging, and thus they regard them as fake and hollow and lacking any essence. Textures arise, only to disappear and vanish again. They regard textures in accordance with reality and do not entertain thoughts about them. They do not keep past experiences of texture in mind. They do not foster any craving or desire for textures. They will no longer pursue textures but are content with whatever texture happens to manifest. Free from desirous pursuits, they feel contentment with respect to textures. That is what is known as contentment with respect to texture.
“ ‘Moreover, mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind examine desirable and undesirable mental phenomena in accordance with reality. They recognize that none of them are permanent, stable, enduring, or unchanging, and they therefore regard them as empty and devoid of any essence. They see them as impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self. Such phenomena come and go, and all that appears will also disappear. As they consider how all mental phenomena degenerate, whether desirable or undesirable, they feel great joy. Hence, they are not brought down by the undesirable, nor do they become attached to the desirable. Even if they recollect past phenomena, they do not become mentally involved and do not keep dwelling on the past. Relating correctly to mental phenomena, [F.77.a] they do not become attached. They do not mentally dwell on the experience of any phenomena at all. They are not ruined by craving. Such is the contentment of mendicants, brahmins, and others like them who are free from the six types of craving.’
“At that point the peacock king will sing the following verses:
“ ‘In this way, mendicants and brahmins who are liberated from craving are renowned for their contentment.’
(20) Weariness of Objects556
“The peacock king will then continue to convey the authoritative teachings to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and the Heaven of Joy: ‘There is yet another factor that mendicants or brahmins who abide within the Great Vehicle must keep in mind. What is that? [F.77.b] Weariness of the objects. Mendicants and brahmins also regard the objects in the following way. When their eyes see a form, and when visual consciousness and mental experience manifest, they discern the event and so give up the desirous pursuit of delightful objects. They are wary of any desirous pursuit of objects that will bind their minds. In this way, they must cut through desirous pursuits. They must cause craving to evaporate. They must give up incorrect mental activity.
“ ‘When thoughts arise in conjunction with the seeing of objects, they understand. Whether their state of mind is accompanied by desire or anger, they understand the situation in accordance with reality. They recognize that such ultimately defiling mental activity does not do anything good for oneself. It brings no happiness, either in this world or beyond. The afflictions achieve nothing good for oneself and do not lead to happiness. Rather, for all beings, they are the universal bonds. When monks or brahmins understand this about the objects, they will not give rise to any desirous pursuits in their minds. They separate from such pursuits and cast them off.
“ ‘Just as they understand this about the forms that are seen by the eye, they also arrive at the same understanding with respect to the sounds that are heard by the ear. They understand that the ear consciousness manifests due to the conditions of the ear as well as mental activity, [F.78.a] thus producing a sensation or a consciousness that may be either pleasant or painful. Such mental activity arises from the notion of a self.
“ ‘Whether there is a predominance of desire, anger, or ignorance, consciousness resembles the light of a lamp and, within the same continuum, one consciousness cognizes another such that one may be aware that “such and such unvirtuous mental engagement has arisen in me.” Unvirtuous factors can thus be correctly discerned and abandoned, and when such unvirtuous factors are relinquished, virtuous factors will instead fill one’s mindstream. When one regards objects in accordance with the way things really are, correct mental engagements will become dominant while incorrect mental engagements will be absent. The craving that accompanies lustful desire will no longer be present and, as that is extinguished, purification is achieved. Free from the contaminating afflictions and the associated stains of unwholesomeness, one becomes blissful in all regards. Therefore, mendicants, brahmins, and others must first of all overcome the negative factors that take the form of a covetous pursuit of objects. They must always discern the virtuous qualities and overcome all negative and unwholesome qualities. In that way, the ear’s hearing of sounds will correctly engender forms of consciousness that are exclusively virtuous. [F.78.b]
“ ‘How, then, do mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind understand the experience of smell that occurs by means of the nose? The arising of the olfactory consciousness is conditioned by the nose and smell, and when these give rise to mental engagements, such mental engagements may have an unvirtuous nature. In such a case, mendicants or brahmins will understand as follows: “These unvirtuous and unwholesome qualities have now arisen. Their presence will bring misfortune upon me, so I shall give up these unfortunate factors.” As they proceed to give up the relevant unvirtuous mental engagements, they discern matters in accordance with reality. Accordingly, at that point they give rise to correct mental activity, and as such proper mental engagements manifest, they conquer the craving that accompanies lustful desire. When they continue to examine smells in this way, they become in all regards free from attachments to smell and the process of successfully conquering attachment brings them joy. As they continue to develop correct understanding, they attain the highest and most supreme happiness. Regarding the olfactory experience in accordance with the way things really are, they no longer develop any attachments to smells.
“ ‘Moreover, when mendicants or brahmins experience a taste by means of the tongue, they will correctly recognize the arising of all unvirtuous craving for taste. They understand that the arising of the gustatory consciousness is conditioned by the tongue and taste. The former two give rise to mental engagements that in turn become conditions for the arising of consciousness associated with the tongue. [F.79.a] As they comprehend the characteristics of the gustatory consciousness, they will not develop any grasping or attachment but will instead cognize the gustatory consciousness in accordance with the way things really are. When in possession of genuine knowledge, their consciousness that registers taste will no longer be tied by craving for desirous pleasure. Liberated from that, they will be endowed with the highest happiness. The more they cognize the objects in accordance with the way things really are, the more they will be free from all contaminating stains and thus achieve perfect happiness. They will no longer be tied by any craving for desirous pleasure.
“ ‘When throughout all situations they recognize the tastes of the tongue in accordance with reality, they will next concern themselves with those objects that take the form of textures felt by the body. They will then recognize how consciousness of tactility arises due to the conditions of the body, texture, and the productive mental engagements. Textures arise from the coming together of those three factors. Next, in conjunction with textures, feeling, perception, and attention arise. When mendicants and brahmins regard textures in accordance with reality, they recognize, “Those are neither permanent, stable, nor enduring. Rather, they occur due to my incorrect mental engagements, and such incorrect mental engagements will not do me any good. They do not yield any happiness and they have no benefit.” As they correctly comprehend the nature of textures, they examine textures by means of proper mental engagements and thus they are no longer ravaged by any craving for desirous pleasure. They are no longer tied by the power of objects.
“ ‘When they have correctly examined, by various means, the textures that are engaged by the body, [F.79.b] they next concern themselves with the phenomena that are engaged by the mind. They then recognize that with respect to mental phenomena, the conditions of mind and phenomena give rise to mental consciousness of a kind that may be either virtuous, unvirtuous, or neutral. Whenever there occurs an improper mental consciousness that observes something unvirtuous, they notice it and think, “That which has arisen from the notion of a self is a mental consciousness swayed by unvirtuous factors. When the craving for desirous pleasure is present in my mind, it will not bring me any good. It will not be of any benefit and it will not make me happy.”
“ ‘Those who thus examine the appearance of phenomena and abide by the observation of phenomena will correctly see phenomena’s particular and general characteristics. Thereby, they will no longer be bound by craving aimed at desirous pleasure. As they are freed from the craving that is produced by desirous pleasure, they become endowed with the highest bliss. They understand the ways phenomena increase and decrease. As they discern all objects, they give rise to correct cognition. Correct cognition leads to the exhaustion of afflictions. The exhaustion of afflictions brings undefiled wakefulness. Then, when endowed with undefiled wakefulness, they attain the highest stage.
“ ‘In this way, mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind should never place any trust in objects. Objects are like enemies and should therefore be left alone, for they keep all living beings under their power. [F.80.a] Therefore, until undefiled wakefulness has arisen, one must never put one’s trust in any object whatsoever. The objects are deceptive enemies that appear in the form of friends. They are nothing but the sum total of all the bonds within cyclic existence.’
“At that point the peacock king will utter these verses:
(21) Distrust of the Mind557
“ ‘There is yet another factor that one must carefully observe. What is that? Distrust of the mind. [F.80.b] For as long as they are alive, mendicants, brahmins, and others like them, as they progress, should not trust their minds. Otherwise, they will end up craving the fleeting, unstoppable, and deceptive objects that ceaselessly cause childish ordinary beings to cycle through the various realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Without ever taking hold of these objects, they remain deluded by their mutability and impermanence, and in this way childish ordinary beings keep meandering all over the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. And yet, they do not become weary. Such are the horrifying, merciless miseries of cyclic existence!
“ ‘Therefore, until this utterly unbearable and terrifying mind has received the seal of the noble ones, it cannot be trusted. Only when the result of a stream enterer is achieved will the gateways to the lower realms be closed. Otherwise, one will keep roaming everywhere and experience all forms of suffering. Tied by all the bonds and bearing the totality of connections, the mind is extremely hard to master and tame. Therefore, mendicants, brahmins, and others of their kind who abide within the Great Vehicle should not trust the mind for even one moment.’
“At that point the peacock king will sing the following verses:
“In this way, the peacock king teaches the authoritative discourse of Buddha Krakucchanda to the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife and the Heaven of Joy.
“Assembled around him, the enraptured gods will now exclaim, ‘Excellent, excellent! How beautiful is the gracious Dharma! You have taught us what is beautiful in the beginning, middle, and end and transports us all the way to the transcendence of suffering.’
“In response, the peacock king will say to them, ‘I have passed to you the special twentyfold teaching that I myself heard from Blessed Krakucchanda. I have taught you the supremely beneficial and meaningful Dharma-Vinaya in order to benefit you, bring you happiness, and make you reach the transcendence of suffering.’
“When all the gods have thus praised the teaching and offered their gifts and veneration to the peacock king, the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife will go on to play in the forests and parks, the ponds and the lotus pools. [F.81.b] The gods of the Heaven of Joy will ascend into the sky and proceed to their homes in the Heaven of Joy.”
This completes the Dharma teaching of the twenty-two principles.
“The gods of the Heaven Free from Strife then continue to enjoy themselves and play within the forests and parks until their completed and accumulated acts that produce desirable, attractive, and delightful effects have finally been exhausted. Then, experiencing their own past karmic actions, they will be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Should they instead be born as humans due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, they will, in accordance with their positive causal deeds, always follow the Dharma, and they will be born into an important, glorious, and influential family, thus becoming the king or a royal minister in a fine country.
The Gods in Living by Rājanina558
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to explore the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will with insight derived from hearing, or by seeing with the divine eye, correctly perceive a realm of the Heaven Free from Strife known as Living by Rājanina. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth in that realm, he will apply insight derived from hearing or use the divine eye. He will then notice how great beings, holy people who practice virtues and are honest and sincere and endowed with constant discipline, may give up killing and stealing, just as before. As for their abandonment of sexual misconduct, such people are careful even with respect to statues of females and will not ogle them by improperly engaging the mind in a way that is ridden with lust. Likewise, if others do so, they will attempt to stop them [F.82.a] and establish them in the practice of discipline. They will also keep teaching the Dharma, again and again, and thus establish others in the teachings. They declare the flaws of sexual misconduct to all beings and explain the ripening of the results of actions.
“They will say, ‘Base sentient beings who engage in sexual misconduct will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, suffer an inauspicious fall and be born in the hells. Bear in mind that the karmic actions that ripen in the hells are utterly fierce and extremely painful. Do not engage in sexual misconduct, lest you later have regrets. The suffering is terrible, fierce, and excruciating.’ In this way they teach others about the ripening of sexual misconduct. They cause others to understand this, and thus they instill fear about the terrors of going to the lower realms.
“Such wholesome beings practice what is beneficial for themselves and others. They observe discipline, abide by discipline, and adhere to discipline for as long as they live, maintaining discipline free from corruption, discontinuity, or transgression. When their bodies disintegrate and they die, they will next go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Living by Rājanina within the Heaven Free from Strife. Once born there, they will experience unequaled and perfect happiness and possess incomparable enjoyments.
“In that land of joy lies the lake known as Rājanina, spanning five hundred leagues and brimming with cool, bright waters that illumine the land. Its banks are lush with golden and beryl trees that grow leaves of refined gold and branches of sapphire. [F.82.b] Everywhere around this lake, which is five hundred leagues across, grow lotuses, some of which have beryl stems and golden leaves. Others have golden stems and beryl anthers, and still others are of the seven precious substances. Bright and colorful lotuses thus fill the lake. Around the lake live many different colorful birds, resplendent like the seven precious substances, that display their beauty and sing delightfully. The Rājanina lake is also a venue for a hundred thousand gods, each of whom is surrounded by a retinue of at least several hundred goddesses. To the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, goddesses and gods celebrate and play by the lake, consuming the effects of their own former actions.
“Near the banks of the lake lies the forest known as Happy Mind in which grow the most delightful trees of the seven precious substances. The forest is adorned by lovely flocks of birds and hundreds of thousands of delightful waterfalls. Studded with jewels, the forest abounds with heavenly substances that are indescribably gratifying to the senses. There, in the forest of Happy Mind, the gods enjoy themselves, frolicking together in numerous ways by Lake Rājanina. [F.83.a]
“When, due to his past positive actions, a god takes birth in that realm, he will first become attracted by the sounds of indescribably beautiful songs, the likes of which he has never heard before. He will then set out toward the source of the songs within the forest of trees made of the seven precious substances. Other gods of that class will have already died and hence, as the god who has just been born into Living by Rājanina arrives, he will be spotted by divine ladies draped with flower garlands. These goddesses will now regard him as their new lord and therefore rush forth to greet him.
“The karmic effects that ripen within that class of gods are produced by having given up killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. Gods who previously relinquished sexual misconduct will not have to watch their goddesses leave them for others, but those who did not will instead be abandoned. Since the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings and the Heaven of the Thirty-Three have not given up sexual misconduct, when they are about to die, new gods will therefore be born among their goddesses. In this way, when their lights begin to fade, like oil lamps that are about to burn out, and their lives are drawing to an end, they will be abandoned by their goddesses, who will instead pair up with a newly born god and begin to play, enjoy themselves, and carouse with him. The god who is about to die will therefore pass away while experiencing the excruciating pangs of jealousy. That in itself is an exceptionally great hell, and when such mental flaws culminate, that also becomes a further cause for taking rebirth in hell. Such karmic effects at the time of dying do not occur among the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife, for they generally happen only to those gods who have not given up sexual misconduct. [F.83.b]
“For that reason, the goddesses who have not previously been with a god will now approach the newly born god. Having mingled and coupled, they will now proceed to the great forest. Excited in their single pursuit, they move joyfully as a group. Upon seeing the newly born god, the goddesses all become thrilled, and in this state the entire group of companions will arrive at the lake. In their hundreds and thousands, they will enjoy themselves in forests and parks, among wish-fulfilling trees filled with flocks of birds and among one hundred thousand ponds that are sprinkled with lotuses and adorned with gorgeous, infatuated ducks, swans, and geese.
“In this way, by the great lake that is endowed with hundreds of thousands of excellent qualities, they will enjoy themselves for an extremely long time. To the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, they will experience heavenly sense pleasures and enjoy their objects insatiably, again and again.
“As they roam about, they will approach the mountain known as Illuminating the Surroundings. Dancing and laughing in their pursuit of happiness, they will gallivant from pond to pond, forest to forest, park to park, waterfall to waterfall, peak to peak, plateau to plateau, mountain range to mountain range, vine thicket to vine thicket, flower forest to flower forest, [F.84.a] cascade to cascade, stream to stream, forest of wish-fulfilling trees to forest of wish-fulfilling trees, and vine-clad mansion to vine-clad mansion. Within the mountainous ranges that abound with numerous precious substances, they will freely frolic to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, experiencing incomparable sense pleasures in causal accord with their own former actions. In this way, they approach the mountain known as Illuminating the Surroundings. Amazed by the sounds of beautiful songs, they will swiftly arrive at the mountain, wanting to see more.
“Once they have come to that lofty mountain, Illuminating the Surroundings, the gods will look around and in sheer exultation, and they will ascend into the sky as if they were birds. Adorned by ornaments and attire and radiating their own brilliant light, they will look at and mingle with each other, and thus they will joyfully begin to play among all the streams, waterfalls, ponds, lotus groves, vine-clad mansions, and wish-fulfilling trees ablaze with the seven precious substances that are found in Living by Rājanina. Some will enter the lotus groves, while others will seek out the streams and the jungles. Some will visit lotus groves and others will enter forests of wish-fulfilling trees. Some will enter the interiors of the mountains and others will ascend into the sky and fly off to visit other gods. Some will listen to songs [F.84.b] and imbibe inebriating drinks free from the flaws of intoxication while attended by besotted ladies. In this way, the ecstatic gods will experience ever more enjoyments, and thus they will be consumed by the smoke and fire of ecstasy induced by their exquisite objects.
“However, seeing the gods who live in this way, the bird called knower of reality will sing the following verses:
“In this way, the bird sings verses that have the power to overcome the carelessness of the gods and bring understanding instead. [F.85.a] Yet, deluded by their carelessness, the gods will pay no attention. Surrounded by goddesses, some of them will celebrate with the community, some with their own retinue, and some will ascend into the sky and settle on the mountain. That mountain where they settle is more radiant and resplendent than a hundred thousand suns and illumines its surroundings with a jewel light that blazes from its luminous summits. The mountain also features numerous forests of gorgeous jewel trees that increase the natural radiance of these astonishing gods tenfold. Other gods play and revel in the forests, lotus groves, and vine-clad mansions that are illuminated with many different precious light rays.
“Seeing the light, the arriving gods will be struck with wonder as they witness the true beauty of this lofty mountain. The gods who have been celebrating and enjoying themselves in the forests and parks will now also emerge from these settings, wishing to play on the lofty mountain by the great lake Rājanina. Everyone will then befriend one another, and without any animosity in their joyful hearts they will gather to celebrate. To the accompaniment of luxuriant music from the five types of instruments, they will move leisurely on the mountain, which is bathed in light from the seven precious substances. Singing, dancing, laughing, posing, and playing, [F.85.b] they will sway about just as they please, free from any fear of disease, agony, or hidden dangers. Thrilled, they will dance to music of the five types of instruments while the precious substances provide them with any food or drink they desire. Drinking the elixirs will make them exhilarated and joyful.559
“While thus celebrating and enjoying themselves, experiencing pleasures in line with their own karmic actions, the gods will at some point come to a lotus pond known as Utterly Delightful to Behold. Ten leagues wide and five hundred leagues long, this most delightful lotus pond is adorned by swans, ducks, and geese and studded with gorgeous lotuses the color of refined gold. On its banks grow magnificent trees of gold, beryl, blue sapphire, great blue sapphire, and ruby, all radiating with stunning beauty all around the lake. Some trees are of gold with leaves of silver, others have branches of silver and leaves of gold. Some trees are of crystal and grow ruby leaves. Some trees have crystal branches with leaves of beryl, gold, and blue sapphire. Some trees have trunks of great sapphire, branches of crystal and blue sapphire, and leaves of pure gold. [F.86.a] Some have golden trunks that are half made of beryl and grow branches of great blue sapphire bearing leaves of pure gold and musāragalva. Some are of gold throughout—trunk, leaves, and branches—shining with a golden splendor more magnificent than the sun. Some trees have branches and leaves of beryl, thus beautifying their surroundings560 like banks of clouds. Some trees have trunks, branches, and leaves of pure gold, blazing like fire. Some have silver leaves, branches, and trunks that shine like the moon. Some have sapphire trunks and branches, shining with the hue of aloeswood smoke. Other trees are draped with various species of vines, and some trees are of refined gold and enveloped by glittering vines of sapphire that shine brilliantly. Other trees are of gold and silver. Still other trees are adorned by gorgeous flowers in numerous colors. Other trees are of the mandārava kind. Some bear leaves of radiant lotuses. Some trees are draped with nets of small tinkling bells and covered by vines of gold and silver. Other trees are of crystal and enveloped by vines of copper. [F.86.b] Certain other trees are of ruby and enveloped by vines of silver. Some trees are covered by nets of small bells, the tinkling of which can be heard from afar. Some trees bear abundant ripe fruits that trickle with a juice so delicious that it far surpasses the flavor of any of the divine wines. Other trees are in bloom with flowers so fragrant that the wind carries their scent across a hundred leagues. Other trees resound with music, and when fanned by the breeze, their leaves produce the most enrapturing melodies. Some trees are so enchanting to behold that no king-of-the-forest, no matter how colorful and splendid, can match even a sixteenth of their beauty. Other trees are wonderfully fragrant, emitting numerous perfumes that delight the gods with their exquisite scent. Such trees of incomparable qualities abound on the banks of that great lotus pool, Utterly Delightful to Behold.
“Upon seeing all this, the gods are struck with wonder, amazed by the sight of such exquisite enjoyments. Some of the gods in Living by Rājanina will begin to eat of the trees’ fruit, [F.87.a] others to drink of their juice, and some will begin to play with the flowers together with their companions. Some will find a place in the forest where they will sit down to enjoy various inebriating drinks and sing songs. Some will sing together with their companions. Some will dance. Some will pluck flowers from the lotus ponds. Some will consume nectar. Some will ascend into the sky together with their companions. Others will enter mansions made of the seven precious substances to revel in the rich sense pleasures together with their attending goddesses. In this way, the gods will enjoy themselves by the lotus pond. Perfectly endowed with sense pleasures they will celebrate and play, insatiably enjoying the objects. Due to their craving, however, they are never satisfied, just as fire will never be satisfied no matter how much firewood drenched in oil it may receive. Humans who crave for objects are just like that.
“In the center of the pond floats a grove of delightful lotuses, exquisite and vast. This flower grove abounds with many kinds of birds, and in the midst of them resides the king of swans, Auspicious Time, a bodhisattva who has taken birth by the power of his own aspirations. He is surround by a hundred thousand swans, just as the moon in Jambudvīpa is surrounded by the stars and planets. In the same way, he also illumines his surroundings. The lotus grove is also adorned by gorgeous swarms of bees. [F.87.b]
“Upon seeing the gods around him, Auspicious Time will utter the following very beneficial verses:
“In this way, seeing the careless gods, Auspicious Time speaks these verses. Yet, deluded by their pleasures, the gods do not comprehend his beneficial words. Instead, on the banks of the lotus pond, the gods in Living by Rājanina will continue to enjoy the pond and the mansions draped with supremely fragrant vines that are home to a hundred thousand delightfully humming bees. There, they will celebrate and frolic together with throngs of goddesses. To the exquisite tunes of music from the five types of instruments—deep and lovely as well as high-pitched and melodious—they will enjoy themselves indescribably. Other gods will take in the scenery of the perfect lotus pond from the rooftops of their mansions. In accordance with their own past actions, the gods in Living by Rājanina will gaze at the panorama.
“As he looks at them, Auspicious Time will think to himself, ‘What is wrong with the minds of those gods? They are bound to suffer, and yet they do not understand this. When gods die, they encounter five terrors. What are the five? [F.88.b] At that point they will no longer meet with the desirable, attractive, and delightful females that belong to their heavenly realm. Having to separate from them is the first great suffering. The second suffering when gods are about to die is that they lose and are deprived of their desirable, attractive, and delightful heavenly objects. That is the second great terror at the time of a god’s death. There is also a third suffering of the dying gods: the gods with whom they have been celebrating will just then understand that the dying god is like an oil lamp that is about to burn out. At that point the departing gods will be struck by agony as they think, “I am about to be destroyed by the winds of karmic action.” The suffering of the hells cannot match even a fraction of the pain that the gods feel at that point. The gods also experience a fourth suffering, for as they approach death, they begin to perceive the world of their coming birth and the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals into which they will be born. At that point they experience a regret that burns like fire. There is also a fifth great suffering of the gods. When spiritual teachers explained the Dharma, they did not listen, and without practicing the sacred Dharma, they lived carelessly, their minds captured by objects. Now, at the time of death, they will remember this and think, “Alas, what horrible suffering have I created! I have not listened to the Dharma, observed discipline, [F.89.a] or cultivated insight.” At that point, their minds are consumed by the fire of regret. Helplessly bound by the noose of their own actions, they are deceived by the enemy, carelessness. This is the fivefold great suffering that the gods encounter. Yet they do not recognize this pain, because they are fooled, deceived, and corrupted by that enemy, carelessness.’
“With this clear understanding and certainty, the ruler of swans will discern the available means for helping the gods. Thinking, ‘I shall teach these gods the Dharma so that they may practice wholesome actions,’ he will then proceed:
“In this way, based on his insight, the ruler of swans teaches the gods the Dharma because he is aware that those who actively care for others will experience the fulfillment of all their wishes.
“He will then think to himself, ‘These gods live in carelessness and are lost in careless abandon—how might I succeed in freeing them from their carelessness?’
“With his mighty wisdom he understands proper action and recollects his past lives, and thus he will remember, ‘When in the past I was born as a human in Jambudvīpa, I heard the Dharma from the blessed Kanakamuni and achieved some small measure of certainty. With his understanding of time, the Blessed One taught me the Dharma and then said, “When this merchant leader Utpala Gift passes away, he will be born as a swan in Living by Rājanina within the Heaven Free from Strife. At that time, he will teach my Dharma to the gods who are lost in careless abandon.” Now is the time to pass on that teaching of the Dharma. I must by all means teach that Dharma.’
“With this knowledge, the ruler of swans, who practices what is beneficial for others and who is filled with compassion, will bring to mind unsurpassable and perfect awakening by means of his abundant love and compassion. [F.90.a] He will then go before the gods who are frolicking to the tune of music from the five types of instruments. The gods will see him as he approaches, surrounded by a great gathering of swans. At that time, some of the gods will be playing in the forests, others by the lotus pools, and some in the vine-clad mansions, others still will be playing in mansions in the sky, while still others will be drinking nectar together with their companions.
“At that point Auspicious Time will think, ‘Now is the time to teach the Dharma to those gods who are lost in careless abandon. At the very least I should sing them a beautiful song with some verses of the Dharma. I will sing in a melody so enchanting that it outshines all the songs of the gods and goddesses. I shall sing in such a way that the gods direct their ear consciousness exclusively to my voice and listen captivated by the sound, rather than listening carelessly, swayed by their pleasures.’
“With these matters on his mind, the king of swans will bring to mind the voice of Brahmā, recollect the qualities of the buddhas, and give rise to abundant love and compassion. Residing on that mountain peak, which is adorned with the seven precious substances, he will then sing, accompanied by all the other swans, the following verses in an incomparably beautiful voice that can be heard across a thousand leagues:
“In this way, the lord of the swans, residing on that mountain summit, sings to the gods. His melody is so delightful, clear, and captivating that the gods will become entirely disenchanted with their own songs. Enraptured by his melody, they therefore will approach the summit from which the tunes rang out. None of them will have ever before heard anything as melodious and loud, and thus they will now draw closer—not out of respect for the Dharma, however, but because they are drawn to the sound of the song.
“When Auspicious Time, king of swans, sees the gods assembling around him, he will continue singing verses just as before. Attracted by his supremely beautiful and penetrating voice, the gods and goddesses will listen devotedly and one-pointedly as they gather around him. [F.91.a] From the verses, they will also grasp a few beautiful words.
The Thirty Qualities of Listening to the Dharma
“Seeing that the gods are in a one-pointed state of mind, the king of swans will speak to them: ‘Once, when I was a human, I was a young leader named Utpala Gift. At that time, I heard this Dharma from the blessed Kanakamuni. Based on that teaching, I am now teaching in the same way by means of this delightful, loud voice to those who have one-pointed minds. This voice has likewise made the gods with their attending goddesses give up their careless abandon and come to dwell here. It has caused them to heedfully listen to the Dharma. It causes them to listen to the true Dharma from an authentic person who does what is beneficial. And those who respond with respect when the Dharma is taught become destined for the transcendence of suffering. Their joy and happiness will abound. Their defilements will be exhausted. In both this world and the next, such holy people bring forth the merit of Brahmā. Acting properly, they will cause others to embrace the Dharma. They extinguish defilements. They act properly in all regards as they teach the Dharma. Those who make one hear the true Dharma are equal to one’s mother and father. They teach the Dharma of deliverance from cyclic existence. They teach the Dharma that causes ultimate and virtuous qualities to increase and so they are equal to one’s mother and father. A teacher of the true Dharma is a giver of Dharma—a Dharma benefactor. He is a communicator of the Dharma who proclaims the teachings so that listeners may hear them.
“ ‘Those who listen when the Dharma is thus spoken, and respond with diligence, [F.91.b] sincerity, and respect for the sacred Dharma, will achieve thirty qualities due to their wish to listen to the Dharma from those who proclaim it. What are the thirty? When in the presence of a Dharma teacher, a proclaimer of the Dharma, a Dharma benefactor, someone who is equal to one’s father and mother, and someone who is not a cause of cyclic existence, one will (1) hear the Dharma that one has not heard before, (2) understand what one hears, (3) discern what one understands, (4) accomplish what one discerns, (5) practice what one has adopted, (6) establish others in that which one observes, (7) develop discernment by listening to the Dharma, (8) be unaffected by decline, (9) give rise to roots of virtue that did not exist previously, (10) cause them to mature, (11) liberate those who are matured, (12) establish those with wrong view in the authentic view, (13) overcome all unvirtuous thoughts, (14) cultivate all virtuous thoughts, (15) relinquish negativities that arise by the force of conditions, (16) develop carefulness, (17) follow holy people, (18) overcome deceit and stinginess, (19) be respectful to one’s parents, (20) understand karmic actions and their effects, (21) cultivate activity that increases one’s lifespan, (22) be praised by the people of the world, (23) be protected by the gods, (24) have excellent intentions, (25) possess the wealth of being endowed with the Dharma, [F.92.a] (26) be free from laziness, (27) be diligent and grateful, (28) continuously cultivate the recollection of death, (29) be free from regrets at the time of death, and, finally, (30) go completely beyond suffering. These are the thirty qualities that are achieved by listening to someone who is endowed with the Dharma and who is equal to one’s father and mother, a Dharma benefactor who proclaims the Dharma.
“ ‘Such a teacher is one’s father because he benefits one in ultimate and infinite ways. Such a Dharma teacher, who is pure, bright, helpful, and who imparts understanding to others, carries out the activities of the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. He liberates beings from cyclic existence. When one listens to the Dharma before such a speaker of the Dharma, a proclaimer of the Dharma, all such effects will occur.
(1) Hearing the Dharma That One Has Not Heard Before
“ ‘Those who have engaged in cyclic existence since time without beginning will, upon hearing the Dharma from such a Dharma speaker, be struck with wonder at hearing the Dharma that they have not heard previously. How is that wonder felt? Think of someone who is blind due to an eye disorder. If that person is cured by a skilled doctor, he will become overjoyed and ecstatic upon seeing the many features of the landscape. At that point, he can directly see numerous delightful forms that he has never encountered or even heard about before. Likewise, when beings who have roamed in cyclic existence since time without beginning understand the meaning taught by a teacher of the sacred Dharma, they become able to see the colorful features of the joyous and delightful landscape of the branches of awakening. As the meaning of the discourses is conveyed, they see it all and so feel completely overjoyed. Their joy is similar to that of a blind person who gains eyesight. [F.92.b] That is the first quality.
(2) Understanding What One Hears
“ ‘When hearing the true Dharma from the teachers, one will gain understanding. It is by listening to the true Dharma that one becomes able to comprehend it. If one has any doubts with regard to the meanings explained, one can ask others about those points. Inquiring into the subject matter that one has been taught by others, one becomes able to comprehend, consider, internalize, and acquaint oneself with the meaning. One will understand the relation between successive topics and contemplate them. Doing so, one will repeatedly consider those points. Contemplating the meaning in this way brings joy. The more one pays attention, the better one will be able to understand the profound meaning. That is the second quality that is achieved when one listens to teachers of the Dharma as they explain what one had previously not heard.
(3) Discerning What One Understands
“ ‘There is also a third quality that is achieved when one discerns what one has understood. One will now be able to identify the various points and their intent. One will comprehend the general meaning, which the blessed ones have taught in consideration of those to be trained. One will discern the subject matter that was heard, connect the various points, and remain attentive to them. Discerning their sequence is very precious and will ultimately lead to the transcendence of suffering. That is the third quality that is achieved by listening to teachers of the Dharma.
(4) Accomplishing What One Discerns
“ ‘There is also a fourth quality: [F.93.a] as one discerns the Dharma teachings and becomes able to understand their successive meanings, one will also accomplish them. Accomplishment here refers to the accomplishment of physical, verbal, and mental activities, thus engaging in, cultivating, and increasing the three virtues. In this way, one accomplishes what was explained. As the mind brightens, one is able to discern the individual words, implications, and relations. By discerning the teachings in this way, one will not misunderstand them. As one thus discovers this unprecedented meaning, one will strive to deal with the afflictions. Likewise, one will strive to deal with the bonds and fetters, and thus one will accomplish numerous qualities, as well as discipline, insight, and generosity. With a unique intention, one develops generosity, discipline, and insight. This is the fourth quality that ensues from attending to, cultivating, and increasing the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
(5) Practicing What One Has Adopted
“ ‘There is also a fifth quality that arises from properly listening to and engaging with the proclamation of the sacred Dharma: by means of the threefold activity, one will develop tremendous steadfastness and become settled in the Dharma-Vinaya. Mendicants, brahmins, and householders will then say, “The noble son known as so-and-so genuinely practices the Dharma-Vinaya. What he does is in accord with what he says.” In this way, one will cause both oneself and others to practice the Dharma-Vinaya. By observing that, one will overcome and eliminate trillions and trillions of lives, and eons within cyclic existence. [F.93.b] One will bring an end to hundreds of thousands of lives as a hell being or starving spirit. That is another great quality that ensues from hearing, attending to, cultivating, and discerning the proclamation of the Dharma. Those who listen to the Dharma deeply cherish those who proclaim the Dharma. Since such people reveal the transcendence of suffering, they are truly like buddhas. Those who proclaim the sacred Dharma in accordance with the Dharma and in a way that establishes others in the Dharma—such teachers of the sacred Dharma—are to be cherished, respected, and trusted. Since they are free from deceit, they must be accepted as teachers.
(6) Establishing Others in That Which One Observes
“ ‘What is the sixth quality of listening to the Dharma? Establishing others in that which one observes and causing them to develop faith. In this way, one will eliminate the manifold sufferings they would otherwise experience during lives as a hell being or a starving spirit, and one will turn them into proper vessels for the Dharma. One will cause them to develop sadness about cyclic existence, instruct them about how to gain happiness, and speak to them about suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. Thus, one will create merit in both oneself and others. In terms of one’s own being, one achieves great merit because one’s actions benefit others. The more one declares the Dharma, the deeper one’s insight grows and the more one’s afflictions will be exhausted. Once all afflictions are exhausted, one will go completely beyond suffering. Such are the qualities that ensue from the proclamation of the Dharma.
(7) Being Unaffected by Decline561
“ ‘There is also a seventh quality that is achieved by attending to, cultivating, and increasing the proclamation of the Dharma. What is that? Not being depressed due to decline. [F.94.a] When one hears about the ripening of the effects of karmic actions, one will not become depressed in the face of decline. One will avoid doing what should not be done, avoid saying what should not be said, and avoid thinking what should not be thought. The courage of such a mind will not wane. That is the seventh quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
(8) Developing Discernment of the Characteristics of the Dharma562
“ ‘The proclamation of the sacred Dharma also has an eighth quality, manifesting as one discerns the characteristics of the Dharma: being free from pride by means of special insight achieved from knowledge, study, discipline, or insight. In this way, one clarifies unclear points in the explanation. That is the eighth quality associated with the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
(9) Giving Rise to Roots of Virtue That Did Not Exist Previously
“ ‘One also gives rise to roots of virtue that did not exist previously because, upon hearing the proclamation of the Dharma, roots of virtue that had hitherto not been brought forth will manifest. Roots of virtue are engendered through a wish for the Dharma teaching in the same way that seeds sown in a field will sprout. Those of fervent diligence develop roots of virtue because when they go to listen to the proclamation of the Dharma, the seeds of roots of virtue that they receive through their ears will be sown in the fields of their minds. When the seeds of the Dharma are thus planted in the fields of their ears, they are protected from any terrifying starvation and suffering that abounds in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Therefore, the proclamation of the Dharma offers such protection and overcomes such suffering. It eliminates all chasms, liberates from all terrors, [F.94.b] and takes one all the way to the stage of unsurpassable, supreme peace. In this way, one enters the transcendence of suffering. Therefore, proclaiming the Dharma amounts to performing the deeds of the buddhas. The proclamation of the sacred Dharma in that manner is endowed with even more qualities because when one attends continuous teachings of the sacred Dharma, offers respect and veneration, and practices the teachings, one will receive protection. This is the gateway to escape from cyclic existence.
(10) Causing the Roots of Virtue to Mature
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the Dharma. What is that? Enhancing the roots of virtue so as to make them grow and ripen. Those who with great diligence continuously attend teachings of the Dharma will experience the ripening of their roots of virtue. For example, when seeds have been sown in a field, they will be ripened by sunshine and seasonal changes. Similarly, roots of virtue will be ripened by the sun of insight. Therefore, the sacred Dharma should be taught and listened to, always and continuously.
(11) Liberating Those Who Are Matured
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Liberating those who are matured. When the roots of virtue ripen in one’s mind, the causal factors of constantly attending to teachings, retaining them, discerning them, and accomplishing the teachings will purify one’s mindstream, and in this way the afflictions are overcome. As the exhaustion of the afflictions occurs, one is liberated. Those who are liberated have no attachments. They think, “My births are over now. I have engaged in pure conduct. My works are done. [F.95.a] I do not perceive any further existences of mine.” All those qualities are due to the proclamation of the Dharma. Therefore, one should continuously listen to the Dharma.
(12) Establishing Those with Wrong View in the Authentic View
“ ‘There is yet another causal quality that brings about liberation. What is that? Establishing those with wrong view in the authentic view. Since time without beginning, unwholesome actions in cyclic existence have caused beings to remain in error and pursue unwholesome learning. Unwholesome learning also causes birth in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. When one listens to the sacred Dharma and abides by, cultivates, and increases the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, any adherence to, cultivation of, and increase of wrong views will be avoided. At that time there will be perfect happiness, and one will develop undeceptive and true wakefulness.
(13) Overcoming All Unvirtuous Thoughts
“ ‘Therefore, when attending to, cultivating, and increasing the proclamation of the sacred Dharma there is yet another quality to be achieved. What is that? All present unvirtuous thoughts will be overcome. When attending to, cultivating, and increasing the proclamation of the sacred Dharma one will achieve further qualities, because even if slightly unvirtuous thoughts arise in one’s mind, one will apply a remedy to decisively overcome them. In this way, when a thought of desire is present, one decisively remedies that with repulsiveness. When a thought of anger is present, one decisively remedies that with love. If a thought of ignorance arises, one remedies that by contemplating dependent origination. [F.95.b] Those three remedies all stem from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. By means of hearing, one is therefore able to remedy all three roots of nonvirtue, so it goes without saying that the more subtle, subsidiary afflictions will also be remedied thereby. This, then, is an additional quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
“ ‘The sacred Dharma conquers unvirtuous thoughts. Just as the sun vanquishes darkness, insight dispels all the darkness of the afflictions, because the forces of the sacred Dharma are powerful, and the forces of affliction are weak. Nevertheless, those forces cannot be conquered by anything but the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. This is another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the Dharma.
(14) Cultivating All Virtuous Thoughts
“ ‘The proclamation of the Dharma also engenders another quality. What is that? The cultivation of present virtuous mind states. This is another quality because the proclamation of the sacred Dharma not only overcomes unvirtuous factors, it also increases virtuous ones. The factor that enhances virtuous thoughts is insight. For example, when a small flame emerges, it will blaze if it is accompanied by straw, twigs, and so forth, as well as the wind. Likewise, when a small root of virtue emerges it can be enhanced by insight, [F.96.a] and thus even a single moment of virtuous mind—arisen from hearing the meaning of the Dharma—can continue for hundreds of thousands of eons without ever being exhausted. This also enables one to go beyond birth. Therefore, as you understand these benefits, you should listen diligently to the Dharma.
“ ‘There is no savior apart from the Dharma. Generosity ensues from listening to the Dharma. Thus, the Dharma turns one into a benefactor. Expertise follows from hearing the Dharma and adhering to it. Insight issues from hearing the Dharma. Therefore, as you hear about and come to see these qualities, you should pursue the Dharma that is the cause of deliverance. Listen diligently for as long as you live. This is the supreme among all saviors. Since the proclamation of the sacred Dharma thus causes one to escape from the suffering of existence, it is supreme.
(15) Relinquishing Negativities That Arise by the Force of Conditions
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the Dharma. What is that? Relinquishing negativities that arise by the force of conditions. Whenever unvirtuous conditions manifest, one will come to witness the terrors of the lower realms. Hence, such conditions must be discarded. Those who exercise proper judgement are frightened by the terrors of cyclic existence, and those who understand reality therefore give up unvirtuous factors that arise due to conditions. They do not engage with such factors. In order to prevent the arising of such factors, they develop discipline and insight. If they become motivated by the pursuit of wealth and honor, they will overcome that by means of generosity. Any stains of stinginess they conquer by means of detachment. Ignorance they conquer with insight. Thoughts they remedy by seeing things as they are. Non-Buddhist discourse they overcome with reasoned discourse. Inauthentic thought they remedy with authentic thought. [F.96.b] Thoughts of pleasure they overcome with thoughts of suffering. Thoughts of no emptiness they overcome by means of thoughts of emptiness. Thoughts of self they overcome with thoughts of no self. In this way, by means of thoughts associated with the true remedies, they give up unwholesomeness. All that arises from conditions they give up—whether extremely subtle, coarse, or middling. At all times and occasions, such unvirtuous conditions are relinquished by hearing the sacred Dharma, not by not hearing it. The proclamation of the sacred Dharma is like a foundation for all forms of fortune.
(16) Developing Carefulness
“ ‘The proclamation of the sacred Dharma also involves another quality. What is that? Developing carefulness. Carefulness is achieved when thoughts are relinquished. In this way, all fortune is achieved. How, then, does one overcome carelessness? Exclusively through the proclamation of the Dharma, because carelessness is relinquished upon hearing about the defects of carelessness. Those who achieve carefulness through the proclamation of the sacred Dharma also achieve mastery of their five senses. As they compose their five senses, their minds will not be harmed by inappropriate mental activities. Instead, they will constantly engage in proper mental activities. Gratified by proper mental activities, they achieve the highest happiness, because all afflictions are rooted in carelessness and all factors of awakening are based on carefulness. Therefore, since it remedies against carelessness, you must pursue nothing but the proclamation of the Dharma, cultivating it again and again and increasing it. [F.97.a]
(17) Following Holy People
‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Following holy people. One follows holy people based on hearing the sacred Dharma. One follows them with joy and keeps company with them. The greatest of all joys is mental equanimity. The best of all qualities ensues from following holy people. Following holy people is the best of all qualities. Accompanying unholy people is the foremost of all flaws. Moreover, following holy people means following the sacred Dharma, and nothing else. Therefore, following holy people is also the supreme among all aspects of pure conduct. In this way one will follow holy people.
(18) Overcoming Deceit and Stinginess
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Overcoming deceit and stinginess. What qualities are achieved based on following holy people? There are numerous such qualities, but, among all of them, the ability to overcome deceit and stinginess based on hearing about the ripening of the results of such actions is a most special quality. What happens to the deceitful and the stingy? When their bodies disintegrate and they die, they suffer an inauspicious fall into the lower realms, where they are born among starving spirits or hell beings. However, when the sacred Dharma is proclaimed and one comes to hear about the ripening of actions, one will overcome the proliferation of deceit and stinginess. One will lament563 those factors, and should one fall into ordinariness, one will resent, lament,564 and confess that. If others become deceitful and stingy, [F.97.b] one will seek to stop them, express resentment for that, inspire them to confess, and establish them on the path of virtue. All those qualities ensue from listening to the proclamation of the Dharma. Therefore, for human beings, the proclamation of the sacred Dharma is most crucial.
(19) Being Respectful to One’s Parents
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Having respect for one’s parents. When hearing the sacred Dharma, one becomes aware of the ripening of karmic actions and the qualities of the fields. And one’s mother and father constitute a supreme field. When one gains trust regarding the effects of karmic actions, and when one cultivates that trust, one will worship one’s parents. One will supply them with medical remedies and household articles. Whenever one makes offerings to one’s parents, one achieves the merit of Brahmā. Such acts cause the attainment of the transcendence of suffering. Yet another quality follows from worshiping one’s parents based on the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. One thereby receives everyone’s praises. In this life, one’s parents will bring one praise, and upon the disintegration of one’s body, one will after death next be born among the gods in the joyous higher realms. Also, based on such causes and conditions, one will ultimately go completely beyond suffering. Therefore, perceiving all those qualities, wise people will respect their parents throughout their lives. Staying clear of other mindsets or modes of conduct, they develop mental equipoise and thus practice observantly.
(20) Understanding Karmic Actions and Their Effects
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. [F.98.a] What is that? Understanding karmic actions and their effects. Only the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, and nothing else, will make one see the reality of karmic actions and their effects. Thereby, one will understand as follows: “When an unvirtuous mind maintains an unwholesome observation, it is unvirtuous,” or “When a virtuous mind maintains a wholesome observation, it is virtuous.” In this way, one correctly understands karmic actions and their effects. Any form of unvirtuous mind will in the future have unattractive and unpleasant ripening, thus leading to birth in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. If one engages in a flawed verbal act, one will think, “Unvirtuous actions such as this bring a ripening that is unattractive, unpleasant, and ugly. They bring birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals.” Should one engage in a flawed physical act, one will likewise think, “Unvirtuous actions such as this bring a ripening that is unattractive, unpleasant, and ugly. They bring birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals.” Such knowledge of these three types of karmic ripening is exclusively achieved by means of the proclamation of the Dharma, and nothing else. Therefore, one should listen to the proclamation of the Dharma by holy people for as long as one is alive. For as long as one listens to the sacred Dharma, one will be engaged in positive action and have given up flawed acts.
(21) Cultivating Activity That Increases One’s Life Span
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Cultivating activity that increases one’s lifespan. [F.98.b] When pursuing the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, one will perceive the reality of the consequences of karmic actions and thus disengage from unvirtuous actions, such as killing. Instead, one will continuously abide by, familiarize oneself with, and increase acts that are virtuous. As the result of such actions, one will then be born as a god or human who has a long lifespan. The reason for such a birth is that one previously abided by, familiarized oneself with, and increased actions pertaining to the sacred Dharma. Therefore, this is a further quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma: the cultivation of activity that increases one’s lifespan. The qualities associated with the proclamation of the sacred Dharma possess causal powers such that upon hearing the Dharma, one becomes born among gods and humans. One takes birth as a human, or otherwise, in the case of a divine birth, one will be born as a long-living god. One will become a god endowed with a distinctive complexion, physique, glow, and playful activity. If, due to the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, one is born as a human, one will be born into a great family, enjoy a fine physique and perfect circumstances, and be endowed with excellent qualities and a long life. The land of one’s birth will also be excellent, and one will possess the authentic view.
“ ‘Attending to, cultivating, and increasing the proclamation of the sacred Dharma also brings another aspect of deliverance from suffering, because when one walks with a faithful mind toward the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, one will thereby achieve the merit of Brahmā. Whenever one respects the proclamation of the sacred Dharma and acts accordingly, one will engage in wholesome physical conduct. When one’s mind has heard the teaching, one will engage in wholesome verbal conduct. When one hears the teaching and develops strong faith, the mind will engage in wholesome mental conduct. [F.99.a] Therefore, endowed with this threefold positive conduct that is rooted in the proclamation of the Dharma, one will be born among gods and humans, experiencing perfect happiness. One will also enjoy a long life, and one will completely transcend suffering. All good qualities are achieved from the proclamation of the Dharma, not from anything else. Therefore, the highest fortune is achieved through the proclamation of the Dharma.
(22) Being Praised by the People of the World
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Being praised by the people of the world. All good things are achieved through the proclamation of the Dharma: discipline, qualities, learning, training, vast intelligence, and everyone’s praises. Homage, pleasant words, honesty, and sincerity—all of this ensues from the proclamation of the Dharma. People with these qualities are apprehensive of even the most subtle unvirtuous factors, and everyone will therefore become their friends. Such people are praised by everyone. In fearful circumstances and when suffering arises, they will receive everyone’s help. In this way, those who proclaim the sacred Dharma will be praised by the people of the world.
(23) Being Protected by the Gods
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Being protected by the gods. Endowed with such qualities, those who proclaim the Dharma engage in excellent physical actions and are therefore protected by the gods. Protected by the gods, those in possession of such qualities will develop good qualities assisted by great gatherings of people. [F.99.b] The obstacles that may otherwise be inflicted by great gatherings of people will wane, and such people cannot be caught or apprehended by the forces of the māras. The forces of the sacred Dharma are then very visible. Seeing the presence of such causes, the gods will offer their protection and assist such people day and night, following them wherever they go. Whatever projects such people initiate will turn out excellently, and the gods will develop faith in them because of their positive actions. Due to such mutual causal relationships, any success that they achieve will give further rise to exceptionally great virtues in the future. All their positive acts will lead to great success, and the more successful they become, the more their virtuous activities will expand. In this way, going from one joy to the next, they accomplish goodness in both this world and the next. Such are the qualities that grow from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma, which is like a supporting ground. Therefore, the supreme treasure of all fortune is this: the proclamation of the Dharma.
(24) Having Excellent Intentions
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Having excellent intentions. People who in this way are endowed with the Dharma and adhere to the Dharma—possessing knowledge, discipline, and generosity—will have excellent intentions throughout their present life. Any project of theirs that has not yet been completed, or that has been unsuccessful, they will accomplish with diligence. They do not become afflicted but are endowed with the Dharma. They relinquish the five terrors of being attached to possessions, and they live uniquely by maintaining a proper livelihood. [F.100.a] When their bodies disintegrate, they die and are then born in the higher realms of the gods.
(25) Possessing the Wealth of Being Endowed with the Dharma
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Possessing the wealth of being endowed with the Dharma. People will follow the disciplined teachers who are endowed with such qualities of proclaiming the Dharma. They will be generous in equal measure to all such beings who observe discipline. When they are in the presence of religious beings, they will give generously to such people of the Dharma, but not because they are forced to do so or out of embarrassment. This causes them to have continuous flourishing. It leads to welfare and happiness, both in this life and the next. That is another quality that stems from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
(26) Being Free From Laziness
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Being free from laziness. When wise people listen to the proclamation of the Dharma, they hear about the flaws of laziness, how laziness prevents success both in this life and beyond. All such failure is due to laziness. Upon hearing about its flaws, they will give up laziness. Endeavoring diligently with mindfulness and introspection, they become free from all forms of laziness. As they become expedient, timely, and free from negativity and neglect, they will accomplish all aims perfectly. Such people who do what is beneficial in this world and beyond, who are free from laziness, and who are disciplined and diligent, will perfect all aims. They will follow through in all their pursuits. In the unlikely event that laziness should enter their hearts, the proclamation of the Dharma will make them recall the flaws of laziness. [F.100.b] As they constantly uphold excellent qualities and resent all flaws, they will give up laziness. They will abandon it as if it were a weapon. Also, if any achievement should deteriorate, then that is a flaw of laziness. Freedom from laziness accomplishes any and all objectives related to study. That is another quality that stems from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma.
(27) Gratitude
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Gratitude. As one hears the different teachings, one will become grateful and understand reality. Hearing about the qualities of gratitude, one will always be grateful to those who proclaim the Dharma. Those who are grateful and appreciative will have extremely steadfast friends. Even people who have not previously declared their friendship will become your friends. You will be acknowledged as a person with good qualities and will recall even trifling help you have received. Endowed with gratitude, you thereby attain all great qualities and achieve omniscience.
(28) Continuous Recollection of Death
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Constant recollection of death. Among all forms of mindfulness, mindfulness of death is supreme. Contemplating death is overpowering and instills fear in all beings. Frightened, they will then not engage in inappropriate actions. When their eyes see forms, they will not develop attachments or entertain thoughts about what they see. When their ears hear sounds, they will not develop attachments or entertain thoughts about what they hear. When their tongues perceive tastes, they will not develop attachments or entertain thoughts about what they taste. [F.101.a] When their bodies feel textures, they will not develop attachments or entertain thoughts about what they touch. When their minds perceive mental phenomena, they will not develop attachments or entertain thoughts about that. In this way, they will cut through the entire web of existence.
“ ‘The fear of those who are afraid of death makes all those things appear pointless. All those things are seen as painful. All those things are seen as empty of self. All those things are seen as empty. As they see things correctly, they become detached. Hence, they have no attachment to the world of gods. Nor do they have any attachment to the world of humans. And why should they have any attachment to the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, or animals? Therefore, they are liberated from attachment to the five realms. They have left it all behind. They are terrified by it all and distraught by the sufferings of death and rebirth. Free from desire, they are liberated. And from their liberation emerges the wakefulness of liberation. They now think, “I have accomplished what was needed in terms of pure conduct. I do not perceive any further existences of mine. I have achieved these qualities having practiced pure conduct, just as they were taught. All this is due to nothing but listening to the sacred Dharma and following spiritual teachers.” Therefore, at all times and with all manner of diligent effort, everyone should listen to the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. Within cyclic existence, that which is beneficial both in this world and the next is adherence to those who proclaim the sacred Dharma and spiritual teachers. Those are the two factors that bring fortune both here and beyond.
(29) Being Free From Regrets at the Time of Death
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? [F.101.b] Being free from regrets at the time of death. Upon hearing the proclamation of the Dharma, all holy people cultivate the recollection of death in accordance with what they have heard. The flaws that cause sentient beings to take birth must be given up, and the three stains of desire, anger, and ignorance are those causes of cyclic existence. Once those have been eliminated, there is no future birth. Nothing will die. There is no more death. All these are qualities that emerge based on having listened to the sacred Dharma, and not anything else.’
“Since this is the root of nothing but the highest fortune, Auspicious Time thus teaches the discourse spoken by the blessed Kanakamuni to the gods.
“ ‘There is another quality that those who proclaim the sacred Dharma possess, due to their proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Freedom from regrets at the time of death.565 Those who are endowed with the meaning of the initial proclamation of the Dharma, and who act accordingly, will not have any regrets at the time of death. Those who have practiced wholesome activities will not have any regrets at the time of death. Those who have heard the meaning of the proclaimed Dharma will actualize the path at the time of death. What they at that point see directly will make them have even stronger faith and devotion for the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. As their minds brighten, their blood will be purified, and when their blood is purified, their countenance also brightens. When their mind is bright, their physical form will also appear resplendent. They will appear as nothing but light, perfectly white and radiant, and thus they are born into the joyous world of the gods.
“ ‘As they witness all this, they become even more inspired and thus, [F.102.a] corresponding to their degree of trust in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, they are born into increasingly excellent classes of gods. If they have performed actions that propel one to birth in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, their conviction can make them take birth in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three instead. If they have performed actions that cause birth in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, they may be born in the Heaven Free from Strife. Likewise, if they have done actions that cause birth in the Heaven of Joy, they may be born among the gods in the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations. In this way, they may take birth all the way to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations. Corresponding to their impelling mental factors and their levels of faith, they attain such auspicious abodes. All of that is due to hearing; it does not occur without it. Such hearing, moreover, is that of the proclamation of the Dharma, not anything else. This, then, is another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma: the proclamation of the sacred Dharma is the source of protection, refuge, and escape at the time of death.
(30) Finally Going Completely Beyond Suffering
“ ‘There is yet another quality that ensues from the proclamation of the sacred Dharma. What is that? Ultimate, complete transcendence of suffering. One quality thus supersedes all the others. What is that? To finally pass completely beyond suffering. Holy people who abide by, become familiar with, and increase what they have heard, and thus act in accordance with the teachings, will certainly extinguish their afflictions and attain the transcendence of suffering.’
“In this way, the ruler of swans, Auspicious Time, teaches these authoritative teachings to the careless gods who roam carelessly, teaching them in a wondrous and unparalleled voice. [F.102.b]
“Upon hearing these authoritative teachings, the gods will all become deeply trusting, and thus they will declare, ‘Only someone like you is a true god. But our minds and accomplishments are nothing like that. We are animals, overcome by carelessness. We look to objects for protection, and our minds are continually destroyed by craving. Our minds are nothing like what you have explained. We are in awe at all this. We sing many songs, but never have we heard a voice like this.’
“In response, the ruler of swans will utter these verses:
“With these words, Auspicious Time plants roots of virtue in the hearts of the gods and establishes them in virtue. Repeatedly, and in myriad ways, he benefits them and extends them favors, freeing them from harm. He delivers the authoritative teachings that were spoken by that perfect buddha.
“Hearing the Dharma in his presence, the gods are deeply respectful and satisfied. However, careless and feeble as they are, they will nevertheless plow ahead, stirred by the wish to engage in unwholesome physical revelry. As Auspicious Time has now delivered the discourse of the blessed Kanakamuni known as The Essence of the Proclamation of the Sacred Dharma, which has so many good qualities, he will also take up residence elsewhere, being intent on nothing but the Dharma. This concludes the discourse taught by the blessed Kanakamuni known as The Thirty Qualities of the Essence of the Proclamation of the Sacred Dharma.
“Accompanied by music from the five types of instruments, the gods in Living by Rājanina will continue to enjoy their heavenly sense pleasures until finally their completed and accumulated acts with desirable, attractive, and delightful effects have been exhausted. Once that happens, their flawed actions will cause them to take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. [F.104.a] Should they instead be born as humans due to karmic actions to be experienced in other lives, they will enjoy perfect circumstances and be destined to perfect happiness and joy. They will have a constant wish to hear the Dharma and become supreme followers of the Dharma. They will be mentally capable and possess the authentic view, becoming kings or royal ministers in causal accord with their actions.”
This completes the account of Living by Rājanina.
The Gods in Shining in Manifold Ways
“As the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions continues to explore the realms of the gods of the Heaven Free from Strife, he will with insight derived from hearing correctly perceive a realm of the Heaven Free from Strife known as Shining in Manifold Ways. Wondering what karmic actions cause beings to take birth in that realm, he correctly notices how certain holy people who engage in virtue practice positive actions of body, speech, and mind. They are endowed with discipline and are impossible to lead astray. Endowed with the authentic view and a correct livelihood, they conduct themselves in a perfectly stainless way throughout their environment and are honest and sincere. With affectionate concern for sentient beings, they have given up killing and stealing. As for sexual misconduct, they will not even become smitten with women in their dreams, and they will not accompany them. Likewise, during the day, they do not give rise to any foul thoughts about anybody. They think, ‘Having given up sexual misconduct, [F.104.b] I shall attain a perfectly pure effect. Because I have given up sexual misconduct, I will become a god, and in the heavens I will be surrounded by divine ladies. I shall enjoy myself with those perfect goddesses, not with any human woman.’
“Since they are interested only in goddesses, they practice a stained form of pure conduct. They consider how at present they are unable to act like the gods, and acknowledge how they have hitherto failed to give up sexual misconduct. They understand that their previous joking, posing, and frolicking together with women were not wholesome acts and that such acts will not bring birth in an excellent realm. Accordingly, they now refrain from relishing their previous joking, posing, and frolicking together with women. They no longer think of such things, and should any desirous motivations arise in their minds, they will diligently put an end to them. In this manner, they persevere whenever reminiscences of any former joking, posing, and enjoyment crop up. They do not entertain any thoughts about their former female companions, and even if such thoughts should occur, they endeavor decisively to end them. When the bodies of such holy people disintegrate, they will, after their death, go to the joyous higher realms and be born among the gods in Shining in Manifold Ways within the Heaven Free from Strife.
“Once born there, they will experience the consequences of their wholesome practice of positive actions as their past virtuous actions produce a resultant ripening. [F.105.a] Perfectly endowed with the pleasures of the five senses, they will now appear as gods in a heavenly realm that is illumined by the colorful light of manifold jewels. Due to the gods’ former positive actions, such unprecedented jewels appear, and thus they behold an environment that is made of numerous vajra stones, dazzling mountain peaks, and cascades of beryl, sapphire, great sapphire, crystal, musāragalva, ruby, and emerald. In accordance with the special features of the divine substances caused by the gods’ karmic actions, hundreds of thousands of jewels cast a bright light throughout the land.
“This bright and colorful light is what is registered first by the visual consciousness of the newly born gods, and this unprecedented sight is tremendously enticing to their visual consciousness. Next, they will begin to hear songs, drums, and musical instruments that resonate with divine tones, and next will come the olfactory experiences of an array of unparalleled divine fragrances. To a newly born god, these three experiences provide an initial distraction, and thus they start off their indulgence in their realm of distraction on the basis of these unprecedented sights and incomparable experiences.
“Once they have taken in the initial sights, these gods who are endowed with the fortunes of the pinnacle of wholesome karmic activity will begin to explore the forests. They will then arrive at a forest called Illumination, which shines an unparalleled bright light throughout the environment. The gods living in the forest rush forth to meet any newcomer. [F.105.b] The gods wear many different costumes and appear in many different guises. They sing a variety of songs and play drums and beautiful music, thus producing melodies and tunes of indescribable beauty. When a newly born gods sees these divine beings, he will be consumed by desire—to which he has been accustomed since time without beginning—and thus he will happily go to mingle among them.
“The gods of the forest likewise will come to welcome the newcomer. Some will ascend high into the sky where they play vīṇās and sing. Others will stand on the rooftops of their mansions, gazing with impassioned eyes as they take in the unique fragrances of bouquets of flowers. Still other gods will gather on the ground, forming welcoming processions as they play a variety of instruments and carry flowers in their hands. Some will run forth to the young god with flowers in their hands. Others will rush forth with colorful wines that possess perfect flavors and fragrances and are free from any flaws of intoxication. When they come to the newcomer, they will offer him the wine, and as he greets them, he will then drink of these heavenly drinks, which have exquisite colors and flavors. As he partakes of the drinks, his heavenly exuberance will increase tenfold in intensity.
“The newcomer will also be distracted by a fourth type of object, and thus, while he was previously distracted by forms, sounds, and scents, he will thereafter also be distracted by flavors. His body will also find gratification, sensing rich and diverse textures of the most perfectly pleasing types. As for his state of mind, [F.106.a] all that he may wish for will be effortlessly achieved without any hardship whatsoever. In this way the newly born god discerns by means of the six collections of consciousness engaged in craving.
“Enjoying these perfect endowments of the five sense pleasures together with the other gods, the newly born god will at some point enter the forest known as In Tune with All Pleasures. There he will see how the congregations of gods in the forest frolic and enjoy numerous games. Some play around in lotus ponds, others enter vine-clad mansions to play, some go to the summits of the mountains where they frolic to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, and still other gods enjoy themselves by means of the six collections of consciousness engaged in craving. Together with the other gods, the newly born god will then go to visit still other gods with their coteries of goddesses. In their cabins, they float through the sky to celebrate, their bodies adorned with numerous different jewels. Meanwhile, other gods descend onto the branches of the trees, where they dance and frolic with the goddesses, accompanied by music from the five types of instruments.
“Seeing all this, the newly born god becomes ecstatic, and thus he will mingle with all the other parties of gods. As the various groups of gods mingle and accompany each other, the newly born god will enter the forest. Joyfully roaming about to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments, everyone will revel for a long while amid the pleasures of the five senses, [F.106.b] partaking of them in accordance with their individual karmic actions.
“When in this way they have journeyed through the forest for an extremely long time, they will at some point go to play at a mountain made of seven precious substances known as Adorned with Numerous Cascades. Enamored with each other’s company, they will enjoy the effects of their own actions as they have fun among the cascades that gush forth between the trees, the many gorgeous jewel rocks, and the waterfalls with bright, perfectly cooling, and utterly pristine waters.
“Seeing how the gods live carelessly, birds known as waterfall roamers, who play with the gods, will warble the following verses to them:
“Upon seeing the gods, the birds counsel them with these verses. Although the verses were spoken for their benefit, the gods still do not understand this. Ravaged by objects, they instead will continue dancing, laughing, and playing as they move on through the forest of Illumination with its numerous vine-draped trees.
“The forest abounds with myriad species of ravishing bushes, vines, and trees. Numerous delightful lotus pools, bathing ponds, and waterfalls are home to a wide variety of flocks of birds that sing hundreds of tunes. The twigs of the trees, which bow down under the weight of hundreds of thousands of blooming mandārava flowers, are teeming with hundreds of gods. To the tunes of heavenly music from the five types of instruments, the gods will carouse and enjoy themselves with the newcomers. Those who have already lived a long time will continuously introduce the newly born gods to ever-new aspects and features of the forests, thus showing them all the embankments, lotus pools, expansive landscapes, vine-draped mansions, jungles, wish-fulfilling trees, and lush forests that are ablaze with the radiant light of the seven precious substances and abound with a variety of cabins. [F.107.b]
“Taking in this whole spectacle, the newly born god will travel on. With his mind in a frenzy of wonder and amazement, he finds himself surrounded by gods and is thus consumed by the fire of lustful craving and enveloped in the smoke of carelessness. Burned again and again, he remains amid the divine gathering. Yet, burned by his powerful craving for the objects within the great forest, he will keep pressing onward.
“When a long time has passed in this way, the gods will at some point arrive at a lotus pond known as Colorful Brightness. This pond is of unparalleled beauty. For example, some of the flowers that grow there have petals of beryl and stalks of gold. Their cores of ruby and fine gold support silvery anthers that are frequented by sapphire-colored bees. Other flowers have stems of silver and sapphire petals, and their golden anthers attract gorgeous bees in the colors of musāragalva, crystal, and gold. Still other flowers have golden stalks and sapphire petals, and their cores of pure silver are adorned by ruby-colored bees. In other flowers the stems, petals, anthers, and cores are all red, and so are the bees that adorn them. There are also flowers that have stems, petals, anthers, and cores in the color of silver, and those flowers likewise attract gorgeous bees of the same color. [F.108.a] In other flowers, the stems, petals, anthers, and cores are all blue and attract swarms of humming bees.
“Elsewhere, the colorful lotuses of that beautiful pond each bear all the brilliant colors of the seven precious substances, and they grow in many different shapes. These highly diverse flowers also carry many different scents and all have lovely petals that are blue, yellow, white, red, black, or multicolored. Around them hover gorgeous bees. Such are the ravishing features of this wealth of bright lotus flowers. The pristine, cool, sweet water in that colorful pond is of a most delightful kind, and the stunning flowers made of enchanting heavenly substances are of perfect color, fragrance, and shape. Together with his attending goddesses, the newly born god will go to celebrate and have fun there, enjoying the sense pleasures to the accompaniment of music from the five types of instruments.
“The heavenly banks of that bright and colorful lotus pond are lush with bounteous species of trees that further augment the lake’s beauty a hundredfold. Regardless of the month, the flowers that flourish in these trees are always in full bloom and so, all the way from their roots, these gorgeous groves of trees are adorned with blue, yellow, white, black, and red flowers. [F.108.b] This lotus pond is also home to a flock of luminous birds that shine with a light endowed with hundreds of qualities across a distance of ten leagues. These birds fill the environment with their delightful songs.
“Due to the splendor of the gods’ former positive actions, there are some trees among the woods growing on the banks of the lotus pond with cabins in them. When the gods who play by the lake climb these trees, they may think, ‘How nice if there were some cabins for us here.’ Due to the gods’ former positive actions, as soon as they form that wish, those cabin-trees, lush with flowers that satisfy swarms of humming bees, produce cabins that shine with the light of the seven precious substances and are designed with perfect features of flowing streams, ponds, parks, and ornaments made of the seven precious substances. Wearing their various ornaments and garments, the gods and their retinues of goddesses will enter the cabins to play, joke, and sing. While the gods reside within them, the cabins may also ascend into the sky so that the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife can travel as they please to see other areas. Such are the powerful qualities of the cabin-trees that grow among the trees on the banks of the lotus pond.
“The trees on the banks are filled with colorful flowers and fruits and are adorned by luminous birds. There are also some trees known as jewel-sound, which possess the following powers. [F.109.a] When the gods play by the pool, a gentle breeze will stir these trees so that that they brush against each other. As the branches touch, they produce a great symphony of delightful tones, and at the same time a gentle rain of heavenly jewels will fall like flowers. At that time, the entire sky is illuminated by the light of the jewels, just as when the sun and moon shine on Jambudvīpa. In this way, all of the sky is illumined.
“There is also a tree known as unmoving creature that grows on the banks of the lotus pond. While the gods play by the pond, their former positive actions will make these trees produce a white sap endowed with divine fragrance, taste, color, and texture. When the gods drink of the sap, it increases their ecstasy tenfold, yet it is free from any flaws of intoxication. Together with their companions, the gods will then dance and celebrate. They will also partake of nectar foods, and the trees will transform in accordance with the gods’ karmic actions.
“On the banks of the lotus pond grows yet another tree called fragrances and hues that are colorful and bright. When the gods play by the lotus pond, their former positive actions give rise to a delightful and gentle breeze, and this wind fans the leaves of these trees. [F.109.b] When the trees thus brush against each other, a most delightful melody emerges. It is a music that is harmonious, attractive, and pleasing to the ear.
“On the banks of Colorful Brightness there is yet another tree known as loved by birds. The power of this tree is such that all sorts of birds come there. When the gods who visit the pond have spent much time playing there, celebrating to music from the five types of instruments, they will proceed to climb those trees. Then, wishing to see delightful sights, they will sit on the backs of the birds and take off into the sky. The birds will then carry the gods to any place they may think of. The birds can also transform into gorgeous flying cabins that the gods can reside in as they tour the waterfalls, ponds, forests, and vine-clad mansions of their divine realm. There are also other birds there that will sing these verses:
Colophon
India is the origin of all that is good and possesses all things excellent, both in terms of her soil and her sciences, for which she is the universal source. This is the land of the cultured and the learned and all her inhabitants are wise. Seeing India to be the eyes of Jambudvīpa, the perfect Buddha achieved full awakening within this land, with its magnificent cities through which the great river Gaṅgā descends.
In the eastern part of India’s central lands lies the great monastery of Nālandā.639 The sovereign of the land is the splendid prince Rāmapāla,640 whose glory outshines others and whose reign reaches far and wide. This prince has established the temple known as Jagaddala to support the pure and the gentle, holy beings who are experts regarding the staircase leading to the higher realms and liberation. From here appeared numerous exceptionally learned paṇḍitas, such that people of the world speak of “the five hundred omniscient ones,” who are praised by all paṇḍitas as being equal to the masters of the past.
Among them is someone whom kings and ministers, who take pride in their mundane wealth, carry on their shoulders as if he were their head—someone whom paṇḍitas, who take pride in their scholarship, and worldly folk regard as their crown jewel. He is regarded as a guide by those who have relinquished concern for this life and who endeavor to accomplish liberation, allowing them to clearly distinguish good qualities from flaws. All the people of the land see him as beautiful and endearing, as if he were their only child. He enraptures even the vicious and ungrateful with his great goodwill. [F.228.b] Due to his love for others, he suffers agony and pain as he beholds the miseries of all wandering beings, yet he skillfully extends his compassionate care to them. He is foretold in the prophetic discourse of Tiger Ear Star as an individual endowed with numerous qualities and a great instigator who upon exchanging his body would be born in the higher realms. He yearns to meet Maitreya and has tremendous yearning for the Dharma. He has also weakened all emotions such as desire and anger. Who could properly extol such a person’s qualities? In short, his knowledge of mundane human customs is great, and his benevolence is like a golden ground. With respect for the sacred Dharma, he is endowed with perfect learning and he is pure, serene, gentle, accommodating, noble, truthful, undeceiving, honest, and successful in terms of accomplishment. Like a majestic wish-fulfilling tree that grows from a turquoise ground, he is adorned with the blooming flowers and ripe fruits of a bounty of temporary and ultimate virtues in this and all other lives. Thus, perfectly accomplishing what benefits both oneself and all others, there is nothing that he does that is not meaningful. Such is this master endowed with the shining beauty of unimpeded mastery of the five fields of learning, the great paṇḍita known as Śāntākaragupta. Explanations based on five Indian volumes were received from that master, as well as the great scholar and holy man, the supreme Vinaya holder known as Abhayākaragupta; the one whose learning is comparable to Mañjuśrī, the supreme paṇḍita endowed with perfect eloquence and insight, Śakyarakṣita; and also the great paṇḍita Vīryākaraśānti, and others. [F.229.a]
Likewise, in the lower reaches of the central land of Magadha—where the shrines of the thus-gone ones are numerous, and the land is full of Buddhists who have faith in the Three Jewels—lies the great monastic complex of Vikramaśīla. It was established by the bodhisattva king, Devapāla, and serves as the eyes of the Dharma teachings. Among its numerous learned scholars there are Śakyarakṣita himself; the great paṇḍita Subhūticandra, who is expert in linguistics, poetry, and the syntactic structures of Sanskrit; the Abhidharma expert known as Aḍitacandra; and other such masters. It is from all those masters that the explanations based on five Indian volumes were received.
The translators listened carefully to the sūtra and with veneration they sought careful explanation in order to comprehend all the scripture’s words and meanings, thoroughly investigating the most difficult points with the appropriate methods for understanding their significance. In the process of translation, they were guided by the light of insight that comes from mastering four languages—Sanskrit, the Indian vernaculars, Tibetan Dharma language, and the Tibetan vernaculars.
Nevertheless, the topics of the sūtras are numerous and the subjects are profound. In particular, the statements in this sūtra carry numerous implicit messages and convey their meaning by means of beautiful verbal adornments that evince an unparalleled mastery of poetry. Hence, their meanings are not easily accessible to those of weak learning. Especially, brief scriptural passages that convey numerous meanings have been translated in that same fashion. This approach allows those endowed with the jewels of understanding to ascertain numerous meanings, but if any one of those were to be singled out as the sole implied meaning, that would be a mistake. Rather, translation should convey just as much meaning as the words imply. Therefore, in short, without violating the way the Indian and Tibetan languages convey the same meaning by means of different expressions, and without breaking with the tradition established by the decrees of the scholars of the past, this translation has been made in veneration of the sacred Dharma by the northerner, the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen, who was born into the family of Patshap. This was undertaken during the reign of the Indian king Rāmapāla, whose banner of perfect glory and majesty flies higher than any other. In this manner, those segments that had previously been translated of this Great Vehicle discourse known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma were completed. [F.229.b]
The subsequent editing and revision of the text was undertaken by the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen himself, with the assistance of two others. The first is the spiritual teacher known as Shang Buchikpa, who everyone calls by this name because he benefits them and is auspicious for them, caring for all sentient beings as if they were his “only child.”641 Accordingly, his name reveals that he is endowed with great compassion. The second editor is known as Sherap Ö, because he is a veritable “light of insight” for all who follow the Dharma.642 With knowledge of the way the vehicles progress, he summarizes the teachings by means of principles such as the two realities, and thus—with insight developed gradually through conviction, ascertainment, and realization—he spreads the light that overcomes the darkness of afflictive and cognitive obscurations in both oneself and others. Thus, his name shows that this master is endowed with great insight and that he accomplishes his own and others’ objectives perfectly. In this way, the translation was corrected, refined, and properly finalized through the fivefold process of drafting, primary editing, testing the relations between word and meaning, secondary editing, and secondary testing of the relations.
May the stainless virtues that ensue from translating and assisting in the translation of this sacred Dharma teaching—this precious discourse on mindfulness in the Great Vehicle, which is the foundation, root, and vital essence of all the vehicles—reach all beings extending to the end of space, so that they may find happiness while in existence. And may a lush canopy spread over them from the tree that offers refuge, awakening, and fruition. As soon as we leave this life behind, may we be reborn in realms of the buddhas, and in all other lives of cyclic existence, may we exclusively do what benefits others.
The number of sections has not been determined. In accord with the Indian text the length of the scripture amounts to thirty-six thousand ślokas. There appear to be a few unique archaic elements of writing. When dividing The Application of Mindfulness into sections of three hundred ślokas, there are one hundred and twenty sections.
Bibliography
’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Toh 287, Degé Kangyur vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82a–318a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b.
’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), vol. 68, 238–842; vol. 69, 3–828; vol. 70, 3–821; and vol. 71, 3–603.
’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Stok Palace Kangyur, vol. 82 (mdo sde, ki), folios 1.b–378; vol. 83 (mdo sde, khi), folios 1.b–370.b; vol. 84 (mdo sde, gi), folios 1.b–383.b; and vol. 85 (mdo sde, ghi), folios 1.b–419.b.
Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經. In Taishō Tripiṭaka. Edited by Junjirō Takakusu and Kaigyoku Watanabe. Vol. 17, no. 721.
Cabezón, José Ignacio. Sexuality in Classical South Asian Buddhism. Sommerville, MA: Wisdom Publications, 2017.
Demoto, Mitsuyo (2009). “Die 128 Nebenhöllen nach dem Saddharmasmṛ- tyupasthānasūtra.” Pāsādikadānam: Festschrift für Bhikkhu Pāsādika, edited by Martin Straube, Roland Steiner, Jayandra Soni, Michael Hahn, and Mitsuyo Demoto. Marburg: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 2009: 61–88.
———, ed. Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 3. Unpublished draft, last modified July 2012. PDF file.
Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.
Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.
Kritzer, Robert. Forthcoming. “Worms in Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra.” In Memorial Volume for Helmut Krasser. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
———(2020). “Meditation on the Body in Chapter 7 of Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra.” Religions 11, no. 6 (2020): 283.
Lin, Li-kuoung, & P. Demiéville. L’aide-mémoire de la vraie loi. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1949.
Mizuno, Kogen. “On the Ārya-saddharmasmrtyupasthāna-sūtra.” Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyogaku Kenkyu) 12 (September 1964): 38–47.
Moretti, Costantino. “The Thirty-six Categories of ‘Hungry Ghosts’ Described in the Sūtra of the Foundations of Mindfulness of the True Law.” Fantômes dans l’Extrême-Orient D’hier et D’aujourd’hui. Edited by Vincent Durand Dastès, 43–69. Paris: INALCO, 2017.
Rangjung Dorjé (rang byung rdo rje). dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar bzhag pa’i mdo yi don snang bar byed pa’i bstan bcos. Lhasa: bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang, 2010.
Stuart, Daniel M. (2012). “A Less Traveled Path: Meditation and Textual Practice in the Saddharmasmṛtyupasthāna(sūtra).” PhD diss., University of California, Berkeley.
———(2015a). A Less Traveled Path: Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra Chapter 2, Critically edited with A Study on Its Structure and Significance for the Development of Buddhist Meditation. Sanskrit Texts from the Tibetan Autonomous Region (STTAR) 18. Beijing and Vienna: China Tibetology Publishing House and Austrian Academy of Sciences Press, 2015.
———(2015b). “Power in Practice: Cosmic Sovereignty Envisioned in Buddhism’s Middle Period.” The Critical Review for Buddhist Studies 18 (2015): 165–96.
———(2017a). “Yogācāra Substrata? Precedent Frames for Yogācāra Thought among Third-Century Yoga Practitioners in Greater Gandhāra.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 46 (October 2017): 193–240.
———(2017b). “Unmanifest Perceptions: Mind-Matter Interdependence and Its Consequences in Buddhist Thought and Practice.” In Śrāvakabhūmi and Buddhist Manuscripts, edited by Jundo Nagashima and Seongcheol Kim, 109–71. Tokyo: Nombre, 2017.
———(2019). “Becoming Animal: Karma and the Animal Realm Envisioned through an Early Yogācāra Lens.” Religions 10, no. 6 (2019): 363.
van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. “On the Vicissitudes of Subhūticandra’s Kāmadhenu Commentary on the Amarakoṣa in Tibet.” Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, no. 5 (December 2009): 1–105.
Wallace, Vesna A., ed. Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 1. Unpublished draft, last modified May 10, 2020. PDF file.